_______________________________ UTAX CD 1042 / 1052 Service Manual
_______________________________
UTAX CD 1042 / 1052 Service Manual
Safety warnings and precautions
Various symbols are used to protect our service personnel andcustomers from physical danger and to prevent damage to theirproperty. These symbols are described below:
DANGER: High risk of serious bodily injury or death may result frominsufficient attention to or incorrect compliance with warningmessages using this symbol.
WARNING: Serious bodily injury or death may result from insufficientattention to or incorrect compliance with warning messagesusing this symbol.
CAUTION: Bodily injury or damage to property may result frominsufficient attention to or incorrect compliance with warningmessages using this symbol.
SymbolsThe triangle ( ) symbol indicates a warning including dangerand caution. The specific point of attention is shown insidethe symbol.
General warning.
Warning of risk of electric shock.
Warning of high temperature.
indicates a prohibited action. The specific prohibition isshown inside the symbol.
General prohibited action.
Disassembly prohibited.
indicates that action is required. The specific actionrequired is shown inside the symbol.
General action required.
Remove the power plug from the wall outlet.
Always ground the copier.
1. Installation Precautions
WARNING
• Do not use a power supply with a voltage other than that specified.Avoid multiple connections to one outlet: they may cause fire or electricshock. When using an extension cable, always check that it isadequate for the rated current. ...............................................................
• Connect the ground wire to a suitable grounding point. Not groundingthe copier may cause fire or electric shock. Connecting the earth wireto an object not approved for the purpose may cause explosion orelectric shock. Never connect the ground cable to any of the following:gas pipes, lightning rods, ground cables for telephone lines and waterpipes or faucets not approved by the proper authorities. ........................
CAUTION:
• Do not place the copier on an infirm or angled surface: the copier maytip over, causing injury. ...........................................................................
• Do not install the copier in a humid or dusty place. This may cause fireor electric shock. .....................................................................................
• Do not install the copier near a radiator, heater, other heat source ornear flammable material. This may cause fire. .......................................
• Allow sufficient space around the copier to allow the ventilation grills tokeep the machine as cool as possible. Insufficient ventilation maycause heat buildup and poor copying performance. ...............................
• Always handle the machine by the correct locations when moving it. ....
• Always use anti-toppling and locking devices on copiers so equipped.Failure to do this may cause the copier to move unexpectedly ortopple, leading to injury. ..........................................................................
• Avoid inhaling toner or developer excessively. Protect the eyes. If toneror developer is accidentally ingested, drink a lot of water to dilute it inthe stomach and obtain medical attention immediately. If it gets into theeyes, rinse immediately with copious amounts of water and obtainmedical attention. ....................................................................................
• Advice customers that they must always follow the safety warnings andprecautions in the copier’s instruction handbook. ...................................
2. Precautions for Maintenance
WARNING
• Always remove the power plug from the wall outlet before startingmachine disassembly. ............................................................................
• Always follow the procedures for maintenance described in the servicemanual and other related brochures. ......................................................
• Under no circumstances attempt to bypass or disable safety featuresincluding safety mechanisms and protective circuits. .............................
• Always use parts having the correct specifications. ...............................
• Always use the thermostat or thermal fuse specified in the servicemanual or other related brochure when replacing them. Using a pieceof wire, for example, could lead to fire or other serious accident. ...........
• When the service manual or other serious brochure specifies adistance or gap for installation of a part, always use the correct scaleand measure carefully. ...........................................................................
• Always check that the copier is correctly connected to an outlet with aground connection. .................................................................................
• Check that the power cable covering is free of damage. Check that thepower plug is dust-free. If it is dirty, clean it to remove the risk of fire orelectric shock. .........................................................................................
• Never attempt to disassemble the optical unit in machines using lasers.Leaking laser light may damage eyesight. ..............................................
• Handle the charger sections with care. They are charged to highpotentials and may cause electric shock if handled improperly. .............
CAUTION
• Wear safe clothing. If wearing loose clothing or accessories such asties, make sure they are safely secured so they will not be caught inrotating sections. .....................................................................................
• Use utmost caution when working on a powered machine. Keep awayfrom chains and belts. .............................................................................
• Handle the fixing section with care to avoid burns as it can beextremely hot. .........................................................................................
• Check that the fixing unit thermistor, heat and press rollers are clean.Dirt on them can cause abnormally high temperatures. .........................
• Do not remove the ozone filter, if any, from the copier except forroutine replacement. ...............................................................................
• Do not pull on the AC power cord or connector wires on high-voltagecomponents when removing them; always hold the plug itself. ..............
• Do not route the power cable where it may be stood on or trapped. Ifnecessary, protect it with a cable cover or other appropriate item. ........
• Treat the ends of the wire carefully when installing a new charger wireto avoid electric leaks. ............................................................................
• Remove toner completely from electronic components. .........................
• Run wire harnesses carefully so that wires will not be trapped ordamaged. ................................................................................................
• After maintenance, always check that all the parts, screws, connectorsand wires that were removed, have been refitted correctly. Specialattention should be paid to any forgotten connector, trapped wire andmissing screws. ......................................................................................
• Check that all the caution labels that should be present on the machineaccording to the instruction handbook are clean and not peeling.Replace with new ones if necessary. ......................................................
• Handle greases and solvents with care by following the instructionsbelow: .....................................................................................................· Use only a small amount of solvent at a time, being careful not to
spill. Wipe spills off completely.· Ventilate the room well while using grease or solvents.· Allow applied solvents to evaporate completely before refitting the
covers or turning the main switch on.· Always wash hands afterwards.
• Never dispose of toner or toner bottles in fire. Toner may causesparks when exposed directly to fire in a furnace, etc. .........................
• Should smoke be seen coming from the copier, remove the powerplug from the wall outlet immediately. ..................................................
3. Miscellaneous
WARNING
• Never attempt to heat the drum or expose it to any organic solventssuch as alcohol, other than the specified refiner; it may generate toxicgas. .........................................................................................................
CAUTION
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced.Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommendedby the manufacturer. Dispose of used batteries according tothe manufacturer’s instructions.
CAUTION
Double-pole/neutral fusing.
1-1-1
2A3/4
CONTENTS
I THEORY AND CONSTRUCTION SECTION1-1 Specifications
1-1-1 Specifications ................................................................................ 1-1-11-2 Handling Precautions
1-2-1 Drum ............................................................................................. 1-2-11-2-2 Developer and toner ...................................................................... 1-2-1
1-3 Mechanical Construction1-3-1 Parts names and their functions .................................................... 1-3-11-3-2 Machine cross section ................................................................... 1-3-41-3-3 Drive system ................................................................................. 1-3-51-3-4 Mechanical construction ................................................................ 1-3-8
II ELECTRICAL SECTION2-1 Electrical Parts Layout
2-1-1 Electrical parts layout .................................................................... 2-1-12-2 Detection of Paper Misfeed
2-2-1 Paper misfeed detection ............................................................... 2-2-12-2-2 Paper misfeed detection conditions .............................................. 2-2-22-2-3 Original misfeed detection ........................................................... 2-2-142-2-4 Original misfeed detection conditions ......................................... 2-2-15
2-3 Operation of the PCBs2-3-1 Power source PCB ........................................................................ 2-3-12-3-2 Engine PCB ................................................................................... 2-3-32-3-3 Main PCB ...................................................................................... 2-3-42-3-4 Memory copy PCB ........................................................................ 2-3-62-3-5 Scanner motor PCB ...................................................................... 2-3-82-3-6 CCD PCB ...................................................................................... 2-3-92-3-7 DF driver PCB ............................................................................. 2-3-112-3-8 Operation unit main PCB,operation unit right PCB,and
operation unit left PCB ................................................................ 2-3-122-3-9 Deck main PCB (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) ................ 2-3-16
III SET UP AND ADJUSTMENT SECTION 3-1 Installation
3-1-1 Unpacking and installation ............................................................ 3-1-13-1-2 Setting initial copy modes ........................................................... 3-1-293-1-3 Installing the memory copy kit
(42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) .......................................... 3-1-303-1-4 Installing the image memory SIMM (option) ................................ 3-1-333-1-5 Installing the optical heater (service part) ................................... 3-1-353-1-6 Installing the drawer heater (service part) ................................... 3-1-383-1-7 Installing the key counter (option) ............................................... 3-1-413-1-8 Installing the dehumidfier heaters (service part) ......................... 3-1-443-1-9 Installing the MMD host monitorig system device
(optional for 120 V specifications only) ....................................... 3-1-47
1-1-2
2A3/4
3-2 Maintenance Mode3-2-1 Maintenance mode ........................................................................ 3-2-13-2-2 Copier management .................................................................... 3-2-99
3-3 Assembly and Disassembly3-3-1 Precautions for assembly and disassembly .................................. 3-3-13-3-2 Paper feed section ........................................................................ 3-3-33-3-3 Optical section ............................................................................. 3-3-233-3-4 Main charging section ................................................................. 3-3-423-3-5 Drum section ............................................................................... 3-3-453-3-6 Developing section ...................................................................... 3-3-513-3-7 Transfer and separation section .................................................. 3-3-563-3-8 Cleaning section .......................................................................... 3-3-593-3-9 Fixing section .............................................................................. 3-3-64
3-3-10 Feedshift and duplex section ...................................................... 3-3-803-3-11 SRDF section .............................................................................. 3-3-893-3-12 Large paper deck section
(42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) ........................................ 3-3-1023-4 PCB Initial Settings
3-4-1 Replacing the main PCB ............................................................... 3-4-13-4-2 Replacing the main PCB ROMs .................................................... 3-4-23-4-3 Adjustment-free variable resisters (VR) ........................................ 3-4-3
3-5 Self-Diagnosis3-5-1 Self-diagnosis ................................................................................ 3-5-1
3-6 Troubleshooting3-6-1 Image formation problems ............................................................ 3-6-13-6-2 Paper misfeeds ........................................................................... 3-6-183-6-3 PCB terminal voltages ................................................................. 3-6-333-6-4 Electrical problems ...................................................................... 3-6-733-6-5 Mechanical problems .................................................................. 3-6-97
3-7 AppendixesTiming chart No. 1 .................................................................................... 3-7-1Timing chart No. 2 .................................................................................... 3-7-2Timing chart No. 3 .................................................................................... 3-7-3Timing chart No. 4 .................................................................................... 3-7-4Timing chart No. 5 .................................................................................... 3-7-5Timing chart No. 6 .................................................................................... 3-7-6Timing chart No. 7 .................................................................................... 3-7-7Timing chart No. 8 .................................................................................... 3-7-8Timing chart No. 9 .................................................................................... 3-7-9Timing chart No. 10 ................................................................................ 3-7-10Timing chart No. 11 ................................................................................ 3-7-11Timing chart No. 12 ................................................................................ 3-7-12Power source PCB 1/2 ........................................................................... 3-7-13Power source PCB 2/2 ........................................................................... 3-7-14Engine PCB 1/2 ...................................................................................... 3-7-15Engine PCB 2/2 ...................................................................................... 3-7-16Main PCB 1/9 .......................................................................................... 3-7-17Main PCB 2/9 .......................................................................................... 3-7-18Main PCB 3/9 .......................................................................................... 3-7-19Main PCB 4/9 .......................................................................................... 3-7-20
1-1-3
2A3/4
Main PCB 5/9 .......................................................................................... 3-7-21Main PCB 6/9 .......................................................................................... 3-7-22Main PCB 7/9 .......................................................................................... 3-7-23Main PCB 8/9 .......................................................................................... 3-7-24Main PCB 9/9 .......................................................................................... 3-7-25Memory copy PCB 1/12 .......................................................................... 3-7-26Memory copy PCB 2/12 .......................................................................... 3-7-27Memory copy PCB 3/12 .......................................................................... 3-7-28Memory copy PCB 4/12 .......................................................................... 3-7-29Memory copy PCB 5/12 .......................................................................... 3-7-30Memory copy PCB 6/12 .......................................................................... 3-7-31Memory copy PCB 7/12 .......................................................................... 3-7-32Memory copy PCB 8/12 .......................................................................... 3-7-33Memory copy PCB 9/12 .......................................................................... 3-7-34Memory copy PCB 10/12 ........................................................................ 3-7-35Memory copy PCB 11/12 ........................................................................ 3-7-36Memory copy PCB 12/12 ........................................................................ 3-7-37Scanner motor PCB ................................................................................ 3-7-38CCD PCB ................................................................................................ 3-7-39DF driver PCB ......................................................................................... 3-7-40Operation unit main PCB 1/2 .................................................................. 3-7-41Operation unit main PCB 2/2 .................................................................. 3-7-42Operation unit right PCB ......................................................................... 3-7-43Operation unit left PCB ........................................................................... 3-7-44Deck main PCB ...................................................................................... 3-7-45Interface PCB ......................................................................................... 3-7-46SRDF connection diagram ...................................................................... 3-7-47General connection diagram (42 ppm copier) ........................................ 3-7-48General connection diagram (52 ppm copier) ........................................ 3-7-49SRDF wiring diagram .............................................................................. 3-7-50Large paper deck wiring diagram ........................................................... 3-7-51
THEORY ANDCONSTRUCTION
SECTION
I
1-1-5
2A3/4
CONTENTS
1-1 Specifications
1-1-1 Specifications ...................................................................................... 1-1-1
2A3/4
1-1-1
1-1-1 Specifications
Copier (42 ppm copier)Type ……………………………DesktopCopying system ………………Dry, indirect electrostatic systemOriginals ………………………Sheets and books
Maximum size: A3/11" × 17"Original feed system …………FixedCopy paper ……………………Drawer and duplex unit: Plain paper (64 – 80 g/m2)
Bypass table: Plain paper (60 – 160 g/m2)Special paper: Transparencies, tracing paper, coloredpaper, letterhead and envelopes (only when used as aprinter)Note: Use the bypass table for special paper.
Copying sizes …………………Maximum: A3/11" × 17"Minimum: A6R/51/2" × 81/2"During duplex copyingMaximum: A3/11" × 17"Minimum: A5R/51/2" × 81/2"
Magnification ratios ……………Manual mode: 25 – 400%, 1% incrementsAuto copy mode: Fixed ratiosMetric
1:1 ± 0.1%, 1:4.00/1:2.00/1:1.41/1:1.06/1:0.75/1:0.70/1:0.50/1:0.25
Inch1:1 ± 0.1%, 1:4.00/1:2.00/1:1.29/1:1.21/1:0.78/1:0.64/1:0.50/1:0.25
Copy speed ……………………At 100% magnification in memory copy mode:A4/11" × 81/2": 42 copies/min.A4R/81/2" × 11": 32 copies/min.A3/11" × 17": 24 copies/min.B5 : 42 copies/min.B5R : 36 copies/min.B4 (257 × 364)/81/2" × 14": 28 copies/min.
When the SRDF is used (at 100% magnification):A4/11" × 81/2": 42 copies/min.
First copy time …………………4.5 s or less (A4/11" × 81/2", 100% magnification,upper drawer, manual copy density control)
Warm-up time …………………120 s or less (room temperature 20˚C/68˚F, 65%RH)Paper feed system ……………Automatic feed
Capacity:Drawers: 550 sheets
Manual feedCapacity:
Bypass: 100 sheetsPhotoconductor ………………OPC (drum diameter 60 mm)Charging system ………………Single positive corona charging, 670 – 730 µAExposure light source …………Semiconductor laserExposure scanning system …Polygon mirror
2A3/4
1-1-2
Developing system …………… Dry, reverse developing (magnetic brush)Developer: 2-component, ferrite carrier and N29T blacktonerToner density control: toner sensorToner replenishing: automatic from a toner cartridge
Transfer system ……………… Single negative corona charging, –210 µASeparation system …………… Single AC corona chargingFixing system ………………… Heat roller
Heat source: halogen heaters (main 850 W, sub 850 W)Control temperature: 180˚C/356˚F (at normal ambienttemperature)Abnormally high temperature protection devices:140˚C/284˚F thermostatFixing pressure: 210 N
Charge erasing system ……… Exposure by cleaning lampCleaning system ……………… Cleaning bladeScanning system ……………… Flat bed scanning by CCD image sensorBit map memory ……………… 12 MB (standard)Image storage memory ……… 32 MB (standard)Resolution ……………………… 600 × 600 dpiLight source …………………… Inert gas lamp (12 W)Dimensions …………………… 627 (W) × 748 (D) × 841 (H) mm
2411/16" (W) × 297/16" (D) × 331/8" (H)Weight ………………………… 129 kg/283.8 lbsFloor requirements …………… 1287 mm (W) × 748 (D)mm
505/16" (W) × 297/16" (D)Functions ……………………… (1) Self-diagnostics
(2) Preheat(3) Automatic copy density control(4) Original size detection(5) Automatic paper selection(6) Automatic magnification selection(7) Enlargement/reduction copy(8) Fixed ratio selection(9) Size zoom mode
(10) XY zoom mode(11) Photo mode(12) Duplex copy(13) Margin copy(14) Print page numbers function(15) Split copy(16) Border erasing(17) Sheet copy(18) Transparency backing sheet function(19) Form overlay(20) Combine copy(21) Booklet + cover copy(22) Sort copy(23) Invert copy(24) Mirror image mode
2A3/4
1-1-3
(25) Program copy(26) Setting change mode(27) Job build mode(28) Department control(29) Weekly timer(30) Language selection
Power source ………………… 120 V AC, 60 Hz, 10.5 A220 – 240 V AC, 50 or 60 Hz, 4.9 A
Power consumption …………… 1300 W (for 120 V specifications)1200 W (for 220-240 V specifications)
Options ………………………… Paper feed desk, large paper deck, finisher, key counter,key card*, printer unit, memory copy board, additionalmemory (16 MB/32 MB), booklet stitcher, MMD hostmonitoring system device* and copy tray*.
* for 120 V specifications only
2A3/4
1-1-4
Copier (52 ppm copier)Type ……………………………ConsoleCopying system ………………Dry, indirect electrostatic systemOriginals ………………………Sheets and books
Maximum size: A3/11" × 17"Original feed system …………FixedCopy paper ……………………Drawer and duplex unit: Plain paper (64 – 80 g/m2)
Bypass table: Plain paper (60 – 160 g/m2)Special paper: Transparencies, tracing paper, coloredpaper, letterhead and envelopes (only when used as aprinter)Note: Use the bypass table for special paper.
Copying sizes …………………Maximum: A3/11" × 17"Minimum: A6R/51/2" × 81/2"During duplex copyingMaximum: A3/11" × 17"Minimum: A5R/51/2" × 81/2"
Magnification ratios ……………Manual mode: 25 – 400%, 1% incrementsAuto copy mode: Fixed ratiosMetric
1:1 ± 0.1%, 1:4.00/1:2.00/1:1.41/1:1.06/1:0.75/1:0.70/1:0.50/1:0.25
Inch1:1 ± 0.1%, 1:4.00/1:2.00/1:1.29/1:1.21/1:0.78/1:0.64/1:0.50/1:0.25
Copy speed ……………………At 100% magnification in memory copy mode:A4/11" × 81/2": 52 copies/min.A4R/81/2" × 11": 35 copies/min.A3/11" × 17": 26 copies/min.B5 : 52 copies/min.B5R : 42 copies/min.B4 (257 × 364)/81/2" × 14": 31 copies/min.
When the SRDF is used (at 100% magnification):A4/11" × 81/2": 42 copies/min.
First copy time …………………4.5 s or less (A4/11" × 81/2", 100% magnification,upper drawer, manual copy density control)
Warm-up time …………………180 s or less (room temperature 20˚C/68˚F, 65%RH)Paper feed system ……………Automatic feed
Capacity:Drawers: 550 sheets
Manual feedCapacity:
Bypass: 100 sheetsPhotoconductor ………………OPC (drum diameter 60 mm)Charging system ………………Single positive corona charging, 670 – 730 µAExposure light source …………Semiconductor laserExposure scanning system …Polygon mirrorDeveloping system ……………Dry, reverse developing (magnetic brush)
Developer: 2-component, ferrite carrier and N29T blacktoner
2A3/4
1-1-5
Toner density control: toner sensorToner replenishing: automatic from a toner cartridge
Transfer system ……………… Single negative corona charging, –210 µASeparation system …………… Single AC corona chargingFixing system ………………… Heat roller
Heat source: halogen heaters (main 850 W, sub 850W)Control temperature: 190˚C/374˚F (at normal ambienttemperature)Abnormally high temperature protection devices:140˚C/284˚F thermostatFixing pressure: 210 N
Charge erasing system ……… Exposure by cleaning lampCleaning system ……………… Cleaning bladeScanning system ……………… Flat bed scanning by CCD image sensorBit map memory ……………… 12 MB (standard)Image storage memory ……… 32 MB (standard)Resolution ……………………… 600 × 600 dpiLight source …………………… Inert gas lamp (12 W)Dimensions …………………… 627 (W) × 748 (D) × 1131 (H) mm
2411/16" (W) × 297/16" (D) × 449/16" (H)Weight ………………………… 160 kg/352 lbsFloor requirements …………… 1287 mm (W) × 748 (D)mm
505/16" (W) × 297/16" (D)Functions ……………………… (1) Self-diagnostics
(2) Preheat(3) Automatic copy density control(4) Original size detection(5) Automatic paper selection(6) Automatic magnification selection(7) Enlargement/reduction copy(8) Fixed ratio selection(9) Size zoom mode
(10) XY zoom mode(11) Photo mode(12) Duplex copy(13) Margin copy(14) Print page numbers function(15) Split copy(16) Border erasing(17) Sheet copy(18) Transparency backing sheet function(19) Form overlay(20) Combine copy(21) Booklet + cover copy(22) Sort copy(23) Invert copy(24) Mirror image mode(25) Program copy(26) Setting change mode(27) Job build mode
2A3/4
1-1-6
(28) Department control(29) Weekly timer(30) Language selection
Power source …………………120 V AC, 60 Hz, 10.5 A220 – 240 V AC, 50 or 60 Hz, 4.9 A
Power consumption ……………1200 W (for 120 V specifications)1300 W (for 220-240 V specifications)
Options …………………………Finisher, key counter, key card*, printer unit, additionalmemory (16 MB/32 MB) , MMD host monitoring systemdevice* and copy tray** for 120 V specifications only
SRDFOriginal feed system …………Automatic feedOriginals ………………………SheetsOriginal weights ………………Single-sided original mode: 35 – 160 g/m2
Double-sided original mode: 50 – 120 g/m2
Original paper …………………Plain paper, thermal paper, art paper, colored paperOriginal sizes …………………A3 – A5R, folio/11" × 17" – 81/2" × 51/2"No. of originals …………………Up to 50 sheets (A3, B4, folio, 11" × 17", 81/2" × 14")
Up to 70 sheets (up to A4/11" × 81/2")Up to 50 sheets in the auto selection modeArt or thermal paper must be fed individually.
Power source …………………Electrically connected to the copier
Large paper deckPaper ……………………………Plain paper (64 – 80 g/m2)Paper size ………………………A4/11" × 81/2", B5Capacity ………………………3000 sheets (1500 sheets × 2)No. of stacks ……………………2Power source …………………Electrically connected to the copier
1-1-7
2A3/4
CONTENTS
1-2 Handling Precautions
1-2-1 Drum ................................................................................................... 1-2-11-2-2 Developer and toner ........................................................................... 1-2-1
2A3/4
1-2-1
1-2-1 DrumNote the following when handling or storing the drum.• When removing the image formation unit, never expose the drum surface to strong direct
light.• Keep the drum at an ambient temperature between –20°C/–4°F and 40°C/104°F and at
a relative humidity not higher than 85% RH. Avoid abrupt changes in temperature andhumidity.
• Avoid exposure to any substance which is harmful to or may affect the quality of the drum.• Do not touch the drum surface with any object. Should it be touched by hands or stained
with oil, clean it.• If the machine is left open for more than 5 minutes for maintenance, remove the drum and
store it in the drum storage bag (Part No. 78369020).
1-2-2 Developer and tonerStore the developer and toner in a cool, dark place. Avoid direct light and high humidity.
1-1-9
2A3/4
CONTENTS
1-3 Mechanical Construction
1-3-1 Parts names and their functions ......................................................... 1-3-11-3-2 Machine cross section ........................................................................ 1-3-41-3-3 Drive system ....................................................................................... 1-3-51-3-4 Mechanical construction ..................................................................... 1-3-8
(1) Paper feed section ...................................................................... 1-3-8(1-1) Paper feed from the drawers ............................................ 1-3-8(1-2) Paper feed from the bypass table .................................... 1-3-13
(2) Main charging section ................................................................ 1-3-16(3) Optical section ............................................................................ 1-3-19
Original scanning ........................................................................ 1-3-20Image printing ............................................................................ 1-3-22
(4) Developing section .................................................................... 1-3-25Formation of magnetic brush ..................................................... 1-3-27Toner density control ................................................................. 1-3-29Correcting toner feed start level ................................................ 1-3-31Toner level detection ................................................................. 1-3-34Toner hopper lockup detection .................................................. 1-3-35
(5) Transfer and separation section ................................................ 1-3-36Charger wire cleaning ............................................................... 1-3-38
(6) Cleaning section ........................................................................ 1-3-40(7) Charge erasing section ............................................................. 1-3-41(8) Fixing section ............................................................................ 1-3-43
Heating the heat roller and detecting temperature .................... 1-3-45Fixing temperature control ......................................................... 1-3-46Paper separation ....................................................................... 1-3-48
(9) Feedshift and eject section........................................................ 1-3-49(10) Duplex section ........................................................................... 1-3-51
Duplex copying operation timing ............................................... 1-3-54(11) SRDF ......................................................................................... 1-3-57
(11-1) Original feed section ....................................................... 1-3-57Original feed timing ......................................................... 1-3-59
(11-2) Original switchback section ............................................ 1-3-60Operation of original switchback ..................................... 1-3-62
(11-3) Original conveying section .............................................. 1-3-63Original switchback/conveying timing ............................. 1-3-65
(12) Large paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) ........... 1-3-67(12-1) Right cassette primary paper feed.................................. 1-3-69(12-2) Left cassette primary paper feed .................................... 1-3-72(12-3) Raising and lowering the lifts .......................................... 1-3-74(12-4) Detecting the paper level ................................................ 1-3-76
AA A
A
AA A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
EA
EA
2AD (MCA)
2A3/4
1-3-1
1-3-1 Part names and their functions
• 42 ppm copier
Figure 1-3-1-a
9 0 !
#
@
$
¨%
8
Á
645
1
2
3
7
^
) ⁄ ¤ ‹
›
fi
Á
„
ˆ
Œ
·‡
fl
°
‚
´‰ˇ
& * (
1 Contact platen2 Original size indictor lines3 Operation panel4 Bypass table5 Insert guide6 Support guide7 Front cover8 Right cover9 Duplex unit0 Re-feeding section
! Duplex unit cover@ Upper drawer# Length guide tab$ Width guide tab% Lower drawer^ DF original reversing cover& Original set indicator* Original insertion guides( Original table) DF opening/closing lever
⁄ Original ejection cover¤ Paper ejection guide‹ Main switch› Left coverfi Copy tray*1
fl Toner cartridge‡ Toner cartridge release lever° Image formation unit release button· Image formation unit handle‚ Paper transfer unit release lever
Œ Paper feed section knob„ Fixing unit´ Fixing unit handle‰ Fixing knobˇ Fixing unit release leverÁ Handles for transport¨ Paper feed desk*2
ˆ Large paper deck*2
*1: Optional for 120 V specifications.*2: Optional.
AA A A
A
AA A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
2AD (MCA)
2A3/4
1
5
46
fl
‡
°
Î
Ø∏ÅÍ ˆ
Á
ˇ
‰´
Œ
·
‹ › fi
¤⁄)(
„‚
¨
Î
8
@
$
#
2
3
7
0
9
!
&^
%
*
Figure 1-3-1-b
1 Contact platen2 Original size indictor lines3 Operation panel4 Bypass table5 Insert guide6 Support guide7 Front cover8 Right cover9 Upper drawer0 Length guide tab! Width guide tab
@ Lower drawer# Large paper deck$ Deck side cover% Drawer^ Deck front cover& Lifts* Paper side guides( DF original reversing cover) Original set indicator⁄ Original insertion guides¤ Original table
‹ DF opening/closing lever› Original ejection coverfi Paper ejection guidefl Main switch‡ Left cover° Copy tray*· Toner cartridge‚ Toner cartridge release leverŒ Image formation unit release button„ Image formation unit handle´ Paper transfer unit release lever
‰ Paper feed section knobˇ Duplex unitÁ Re-feeding section¨ Duplex unit coverˆ Duplex unit handleØ Fixing unit∏ Fixing unit handleÅ Fixing knobÍ Fixing unit release leverÎ Handles for transport* Optional for 120 V specifications.
• 52 ppm copier
1-3-2
AA A
A
AA A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
EA
EA
2AD (MCA)
2A3/4
Figure 1-3-2 Operation panel
1 Punch mode key2 Punch mode indicator3 Staple sort mode key4 Staple sort mode indicator5 Sorter mode key6 Sort mode indicator7 Group mode indicator8 Brightness adjustment control9 Data indicator0 Program key! Manual key@ Add job key# Copier/printer switching key$ Touch panel% Numeric keys^ Stop/clear key& Print key* Print indicator( Reset key) Auto selection key⁄ Auto selection indicator¤ Energy saver key‹ Energy saver indicator› Interrupt keyfi Interrupt indicator
Metric
Inch
1-3-3
AA A A
A
AA A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
2AD (MCA)
2A3/4
1-3-2 Machine cross section
3
2
Paper and original path
Light path
8
9
0
1
!
4
7
5
6
Figure 1-3-3 Machine cross section—copier and SRDF
1 Paper feed section (page 1-3-8)2 Main charging section (page 1-3-16)3 Optical section (page 1-3-19)4 Developing section (page 1-3-25)5 Transfer and separation section (page 1-3-36)6 Cleaning section (page 1-3-40)7 Charge erasing section (page 1-3-41)8 Fixing section (page 1-3-43)9 Feedshift and eject section (page 1-3-49)0 Duplex section (page 1-3-51)! SRDF (page 1-3-57)
Figure 1-3-4 Machine cross section—Large paper deck(42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard)
Paper path
Large paper deck(page 1-3-67)
1-3-4
2A3/4
1-3-7
$ Pulley 20, gear 32% One-way drum^ Pulley 18-OW& Pulse gear* Belt 258( Belt 234) Belt 144⁄ Gear 1.0-24¤ Lift pulley‹ Left lift belt assembly› Right lift belt assemblyfi Paper deck motor gearfl Pulley 16
1 Belt 180-62 Paper feed clutch 13 Paper feed clutch 24 Paper conveying clutch5 Gear 206 Gear 267 Gear 50-208 Gear 35-1-209 Pulley 180 Gear 43-20! Pulley S2M-18@ Gear 16# Roller 0.8-20
As viewed from machine front
!1065
78fl
2
6$%5
(*$
59%
$)$3
&
5
$ $¤
#⁄
$#@
(5^
‹
&
fi#4fi
%
¤
›⁄
Figure 1-3-9 Drive system—Large paper deck(42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard)
2A3/4
1-3-8
1-3-4 Mechanical construction
(1) Paper feed sectionThe paper section consists of the primary feed and secondary feed subsections.Primary feed conveys paper from the upper drawer, lower drawer or bypass table to theupper and lower registration rollers, at which point secondary feed takes place and thepaper travels to the transfer section in sync with the printing timing.
(1-1) Paper feed from the drawers
1
3¤
„ ‚
!
ŒÍ
)∏
Å)
Î
9‡°
8&
⁄
⁄
´
3‹
2
1
@#¨
(
#
0
fl
Á
fi
›
(
#
#
ˇ
‰
ˆØ%
^*
·$46
5
7
2
Figure 1-3-10 Drawer paper feed and secondary paper feed sections
2A3/4
1-3-9
1 Forwarding pulley2 Upper paper feed pulley3 Lower paper feed pulley4 Upper feed roller5 Lower feed roller6 Upper feed guide plate7 Middle feed guide plate8 Lower feed guide plate9 Feed roller 10 Feed roller 2! Feed roller 3@ Feed roller 4# Feed pulley$ Upper registration roller% Lower registration roller^ Upper registration guide& Lower registration guide* Lower pre-transfer guide( Feed guide) Drawer lift⁄ Lift operation plate¤ Upper paper feed clutch (PFCL-U)‹ Lower paper feed clutch (PFCL-L)› Feed clutch 1 (FCL1)
fi Feed clutch 2 (FCL2)fl Feed clutch 3 (FCL3)‡ Feed clutch 4 (FCL4)° Feed clutch 5 (FCL5)· Registration clutch (RCL)‚ Upper paper switch (PSW-U)Œ Lower paper switch (PSW-L)„ Upper lift limit switch (LICSW-U)´ Lower lift limit switch (LICSW-L)‰ Paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1)ˇ Paper feed switch 2 (PFSW2)Á Paper feed switch 3 (PFSW3)¨ Paper feed switch 4 (PFSW4)ˆ Feed switch (FSW)Ø Registration switch (RSW)” Upper paper length switch
(PLSW-U)Å Lower paper length switch
(PLSW-L)Í*Upper paper width switch
(PWSW-U)Î*Lower paper width switch
(PWSW-L)
* For inch specifications only.
2A3/4
1-3-10
Each drawer consists of a lift driven by the lift motor and other components. Eachdrawer can hold up to 550 sheets of paper.Paper is fed from the drawer by the rotation of the forwarding pulley and upper paperfeed pulley. The lower paper feed pulley prevents multiple sheets from being fed at onetime, via the torque limiter.
CN13-4
CN13-13
CN13-7CN13-10
CN8-B11
CN8-B2
CN13-1
CN12-A2
CN8-B9CN12-A4
CN12-A8
CN15-3CN15-9
CN12-A10
CN15-4CN15-10CN15-14
EPCB
CN15-13
RCL
RSW
FSW
PFSW1
FCL5 FCL4
FCL1
FCL2
PFSW2PFCLU
PFSW3
PFSW4
LICSW-U PSW-U
PFCLL
LICSW-L PSW-LFCL3
Figure 1-3-11 Drawer paper feed section block diagram
2A3/4
1-3-11
174 ms
100 ms
35 ms
100 ms
50 ms
35 ms
74 ms 80 ms
Print key
Image ready
FCL4
FSW
RSW
FCL5
RCL
PFM
DM
PFCL-U
FCL2
PFSW2
FCL1
PFSW1
ABC D E F G H J K
250 ms
163 ms
28 ms
58 ms
Auto copy density control, copy paper: A4/11" × 81/2", magnification ratio 100%
Timing chart 1-3-1 Paper feed from the upper drawer
2A3/4
1-3-12
A When the print key is pressed, the paper feed motor (PFM) turns on, and 250 ms laterthe drive motor (DM) turns on to start drive for the paper feed section.
B 100 ms after the print key is pressed, the upper paper feed clutch (PFCL-U) turns on,and the upper and lower paper feed pulleys rotate to start the primary paper feed.
C 50 ms after the upper paper feed clutch (PFCL-U) turns on, feed clutch 2 (FCL2) turnson, and feed roller 2 rotates.
D 28 ms after the leading edge of the paper turns paper feed switch 2 (PFSW2) on, feedclutch 1 (FCL1) turns on, and feed roller 1 to rotates.
E 163 ms after paper feed switch 2 (PFSW2) turns on, the upper paper feed clutch (PFCL-U) turns off.
F 174 ms after the leading edge of the paper turns paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1) on, feedclutch 4 (FCL4) turns on, and the lower feed roller rotates at high speed to create slackin the paper before registration.
G 58 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns paper feed switch 2 (PFSW2) turns off,feed clutch 2 (FCL2) turns off.
H 35 ms after the leading edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) on, feedclutches 1 and 4 (FCL1 and FCL4) turn off.
I 74 ms after image ready signal turn on, the registration clutch (RCL) turns on, causingthe upper and lower registration rollers to rotate to start secondary paper feed.Simultaneously, feed clutch 5 (FCL5) turns on and the lower feed roller rotates at lowspeed.
J 100 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns the feed switch (FSW) off, feed clutch5 (FCL5) turns off.
K 80 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) off, theregistration clutch (RCL) turns off.
2A3/4
1-3-13
The bypass table can hold up to 100 sheets of paper at one time.When the start key is pressed, the bypass solenoid (BYPSOL) turns on, unlocking thebypass stopper and lowering the bypass forwarding pulley until it comes into contactwith the paper. This conveys paper placed on the bypass table to the bypass upper andlower paper feed pulleys. The bypass paper feed clutch (BYPPFCL) then turns on,transmitting the drive motor (DM) drive to these pulleys to start primary paper feed.The bypass lower paper feed pulley rotates opposite to the paper feed direction so thatthe torque limiter prevents multiple sheets from being fed at one time.
(1-2) Paper feed from the bypass table
1
#
0
9!
7
8
43
65
2$@
Figure 1-3-12 Bypass paper feed section
1 Bypass table2 Bypass upper guide3 Bypass lower guide4 Bypass stopper5 Bypass friction plate6 Bypass forwarding pulley7 Bypass upper paper feed pulley8 Bypass lower paper feed pulley
9 Bypass paper feed clutch(BYPPFCL)
0 Bypass solenoid (BYPSOL)! Bypass paper switch (BYPPSW)@ Bypass paper length switch
(BYPPLSW)# Bypass paper width switch
(BYPPWSW)$ Bypass table extended detection
switch (BYPEDSW)
2A3/4
1-3-14
RCL
CN14-A4
CN14-A7
CN8-B2
CN13-1
CN12-A2
CN8-B9
EPCB
CN14-A8
RSW
FSW
FCL5
BYPPSW
BYPSOL
FCL4
BYPPFCL
CN8-B11
Figure 1-3-13 Bypass paper feed section block diagram
Print key
Image ready
FSW
RSW
FCL5
RCL
PFM
DM
BYPSOL
BYPPFCL
AB C DE G H I JF
115 ms 100 ms65 ms
250 ms
100 ms
300 ms
74 ms 80 ms
200 ms
90 ms
Auto copy density control, copy paper: A5R/51/2" × 81/2", magnification ratio 25%
Timing chart 1-3-2 Paper feed from the bypass table
2A3/4
1-3-15
A When the print key is pressed, the paper feed motor (PFM) turns on, and 250 ms laterthe drive motor (DM) turn on to start drive for the paper feed section.
B 100 ms after the print key is pressed, the bypass solenoid (BYPSOL) turns on. Thebypass stopper is then unlocked, and the bypass forwarding pulley lowers to forward thepaper.
C 300 ms after the bypass solenoid (BYPSOL) turns on, the bypass paper feed clutch(BYPPFCL) turns on, and the upper and lower bypass paper feed pulleys rotate to startprimary paper feed.
D 115 ms after the leading edge of the paper turn the feed switch (FSW) on, feed clutch5 (FCL5) turns on, and the lower feed roller rotates at low speed to create slack in thepaper before registration.
E 200 ms after the feed switch (FSW) turns on, the bypass paper feed clutch (BYPPFCL)turns off.
F 90 ms after feed clutch 5 (FCL5) turns on, the bypass solenoid (BYPSOL) turns off.G 65 ms after the leading edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) on, feed
clutch 5 (FCL 5) turns off.H 74 ms after the image ready signal turns on, the registration clutch (RCL) turns on, and
the upper and lower registration rollers rotate to start secondary paper feed.Simultaneously, feed clutch 5 (FCL5) turns on and lower feed roller rotates at low speed.
I 100 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns the feed switch (FSW) off, feed clutch5 (FCL5) turns off.
J 80 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) off, theregistration clutch (RCL) turns off.
2A3/4
1-3-16
(2) Main charging sectionThe main charging section consists of the drum and the main charger assembly.The main charger assembly charges the drum so that a latent image is formed on thesurface, the charger grid ensuring the charge is applied uniformly.
Drum
Main charger assembly Main charger gridTungsten wire
Figure 1-3-14 Main charging section
2A3/4
1-3-17
9
3
!
6
4
0
7
2
5
1
8
Figure 1-3-15 Main charger
1 Main charger front housing2 Main charger rear housing3 Main charger front lid4 Main charger rear lid5 Main charger shield
6 Tungsten wire7 Charger spring8 Charger terminal9 Charger pin0 Main charger grid! Grid tension plate
CN5-B13
CN5-B11
CN5-B12
CN5-B1
MC REM
24 V DC
MC ALM
GRID CONT
HVTPCB
MC
EPCB
CN1-1
CN1-13
CN1-3 TB
CN1-2Grid
Drum
Figure 1-3-16 Main charging section block diagram
2A3/4
1-3-18
Print key
PFM
MC REM
ESW
CFM1
A B C
520 ms
290-30000 ms
300 ms
360 ms
Auto copy density control, copy paper: A4/11" × 81/2", magnification ratio 100%
Timing chart1-3-3 Main charging
A When the print key is pressed, the paper feed motor (PFM) turns on.B 520 ms after the paper feed motor (PFM) turns on, main charging (MC REM) starts.C 300 ms after cooling fan motor 1 (CFM1) turns off, main charging (MC REM) is
completed.
2A3/4
1-3-19
(3) Optical sectionThe optical section consists of the scanner, mirror frame and image scanning unit forscanning and the laser scanner unit for printing.
0
#
$ @
1
25
3
!
86
74
9
Figure 1-3-17 Optical section
1 Scanner2 Mirror frame3 Mirror 14 Mirror 25 Mirror 36 Exposure lamp (EL)7 Reflector
8 Image scanning unit9 Lens0 Optical rail! Laser scanner unit (LSU)@ CCD PCB (CCDPCB)# Scanner motor (SM)$ Scanner home position switch
(SHPSW)
2A3/4
1-3-20
Original scanning
The original image is illuminated by the exposure lamp (EL) and scanned by the CCDPCB (CCDPCB) in the image scanning unit via the three mirrors, the reflected lightbeing converted to an electrical signal.The scanner and mirror frame travel to scan on the optical rails on the front and rear ofthe machine to scan from side to side. The speed of the mirror frame is half the speedof the scanner. When the SRDF is used, the scanner and mirror frame stop at the DForiginal scanning position to start scanning.
CN
1-1–
CN
2-1–
CN
4-2
CN
2-6
CN
2-1
CN
2-4
CN
1-14
0
CN
7-1–
CN
7-2
CN
5-1–
CN
5-16
CN
11-1
–C
N11
-11
CN
12-1
–C
N12
-7C
N9-
1–C
N9-
4
CN
8-1–
CN
8-5
CN
7-1–
CN
7-13
CN
1-1–
CN
1-16
CN
1-1–
CN
1-14
0
CN3-6
CN3-1–
CN1-6
CN1-1–
SMPCB INPCB
CCDPCB
EPCB
MPCB
SM
SHPSW
EL
Original
Drum
LSU
Figure 1-3-18 Optical section block diagram
2A3/4
1-3-21
Print key
SMFwd. rotation
Rev. rotation
SHPSW
FVSYNC signal
A B
410 P
414 P
9921 P 110 P
C D
Manual copy density control, copy paper: A3/11" × 17", magnification ratio 100%
Timing chart 1-3-4 Scanner operation
A When the print key is pressed, the scanner motor (SM) reverses for 410 pulses andthen rotates forward.
B 414 pulses after the scanner motor rotates forward, the FVSYNC signal turns on for9921 pulses for scanning.
C The scanner motor (SM) reverses to return the scanner to the home position.D 110 pulses after the scanner home position switch (SHPSW) turns on, the scanner
motor (SM) turns off, and the scanner stops at its home position.
2A3/4
1-3-22
Image printing
The image data scanned by the CCD PCB (CCDPCB) is processed on the main PCB(MPCB) and transmitted as image printing data to the laser scanner unit (LSU). Byrepeatedly turning the laser on and off, the laser scanner unit forms a latent image onthe drum surface.
• Laser scanner unit
Oject mirror
Lens 4
Cylindrical correcting lensBD sensor
Motor drive PCB
Polygon motor (PM)
Polygon mirror
Lens 2Lens 3
Lens 1
Beam spritter
Collimator lenses
Laser diodes (LD)
LD control PCB
BD sensor mirror
Figure 1-3-19 Laser scanner unit (1)
2A3/4
1-3-23
1
2
3
5
5
6
4
0
5 7
8
9
Drum
Figure 1-3-20 Laser scanner unit (2)
1 Laser diodes: Generate the laser beams that form the latent image on the drum.2 Collimator lenses: Collimate the diffused laser beams emitted from the laser diodes into
cylindrical beams.3 Beam splitter: Refracts the laser beam emitted from one of the laser diodes so that it
becomes parallel to the other laser beam, and sends those two beams to lens 1.4 Polygon mirror: 6-faced mirror that rotates at approximately 29527 rpm. Each face
reflects the laser beams toward the drum in the horizontal (main) scan direction. Themotion of the beams across the drum forms one scan line.
5 Lenses 1, 2, 3 and 4: Maintain scanning speed across the drum and beam diametersconstant. These lenses also correct the vertical alignment of the polygon mirror so thatthe focal plane of the laser beams are always on the drum.
6 Object mirror: Reflects the laser beams onto the drum surface.7 BD sensor mirror: Directs a laser beam to the BD sensor to generate the horizontal sync
signal.8 Cylindrical correcting lens: Corrects for the deviation of the laser beam reflected by the
BD sensor mirror.9 BD sensor: Detects the laser beam reflected by BD sensor mirror, and sends the
detection signal to the main PCB (MPCB). The main PCB (MPCB) uses this signal todetermine the horizontal scanning signal timing.
0 Glass dust filter: Prevents dust from entering the unit.
2A3/4
1-3-24
The dimensions of the laser beam are as shown in Figure 1-3-19.
65 µm
70 µm
Figure 1-3-21
Scanning in the main direction is provided by the rotating polygon mirror, while scanningin the auxiliary direction is provided by the rotating drum, forming a static latent imageon the drum.The static latent image of the letter “A”, for example, is formed on the drum surface asshown in Figure 1-3-22. Electrical charge is dissipated on the area of the drum surfaceirradiated by the laser.The focal point of the laser beam is moved line by line, and adjacent lines slightlyoverlap each other.
Mainscanningdirection
Auxilaryscanningdirection
: laser beam is on
Figure 1-3-22
2A3/4
1-3-25
(4) Developing sectionThe developing section consists of the developing unit and the toner recyclingassembly.
Developing unitToner sub hopper
Figure 1-3-23 Developing section
The developing unit consists of the developing roller where a magnetic brush is formed,the doctor blade and the developing spirals that agitate the developer.The toner recycling assembly consists of the toner main and sub-hoppers. In t he mainhopper new toner from the toner cartridge is mixed with residual toner recovered fromthe cleaning section. The mixture is conveyed by the sub-hopper to the developing unit.The toner level detection sensor (TLDS) checks whether or not toner remains in themain hopper.
2A3/4
1-3-26
Toner cartridge paddle
Toner cartridge spiral
Toner cartridge
Toner recycle paddle A
Toner level sensor
Toner hopper lockup sensor
Toner recycle paddle B
Toner recycle spiral
Cleaning unit
Cleaning spiral
Toner feed motorMain hopper spiral
Toner sub hopper
Developing unit
Toner main hopper
Toner recycle motorSub hopper spiral
Toner flow
Figure 1-3-24 Toner recycling
2A3/4
1-3-27
Formation of magnetic brush
The developing roller consists of a magnet roller with five poles and a sleeve roller.Rotation of the sleeve roller around the magnet roller entrains developer, which in turnforms a magnetic brush at pole N1 on the magnet roller. The height of the magnet brushis regulated by the doctor blade; the developing result is affected by the position of thepoles on the magnet roller and the position of the doctor blade.A developing bias voltage generated by the high-voltage transformer (HVTPCB) isapplied to the developing roller to provide image contrast.
7
64
15
23
A
S2
N3
S1
N1
N243.5°
59°
85.5°74.5°
Magnetic poles on the developing roller
Figure 1-3-25 Forming a magnetic brush
A: Distances beteen the doctor blade anddeveloping roller: 0.53 ± 0.05 mm
N1: 830 × 10–4 TN2: 630 × 10–4 TN3: 450 × 10–4 TS1: 860 × 10–4 TS2: 700 × 10–4 T
5 Developing spiral A6 Developing spiral B7 Developing spiral C
1 Developing unit housing2 Developing roller3 Toner sensor (TNS)4 Doctor blade
2A3/4
1-3-28
CN5-B10
CN2
CN1-4
CN2-B9
CN2-B11
CN2-A6CN2-A7CN2-A8
CN2-B3
CN2-A10
CN2-A5
EPCB
TRMTFM
TFM–
TFM+TRM–TRM+
TLDS
TLS
TNS SIG
TNS CONT
DB REM
TNS
HVTPCB
DBCN5-B8 CN1-6
DB CONT
CN5-B1 CN1-1324 V DC
Figure 1-3-26 Developing section block diagram
Toner density is detected by the toner sensor (TNS).The sensor section of the toner sensor detects the ratio of toner to carrier in thedeveloper near it and converts it into a voltage. As more toner is used, the ratio of tonerto carrier decreases, increasing the toner sensor output voltage.When the ratio drops below the specified value, the increase in toner sensor outputvoltage triggers toner replenishing. When toner is added and the ratio of toner to carrierreturns to normal, the toner sensor output voltage drops to the point where tonerreplenishing stops.
2A3/4
1-3-29
Toner density control
Toner density control is conducted using the TARGET value as the reference which isthe toner sensor initial output value set by maintenance item U130 when developer isloaded for the first time.
Toner sensoroutput voltage (V)
Toner empty detection level
Toner empty reset level
Toner feed start level(TARGET by U130)
Toner feed stop level
Copying
Toner being replenished message Toner request message(Toner cartridge to be replaced.)
Aging:1 min: during copying
AB CDEF G HIJ
Figure 1-3-27 Toner density control
A When the toner sensor output voltage exceeds the toner feed start level, the toner feedmotor (TFM) and the toner recycle motor (TRM) operate intermittently—on for 0.5 s andoff for 1.5 s, and on for 1.0 s and off for 1.0 s, respectively—to replenish toner.
B As toner is replenished, the toner sensor output voltage drops below the toner feed stoplevel and replenishing stops.
C Both the toner feed motor (TFM) and toner recycle motor (TRM) operate intermittently—on for 0.5 s and off for 0.5 s—to replenish toner until the toner sensor output voltagereaches the toner empty reset level after exceeding the toner feed start level.
D The toner feed motor (TFM) and toner recycle motor (TRM) operate intermittently—onfor 1.0 s and off for 1.0 s, and on for 1.5 s and off for 0.5 s, respectively—to replenishtoner until the toner sensor output voltage reaches the toner empty detection level afterexceeding the toner feed reset level
E When the toner sensor output voltage exceeds the toner empty detection level aftertoner replenishing is carried out, the toner being replenished message appears. Both thetoner feed motor (TFM) and toner recycle motor (TRM) then operate intermittently—onfor 1.5 s and off for 0.5 s—for 1 min. for aging. If the voltage fails to fall to the toner emptyreset level, the toner request message appears.
2A3/4
1-3-30
FWhen the toner sensor output voltage drops to the toner empty reset level, the tonerbeing replenished message disappears, and both the toner feed motor (TFM) and tonerrecycle motor (TRM) operates intermittently—on for 0.5 s and off for 0.5 s—to replenishtoner.
GWhen toner is replenished, the toner sensor output voltage drops below the toner feedstop level and replenishing stops.
H After the toner cartridge is replaced, both the toner feed motor (TFM) and toner recyclemotor (TRM) operate intermittently—on for 1.5 s and off for 0.5 s—to replenish toner.
IWhen the toner sensor output voltage drops to the toner feed stop level, the toner requestmessage disappears. Both the toner feed motor (TFM) and toner recycle motor (TRM)then operate intermittently—on for 1.0 s and off for 1.0 s—to replenish toner.
JWhen toner is replenished, the toner sensor output voltage drops to the toner feed stoplevel and replenishing stops.
2A3/4
1-3-31
Correcting toner feed start level
The toner feed start level is corrected based on the absolute humidity and the drive timeso that toner density becomes proper depending on the change of the humidity and thedrive time.
• Correction based on the absolute humidity
0.74
0
0 3.09 10.8
B
AMaintenance item U130 performed.
35.9
– 0.16
C
D
Absolute humidity (g/m3)
Correction at the toner feed start level (V)
Figure 1-3-28 Correction based on the absolute humidity
AWhen maintenance item U130 is carried out for initial developer setting, the toner sensorcontrol voltage (CONTROL) is set so that the toner sensor outputs 2.01 V when theabsolute humidity is 10.8 g/m3.
BWhen the absolute humidity is between 0 and 10.8 g/m3, the toner feed start level isdecreased with the absolute humidity so that the toner sensor output voltage drops.
CWhen the absolute humidity is between 10.8 and 35.9 g/m3, the toner feed start level isincreased with the absolute humidity so that the toner sensor output voltage rises.
DWhen the absolute humidity exceeds 35.9 g/m3, the toner feed start level is increasedby 0.74 V to regulate the toner sensor output.
2A3/4
1-3-32
Computing the absolute humidityThe external humidity sensor (EHUMSENS) and external temperature thermistor(ETTH) are located on the humidity sensor PCB (HUMPCB). The external humiditysensor (EHUMSENS) converts the relative humidity detected by the humidity sensingelement into a voltage and sends it to the engine PCB (EPCB). The main PCB(MPCB)computes the absolute humidity based on this EHUMSENS signal and thetemperature (ETTH signal) detected by the external temperature thermistor (ETTH).
HUMPCB
EPCB
EHUMSENS
2 EHUMSENS
1 5 V
CN5-A1
CN5-A2
CN5-A3
CN5-A4
4
3
ETTHETTH
GND
Humidity sensing element
Figure 1-3-29 Absolute humidity computation block diagram
2A3/4
1-3-33
• Correction based on the total drive motor timeThe toner feed start level is also corrected based on the total time the drive motor (DM)has been on from execution of maintenance item U130, so that the toner sensor outputis regulated properly.
0.76
Correction at the toner feed start level (V)
0.46
0.36
0.24
010 30 50 150 Drive time (h)
B
A Maintenance item U130 performed.
CD
E
Figure 1-3-30 Correction based on the total drive motor time
AWhen maintenance item U130 is carried out for initial developer setting, the total drivemotor time is cleared and the correction for the toner feed start level is reset to 0.
BWhen the total drive time reaches 10 hours, the toner feed start level is corrected witha constant value of 0.24 V.
CWhen the total drive time reaches 30 hours, the toner feed start level is corrected witha constant value of 0.36 V.
DWhen the total drive time reaches 50 hours, the toner feed start level is corrected witha constant value of 0.46 V.
EWhen the total drive time exceeds 150 hours, the toner feed start level is corrected witha constant value of 0.76 V.
2A3/4
1-3-34
Toner level detection
The toner level in the toner main hopper is monitored by the toner level detection sensor(TLDS). It converts the presence or absence of toner in the toner main hopper into avoltage and sends it to the main PCB (MPCB), which triggers a message to request thetoner cartridge to be replaced before the recycled toner ratio in the toner main hopperreaches a significant level.
10 s
TFM: on
4.5 V
Toner feed motor (TFM)
Toner level detectionsensor output voltage
0.5 V
10 s
1 min. 5 min.
10 s
Toner request message Toner empty detectionreactivated.
Toner empty detectionreactivated.
Toner cartridge to bereplaced.Toner empty detectionignored.
U 130 performed.Toner empty detection ignored.
A B C D
Figure 1-3-31 Toner level detection
A When the toner level detection sensor (TLDS) output voltage drops below 0.5 V whilethe toner feed motor (TFM) is on, the toner motor drive time starts to be counted.
B If the toner level detection sensor (TLDS) output voltage remains below 0.5 V for 10 s,the toner request message appears.Note: When the toner request message is displayed under these conditions, the
available copy mode and the number of copies that can be made arerestricted as set in maintenance item U258 (see page 3-2-74).
C Toner empty detection is ignored for 1 min. (the toner feed motor on time) after the tonercartridge has been replaced. If the toner level detection sensor (TLDS) output remainsat 4.5 V or above for 10 s, toner empty detection is reactivated.
D Toner empty detection is ignored for 5 min. (the toner feed motor on time) aftermaintenance item U130 has been performed for developer initial setting. If the toner leveldetection sensor (TLDS) output remains at 4.5 V or above for 10 s, toner empty detectionis reactivated.
2A3/4
1-3-35
Toner hopper lockup detection
The amount of recycled toner in the toner main hopper is monitored by the toner hopperlockup sensor (TLS). It converts the presence or absence of toner in the toner mainhopper into a voltage and sends it to the main PCB, which prevents toner main hopperlockup as the amount of the recycled toner in the hopper increases.
Toner feed start level
Toner feed stop level
Toner recycle motor
Toner hopper lockup sensor output voltage (V)
4.5 V
0.5 V
A B C D
1 min
Figure 1-3-32 Toner hopper lockup detection
AWhen the toner hopper lockup sensor (TLS) output voltage is below 0.5 V, toner isreplenished to control toner density.
BWhen the toner hopper lockup sensor (TLS) output voltage exceeds 4.5 V while tonersensor output voltage is below the toner feed start level, toner is not replenished.
CWhen the toner sensor output voltage is over the toner feed start level while the tonerhopper lockup sensor (TLS) output level is over 4.5 V, the toner feed motor (TFM) doesnot operate, while the toner recycle motor (TRM) operates continuously.
DWhen the toner hopper lockup sensor (TLS) output voltage is over 4.5 V, the on-time ofthe toner recycle motor (TRM) is counted. When the continuous on-time exceeds 1 min.,C740 (toner hopper problem) is displayed.
2A3/4
1-3-36
(5) Transfer and separation section
Transfer charger assembly
Drum separation claw
Tungsten wires
Figure 1-3-33 Transfer and separation section
The transfer and separation section consists of the transfer charger assembly and drumseparation claws.The transfer charger assembly consists of the transfer charger that applies a highvoltage to transfer the toner image from the drum surface onto the paper, and theseparation charger that helps the paper separate from the drum surface.In the transfer charger, a high voltage generated by the high-voltage transformer PCB(HVTPCB) is applied to the both ends of the tungsten wire.The separation charger uses the AC voltage applied from the high-voltage transformerPCB to neutralize the residual charge on the paper after the transfer process. The papercan then separate from the drum under its own weight.The separation claws ensure that the paper separates reliably from the drum.
2A3/4
1-3-37
TC REM
TC CONT
SC REM
SC CONT
24 V DC
ST ALM
SC TC
CN5-B7
CN5-B6
CN5-B5
CN5-B4
CN5-B3
CN5-B1
CC
M F
WD
CC
M R
EV
CN
8-B
4
CN
8-B
5
CN1-7
CN1-8
CN1-9
CN1-10
CN1-11
CN1-13
EPCBHVTPCB
Drum
CCM
Figure 1-3-34 Transfer and separation section block diagram
2A3/4
1-3-38
Charger wire cleaning
The charger wires are cleaned by the transfer charger cleaning pad and separationcharger cleaning pad traveling along each wire. The pads are placed on a slider whichmoves back and forth along the charger cleaning spiral as the spiral is turned by thecharger cleaning motor (CCM).The two shield cleaning sponges travel along the transfer charger shield, cleaning theinside of the shield.
6
7
3
1
$
85
#
2
4
9@
0
!
Figure 1-3-35 Transfer charger assembly
1 Transfer charger front housing 8 Tungsten wire for separation2 Transfer charger rear housing 9 Transfer charger cleaning pad3 Transfer charger front lid 0 Separation charger cleaning pad4 Transfer charger rear lid ! Shield cleaning sponges5 Transfer charger shield @ Charger cleaning pad slider6 Separation guide # Charger cleaning spiral7 Tungsten wire for transfer $ Charger cleaning motor (CCM)
2A3/4
1-3-39
Print key
PFM
RSW
RCL
TC REM
SC REM
MC REM
ESW
CFM1
A B C D
520 ms
700 ms
290-30000 ms300 ms
210 ms 270 ms
80 ms
360 ms
E
Image readySecondary paper feed start
Secondary paper feed end
74 ms
Auto copy density control, copy paper: A4/11" × 81/2", magnification ratio 100%
Timing chart 1-3-5 Transfer and separation
A When the print key is pressed, the paper feed motor (PFM) turns on.B 700 ms after the paper feed motor (PFM) turns on, separation charging (SC REM)
starts.C 210 m after the registration clutch (RCL) turn on to start secondary paper feed,
transfer charging (TC REM) starts.D 270 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) off,
transfer charging (TC REM) ends.E 290 to 30000 ms after the main charging (MC REM) ends, the paper feed motor
(PFM) turns off and separation charging (SC REM) ends.
2A3/4
1-3-40
(6) Cleaning sectionThe cleaning section consists of the cleaning blade and brush that remove residualtoner from the drum surface after the transfer process, and the cleaning spiral thatcarries the residual toner back to the toner recycling assembly.
4 3
5
1
2
Figure 1-3-36 Cleaning section
1 Drum2 Cleaning blade3 Cleaning brush4 Cleaning spiral5 Lower cleaning seal
2A3/4
1-3-41
(7) Charge erasing sectionThe cleaning lamp (CL) consists of 36 LEDs which remove residual charge from thedrum surface.
Cleaning lamp
Figure 1-3-37 Charge erasing section
CN2-A2
EPCB
CL
Drum
CL REM
Figure 1-3-38 Charge erasing section block diagram
2A3/4
1-3-42
Print key
PFM
CL
A B C
600 ms50 ms
Auto copy density control, copy paper: A4/11" × 81/2", magnification ratio 100%
Timing chart 1-3-6 Charge erasing
A When the print key is pressed, the paper feed motor (PFM) turns on.B 50 ms after the paper feed motor (PFM) turns on, the cleaning lamp (CL) lights to
remove the residual charge from the drum surface after the residual toner isremoved by the cleaning section.
C 600 ms after the paper feed motor (PFM) turns off, the cleaning lamp (CL) turns off.
2A3/4
1-3-43
(8) Fixing section
3
2
1!
4
# 6
9
@
5
07 8
Figure 1-3-39 Fixing section
1 Fixing unit upper cover2 Fixing unit front guide3 Fixing unit upper guide4 Fixing unit lower left guide5 Heat roller6 Press roller7 Heat roller separation claws
8 Fixing heater M (H1)9 Fixing heater S (H2)0 Eject switch (ESW)! Fixing unit thermostat (TH)@ Fixing unit thermistor (FTH)# Press roller separation claws
2A3/4
1-3-44
The fixing section consists of the parts shown in Figure 1-3-39. When paper reaches thefixing section after the transfer process, it passes between the press roller and heatroller, which is heated by fixing heaters M or S (H1 or H2). Pressure is applied by thepressure springs so that the toner on the paper is melted, fused and fixed onto thepaper.When the fixing process is completed, the paper is separated from the heat roller by itsseparation claws and is ejected from the copier to either the eject section or duplexsection.
H1 H2
TH
H1
RE
M
H2
RE
MC
N6-
8
CN
6-7
EPCB
CN
3-B
8
CN
3-B
7
FT
H
5 V
DC
FTHTB3
CN10-1
CN10-2
PSPCB
CN
4-5
CN
4-4
Heat rollerPRY
Figure 1-3-40 Fixing section block diagram
2A3/4
1-3-45
Heating the heat roller and detecting temperature
5
1
23
4
Figure 1-3-41 Heating the heat roller and detecting temperature
1 Heat roller2 Fixing heater M (H1)3 Fixing heater S (H2)
4 Fixing unit thermostat (TH)5 Fixing unit themistor (FTH)
The heat roller is heated by fixing heaters M or S (H1 or H2) inside it; its surfacetemperature is detected by the fixing unit thermistor (FTH) and is regulated by the fixingheaters turning on and off.If the fixing section becomes abnormally hot, either the fixing unit thermistor detects it orfixing unit thermostat (TH) operates, in each case, shutting the power to the fixingheaters off.
2A3/4
1-3-46
MSW
PRY
H1
H2
CCM
DM
PCM
CL
DB REM
CFM1
PCFM
IFFM
PM
1 s
2 s *3
Half speed
Prim
ary
stab
iliza
tion
fixin
g te
mpe
ratu
re 1
75°C
/347
°F
Sec
onda
ry s
tabi
lizat
ion
fixin
g te
mpe
ratu
re *
1
Cop
ying
ena
bled
Agi
ng e
nd
Half speed
200 ms
270 ms
600 ms50 ms
AB CDE F G H I
3 s
*2
Full speed
Charger wire cleaning
*1: 42 ppm: 180°C/356°F 52 ppm: 190°C/374°F
*2: 42 ppm: 60 s 52 ppm: 120 s
*3: 42 ppm: 116 s 52 ppm: 176 s
Timing chart 1-3-7 Fixing temperature control
A 2s after the main switch (MSW) is turned on, the power relay (PRY) and fixingheater M (H1) turn on to heat the heat roller. The charger cleaning motor (CCM)also turns on to clean the charger wire, and cooling fan motor 1 (CFM1) rotates athalf speed.
B 1 s after fixing heater M (H1) turns on, the polygon motor (PM) in the laser scannerunit turns on.
Fixing temperature control
2A3/4
1-3-47
C When the fixing temperature reaches 175°C/347°F, the copier enters primarystabilization. 50 ms later the cleaning lamp (CL) and developing bias (DB REM) turnon and primary stabilization starts.
D 200 ms after the cleaning lamp (CL) turns on, the drive motor (DM) turns on.E 270 ms after the drive motor (DM) turns on, the paper conveying motor (PCM),
paper conveying fan motor (PCFM) and image formation section fan motor (IFFM)turn on and cooling fan motor 1 (CFM1) rotates at full speed.
F When the fixing temperature reaches 180°C/356°F (42 ppm) or 190°C/374°F (52 ppm),the copier enters secondary stabilization. Fixing heater M (H1) is turned on and offto keep the fixing temperature at 180°C/356°F (42 ppm) or 190°C/374°F (52 ppm)and aging starts.
G 116 s (42 ppm) or 176 s (52 ppm) after the power relay (PRY) turns on or 60 s (42ppm) or 120 s (52 ppm) after the copier enters secondary stabilization (whicheverevent occurs first), copying is enables.
H 3 s after copying is enabled, the drive motor (DM), paper conveying motor (PCM)and image formation section fan motor (IFFM) turn off, and aging ends. Cooling fanmotor 1 (CFM1) rotates at half speed.
I 600 ms after aging ends, the cleaning lamp (CL), developing bias (DB REM) andpaper conveying fan motor (PCFM) turn off.
• Fixing control temperature correctionDepending on the ambient temperature, the fixing control temperature is corrected asfollows.
Table 1-3-1
Fixing heater M or S (H1 or H2) is turned on for 5 s from the start of the copyingoperation so that the fixing control temperature becomes 190°C/374°F (10°C/18°Fhigher for 42 ppm) or 195°C/383°F (5°C/9°F higher for 52 ppm).
Correction for low ambienttemperature(Ambient temperature: 17°C/62.6°F or below)
Correction for high ambienttemperature(Ambient temperature: 37°C/98.6°F or higher)
Copy setting
Paper feed from upperand lower drawers,bypass table and largepaper deck
Continuous copying of100 or less sheets induplex copy mode
Fixing control temperature
42 ppm: 190°C/374°F(10°C/18°F higher)52 ppm: 195°C/383°F(5°C/9°F higher)
42 ppm: 160°C/320°F(20°C/36°F lower)52 ppm: 170°C/338°F(20°C/36°F lower)
2A3/4
1-3-48
Paper separation
Paper is separated in the fixing section by the separation claws as shown in Figure 1-3-42.
Heat roller separation claws
Press roller separation claws
Heat roller
Press roller
Figure 1-3-42 Paper separation
2A3/4
1-3-49
(9) Feedshift and eject sectionThe feedshift and eject section consists of the parts shown in Figure 1-3-43. Whenfixing is complete, the conveying path is switched by the feedshift guide to eject thepaper to either the copy tray or duplex unit.
4
32
1
(
#
$
^%
@
*87
5
6
&
90
!
Figure 1-3-43 Feedshift and eject section
1 Eject roller2 Eject pulley3 Upper eject guide4 Feedshift guide5 Upper right feedshift guide6 Right feedshift roller7 Left feedshift roller8 Lower right feedshift guide9 Lower left feedshift guide0 Lower feedshift guide
! Lower feedshift roller@ Feedshift pulley# Left switchback eject guide$ Right middle switchback eject guide% Right switchback feed roller^ Left switchback feed roller& Lower right switchback eject guide* Feedshift switch (FSSW)( Switchback eject switch (SBESW)
2A3/4
1-3-50
FSSOL1
FSSOL2
FSSOL
ESW
SBESW
FSSW
EPCB
CN3-A8
CN3-A9
CN3-B9
CN3-A1
CN3-A4
Figure 1-3-44 Feedshift and eject section block diagram
2A3/4
1-3-51
(10) Duplex sectionIn duplex copy mode, the paper copied onto the first face (rear face) is sent to theduplex section for side registration and switchback, and refeed for copying onto thesecond face (front face).
13
6
4
5%
$
^
2
#&!
@
08
97
Figure 1-3-45 Duplex section
1 Duplex forwarding pulley2 Upper refeed guide3 Paper tapping guide4 Refeed pulley5 Switchback roller6 Duplex upper registration roller7 Duplex lower registration roller8 Duplex conveying roller9 Duplex conveying pulley
0 Duplex eject roller! Duplex eject pulley@ Side registration guides# Switchback feedshift guide$ Stock switch (STKSW)% Duplex registration switch
(DUPRSW)^ Duplex paper conveying switch
(DUPPCSW)& Duplex eject switch (DUPESW)
2A3/4
1-3-52
When the paper is sent to the duplex section, the duplex paper tapping solenoid(DUPPTSOL) lowers, which forwards the paper by means of the rotation of the duplexforwarding pulley until it is caught by the switchback roller.In duplex copy mode, the switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL) turns on to operatethe switchback feedshift guide. The paper is then sent to the duplex paper conveyingsection by the rotation of the switchback roller.During switchback ejection, the paper is conveyed to the feedshift and eject section andejected with the copied face down.
13
5
4
2
In duplex copy mode
During switchback ejection
Figure 1-3-46 Duplex refeed mechanism
1 Duplex forwarding pulley2 Switchback feedshift guide3 Paper tapping guide4 Refeed pulley5 Switchback roller
2A3/4
1-3-53
EPCB
STKSW
DUPRSW
SBFSSOL
SB
FS
SO
L1S
BF
SS
OL2
SRM
DUPESW
DUPFWDSOL
DUPPCSW
DUPPTSOL
CN
10-1
2C
N10
-10
CN
9-7
CN
9-16
CN
10-1
4
CN
10-8
CN
9-8
CN
9-11
CN
10-1
–C
N10
-5
CN
9-12
SRHPSW
Figure 1-3-47 Duplex section block diagram
2A3/4
1-3-54
Duplex copying operation timing
74 ms
1160 msFSSOL
SBFSSOL
FSSW
DUPFWDSOL
DUPPTSOL
SRMRev. rotation
Fwd. rotation
Image ready
SRHPSW
RCL
ESW
STKSW
30 ms
60 ms12 P
80 ms
A BC DE F
Copy paper: A4/11" × 81/2", 100% magnification
Timing chart 1-3-8 Feedshift and side registration
A 74 ms after the image ready signal turns on during copying onto the first face (back), theregistration clutch (RCL) turns on to start secondary paper feed.
B 1160 ms after the registration clutch (RCL) turns on, the feedshift solenoid (FSSOL)turns on, operating the feedshift guide to switch the paper path to the duplex unit.
C When the leading edge of the paper turns the eject switch (ESW) on, the switchbackfeedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL) turns on, operating the switchback guide to switch thepaper path to the duplex unit conveying section.
D 60 ms after copying onto the first face (back) is competed and the trailing edge of thepaper turns the feedshift switch (FSSW) off, the side registration motor (SRM) rotatesforward for 12 pulses for side registration. At the same time, the duplex paper tappingsolenoid (DUPPTSOL) turns on, and the paper tapping guide lowers to hold down thetrailing edge (leading edge during refeed) of the paper that was conveyed to the duplexsection.
E 30 ms after the duplex paper tapping solenoid (DUPPTSOL) turns on, the duplexforwarding solenoid (DUPFWDSOL) turns on, operating the duplex forwarding pulley toforward the paper until it is caught by the switchback roller.
F 80 ms after the stock switch (STKSW) turns off, the duplex tapping solenoid (DUPPTSOL)and duplex forwarding solenoid (DUPFWDSOL) turn off.
2A3/4
1-3-55
1160 ms
500 ms 500 ms 500 ms
FSSOL
SBFSSOL
FSW
ESW
DUPESW
DUPPCSW
SRMRev. rotation
Fwd. rotation
SRHPSWDUPRSW
FCL1
FCL4
FCL5
RCL
RSW
360 ms
ABCD E FG IJ KL MH
5 P
74 ms 100 ms
80 ms
232 ms
30 ms
35 ms
Copy paper: A4/11" × 81/2", 100% magnification
Timing chart 1-3-9 Refeed
A 232 ms after the leading edge of the paper turns the duplex eject switch (DUPESW) on,feed clutch 1 (FCL1) turns on and feed roller 1 rotates.
B 30 ms after the leading edge of the paper turns the feed switch (FSW) on, feed clutch4 turns on and the lower feed roller rotates at high speed to create slack in the paperbefore registration.
C 35 ms after the leading edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) on, feedclutch 1 (FCL1) and feed clutch 4 (FCL4) turn off.
D 74 ms after feed clutch 4 (FCL4) turns off, the registration clutch (RCL) turns on, and theupper and lower registration rollers rotate to start secondary paper feed. At the sametime feed clutch 5 (FCL5) turns on and the lower feed roller rotates at low speed.
E 100 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns the feed switch (FSW) off, feed clutch5 (FCL5) turns off.
F 80 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) off, theregistration clutch (RCL) turns off.
G 1160 ms after the registration clutch (RCL) turns on, the feedshift solenoid (FSSOL)turns off.
H 360 ms after copying onto the second face (front) is completed and the eject switch(ESW) turns off, the switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL) turns off.
I 500 ms after the switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL) turns off, the side registrationmotor (SRM) reverses to move the side registration guides outwards.
2A3/4
1-3-56
J When the side registration home position switch (SRHPSW) turns on, the side registrationmotor (SRM) turns off.
K 500 ms after the side registration home position switch (SRHPSW) turns on, the sideregistration motor (SRM) rotates forward to move the side registration guides inwards.
L When the side registration home position switch (SRHPSW) turns off, the side registrationmotor (SRM) turns off.
M 500 ms after the side registration home position switch (SRHPSW) turns off, the sideregistration motor (SRM) reverses for 5 pulses, and the side registration guide stops atits home position.
2A3/4
1-3-57
(11) SRDF
(11-1) Original feed sectionThe original feed section consists of the parts shown in Figure 1-3-48. An originalplaced on the original table is conveyed to the original switchback section or the originalconveying section.
0
9
8
@#3 7 $
6!4
2 5 1
Figure 1-3-48 Original feed section
1 Original table2 DF forwarding pulleys3 DF original feed pulley4 DF separation pulley5 DF original feed upper guide6 DF original feed lower guide7 Original stopper
8 DF registration pulley9 DF registration roller0 DF registration guide! Original set switch (OSSW)@ Original feed switch (OFSW)# Original feed clutch (OFCL)$ Original feed solenoid (OFSOL)
2A3/4
1-3-58
OFSW
OFSOL
OFCL
OFM
DFDPCB
CN
6-B
5
CN
5-B
12 –
C
N5-
B13
CN
5-A
5
CN
6-B
2
CN
5-B
1 –
CN
5-B
6
OSSW
Figure 1-3-49 Original feed section block diagram
2A3/4
1-3-59
Original feed timing
OFSOL A
OFSOL R
OFCL
OFSW
OSBSW
OCM
DFTSW
OffOFM
200 ms
200 ms
556 P*1 20 ms
B C DA
288 P*2 + 30 ms
Fwd. rotation
Rev. rotation
*1 Burst of OFM pulses*2 Burst of OCM pulses
Timing chart 1-3-10 Original feed (in double-sided original mode)
A The OFSOL A signal turns on for 200 ms and then the original feed solenoid (OFSOL)turns on, lowering the DF forwarding pulleys and releasing the original stopper to conveythe original forward. The original feed clutch (OFCL) simultaneously turns on, rotatingthe DF original feed pulley to start primary original feed. The original feed motor (OFM)rotates forward during this operation.
B 556 OFM pulses after the leading edge of the original turns the original feed switch(OFSW) on, the original feed clutch (OFCL) and original feed motor (OFM) turn off. 20ms later, the rotation of the motor switches to the reverse direction and secondaryoriginal feed is performed by rotation of the DF registration roller.
C 288 OFM pulses plus 30 ms after the leading edge of the original turns the DF timingswitch (DFTSW) on, the original feed motor (OFM) turns off.
D After ejection of the original, as the original conveying motor (OCM) turns off, the OFSOLR signal turns on for 200 ms and the original feed solenoid (OFSOL) turns off.
2A3/4
1-3-60
(11-2) Original switchback sectionThe original switchback section consists of the parts shown in Figure 1-3-50. Theoriginal from the original feed section or original conveying section is reversed andconveyed to the original conveying section.
Figure 1-3-50 Original switchback section
1 Switchback pulley2 Switchback roller3 Switchback feedshift guide4 Left switchback guide
5 Switchback guide6 Original switchback switch (OSBSW)7 Switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL)8 Switchback pressure solenoid (SBPSOL)
18
5
6
2 7
3
4
2A3/4
1-3-61
DFDPCB
CN
6-A
5
CN
5-B
8
CN
5-A
2 –
CN
5-A
3OSBSW
SBPSOL SBFSSOL
Figure 1-3-51 Original switchback section block diagram
2A3/4
1-3-62
Operation of original switchback
In the double-sided original mode, the switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL) turnson, changing the position of the switchback feedshift guide. This switches the path ofthe original to the original switchback section to where the original is fed.The switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL) then turns off, allowing the switchbackfeedshift guide to return to the original position by which the path of the original isswitched back to the original conveying section. The now reversed original is carried tothe original conveying section and the switchback pressure solenoid (SBPSOL) turnsoff, releasing the switchback pulley to prevent an original jam in the original switchbacksection.
Switchbackpulley
Switchback feedshift guide
Figure 1-3-52
2A3/4
1-3-63
(11-3) Original conveying sectionThe original conveying section consists of the parts shown in Figure 1-3-53.Synchronized with the copier scanning operation, the original is conveyed across the slitglass and ejected when scanning is complete.In the double-sided original mode, the eject feedshift solenoid (EFSSOL) turns on,moving the eject feedshift guide to switch the path of the original. When the scanning ofthe first face (reverse face) of the original is complete, the original is conveyed to theoriginal switchback section again.
1
2
49
5
6 @
3$
%
8
!
70
#
Figure 1-3-53 Original conveying section
1 Upper original conveying pulley2 Upper original conveying roller3 Lower original conveying roller4 Front scanning pulley5 Middle original conveying roller6 Middle original conveying pulley7 Eject pulley8 Eject roller
9 Original conveying guide0 Eject feedshift guide! Upper eject guide@ Lower eject guide# Slit glass (copier)$ DF timing switch (DFTSW)% Eject feedshift solenoid (EFSSOL)
2A3/4
1-3-64
DFTSW
DFDPCB
CN
6-A
14
CN
5-A
7
CN
5-A
8 –
CN
5-A
13
EFSSOL
OCM
Figure 1-3-54 Original conveying section block diagram
2A3/4
1-3-65
Original switchback/conveying timing
A B DC E FG
Fwd. rotationOff
556 P*1
100 ms
30 ms
288 P*2
115 P*1
OFMRev. rotation
OFSW
SBFSSOL
SBPSOL
OSBSW
OCM
EFSSOL
DFTSW
20 ms
Scanning speed
Scanning speed
*1 Burst of OFM pulses*2 Burst of OCM pulses
Timing chart 1-3-11 Reversing the first face of the original
A During primary original feed, when the original feed switch (OFSW) turns on, theswitchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL) also turns on, changing the position of theswitchback feedshift guide. This switches the path of the original to the originalswitchback section.
B 556 OFM pulses plus 20 ms after the original feed switch (OFSW) turns on, the rotationof the original feed motor (OFM) switches to the reverse direction and the original isconveyed to the switchback section by the rotation of the switchback roller. Theswitchback pressure solenoid (SBPSOL) simultaneously turns on to operate theswitchback pulley.
C When the trailing edge of the original turns the original switchback switch (OSBSW) off,the switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL) turns off, the switchback feedshift guidereturns to the original position.
D 115 OFM pulses after the original switchback switch (OSBSW) turns off, the original feedmotor (OFM) turns off. 100 ms later, the original feed motor (OFM) rotates forward,switching the rotational direction of the switchback roller. The original in the originalswitchback section is then reversed and conveyed to the original conveying section.
E Simultaneously as the original feed motor (OFM) starts rotating forward, the originalconveying motor (OCM) turns on to convey the original onto the slit glass. The ejectfeedshift solenoid (EFSSOL) simultaneously turns on, changing the position of the ejectfeedshift guide. This switches the path of the original to the original switchback section.
F When the original is conveyed onto the slit glass, the DF timing switch (DFTSW) turnson. 288 OCM pulses later, the switchback pressure solenoid (SBPSOL).
G 30 ms after the switchback pressure solenoid (SBPSOL) turns off, the original feed motor(OFM) turns off.
2A3/4
1-3-66
A B EDC F HG I J
Fwd. rotationOff
564 P*1 2337 P*2 + 30 ms
100 ms
30 ms
115 P*1
OFMRev. rotation
OFSW
SBFSSOL
SBPSOL
OSBSW
OCM
EFSSOL
DFTSW
288 P*2
327 P*1
Scanning request signal : On
Scanning speed
Scanning speed
100 ms
30 ms
*1 Burst of OFM pulses*2 Burst of OCM pulses
Timing chart 1-3-12 Reversing of the second face of the original and ejection
A 564 OFM pulses after the scanning of the first face (reverse face) of the originalcompletes and the DF timing switch (DFTSW) turns off, the switchback pressuresolenoid (SBPSOL) turns on, operationg the switchback pulley.
BWhen the trailing edge of the original turns the original switchback switch (OSBSW) off,the eject feedshift solenoid (EFSSOL) turns off and the eject feedshift guide returns tothe original position, switching the path of the original to the eject section. Simultaneously,the switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL) turns off and the switchback feedshiftguide returns to the original position.
C 30 ms after the original switchback switch (OSBSW) turns off, the original conveyingmotor (OCM) turns off.
D 115 OFM pulses after the original switchback switch (OSBSW) turns off, the original feedmotor (OFM) turns off.
E 100 ms after the original feed motor (OFM) turns off, the motor starts rotating forward,switching the rotational direction of the switchback roller. The original in the originalswitchback section is then reversed and conveyed to the original conveying section.
F 327 OFM pulses plus 100 ms after the original feed motor (OFM) turns off, the motorstarts rotating forward again and the original conveying motor (OCM) turns onsimultaneously, conveying the original onto the slit glass.
G 288 OFM pulses after the original is conveyed onto the slit glass and the DF timing switch(DFTSW) turns on, the switchback pressure solenoid (SBPSOL) turns off.
H 30 ms after the switchback pressure solenoid (SBPSOL) turns off, the original feed motor(OFM) turns off.
IWhen the scanning request signal turns on, scanning of the second face (front face) ofthe original starts.
J 2337 OCM pulses plus 30 ms after scanning of the second face (front face) of the originalcompletes and the DF timing switch (DFTSW) turns off, the original conveying motor(OCM) turns off, completing the ejection of the original.
2A3/4
1-3-67
(12) Large paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard)
The large paper deck consists mainly of the right and left cassettes and separationsection. The right cassette primary paper feed section sends paper from the lift to theupper and lower deck separation rollers. When the right cassette becomes empty, theleft cassette primary paper feed section conveys paper onto the lift of the right cassette.The upper and lower deck separation rollers in the separation section convey paperreceived from the right cassette primary paper feed section into the copier, preventingmultiple sheets from being fed at one time.
6 5 43 42 6 41 9
7
8
!
@
0##
$$
Figure 1-3-55 Mechanical construction (1)
8 Deck side cover9 Upper deck separation roller0 Lower deck separation roller! Bracket@ Paper guide D# Guide pulley$ Air damper
1 Deck paper feed roller 12 Deck paper conveying roller3 Deck paper feed roller 24 Pickup arm5 Paper conveying base6 Lift7 Paper guide U
2A3/4
1-3-68
1 Paper path sensor 1 (PPSENS1)2 Paper path sensor 2 (PPSENS2)3 Paper path sensor 3 (PPSENS3)4 Paper empty sensor (PESENS)5 Deck level switch 1 (DLSW1, front)6 Deck level switch 2 (DLSW2, front)7 Upper limit switch 1 (UPSW1, rear)8 Upper limit switch 2 (UPSW2, rear)9 Paper feed clutch 1 (PFCL1)0 Paper feed clutch 2 (PFCL2)! Paper conveying clutch (CCL)@ Paper deck motor pulse sensor 1
(PDMSENS1)# Paper deck motor pulse sensor 2
(PDMSENS2)
$ Deck open/closed safety switch(DOSSW)
% Side cover switch (SCSW)^ Deck paper conveying motor (CM)& Paper deck motor 1 (PDM1)* Paper deck motor 2 (PDM2)( Paper level detection sensor 1
(PLDSENS1)) Paper level detection sensor 2
(PLDSENS2)⁄*Dehumidifier heater 1 (DH1)¤*Dehumidifier heater 2 (DH2)
* Service part.
6840 !3 2 $57
91
%
^
⁄
(
) * # @&
¤
Figure 1-3-56 Mechanical construction (2)
2A3/4
1-3-69
(12-1) Right cassette primary paper feedAs paper feed clutch 1 (PFCL1) turns on, the drive is transmitted to deck paper feedroller 1 and the upper and lower deck separation rollers, starting primary paper feedfrom the right cassette. The upper and lower deck separation rollers ensure that thepaper is fed one sheet at a time and that it is fed into the copier correctly.To prevent multiple sheets from being fed, there is a torque limiter on the lower deckseparation roller.
PFSW4 (copier)
PPSENS1
PPSENS2
PPSENS3
FCL3 (copier)
PFCL1
64 P (70 ms)
100 msPaper feed signal from the copier
A BC
Timing chart 1-3-13 Right cassette primary paper feed
A The paper feed signal from the copier turns paper feed clutch 1 (PFCL1) on, startingprimary paper feed.
B 64 pulses after paper feed switch 4 (PFSW4) on the copier has been turned on by theleading edge of the paper, paper feed clutch 1 (PFCL1) turns off.
C 70 ms after paper feed switch 4 (PFSW4) on the copier has turned on, copier feed clutch3 (FCL3) turns on to feed the paper to complete primary paper feed.
2A3/4
1-3-70
PFSW4
PFCL1
Lower deck separation roller
Deck paper feed roller 1
Paper path
FCL3
Upper deck separation roller
Feed roller 4
Feed pulley
Lift
Copier
Figure 1-3-57 Right cassette paper feed section
2A3/4
1-3-71
• When the right cassette is empty, its lift serves as a guide for the paper beingconveyed from the left cassette lift.
PFCL1
CN5-6 CN4-4 CN9-5
PDMPCBI/FPCB
PFCL1 PFCL1CN1-4
PFSW4 (copier)
PFSW4 (copier)
Figure 1-3-58 Right cassette primary paper feed section block diagram
2A3/4
1-3-72
(12-2) Left cassette primary paper feedAs the last sheet in the right cassette is fed, paper feed clutch 2 (PFCL2) and the paperconveying clutch (CCL) turn on for primary feed from the left cassette. Deck paper feedroller 2 and the deck paper conveying roller start to rotate to convey paper from the leftcassette onto the right cassette lift.
PFSW4 (copier)
PPSENS1
PPSENS2
PPSENS3
CCL
PFCL2
43 P
A B C D
Timing chart 1-3-14 Left cassette primary paper feed
A When copier paper feed switch 4 (PFSW4) is turned on by the last paper from the rightcassette, paper feed clutch 2 (PFCL2) turns on to start primary paper feed.
B The paper conveying clutch (CCL) turns on as soon as the leading edge of the paper fromthe left cassette turns paper path sensor 3 (PPSENS3) on.
C Paper feed clutch 2 (PFCL2) turns off as soon as the leading edge of the paper from theleft cassette turns paper path sensor 2 (PPSENS2) on, completing primary paper feed.
D 43 pluses after the leading edge of the paper from the left cassette turns paper pathsensor 1 (PPSENS1) on, the paper conveying clutch (CCL) turns off and the paper stopsin the right cassette.
2A3/4
1-3-73
PPSENS1
PFSW4 (copier)
PPSENS3
Deck paper conveying rollerDeck paper feed roller 2
CCLPFCL2
PPSENS2Paper path
Figure 1-3-59 Left cassette paper feed section
PPSENS3
CCLPFCL2
PPSENS2
PPSENS2PPSENS3
PFCL2CCL
PPSENS1
PPSENS2PPSENS3
PFCL2CCL
PPSENS1
CN4-8CN4-2CN5-4CN5-2CN7-2
I/FPCB
CN2-6CN2-11CN1-5CN1-6CN1-9
CN1-6CN1-11CN4-5CN4-6CN4-9
CN9-5
PDMPCB
PFSW4 (copier)
PFSW4 (copier)
PPSENS1
Figure 1-3-60 Left cassette primary paper feed section block diagram
2A3/4
1-3-74
(12-3) Raising and lowering the liftsThe following is a description of the right cassette lift operating mechanism. The leftcassette lift operates in the same manner.Paper deck motor 1 (PDM1) drives the right lift belt assembly that winches the belt upand hence raises the lift until it is stopped by deck level switch 1 (DLSW1).When paper is loaded on the lift and the deck is closed, the lift is raised until deck levelswitch 1 (DLSW1) turns on.When desk level switch 1 (DLSW1) is turned off as the paper on the lift is used, paperdeck motor 1 (PDM1) starts to raise the lift until the switch turns on.
Deck level switch 1
Lift
Air damper
Lift belt assembly
Winch shaft
Paper deck motor 1
Figure 1-3-61 Raising and lowering the lift
When the deck is opened for removing a jammed paper or other purposes, the winchshaft is released from its holder on paper deck motor 1 (PDM1), allowing the lift todescend under its own weight. The air damper buffers the impact of the descending lift.
2A3/4
1-3-75
DLSW1DLSW2
DLSW1DLSW2
PDM1PDM2
CN3-3CN3-9
I/FPCB
CN2-7CN2-9
CN1-7CN1-9
CN7-1CN7-4
PDMPCB
DLSW2
PDM2
DLSW1
PDM1
Figure 1-3-62 Lift block diagram
2A3/4
1-3-76
(12-4) Detecting the paper levelThe lift rises as paper in the deck is used. When the remaining number of sheets ineither right or left cassette reduces to around 100 to 250 sheets, the projection on the liftbelt assembly pushes against the sensor lever which turns the relevant paper leveldetection sensor 1 or 2 (PLDSENS1/2) on.When both paper level detection sensors 1 and 2 (PLDSENS1, 2) have turned on, themessage “Low on paper.” is shown on the copier touch panel. This message is notshown when only one of them is on.As more copies are made with the message on, paper path sensors 1, 2 and 3(PPSENS1, 2, 3) or the paper empty sensor (PESENS) start to detect absence ofpaper, and the message on the copier touch panel changes to “Place paper in deck.”
Lift belt assembly
Paper level detection sensor 1
Sensor lever
Paper level detection sensor 1
When paper level detection sensor 1 is off When paper level detection sensor 1 is on
Lift belt assembly
Sensor lever
Figure 1-3-63 Detecting the paper level
CN2-3CN2-6
PDMPCB
PLDSENS2 PLDSENS1
Figure 1-3-64 Paper level detection system block diagram
ELECTRICALSECTION
II
1-1-11
2A3/4
CONTENTS
2-1 Electrical Parts Layout
2-1-1 Electrical parts layout .......................................................................... 2-1-1(1) Copier .......................................................................................... 2-1-1(2) SRDF ......................................................................................... 2-1-11(3) Large paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) ........... 2-1-15
2A3/4
2-1-1
2-1-1 Electrical parts layout
(1) Copier
15
Machine front side Machine inside
6 10
4
5
2
3
14
13
9
7
1
12118
Machine back side
Figure 2-1-1 Copier (PCBs)
1. Main PCB (MPCB) ....................................... Controls the other PCBs, electricalcomponents and optional devices;image processing.
2. Power source PCB (PSPCB) ....................... Generates 24 V DC, +12 V DC and 5 VDC; controls fixing heaters M and S.
3. Engine PCB (EPCB) .................................... Interfaces output and input signals toand from electrical components andoptional devices.
4. High-voltage transformer PCB (HVTPCB) ... Main charging. Generates developingbias, and high voltages for transfer andseparation.
5. Scanner motor PCB (SMPCB) .................... Controls the scanner motor. 6. Inverter PCB (INPCB) .................................. Controls the exposure lamp. 7. CCD PCB (CCDPCB) .................................. Reads the image off originals. 8. Operation unit main PCB (OMPCB) ............ Controls the operation unit. 9. Operation unit right PCB (ORPCB) .............Consists of operation keys and display
LEDs.10. Operation unit left PCB (OLPCB) ................ Consists of the operation keys,
backlight and display LEDs.
2A3/4
2-1-2
11. LCD .............................................................Displays copy modes and messages.12. Touch panel .................................................Consists of a touch-sensitive layer
which detects presses of operationkeys displayed on the LCD.
13. Humidity sensor PCB (HUMPCB) ............... Detects the absolute humidity.• External humidity sensor (EHUMSENS) ... Detects the external humidity.• External temperature thermistor (ETTH) ... Detects the external temperature.
14. Memory copy PCB 1 (MCPCB1) ................. Reads and outputs the image.15.*Memory copy PCB 2 (MCPCB2) ................. Reads and outputs the image.
* 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard.
2A3/4
2-1-3
Machine front side Machine inside
1
2
34
Machine back side
Figure 2-1-2 Copier (switches and sensors in the scanning system)
1. Scanner home position switch (SHPSW) ....Detects the scanner in the homeposition.
2. Original detection switch (ODSW) ............... Operates the original size sensors. 3. Original size sensors 1 (OSD1) ................... Detects the original size. 4.*Original size sensors 2 (OSD2) ................... Detects the original size.
* For inch specifications only.
2A3/4
2-1-4
Machine front side Machine inside Machine back side
212
16
15
14
1317
7
9
810
1819
1
5
6
3
4
11
Figure 2-1-3 Copier (switches in the paper feed and conveying system)
1. Upper paper switch (PSW-U) ......................Detects the presence of paper in theupper drawer.
2. Lower paper switch (PSW-L) ....................... Detects the presence of paper in thelower drawer.
3. Upper paper length switch (PLSW-U) .........Detects the length of paper in the upperdrawer (inch specifications).Detects the presence of the upperdrawer (metric specifications).
4. Lower paper length switch (PLSW-L) .......... Detects the length of paper in the lowerdrawer (inch specifications).Detects the presence of the lowerdrawer (metric specifications).
5.*Upper paper width switch (PWSW-U) .........Detects the width of paper in the upperdrawer.
6.*Lower paper width switch (PWSW-L) .......... Detects the width of paper in the lowerdrawer.
7. Bypass paper switch (BYPPSW) ................. Detects the presence of paper on thebypass table.
* For inch specifications only.
2A3/4
2-1-5
8. Bypass paper length switch (BYPPLSW) ....Detects the length of paper on thebypass table.
9. Bypass paper width switch (BYPPWSW) ....Detects the width of paper on thebypass table.
10. Bypass table extended detection switch ...... Detects when the bypass table support(BYPEDSW) guide is extended to use long paper.
11. Upper lift limit switch (LICSW-U) ................. Detects the upper drawer lift reachingthe upper limit.
12. Lower lift limit switch (LICSW-L) .................. Detects the lower drawer lift reachingthe upper limit.
13. Paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1) ..................... Controls feed clutch 4.14. Paper feed switch 2 (PFSW2) ..................... Controls feed clutch 1, 2 and 3, and the
upper paper feed clutch.15. Paper feed switch 3 (PFSW3) ..................... Controls the lower paper feed clutch.16. Paper feed switch 4 (PFSW4) ..................... Controls feed clutch 3.17. Feed switch (FSW) ...................................... Controls the secondary paper feed start
timing.18. Registration switch (RSW) ........................... Controls the secondary paper feed end
timing.19. Eject switch (ESW) ...................................... Detects paper jam in the fixing section.
2A3/4
2-1-6
Machine front side Machine inside Machine back side
1
9 8
3
7
6
2
5
4
Figure 2-1-4 Copier (switches and sensors)
1. Main switch (MSW) ......................................Turns the AC power on and off. 2. Safety switch 1 (SSW1) ...............................Breaks the safety circuit when the front
cover is opened; resets paper jamdetection.
3. Safety switch 2 (SSW2) ...............................Breaks the safety circuit when the leftcover is opened; resets paper jamdetection.
4. Safety switch 3 (SSW3) ...............................Breaks the safety circuit when the rightcover is opened; resets paper jamdetection.
5.*Heater switch (HSW) ................................... Turns the optical and drawer heaters onand off.
6. Toner sensor (TNS) ..................................... Detects the toner density in thedeveloping section.
7. Toner level sensor (TLDS) .......................... Detects the toner level in the tonerhopper.
8. Toner hopper lockup sensor (TLS) .............. Detects the amount of recycled toner inthe toner hopper.
9. Fixing unit thermistor (FTH) .........................Detects the heat roller temperature.
* Service part.
2A3/4
2-1-7
3
5
6
4
Machine front side Machine inside Machine back side
12,13
11
1
2
10
7
8
9
Figure 2-1-5 Copier (motors)
1. Scanner motor (SM) .................................... Drives the scanner. 2. Drive motor (DM) ......................................... Drives the image formation section. 3. Paper feed motor (PFM) .............................. Drives the paper feed section. 4. Paper conveying motor (PCM) .................... Conveys paper. 5. Upper lift motor (CLM-U) ............................. Drives the upper drawer lift. 6. Lower lift motor (CLM-L) .............................. Drives the lower drawer lift. 7. Toner feed motor (TFM) .............................. Replenishes toner. 8. Toner recycle motor (TRM) ......................... Replenishes recycled toner. 9. Charger cleaning motor (CCM) ................... Cleans the transfer and separation
charger wires.10. Image formation unit fan motor (IFFM) ........ Collects scattered toner.11. Paper conveying section fan motor .............Assists paper advance along the paper
(PCFM) conveying path and exhausts heat.12. Cooling fan motor 1 (CFM1) ........................ Cools the machine interior.13. Cooling fan motor 2 (CFM2) ........................ Cools the machine interior.
2A3/4
2-1-8
Machine front side Machine inside Machine back side
8
910
11
67
3
41
5
2
Figure 2-1-6 Copier (clutches and solenoids)
1. Upper paper feed clutch (PFCL-U) .............. Primary paper feed from the upperdrawer.
2. Lower paper feed clutch (PFCL-L) .............. Primary paper feed from the lowerdrawer.
3. Feed clutch 1 (FCL1) ................................... Controls the drive of feed roller 1. 4. Feed clutch 2 (FCL2) ................................... Controls the drive of feed roller 2. 5. Feed clutch 3 (FCL3) ................................... Controls the drive of feed rollers 3 and
4. 6. Feed clutch 4 (FCL4) ................................... Controls the drive of the lower feed
roller at high speed. 7. Feed clutch 5 (FCL5) ................................... Controls the drive of the lower feed
roller at low speed. 8. Eject speed switching clutch (ESCL) ...........Switches the paper ejection speed. 9. Registration clutch (RCL) ............................ Secondary paper feed.10. Bypass paper feed clutch (BYPPFCL) ........ Primary paper feed from the bypass
table.11. Bypass solenoid (BYPSOL) .........................Operates the bypass forwarding pulley.
2A3/4
2-1-9
8 1
11 7
1295
63
4
10
2
Machine front side Machine inside Machine back side
Figure 2-1-7 Copier (feedshift and duplex sections)
1. Feedshift switch (FSSW) ............................. Detects a paper jam in the feedshiftsection.
2. Switchback eject switch (SBESW) .............. Detects a paper jam in the switchbackeject section.
3. Stock switch (STKSW) ................................ Detects the presence of paper in theduplex unit.
4. Duplex registration switch (DUPRSW) ........ Detects a paper jam in the duplexsection.
5. Duplex paper conveying switch ................... Detects a paper jam in the duplex(DUPPCSW) paper conveying section.
6. Duplex eject switch (DUPESW) ................... Detects a paper jam in the duplex ejectsection.
7. Side registration home position switch ........ Detects the side registration guides in(SRHPSW) the home positions.
8. Feedshift solenoid (FSSOL) ........................ Operates the feedshift guide. 9. Duplex forward solenoid (DUPFWDSOL) ....Operates the duplex forwarding pulley.10. Switchback feedshift solenoid ..................... Operates the switchback feedshift
(SBFSSOL) guide.11. Duplex paper tapping solenoid .................... Operates the paper tapping guide.
(DUPPTSOL)12. Side registration motor (SRM) ..................... Operates the side registration guides.
2A3/4
2-1-10
Machine front side Machine inside Machine back side
7
9
6
810
1
25
4 3
Figure 2-1-8 Copier (other electrical components)
1. Exposure lamp (EL) ..................................... Exposes originals. 2. Cleaning lamp (CL) ......................................Removes residual charge from the
drum surface. 3. Fixing heater M (H1) ....................................Heats the heat roller. 4. Fixing heater S (H2) ....................................Heats the heat roller. 5. Fixing unit thermostat (TH) .......................... Prevents overheating in the fixing
section. 6. Relay (PRY) .................................................Turns the AC power and 24 V DC
power supplies to the fixing section onand off.
7. Laser scanner unit (LSU)• Polygon motor (PM) ..................................Drives the polygon mirror.• Laser diode (LD) ........................................Generates the laser beam.
8.*Optical heater (OPH) ................................... Dehumidifies the optical section. 9.*Drawer heater (CH) ..................................... Dehumidifies the drawer section.10. Total counter (TC) ....................................... Displays the total number of copies
produced.* Service part.
2A3/4
2-1-11
(2) SRDF
2
1
Machine front side Machine inside Machine back side
Figure 2-1-9 SRDF (PCBs)
1. DF driver PCB (DFDPCB) ........................... Controls electrical components ofSRDF.
2. Original set LED PCB (OSLEDPCB) ........... Indicates presence of originals on theSRDF or an original jam.
2A3/4
2-1-12
8
7
35
2
4
1
6
Machine front side Machine inside Machine back side
Figure 2-1-10 SRDF (switches and sensors)
1. DF safety switch 1 (DFSSW1) ..................... Breaks the safety circuit when theSRDF is opened; resets original jamdetection.
2. DF safety switch 2 (DFSSW2) ..................... Breaks the safety circuit when the DForiginal reversing cover is opened;resets original jam detection.
3. Original set switch (OSSW) .........................Detects the presence of an original. 4. Original feed switch (OFSW) ....................... Detects primary original feed end
timing. 5. Original switchback switch (OSBSW) .......... Detects an original jam in the original
switchback section. 6. DF timing switch (DFTSW) .......................... Detects the original scanning timing. 7. Original size length switch (OSLSW) ...........Detects the length of the original. 8. Original size width switch (OSWSW) ...........Detects the width of the original.
2AD-1
2A3/4
2-1-13
2
1
Machine front side Machine inside Machine back side
Figure 2-1-11 SRDF (motors)
1. Original feed motor (OFM) ........................... Drives the original feed and switchbacksections.
2. Original conveying motor (OCM) ................. Drives the original conveying section.
2A3/4
2-1-14
5 1
4
2
3
Machine front side Machine inside Machine back side
Figure 2-1-12 SRDF (clutches and solenoids)
1. Original feed solenoid (OFSOL) ..................Moves the DF forwarding pulleysvertically.
2. Switchback feedshift solenoid ..................... Moves the switchback feedshift guide.(SBFSSOL)
3. Eject feedshift solenoid (EFSSOL) .............. Moves the eject feedshift guide. 4. Switchback pressure solenoid ..................... Moves the switchback pulley.
(SBPSOL) 5. Original feed clutch (OFCL) .........................Controls the drive of the DF original
feed pulley.
2A3/4
2-1-15
(3) Large paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard)
Machine front side Machine inside Machine back side
2 1
Figure 2-1-13 Large paper deck (PCBs)
1. Deck main PCB (PDMPCB) ........... Controls other PCBs and electricalcomponents.
2. Interface PCB (I/FPCB) .................. Interfaces between the deck main PCB andother electrical components.
2A3/4
2-1-16
Machine front side Machine inside Machine back side
63 2
4
14
12 11
13
8 7
59
1 10
Figure 2-1-14 Large paper deck (switches and sensors)
1. Paper path sensor 1 (PPSENS1) .... Detect paper jams and the absence of paperon the lifts.
2. Paper path sensor 2 (PPSENS2) .... Detect paper jams and the absence of paperon the lifts.
3. Paper path sensor 3 (PPSENS3) .... Detect paper jams and the absence of paperon the lifts.
4. Paper empty sensor (PESENS) ...... Detects the absence of paper in the leftcassette.
5. Deck level switch 1 (DLSW1) .......... Detects the right cassette lift in the homeposition.
6. Deck level switch 2 (DLSW2) .......... Detects the left cassette lift in the homeposition.
7. Upper limit switch 1 (UPSW1) ......... Detects the right cassette lift being raised pastthe limit.
8. Upper limit switch 2 (UPSW2) ......... Detects the left cassette lift being raised pastthe limit.
9. Side cover switch (SCSW) .............. Detects if the deck side cover is opened orclosed.
10. Deck open/closed safety switch ...... Detects if the deck is open or closed.(DOSSW)
11. Paper deck motor pulse sensor 1 .... Detects abnormal paper deck motor 1 rotation.(PDMSENS1)
12. Paper deck motor pulse sensor 2 .... Detects abnormal paper deck motor 2 rotation.(PDMSENS2)
13. Paper level detection sensor 1 ........ Detects the paper level in the right cassette.(PLDSENS1)
14. Paper level detection sensor 2 ........ Detects the paper level in the left cassette.(PLDSENS2)
2A3/4
2-1-17
Machine front side Machine inside Machine back side
5 64
1
723
8
Figure 2-1-15 Large paper deck (other electrical components)
1. Deck paper conveying motor .......... Drives the large paper deck.(CM)
2. Paper deck motor 1 (PDM1) ........... Raises the right cassette lift. 3. Paper deck motor 2 (PDM2) ........... Raises the left cassette lift. 4. Paper feed clutch 1 (PFCL1) .......... Regulates drive transmission to deck paper
feed roller 1, and the upper and lower deckseparation rollers.
5. Paper feed clutch 2 (PFCL2) .......... Regulates drive transmission to deck paperfeed roller 2.
6. Paper conveying clutch (CCL) ........ Regulates drive transmission to the deck paperconveying roller.
7.*Dehumidifier heater 1 (DH1) ........... Dehumidifies paper in the right cassette. 8.*Dehumidifier heater 2 (DH2) ........... Dehumidifies paper in the left cassette.
* Service part.
1-1-13
2A3/4
CONTENTS
2-2 Detection of Paper Misfeed
2-2-1 Paper misfeed detection ..................................................................... 2-2-12-2-2 Paper misfeed detection conditions .................................................... 2-2-2
(1) Copier .......................................................................................... 2-2-2(2) Large paper deck (42 ppm: optonal/52 ppm: standard) ............ 2-2-11(3) Paper feed desk (optional for 42 ppm only) .............................. 2-2-13(4) Finisher (optional) ...................................................................... 2-2-13
2-2-3 Original misfeed detection ................................................................ 2-2-142-2-4 Original misfeed detection conditions ............................................... 2-2-15
2A3/4
2-2-1
1 Paper feed section2 Paper conveying section3 Fixing and eject section4 Duplex section
2-2-1 Paper misfeed detection
When a paper jam occurs, the machine immediately stops operation and displays amessage on the touch panel in the operation unit indicating a paper jam, the jam locationand the jam code.To remove the jammed paper, open either the drawer, duplex unit, front cover, right coveror left cover as necessary.To reset the paper misfeed detection, open and close the respective cover to turn safetyswitches 1, 2 or 3 off and on.
3
6
4
7
2
1
5
3
6
4
7
2
1
5
Figure 2-2-1 Misfeed location indication
5 Large paper deck6 Finisher*7 SRDF * Optional.
Metric
Inch
2A3/4
2-2-2
2-2-2 Paper misfeed detection conditions
(1) Copier
BYPPFCLRCL
RSWFSW
PFSW1
PFSW2PFCL-UDUPESW
DUPPCSW
DUPFWDSOL
DUPRSW
FSSW
ESWSBESW
PFCL-L PFSW3
PFSW4
Figure 2-2-2 Copier
2A3/4
2-2-3
1. Jam at power-on (jam code 00)• One or more of the switches in the paper conveying system is on when the main switchis turned on.
2. Paper feed section• No paper feed from copier upper drawer (jam code 10)Paper feed switch 2 (PFSW2) does not turn on within 656 ms after the upper paper feedclutch (PFCL-U) is turned on; even if retry of this operation is carried out twice afterturning off the upper paper feed clutch (PFCL-U) for 1 second, the switch again failsto turn on within the same time.
PFCL-U
PFSW2 656ms
On
Off
On
Off656ms
1 s 1 s
656ms
Timing chart 2-2-1
• No paper feed from copier lower drawer (jam code 11)Paper feed switch 3 (PFSW3) does not turn on within 656 ms after the lower paper feedclutch (PFCL-L) is turned on; even if retry of this operation is carried out twice afterturning off the lower paper feed clutch (PFCL-L) for 1 second, the switch again fails toturn on within the same time.
PFCL-L
PFSW3 656ms
On
Off
On
Off656ms
1 s 1 s
656ms
Timing chart 2-2-2
• No paper feed from bypass (jam code 14)The feed switch (FSW) does not turn on within 1120 ms of the bypass paper feed clutch(BYPPFCL) turning on; the clutch is then held off for 1 s and turned back on, but theswitch again fails to turn on within 1120 ms of the retry.
BYPPFCL
FSW1120 ms
On
Off
On
Off1120 ms
1 s
Timing chart 2-2-3
2A3/4
2-2-4
• Jam in copier vertical paper conveying section (jam code 18)The feed switch (FSW) does not turn on within 780 ms of paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1)turning on.
FSW
PFSW1
780 ms
On
Off
On
Off
Timing chart 2-2-4
Paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1) does not turn on within 733 ms of paper feed switch 2(PFSW2) turning on.
PFSW2
733 ms
On
Off
On
OffPFSW1
Timing chart 2-2-5
Paper feed switch 2 (PFSW2) does not turn on within 814 ms of paper feed switch 3(PFSW3) turning on.
PFSW3
814 ms
On
Off
On
OffPFSW2
Timing chart 2-2-6
• Jam in converging section (jam code 20)The registration switch (RSW) does not turn on within 444 ms of the feed switch (FSW)turning on.
FSW
444 ms
On
Off
On
OffRSW
Timing chart 2-2-7
2A3/4
2-2-5
• Multiple sheets in paper feed section (jam code 21)Paper feed switch 2 or 3 (PFSW2 or 3) does not turn off within 1470 ms of turning on.
1470 msOn
OffPFSW2PFSW3
Timing chart 2-2-8
• Multiple sheets in copier vertical conveying section (jam code 22)Paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1) does not turn off within 733 ms of paper feed switch 2(PFSW2) turning off.
PFSW2
733 ms
On
Off
On
OffPFSW1
Timing chart 2-2-9
Paper feed switch 2 (PFSW2) does not turn off within 814 ms of paper feed switch 3(PFSW3) turning off.
PFSW3
814 ms
On
Off
On
OffPFSW2
Timing chart 2-2-10
Paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1) does not turn off within 833 ms of duplex eject switch(DUPESW) turning off.
DUPESW
833 ms
On
Off
On
OffPFSW1
Timing chart 2-2-11
2A3/4
2-2-6
• Multiple sheets before registration section (jam code 23)The feed switch (FSW) does not turn off within 1340 ms of paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1)turning off.
PFSW1
1340 ms
On
Off
On
OffFSW
Timing chart 2-2-12
The feed switch (FSW) does not turn off within 2528 ms of turning on during bypasspaper feed.
2528 msOn
OffFSW
Timing chart 2-3-13
3. Paper conveying section• Jam in registration/transfer section (jam code 30)
The registration switch (RSW) does not turn off within 764 ms of the feed switch (FSW)turning off.
RSW 764 ms
On
Off
On
Off
FSW
Timing chart 2-2-14
2A3/4
2-2-7
4. Fixing section• Jam in fixing section (jam code 40)The eject switch (ESW) does not turn on within 2552 ms of the registration clutch (RCL)turning on.
RCL
2552 ms
On
Off
On
OffESW
Timing chart 2-2-15
5. Eject section• Jam in eject section (jam code 50)The eject switch (ESW) does not turn off within 2528 ms of turning on.
2528 msOn
OffESW
Timing chart 2-2-16
• Jam in switchback eject section (jam code 51)The switchback eject switch (SBESW) does not turn off within 1470 ms of turning on.
1470 msOn
OffSBESW
Timing chart 2-2-17
2A3/4
2-2-8
6. Feedshift section• Jam in feedshift section (jam code 52)
The feedshift switch (FSSW) does not turn on within 1400 ms of the eject switch (ESW)turning on.
ESW
1400 ms
On
Off
On
OffFSSW
Timing chart 2-2-18
The feedshift switch (FSSW) does not turn off within 1400 ms of the eject switch (ESW)turning off.
ESW
1400 ms
On
Off
On
OffFSSW
Timing chart 2-2-19
7. Duplex section• Jam in duplex stock section (jam code 60)
The switchback eject switch (SBESW) does not turn on within 856 ms of the duplexforward solenoid (DUPFWDSOL) turning on.
DUPFWDSOL
856 ms
On
Off
On
OffSBESW
Timing chart 2-2-20
2A3/4
2-2-9
The duplex registration switch (DUPRSW) does not turn on within 707 ms of the duplexforward solenoid (DUPFWDSOL) turning on.
DUPFWDSOL
707 ms
On
Off
On
OffDUPRSW
Timing chart 2-2-21
• Duplex paper conveying section (jam code 61)The duplex paper conveying switch (DUPPCSW) does not turn on within 860 ms of theduplex registration switch (DUPRSW) turning on.
DUPRSW
860 ms
On
Off
On
OffDUPPCSW
Timing chart 2-2-22
The duplex eject switch (DUPESW) does not turn on within 860 ms of the duplex paperconveying switch (DUPPCSW) turning on.
DUPPCSW
860 ms
On
Off
On
OffDUPESW
Timing chart 2-2-23
Paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1) does not turn on within 833 ms of the duplex eject switch(DUPESW) turning on.
DUPESW
833 ms
On
Off
On
OffPFSW1
Timing chart 2-2-24
2A3/4
2-2-10
Duplex registration switch (DUPRSW) does not turn off within 1470 ms of turning on.
DUPRSW 1470 msOn
Off
Timing chart 2-2-25
Duplex paper conveying switch (DUPPCSW) does not turn off within 860 ms of theduplex registration switch (DUPRSW) turning off.
DUPRSW
860 ms
On
Off
On
OffDUPPCSW
Timing chart 2-2-26
The duplex eject switch (DUPESW) does not turn off within 860 ms of the duplex paperconveying switch (DUPPCSW) turning off.
DUPPCSW
860 ms
On
Off
On
OffDUPESW
Timing chart 2-2-27
2A3/4
2-2-11
(2) Large paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard)
PFSW4
PFCL2PPSENS1PPSENS2PPSENS3
PFCL1
Figure 2-2-3 Large paper deck
• No paper feed from large paper deck (jam code 12)Paper feed switch 4 (PFSW4) does not turn on within 672 ms of paper feed clutch 1(PFCL1) turning on; the clutch is then held off for 1 s and turned back on, but the switchagain fails to turn on within 672 ms of the retry.
PFCL1
PFSW4 672 ms
On
Off
On
Off672 ms
1 s
Timing chart 2-2-28
• Multiple sheets in paper feed section (jam code 21)Paper feed switch 4 (PFSW4) does not turn off within 1470 ms of turning on.
1470 msOn
OffPFSW4
Timing chart 2-2-29
2A3/4
2-2-12
• Paper failing to reach PPS2 in large paper deck horizontal paper path (jam code 15)Paper path sensor 3 (PPSENS3) does not turn on within 260 ms of paper feed clutch2 (PFCL2) turning on.
PPSENS3
PFCL2
260 ms
On
Off
On
Off
Timing chart 2-2-30
• Paper failing to reach PPS1 in large paper deck horizontal paper path (jam code 16)Paper path sensor 2 (PPSENS2) does not turn on within 150 ms of paper path sensor3 (PPSENS3) turning on.
PPSENS2
PPSENS3
150 ms
On
Off
On
Off
Timing chart 2-2-31
• Paper failing to reach PPS0 in large paper deck horizontal paper path (jam code 17)Paper path sensor 1 (PPSENS1) does not turn on within 405 ms of paper path sensor2 (PPSENS2) turning on.
PPSENS1
PPSENS2
405 ms
On
Off
On
Off
Timing chart 2-2-32
2A3/4
2-2-13
(3) Paper feed desk (optional for 42 ppm only)(see the paper feed desk service manual)• No paper feed from paper feed desk upper drawer (jam code 12)• No paper feed from paper feed desk lower drawer (jam code 13)• Jam in paper feed desk vertical paper conveying section (jam code 19)
(4) Finisher (optional)(see the finisher service manual)• Initial clogging jam (jam code 00)• Jam in paper entry section (jam code 81)• Jam in eject section of non-sort tray (jam code 82)• Jam in paper conveying section of internal tray (jam code 83)• Jam in eject section of sort tray (jam code 84)
2A3/4
2-2-14
2-2-3 Original misfeed detection
When an original jams, the machine immediately stops operation and a message is shownon the touch panel in the operation unit. The SRDF original set indicator also flashes red.To remove the jammed original, open the SRDF or DF original reversing cover.To reset the original misfeed detection, open and close the SRDF or DF original reversingcover to turn DF safety switch 1 or 2 off and on.
OCM
OSBSW
DFTSW
OFSW OFM
Figure 2-2-4 Original misfeed detection
2A3/4
2-2-15
2-2-4 Original misfeed detection conditions
• Initial movement confirmation JAMWhen the DF START signal is received, switches other than the original set switch(OSSW) and the original size length switch (OSLSW) on the original table are on.
• No paper feed (jam code 70)During the primary feed of the second or later original in the single-sided or double-sided original mode, the original feed switch (OFSW) does not turn on within 3150original feed motor (OFM) pulses from the start of forward rotation of the original feedmotor (OFM).
OFM
3150 P*
On (Fwd.)
Off
On
OffOFSW
* Burst of OFM pulses
Timing chart 2-2-33
• An original jam in the original feed/conveying section (jam code 71)During the secondary original feed in the single-sided original mode, the DF timingswitch (DFTSW) does not turn on within 3425 original feed motor (OFM) pulses fromthe start of reverse rotation of the original feed motor (OFM). Alternatively, duringcontinuous original feed in the single-sided original mode, the DF timing switch(DFTSW) does not turn on for the second time under the above conditions.
OFM
3425 P*
On (Rev.)
Off
On
OffDFTSW
* Burst of OFM pulses
Timing chart 2-2-34
During the secondary original feed in the single-sided original mode, the original feedswitch (OFSW) has not turned off before the DF timing switch (DFTSW) turns off.
2A3/4
2-2-16
During original switchback operation in the double-sided original mode, the originalfeed switch (OFSW) remains on when the original switchback switch (OSBSW) turnsoff.
OSBSWOn
Off
On
OffOFSW
Timing chart 2-2-35
During the secondary original feed in the single-sided or double-sided original mode,the DF timing switch (DFTSW) does not turn on within 10200 original conveying motor(OCM) pulses from the DF timing switch (DFTSW) turning on.
10200 P*On
OffDFTSW
* Burst of OCM pulses
Timing chart 2-2-36
In the single-sided or double-sided original mode, the DF timing switch (DFTSW) turnsoff within 2016 original conveying motor (OCM) pulses from the DF timing switch(DFTSW) turning on.
2016 P*On
OffDFTSW
* Burst of OCM pulses
Timing chart 2-2-37
While scanning the first face (reverse face) of an original in the double-sided originalmode, the original switchback switch (OSBSW) does not turn on within 3591 originalconveying motor (OCM) pulses from the DF timing switch (DFTSW) turning on.
DFTSW
3591 P*
On
Off
On
OffOSBSW
* Burst of OCM pulses
Timing chart 2-2-38
2A3/4
2-2-17
• An original jam in the original switchback section (jam code 72)During the switchback operation of an original in the double-sided original mode, theoriginal switchback switch (OSBSW) does not turn on within 2520 original feed motor(OFM) pulses from the start of reverse rotation of the original feed motor (OFM).
OFM
2520 P*
On (Rev.)
Off
On
OffOSBSW
* Burst of OFM pulses
Timing chart 2-2-39
During switchback operation of an original in the double-sided original mode, theoriginal switchback switch (OSBSW) does not turn off within 5100 original feed motor(OFM) pulses from the original switchback switch (OSBSW) turning on.
5100 P*On
OffOSBSW
* Burst of OFM pulses
Timing chart 2-2-40
During the secondary original feed in the double-sided original mode, the DF timingswitch (DFTSW) does not turn on within 1528 original conveying motor (OCM) pulsesfrom the original conveying motor (OCM) turning on.
OCM
1528 P*
On
Off
On
OffDFTSW
* Burst of OCM pulses
Timing chart 2-2-41
1-1-15
2A3/4
CONTENTS
2-3 Operation of the PCBs
2-3-1 Power source PCB .............................................................................. 2-3-12-3-2 Engine PCB ........................................................................................ 2-3-32-3-3 Main PCB ............................................................................................ 2-3-42-3-4 Memory copy PCB .............................................................................. 2-3-62-3-5 Scanner motor PCB ............................................................................ 2-3-82-3-6 CCD PCB ............................................................................................ 2-3-92-3-7 DF driver PCB ................................................................................... 2-3-112-3-8 Operation unit main PCB,operation unit right PCB,and
operation unit left PCB ...................................................................... 2-3-12(1) Operation unit left PCB .............................................................. 2-3-14(2) Operation unit right PCB ........................................................... 2-3-15
2-3-9 Deck main PCB (42 ppm: optonal/52 ppm: standard) ...................... 2-3-16(1) Paper deck motor drive circuits ................................................. 2-3-17(2) Clutch drive circuit ..................................................................... 2-3-18(3) Operational principle of reflective photosensors PPSENS1,
PPSENS2, PPSENS3 and PESENS......................................... 2-3-19(4) Reset circuit ............................................................................... 2-3-20
2A3/4
2-3-1
2-3-1 Power source PCB
Noise filtercircuit L1
Noise filtercircuit L2
Zero-crosscircuit
24 V DCoutput circuitIC2
12 V DCoutputcircuitIC6
5.1 V DCoutput circuitIC3 (main)
Q302
Overvoltage/overcurrentdetectioncircuits
PWM controlcircuit (IC1)
TR2
TR3
H2 REM
H2 H1
H1 REM
PT2
PC1
PC2
PC3
PT1
L
*
* For 120 V specifications only.
PSPCB
Rectifier circuit
D
TRNS
C
Q201
D
D201
D202
SLEEP SIG
24 V DC
GND
GND
5.1 V DCGND
Z CROSS SIG
12 V DC
L201
C101
Q1 Q2
D001
R129
N
A
B
C
T1
+
A B
~
Figure 2-3-1 Power source PCB block diagram
2A3/4
2-3-2
The power source PCB (PSPCB) is a switching regulator which converts an AC input togenerate 24 V DC, 5.1 V DC and 12 V DC. It consists of the components shown inFigure 2-3-1; noise filter circuit, rectifier circuit, switching control circuit, 24 V DC outputcircuit, 5.1 V DC output circuit, 12 V DC output circuit, fixing heater control circuit,overvoltage detection circuit, overcurrent detection circuit.The noise filter circuits, consisting mainly of the noise filter circuit in the power sourcesection and capacitors, attenuates external noise and prevents switching noisegenerated by the power source circuit and the heater control circuit from leaving themachine via the AC line.The rectifier circuit full-wave rectifies the AC input which has passed through the noisefilter circuit using the diode bridge D001.The switching control circuit turns the FETs Q1 and Q2 on and off via the PWMcontroller IC1 to apply the AC component from the DC voltage smoothed via theelectrolytic capacitor C101 to the primary coil of the transformer TRNS.The 24 V DC output circuit smoothes the current induced on the secondary coil of thetransformer TRNS via diodes D201 and D202, and outputs a more stable 24 V DC bythe function of shunt regulator IC2. The output status of 24 V DC is fed back to thePWM control IC1 in the switching control circuit via the photocoupler PC1, and based onthe feedback, the PWM control IC1 outputs stable 24 V DC constantly by controlling theswitching duty pulse width for the FETs Q1 and Q2.The 5.1 V DC output control circuit IC3 receive 24 V DC from the 24 V DC output circuitand output stable 5.1 V DC by the function of the DC/DC converter control IC3.The 12 V DC output circuit receive 24 V DC from the 24 V DC output circuit and outputsstable 12 V DC by the function of a power supply regulator.In the energy saving mode, the FETs Q210 and Q302 are opened when they receive asleep signal from the main PCB (MPCB), thus cutting off the output of 24 V DC and apart of 5.1 V DC. Since input to the 12 V DC control circuit IC4 is also cut off, output of12 V DC also ceases.As a result, all outputs except the sub-output from the 5.1 V DC output circuit IC3 arecut off, by which means energy consumption is lowered to the Energy Star accreditationlevel while in the stand-by mode.Abnormal rise of voltage for all DC outputs and overcurrent in all outputs except the 24V DC and 12 V DC outputs are monitored by the overvoltage and overcurrent detectioncircuits, and if any abnormal rise is detected, alarm signals are fed back to the PWMcontrol circuit IC1 on the primary side via photocoupler PC2, by which means powersupply is shut down. Overload of the 24 V DC output is monitored by resistor R129 asthe total sum of current on the primary side, and if any abnormal condition is detected,the operation of the PWM control circuit IC1 stops and the power supply is shut down.Overload of the 12 V DC output circuit is controlled by the overcurrent protectionfunction of power source regulator IC4. When the abnormal output condition isremoved, the 12 V DC output returns to the normal output condition.The fixing heater control circuit sends zero-crossing signal (Z CROSS SIG) via thephotocoupler PC3 to the main PCB (MPCB). These signals are in turn converted intosignals to control the on/off timing and phases, which are then input to the power sourcePCB (PSPCB) as the H1 REM and H2 REM signals. The phototriacs PT1 and PT2 areturned on by the H1 REM and H2 REM signals, and electricity flows through triacs TR2and TR3 to turn the fixing heaters on.
2A3/4
2-3-3
2-3-2 Engine PCB
EPCB
Communicationinterface
DriverIC
Main PCB
Finisher*3
Motors
High-voltagetransformer PCB
Switches, sensors
Clutches, solenoids
Large paperdeck*2
MMD*4
*3: Optional.*4: Optional for 120 V specifications only.
*1: Optional for 42 ppm only.*2: 42 ppm: Optional/52 ppm: standard
Paper feeddesk*1
Figure 2-3-2 Engine PCB block diagram
The engine PCB (EPCB) transmits the status of each switch to the main PCB (MPCB)and transmits the control signals output from the main PCB (MPCB) through driver ICsto motors, clutches and solenoids. It also receives and transmits input and outputsignals to and from optional devices via a communication interface.
2A3/4
2-3-4
2-3-3 Main PCB
Communicationline
Image data
MPCB
SRDF
SHDIC29
MIPIC41
EPROMIC54
SELA
MAIN CPUIC23
EPROMIC45
EPROMIC57
SRAMIC13
SRAMIC55
XIOIC60
XIOIC63
Communicationmicrocomputer 2
IC56
BUFFER ICIC70,71,72
Engine PCB Booklet stitcher*
Communicationmicrocomputer 1
IC33
BUCKUP RAMIC15
ENGINE CPUIC66
DUAL PORT RAMIC44
SELB
SELC
VTCIC47
IC58
LSU
FIFOIC36
Operation unitmain PCB
Printer Board*1 CCDPCB
SCANNER CPUIC53
IC18,19IC28P
RT
DA
TA
SC
AN
DA
TA
MemorycopyPCB1
Memorycopy
PCB2*2
ScannermotorPCB
Addr
ess
bus
Dat
a bu
s
Data busAddress bus
VIDEO DATA
*1: Optional*2: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard
Figure 2-3-3 Main PCB block diagram
2A3/4
2-3-5
The main PCB (MPCB) consists of the main CPU (IC23), the engine CPU (IC66), thescanner CPU (IC53), communication microcomputers (IC33 and IC56), SRAMs (IC13and IC55), battery-integrated RAM for back-up (IC15), EPROMs (IC45, IC54, and IC57),a dual port RAM (IC44), ASICs for input and output control (XIO:IC60 and IC63), ASICsfor controlling image data input (SHD:IC29 and MIP:IC41), an ASIC for controllingimage data output (VTC:IC47)etc.The main CPU (IC23) controls the engine CPU (IC66) and the scanner CPU (IC53), andcontrols the flow of image data transmitted between the MIP (IC41), memory copy PCB1 (MCPCB1), memory copy PCB 2 (MCPCB2), and the printer board.The scanner CPU (IC53) controls the SHD (IC29) and the MIP (IC41), and sets theprocessing for image signals from the CCD PCB (CCDPCB). Also it controls driving ofthe scanner and the SRDF via the scanner motor PCB (SMPCB) and the SRDF DFdriver PCB (DFDPCB).The engine CPU (IC66) controls the operation of motors, clutches, and solenoids,output of image data, and communication with optional devices via the engine PCB(EPCB).
2A3/4
2-3-6
2-3-4 Memory copy PCB
Com
mun
icat
ion
cont
rol i
nter
face
Imag
e in
put
inte
rfac
eIm
age
outp
utin
terf
ace
Clock frequency24.39 MHz
Address bus
Address bus
Address bus
Data bus
Data bus
Data bus
DRAMsU13, 14, 15,18, 19, 20
Sortmemory
ASICU16
FF
CPUU17
CODECU26
CODECU25
SRAMU4,11
EPROMU1
Clock frequency31.8 MHz
Clock frequency39.86 MHz
Clock frequency3.6864 MHz
Figure 2-3-4 Memory copy PCB 1 block diagram
2A3/4
2-3-7
The following is a description of memory copy PCB 1 (MCPCB1). Memory copy PCB 2(MCPCB2) is identical to memory copy PCB 1 (MCPCB1).Memory copy PCB 1 (MCPCB1) consists of CPU U17, ASIC U16, SRAMs U4 and U11,DRAMs U13, U14, U15, U18, U19 and U20, EPROM U1, and CODECs U25 and U26.The memory copy PCB mainly serves to read images from the scanner based on thecontrol signals from the main PCB (MPCB), and output the images to the engine (thecomponent where printing to paper and driving of mechanisms are executed). It alsoperforms editing operations such as image rotation, image summary and imagesynthesizing.Since the original scanning speed of the scanner and the printing speed of the engine(the component where printing to paper and driving of mechanisms are executed) aredifferent, and their operations not synchronized, memory copy PCB 1 (MCPCB1) alsoserves as a buffer to deal with the speed and timing differences between them.
2A3/4
2-3-8
2-3-5 Scanner motor PCB
SM
SMPCB
SHPSW
ODSW
OSD1
OSD2*
INPCB
EL
DT2
24 V DC
5 V DC
SM A
SM Vref
SM M1–M3
SM CWB
SM CLK
SM ENABLESM A
SM B
SM B
PG ELEL ON REM
Driver IC1
Scannercontrol PCB
Powersource PCB
* For inch specification only.
Figure 2-3-5 Scanner motor PCB block diagram
The scanner motor PCB (SMPCB) drives the scanner motor (SM), turns the exposurelamp (EL) on and off, and relays signals from the scanner home position switch(SHPSW), original size sensor 1, 2 (OSD1, 2) and the original detection switch(ODSW).The scanner motor (SM) is driven by turning the output for motor phase switchover onand off (SM A, SM A, SM B, SM B). It is activated by the driver IC1 processing thecurrently set reference signal (SM Vref), mode signals (SM M1 - M3, SM CWB), phasechangeover clock (SM CLK), drive/stop signals (SM ENABLE) from the main PCB.The exposure lamp (EL) is turned on when the signal (EL ON REM) from the scannercontrol PCB (SCPCB) is inverted by DT2 and the resulting lamp on/off signal (EL) goeslow. Signals from the scanner home position switch (SHPSW), original size sensor 1, 2(OSD1, 2) and the original detection switch (ODSW) are relayed to the main PCB(MPCB).
2A3/4
2-3-9
2-3-6 CCD PCB
CCDPCB
CCDIC1
Clock driverIC2
Emitterfollowercircuit
Emitterfollowercircuit
IC311 clks
Odd
Even
4 clks
IC5
IC4
Main PCB
Clockgeneration
Imageprocessingcircuit
Figure 2-3-6 CCD PCB block diagram
The CCD PCB (CCDPCB) receives clock signals φ SHIFT, φ CLK, φ RS, φ CLP andgenerate eleven signals based on those clock signals necessary to drive the CCD IC1.When clock signals are input, the CCD IC1 outputs analog signals which are dividedinto even pixel signals and odd pixel signals depending on the set density of the image,which are transmitted to the main PCB (MPCB) via the emitter follower circuit anddifferential amplifiers IC4 and IC5.
2AD-1
2A3/4
2-3-10
2-3-7 DF driver PCB
Motordriver IC
Motordriver IC
MainPCB
24 V DC
DFDPCB
24 V DC
24 V DC
OCM A
OCM
OFM
OCM BOCM AOCM B
OFM A
Switches
Clutches,solenoids
OFM BOFM AOFM B
24 V DC
Figure 2-3-7 DF driver PCB block diagram
The DF driver PCB (DFDPCB) consists of a motor drive ICs and several othercomponents. It mainly serves to drive the original feed motor (OFM) and the originalconveying motor (OCM), under the control of signals received form the main PCB(MPCB). It also relays the 24 V DC power supply to the SRDF clutches and solenoidsand the 5 V DC power supply to various switches and drives, and relays inputs andoutputs of other signals.
2A3/4
2-3-11
2-3-8 Operation unit main PCB, operation unit right PCB, and operation unit left PCB
ODSW
CFL
OMPCB
OLPCB
ORPCB
LCD
–23 V DC
Touchpanel
Chip select
Touchpanelcircuit
Resetcircuit
Addressdecode circuit unit
EPROMIC12
EPROMIC16
SRAMIC9
SRAMIC20
CPUIC19
LCDcontrollerIC11
DC-DCconverterIC8
CFLlightingcircuitunit
Scan signal
Return signal
Scan signal
Return signal
Address bus
Address bus
Data bus
Data bus
Keyswitch/LEDdisplay
Keyswitch/LEDdisplay
MainPCB
Figure 2-3-8 Operation unit main PCB, operation unit right PCB, and operationunit left PCB block diagram
2A3/4
2-3-12
On the operation unit main PCB (OMPCB), the major component is the CPU IC19,which directly controls the operation of the machine in response to a control programlocated in EPROM IC12 and executed from SRAM IC9. EPROM IC16 contains font datafor the LCD display and LCD controller IC11 controls the LCD panel display frominstructions contained in SRAM IC20.The operation unit right PCB (ORPCB), consisting of key switches and LEDs, iscontrolled by scan signals and LED lighting signals from the operation unit main PCB(OMPCB).The operation unit left PCB (OLPCB) consists of key switches, LEDs and the CFLlighting drive circuit. Key switches and LEDs are controlled by scan signals and LEDlighting signals from the operation unit main PCB (OMPCB), and the CFL lighting drivecircuit. This circuit generates AC power for CFL lighting drive and is controlled by theturning on and off of CFL lighting signals by the operation unit main PCB (OMPCB).
2A3/4
2-3-13
(1) Operation unit left PCB
CNA-5CNA-6CNA-7
CNA-8CNA-9
CNA-16CNA-18
CNA-11CNA-12CNA-13CNA-14
CNA-10
DIGKEY L1DIGKEY L2DIGKEY L3
SCAN L1SCAN L2
5 V
N.C
DIGLED L1DIGLED L2DIGLED L3DIGLED L4
R13
R15
R9
R1
TR1
R2R3
TR2
LED
1
LED
2
LED
3
LED
4
LED
5
LED
6
LED
7
LED
8
LED
9
LED
10
LED
11
LED
12
LED
13
LED
14
LED
15
LED
16
R4R5
TR3
R6
R10R11R12
R14
SCAN L3
KEY1
KEY2
KEY4
KEY5
KEY6
KEY7
KEY3
D1 D2 D3
Operation
unit
main
PCB
Figure 2-3-9 Operation unit left PCB block diagram
Selection of key switches and the lighting of LEDs are determined by scan signals(SCAN L1 - L3) and LED signal selection signals (DIGLED L1 - L4). The key switchoperated is identified by the scan signals (SCAN L1 - L3) and the return signals(DIGKEY L1 - L3).As an example, to light LED 1, the LED lighting selection signal (DIGLED L1) should bedriven low in synchronization with a low level on the scan signal (SCAN L1). TransistorTR1 conducts and LED1 is lit. LEDs can be lit dynamically by repeating suchoperations.As an example, if KEY1 is pressed, the corresponding key switch is turned on feedingthe low level of the scan signal back to the operation unit main PCB (OMPCB) via thereturn signal (DIGKEY L1). The operation unit main PCB (OMPCB) locates the positionwhere the line outputting the scan signal and the line inputting the return signal cross,and thereby determines which key switch was operated.
2A3/4
2-3-14
(2) Operation unit right PCB
TB
Operation
unit
main
PCB
CNB-1
CNB-2
CNB-3
CNB-4
CNB-5
CNB-6
CNB-7
CNB-8
CNB-13
CNB-14
R17
R7R8
TR4
R18
R19
R20
CNB-10
CNB-9
CNB-12
CNB-11
N.C.
DIGKEY R1
KEY8
KEY9
KEY10
KEY11
D4 D5 D6 D7
KEY12
KEY13
KEY14
KEY15
KEY16
KEY17
KEY18
KEY19
KEY20
KEY21
KEY22
KEY23
DIGKEY R2
DIGKEY R3
DIGKEY R4
SCAN R1
SCAN R2
SCAN R3
SCAN R4
BUZZER
BZ
5 V
DIGLED R2
DIGLED R1
LED
17
LED
18
LED
19
LED
20
DIGLED R4
DIGLED R3
Figure 2-3-10 Operation unit right PCB block diagram
The operation unit right PCB (ORPCB) consists of key switches and LEDs. Dependingon the scan signals (SCAN R1 - R4) and the LED lighting selection signals (DIGLED R1- R4) received from the operation unit main PCB (OMPCB), the LED to be lit is selected,and the key switch pressed is identified by the scan signals (SCAN R1 - R4) and thereturn signals (DIGKEY R1 - R4).As an example, to light LED17, the LED lighting selection signal (DIGLED R1) shouldbe driven low in synchronization with a low level on the scan signal (SCAN R1).Transistor TR4 conducts and LED17 is lit. LEDs can be lit dynamically by repeatingsuch operations.As an example, if KEY8 is pressed, the corresponding key switch is turned on feedingthe low level of the scan signal back to the operation unit main PCB (OMPCB) via thereturn signal (DIGKEY R1). The operation unit main PCB (OMPCB) locates the positionwhere the line outputting the scan signal and the line inputting the return signal cross,and thereby determines which key switch was operated.
2A3/4
2-3-15
2-3-9 Deck main PCB (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard)
DECK TXD DECK RXD
PFSW4
EnginePCB
MainPCB
24 V DC5 V DCPGNDSGND
CM
PDM1
PDMSENS1
PDMSENS2
PDM1drive circuit
PDM2
Deck paperconveyingmotordrivecircuit
Communicationcircuit
Latch
CPUIC7
PDMPCB
Clutchdrive circuit
LED drivecircuit
Deckopen/closedetection
ROM
PPSENS1
PPSENS2
PPSENS3
PESENS
DLSW1
UPSW1
DLSW2
SCSW
DOSSWOscillatorcircuit
PFCL1
PFCL2
CCL
I/FPCB
+24 V DC+5 V DCSGND
PDM2drive circuit
Reset circuit
PLDSENS2
PLDSENS1
Figure 2-3-11 Deck main PCB block diagram
The deck main PCB (PDMPCB) consists of the CPU IC7, which serially communicateswith the main PCB (MPCB) via the engine PCB (EPCB); the deck paper conveyingmotor drive circuit; the paper deck motor drive circuits; the clutch drive circuit; the resetcircuit; and the LED drive circuit. It controls the entire large paper deck.
2A3/4
2-3-16
( 1 ) Paper deck motor drive circuits
IC8.4Y
+5 V DC
AB
12 11
CPUIC7
58
1R4
2
13
IC8.3Y
IC6.4R36
PDMPCB
AB
10 8 1B
2C
3
12
E
GROUND
AGROUND
CN1-8
CN7-1
CN7-2
98
9
2C
1E
3B
+5 V DC1R24
2
+24 V DC
1R25Q3
Q1
Q5
2 1
D1SIG
D4
2
K
A
+24 VDC
PDM1
2C
1E
3B
1K
2A
+5 V DC
UPSW1
14
Figure 2-3-12 Paper deck motor 1 drive circuit
The following is a description of the paper deck motor 1 drive circuit. Paper deck motors1 and 2 are identical.When pin 14 of the CPU IC7 goes low, transistor Q1 is turned on causing paper deckmotor 1 (PDM1) to rotate. When transistor Q1 is turned off, paper deck motor 1 (PDM1)stops. A brake circuit ensures the prompt stopping of the motor. When transistor Q1turns off, transistor Q3 turns on, supplying 24 V DC to CN7-1 thereby preventing paperdeck motor 1 (PDM1) from rotating further under momentum.When the right cassette lift is raised past the limit, upper limit switch 1 (UPSW1) turnson, taking the level at pin 58 of the CPU IC7 low, which turns transistor Q1 and hencepaper deck motor 1 (PDM1) off. This level change is also passed to pin 9 of a protectivecircuit consisting of IC8.3, forcing paper deck motor 1 (PDM1) off directly in case theCPU IC7 fails.
2A3/4
2-3-17
( 2 ) Clutch drive circuit
CCL
CN4-1
CN4-6
+24 V DC
36
1114
271015
IN1IN2IN3IN4
19CPUIC7
PDMPCB
01020304
COM2COM19 16
IC4
Figure 2-3-13 Paper conveying clutch drive circuit
When pin 19 of the CPU IC7 goes low, pin 2 of IC4 goes low, which turns the paperconveying clutch (CCL) on.The other clutches are controlled in the same manner.
2A3/4
2-3-18
(3) Operating principle of reflective photosensors PPSENS1, PPSENS2,PPSENS3 and PESENS
IC9.4
R4298
IC5.3
R43
PDMPCB
I/FPCB
R15
6
76
5
CPUIC7
5
Off
On
+5 V DC
R44
Off
On
Phototransistor
LED
Q14
PPSENS 3
Figure 2-3-14 Reflective photosensor (PPSENS3) circuit
The following is the operating principle of paper path sensor 3 (PPSENS3). Paper pathsensors 1 and 2 (PPSENS1, PPSENS2) and the paper empty sensor (PESENS)operate in the same manner.Pulsating signal from pin 5 of the CPU IC7 turns Q14 on and off, causing the LED onthe sensor PCB to flash. When the flashing LED light reflects on the paper, thephototransistor turns on and off. The on/off signal is then inverted by IC9.4 and thepaper presence signal (pulse) is input at pin 76 of the CPU IC7.If there is no paper, the phototransistor remains off and 5 V DC is input at pin 76 of theCPU IC7.
2A3/4
2-3-19
( 4 ) Reset circuit
+5 V DC3
8
1
6
5
4
CK
RES
CT
VREF
50
7
CPUIC7
Vcc
GND
RES2
1C7
2
VS
IC1
GROUND
GROUND 1+C17
R23 21
2 17
C22
2
1C1
+5 V DC1
R22
+5 V DC
R1
Figure 2-3-15 Reset circuit
VCC
VSHVSL
0.8 V DC
CK
CT
RES
TCK
B A
Figure 2-3-16 CPU reset operation timing chart (abridged)
IC1 monitors the supply voltage and also determines if the CPU IC7 is operatingcorrectly. If the supply voltage VCC drops below VSL (approx. 4.2 V DC), the reset signal(RES) is output to the CPU IC7 (A in the timing chart).IC1 monitors the clock signal (CK) from pin 50 of the CPU IC7 which goes lowperiodically. If the CPU IC7 fails, IC1 detects that the clock signal (CK) has stopped andsends a reset signal (RES) to the CPU IC7 (B in the timing chart). To reset the CPUIC7, pin 8 (RES) of IC1, which usually outputs 5 V DC, goes low and takes the level atpin 7 of the CPU IC7 low.
III
SET UP ANDADJUSTMENT
SECTION
1-1-17
2A3/4
CONTENTS
3-1 Installation
3-1-1 Unpacking and installation .................................................................. 3-1-1(1) Installation environment .............................................................. 3-1-1(2) Installation procedure .................................................................. 3-1-2
3-1-2 Setting initial copy modes ................................................................. 3-1-293-1-3 Installing the memory copy kit
(42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) ................................................ 3-1-303-1-4 Installing the image memory SIMM (option) ..................................... 3-1-333-1-5 Installing the optical heater (service part) ......................................... 3-1-353-1-6 Installing the drawer heater (service part) ......................................... 3-1-383-1-7 Installing the key counter (option) ..................................................... 3-1-413-1-8 Installing the dehumidfier heaters (service part) ............................... 3-1-443-1-9 Installing the MMD host monitoring system device
(optional for 120 V specifications only) ............................................. 3-1-47
3-1-1
2A3/4
3-1-1 Unpacking and installation
( 1 ) Installation environment 1. Temperature: 10 - 35°C/50 - 95°F 2. Humidity: 15 - 18%RH 3. Power supply: 120 V AC, 10 A
220 - 240 V AC, 4.8 A 4. Power source frequency: 50 Hz ±0.3%/60 Hz ±0.3% 5. Installation location
• Avoid direct sunlight or bright lighting. Ensure that the photoconductor will not beexposed to direct sunlight or other strong light when removing paper jams.
• Avoid extremes of temperature and humidity, abrupt ambient temperaturechanges, and hot or cold air directed onto the machine.
• Avoid dust and vibration.• Choose a surface capable of supporting the weight of the machine.• Place the machine on a level surface (maximum allowance inclination: 1° ).• Avoid air-borne substances that may adversely affect the machine or degrade the
photoconductor, such as mercury, acidic or alkaline vapors, inorganic gasses,NOx, SOx gases and chlorine-based organic solvents.
• Select a room with good ventilation. 6. Allow sufficient access for proper operation and maintenance of the machine.
Machine front: 1000 mm/393/8" Machine rear: 100 mm/4"Machine right: 700 mm/275/8" Machine left: 600 mm/235/8"
hd
g
f
ei
c
b a
Figure 3-1-1 Installation dimensions
a: 811 mm/3115/16" d: 1279 mm/503/8" g: 455 mm/1715/16"b: 1131 mm/441/2" e: 748 mm/297/16" h: 1827 mm/7115/16"c: 627 mm/2411/16" f: 1506 mm/595/16" i: 35 mm/13/8"
3-1-2
2A3/4
( 2 ) Installation procedure
Unpack.
Remove the tapes. (52 ppm)
Remove the tapes. (42 ppm)
Make test copies.
Install the copy tray*3 and paper size label sheet.
Check the toner sensor control voltage and toner feed start level
(maintenance items U131 and U156).
Remove pins holding light source units 1 and 2.
Load developer.
Connect the power cord.
Adjust the height adjuster.*2
Install a toner cartridge.
Install the feed bottom protector(only for 42 ppm).*1
Release the cleaning blade.
Apply toner to the cleaning blade (maintenance item U160).
Exit maintenance mode.
Start
Install the drum.
Adjust the fixing pressure.
Carry out initial developer setting (maintenance item U130).
Remove the developing unit.
Completion of the machine installation.
*1: When neither the paper feed desk nor the large paper deck is installed.*2: When the paper feed desk or the large paper deck is installed.*3: For 220 - 240 V specifications only.
3-1-3
2A3/4
• 42 ppm
Feed bottom protector*1
Light source unit 1 pins
Light source unit 2 pin
Copy tray*2
Paper size label sheet
Cleaning blade pin
Drum
Figure 3-1-2-a
*1: When neither the paper feed desk nor the large paper deck is installed.*2: For 220-240 V specifications only.
3-1-4
2A3/4
• 52 ppm
Light source unit 1 pins
Light source unit 2 pin
Copy tray*
Paper size label sheet
Cleaning blade pin
Drum
Figure 3-1-2-b
* For 220-240 V specifications only.
3-1-5
2A3/4
Unpack.
• 42 ppm
2345
(
%
9
⁄ 6 7
8¤
$
)
@
#
0
^
1
& !
*
Figure 3-1-3-a Unpacking
1 Copier 8 Right pad ^ Machine cover2 Desk retainer 9 Left pad & Machine bottom cover3 Paper size label sheet 0 Bottom pads * Hinge joint4 M4 × 6 TP screws ! Skid ( Plastic bag5 BVM4 × 6 bronze @ Top plate ) Bar code labels
binding screws # Inner frame ⁄ Copy tray*6 Power cord* $ Outer case ¤ Feed bottom protector7 Drum set % Tray spacer
* For 220 - 240 V specifications only.
3-1-6
2A3/4
• 52 ppm
2&
(
*
#
9
6
$
5
^
@
8
4
%
0
1
7
3
!
Figure 3-1-3-b Unpacking
1 Copier 8 Inner frame % Top spacer2 Paper size label sheet 9 Tray spacer ^ Upper case3 Bottom pads 0 Machine cover & Business reply mail*1
4 Outer case ! Hinge joint * Power cord*2
5 Right pad @ Bar code labels ( Copy tray*2
6 Left pad # Plastic bag7 Skid $ Drum set
*1: For 120 V specifications only. *2: For 220 - 240 V specifications only.
3-1-7
2A3/4
1. Remove the two tapes holding the front cover. 2. Remove the two tapes holding the duplex unit. 3. Remove the two tapes holding the drawers. 4. Remove the two tapes holding the right cover. 5. Open the front cover and remove the three tapes holding the SRDF. 6. Remove the two tapes holding the power cord.* 7. Remove the tape binding the power cord.
Power cord*
SRDFFront cover
Duplex unit
Drawers
Right cover
Figure 3-1-4
* For 120 V specifications only.
Remove the tapes. (42 ppm)
3-1-8
2A3/4
8. Remove the two tapes holding the feed bottom protector and then the protector. 9. Remove the two tapes holding the DF original reversing cover.10. Remove the tape holding the paper ejection guide.11. Remove the three tapes holding the pins for light source units 1 and 2.12. Remove the tape holding the left cover.
Paper ejection guide
Feed bottom protector
DF original reversing cover
Light source unit 1 pins
Light source unit 2 pin
Left cover
Figure 3-1-5
3-1-9
2A3/4
13. Open the duplex unit and remove the two tapes holding the duplex cover.
Duplex cover
Duplex unit
Figure 3-1-6
14. Open the drawers and remove the two tapes from each of them.
Figure 3-1-7
3-1-10
2A3/4
15. Open the SRDF and remove the paper from the contact glass.16. Remove the protective film from the edge of the contact glass.17. Remove the tape holding the original detection switch.
Original detection switch
SRDF
PaperProtective film
Figure 3-1-8
3-1-11
2A3/4
1. Remove the tape holding the front cover. 2. Remove the two tapes holding the drawers. 3. Remove the tape holding the right cover. 4. Remove the tape holding the deck side cover. 5. Open the front cover and remove the three tapes holding the SRDF. 6. Remove the two tapes holding the power cord.* 7. Remove the tape binding the power cord.
Drawers
Right cover
Deck side cover
SRDFFront cover
Power cord*
Figure 3-1-9
* For 120 V specifications only.
Remove the tapes. (52 ppm)
3-1-12
2A3/4
8. Remove the two tapes holding the DF original reversing cover. 9. Remove the tape holding the paper ejection guide.10. Remove the three tapes holding the pins for light source units 1 and 2.11. Remove the tape holding the left cover.
Paper ejection guideDF original reversing cover
Light source unit 1 pins
Light source unit 2 pin
Left cover
Figure 3-1-10
3-1-13
2A3/4
12. Open the front cover and then the duplex unit. Remove the two tapes holdingthe duplex cover.
Duplex cover
Duplex unit
Figure 3-1-11
13. Open the drawers and remove the tape from each of them.
Figure 3-1-12
3-1-14
2A3/4
14. Open the SRDF and remove the paper from the contact glass.15. Remove the protective film from the edge of the contact glass.16. Remove the tape holding the original detection switch.
Original detection switch
SRDF
PaperProtective film
Figure 3-1-13
3-1-15
2A3/4
1. Remove the two pins for light source unit 1 and the pin for light source unit 2.
Light source unit 2 pin
Light source unit 1 pins
Figure 3-1-14
1. Open the front cover. 2. Turn the paper transfer section release lever to the right.
Paper transfer section release lever
* Illustration shows a 42 ppm.Figure 3-1-15
Remove the developing unit.
Remove pins holding light source units 1 and 2.
3-1-16
2A3/4
3. While pressing the image formation unit release button, pull the image formationunit out.
Image formation unit
Image formation unit release button
* Illustration shows a 42 ppm.Figure 3-1-16
4. Remove the two screws and open the image formation rail.
Screw
Screw
Image formation rail
Figure 3-1-17
3-1-17
2A3/4
5. Detach the 1-pin connector of the developing unit and 4-pin connector of thetoner sub-hopper.
6. Slide the joint toward the machine rear. While sliding the shutter toward themachine front, close the shutter.
7. Lift the toner sub-hopper slightly and turn it toward the machine right.
Toner sub-hopper
1-pin connector
4-pin connectorShutter
Developing unit
Joint
Figure 3-1-18
8. Hold the front and rear of the developing unit and remove it from the imageformation unit.
Developing unit
Figure 3-1-19 Removing the developing unit
3-1-18
2A3/4
1. Remove the two screws and unlock the two hooks to remove the developingunit upper cover.Caution: Place the developing unit on a level surface when loading developer.
Developing unit upper cover
HookScrews
Hook
Figure 3-1-20
2. Shake the developer bottle well to agitate the developer. 3. While turning the developing gear in the direction of the arrow in the diagram,
uniformly pour developer into the developing unit.Caution: Never turn the developing gear in the reverse direction.
Developer
Developing gear
Figure 3-1-21 Loading developer
4. Refit the developing unit upper cover using the two screws.
Load developer.
3-1-19
2A3/4
1. Remove the two screws and detach the main charger assembly. 2. Remove the two screws and open the upper cleaning cover.
Screw Screw
ScrewsMain charger assembly
Upper cleaning cover
Figure 3-1-22
3. Remove the screw from each of the front and rear drum retainers and then theretainers.
Rear drum retainer
Screw Screw
Front drum retainer
Figure 3-1-23
Install the drum.
3-1-20
2A3/4
4. Fit the front and rear drum retainers to the drum and install the drum to theimage formation unit.
5. Secure each of the front and rear drum retainers using the screws removed instep 3.• When installing the drum, orient correctly with the thinner end of the drum
flange shaft at the machine front and the thicker end at the machine rear.
Image formation unit
ScrewScrew
Front drum retainer Drum Rear drum retainer
Figure 3-1-24 Installing the drum
6. Close the upper cleaning cover and secure using the two screws. 7. Fit the main charger assembly to the image formation unit and secure using the
two screws.• When installing the main charger assembly, fix with the assembly pushed all
the way toward the machine front. 8. Fit the developing unit to the image formation unit. 9. Return the toner sub-hopper to the original position.10. Open the shutter by sliding toward the machine rear and connect it to the joint.11. Plug the 1-pin connector of the developing unit and 4-pin connector of the toner
sub-hopper.12. Close the image formation rail and secure using the two screws.
3-1-21
2A3/4
13. While pressing the image formation unit safety lock release plate, put the imageformation unit back into the machine.
Image formation unit
Image formation unit safety lock release plate
* Illustration shows a 42 ppm.Figure 3-1-25
14. Return the paper transfer section release lever to the original position to securethe paper conveying section.
1. While lifting the fixing unit release lever, pull the fixing unit out from themachine.
Fixing unit
Fixing unit release lever
* Illustration shows a 42 ppm.
Figure 3-1-26 Pulling out the fixing unit
Adjust the fixing pressure.
3-1-22
2A3/4
2. To adjust the fixing pressure, tighten the fixing pressure nuts on the front andrear of the fixing unit clockwise until each nut clamps the angle bracket againstthe locking nuts underneath.
Angle bracket
Fixing pressure nut
Locking nuts
Figure 3-1-27 Adjusting the fixing pressure
3. While lifting the fixing unit release lever, slide the fixing unit back into themachine.
4. Close the front cover.
3-1-23
2A3/4
1. Connect the power cord to the machine.* 2. Insert the power plug into the wall outlet.
1. Turn the main switch on and enter the maintenance mode by entering“10871087” using the numeric keys.• The machine enters the maintenance mode immediately after the transfer
charger wire cleaning completes. 2. Enter “130” using the numeric keys and press the print key. 3. Press the print key to execute the maintenance item.
• In approximately 2.5 minutes, the toner feed start level and toner sensorcontrol voltage are automatically set and the settings displayed on the touchpanel.
Display exampleCONTROL: 156 (Toner sensor control voltage)TARGET: 100 (Toner feed start level)HUMID: 91 (Absolute humidity)
4. Press the stop/clear key.
1. Run maintenance items U131 and U156 and check that the values set inmaintenance item U130 are displayed on the touch panel.
2. Press the stop/clear key.
1. Enter “160” using the numeric keys and press the print key. 2. Press the print key to execute the maintenance item.
• Toner is applied to the drum and then the drive stops automatically. 3. Press the stop/clear key.
* For 220 - 240 V specifications only.
Carry out initial developer setting (maintenance item U130).
Check the toner sensor control voltage and toner feed start level(maintenance items U131 and U156).
Apply toner to the cleaning blade (maintenance item U160)
Connect the power cord.
3-1-24
2A3/4
1. Open the front cover. 2. Turn the paper transfer section release lever to the right to unlock the paper
conveying section. 3. While pressing the image formation unit release button, pull the image formation
unit out. 4. After checking that toner is applied to the drum, loosen the cleaning blade pin at
the left of the image formation unit and slide the cleaning blade lever in thedirection of the arrow.• The cleaning blade is now unlocked and comes into contact with the drum.
5. Retighten the cleaning blade pin to secure the cleaning blade lever.
Cleaning blade pinCleaning blade lever
Figure 3-1-28
6. While pressing the image formation unit safety lock release plate, slide theimage formation unit back into the machine.
7. Return the paper transfer section release lever to the original position to securethe paper conveying section.
8. Close the front cover.
1. Enter “001” using the numeric keys and press the print key.• The machine exits the simulation mode.
1. Shake the toner cartridge upside-down and side-to-side to agitate the toner.
Figure 3-1-29
Exit maintenance mode.
Install a toner cartridge.
Release the cleaning blade.
3-1-25
2A3/4
2. After the machine has stabilized, open the front cover. 3. Shift the toner cartridge release lever to the left.
Toner cartridge release lever
* Illustration shows a 42 ppm.Figure 3-1-30
4. Insert the toner cartridge by aligning the two arrows on the top of the tonercartridge with the two markings on the machine.
5. Shift the toner cartridge release lever to the right to secure the toner cartridge.
Toner cartridge release lever
Markings
Toner cartridge
* Illustration shows a 42 ppm.Figure 3-1-31
6. Close the front cover.
3-1-26
2A3/4
1. Remove the screws from the right front lower cover B and right rear lower coverand then detach the covers.
2. Fit the feed bottom protector using two M4 x 6 TP screws. 3. Refit all removed parts.
Right front lower cover B
Screw
Screw Right rear lower cover
M4 × 6 TP screws
Feed bottom protector
Figure 3-1-32
*1: When neither the paper feed desk nor the large paper deck is installed.
Install the feed bottom protector (only for 42 ppm).*1
3-1-27
2A3/4
1. Turn the four height adjusters at the bottom of the machine so that the machineis level.
Height adjuster
Figure 3-1-33
*2: When the paper feed desk or the large paper deck is installed.
1. Install the copy tray.*3
2. Load paper so that the copying side (the side facing upward when unpacked)faces downward.• When loading paper on the bypass table, load so that the copying side (the
side facing upward when unpacked) faces upward.• Loading paper upside down may cause a paper jam.
Copying side (side facing upward when unpacked)
Figure 3-1-34
*3: For 220 - 240 V specifications only.
Adjust the height adjusters.*2
Install the copy tray*3 and paper size label sheet.
3-1-28
2A3/4
3. Slide the paper size label sheet into the front of drawer.
Paper size label sheet
Figure 3-1-35
4. If the user requests the side guides to be fixed, fix according to the paper sizeusing four M3 × 8 flat-head screws.
Side guidesScrews Screws
Figure 3-1-36
5. Set the paper size on the operation panel. (For 220 - 240 V specifications only)
1. Place an original and make test copies.Check if the center lines of the large paper deck, the bypass table and eachdrawer are correct. If not, adjust the center lines.
Completion of the machine installation.
Make test copies.
3-1-29
2A3/4
3-1-2 Setting initial copy modes
Factory settings are as follows:
U253
U254
U255
U256
U258
U260
U263
U264
U330
U333
U334
U343
U344
U347
U348
U350
Switching between double and single counts
Turning auto start function on/off
Setting auto clear time
Turning auto preheat/energy saver
function on/off
Switching copy operation at toner
empty detection
Changing the copy count timing
Setting DF copy ejection orientation
Setting date display order
Sets the number of copies for switching
the copy eject tray in the finisher
Setting the number of digits of ID-code
Setting the ejection method in the booklet
stitcher
Switching between duplex/simplex
copy mode
Setting preheat/energy saver mode
Setting auto drawer size detection
Setting the copy density adjustment range
Setting the ID-code error output
Double count
ON
90
ON
SINGLE MODE, 0
EJECT
Face down
Month-day-year
(inch)
Day-month-year
(metric)
100
4 digits
2 BIN
Simplex copy
Energy Star
ON (inch)
OFF (metric)
SPECIAL AREA
ON
Maintenance item No. Contents Factory setting
3-1-30
2A3/4
3-1-3 Installing the memory copy kit(42 ppm: option/52 ppm: standard)
Memory copy kit installation requires the following parts:Memory copy kit (P/N 2AC82020)Contents of the kit• Memory copy PCB (assembly, P/N 2AC01120)• Three (3) BVM4 × 6 bronze binding screws (P/N B1304060)
<Procedure> 1. Detach the SRDF connector. 2. Remove the seven screws holding the rear cover and then the cover. 3. Remove the eight screws holding the main PCB cover and then the cover.
M4
Screws
Main PCB cover
Screws
Screws
Figure 3-1-37
3-1-31
2A3/4
4. Insert the connector of the memory copy PCB into the connector of the main PCB. 5. Clip the memory copy PCB over the board support.
Main PCB
Connector
Connector
Memory copy PCB
Board support
Figure 3-1-38
6. Secure the memory copy PCB using the three BVM4 × 6 bronze binding screws.
Screw
Screw
Screw
Memory copy PCB
Figure 3-1-39
3-1-32
2A3/4
7. Insert the connector of the machine into the connector on the memory copy PCB.
Memory copy PCB
Connector
Connector
Figure 3-1-40
8. Refit all removed parts.
3-1-33
2A3/4
3-1-4 Installing the image memory SIMM (option)
Installation of add-on image memory to the memory copy PCB requires the followingpart:Image memory (16 MB or 32 MB 72-pin SIMM)
<Procedure> 1. Detach the SRDF connector. 2. Remove the seven screws holding the rear cover and then the cover. 3. Remove the eight screws holding the main PCB cover and then the cover.
• To install an add-on image memory to memory copy PCB 2 only, proceed to step5.
Memory copy PCB 2
Memory copy PCB 1
M4
Screws
Main PCB cover
Screws
Screws
Figure 3-1-41
3-1-34
2A3/4
4. Remove the six screws holding the sequence cover and then the cover.
M4
Screws
ScrewsScrews
Sequence cover
Figure 3-1-42
5. Fit an image memory into the add-on memory slot on the memory copy PCB.
2
1
Memory copy PCB 2
Memory copy PCB 1
Add-on memory slot
Image memory
Figure 3-1-43
6. Refit all removed parts.
3-1-35
2A3/4
3-1-5 Installing the optical heater (service part)
Optical heater installation requires the following parts:Optical heater (P/N 33960020): for 220 - 240 V specificationsOptical heater (P/N 34860030): for 120 V specificationsHeater switch (P/N 68427020)Dehumidifier relay cable (P/N 2AC60020)Two BVM4 × 6 bronze binding screws (P/N B1304060)
<Procedure> 1. Detach SRDF connector. 2. Remove the SRDF. 3. Remove the seven screws holding the rear cover and then the cover. 4. Remove the two screws holding the upper rear cover and then the cover. 5. Remove the two screws holding the upper right cover and then the cover. 6. Remove the contact glass. 7. Move the scanner toward the machine right. 8. Pass the 2-pin connector of the optical heater cable to the machine rear through the
two cable holes. 9. Fit the optical heater using the two screws.
Optical heater
Screws
Scanner
Cable holes
Connector
Figure 3-1-44
3-1-36
2A3/4
10. Route the dehumidifier relay cable using the five wire saddles.11. Insert the 2-pin connector of the optical heater into the 2-pin connector of the
dehumidifier relay cable.12. Insert the 2-pin connector of the main PCB into the 2-pin connector of the
dehumidifier relay cable.13. Insert the 4-pin connector of the main PCB into the 4-pin connector of the
dehumidifier relay cable.
Wire saddle
1-pin connectors
Optical heater (cable)
2-pin connector
2-pin connector
Dehumidifier relay cable
4-pin connector
4-pin connector
2-pin connector
2-pin connector
Main harnessWire saddle
Wire saddle
Wire saddle
Wire saddle
Main harness
Figure 3-1-45
3-1-37
2A3/4
14. Remove the two screws holding the lower left cover and then the cover.15. Remove the cap in the lower left cover.16. Refit the lower left cover using the two screws.17. Insert the heater switch instead.18. Plug the two 1-pin connectors of the dehumidifier relay cable onto the terminals of
the heater switch.
Heater switch
Heater switch
1-pin connector
Dehumidifier relay cable
1-pin connector
Cap
Lower left cover
Figure 3-1-4619. Refit all removed parts.
3-1-38
2A3/4
3-1-6 Installing the drawer heater (service part)
Drawer heater installation requires the following parts:Drawer heater (P/N 33960020): for 220 - 240 V specificationsDrawer heater (P/N 34860030): for 120 V specificationsHeater switch (P/N 68427020)Dehumidifier relay cable (P/N 2AC60020)Two M4 × 8 S tight screws (P/N B3324080)Binding band SG-130 (P/N M2107120)
<Procedure> 1. Remove the four screws holding the upper drawer and then the drawer. 2. Remove the two screws holding the lower left cover and then the cover. 3. Remove the lower drawer. 4. Pass the 2-pin connector of the drawer heater cable to the machine rear through the
cable hole in the left back corner of the machine. 5. Fit the drawer heater using the two screws. 6. Attach the binding band to the drawer heater cable and insert the band into the hole
in the bottom of the machine.
Drawer heater
Cable hole
2-pin connector
Binding band
Screws
Figure 3-1-47
3-1-39
2A3/4
7. Detach the SRDF connector. 8. Remove the seven screws holding the rear cover and then the cover. 9. Route the dehumidifier relay cable using the five wire saddles.10. Insert 2-pin connector of the drawer heater into the 2-pin connector of the
dehumidifier relay cable.11. Insert the 2-pin connector of the main harness into the 2-pin connector of the
dehumidifier relay cable.12. Insert the 4-pin connector of the main harness into the 4-pin connector of the
dehumidifier relay cable.
2-pin connector
Dehumidifier relay cable
4-pin connector
4-pin connector
2-pin connector
2-pin connector
Main harness Wire saddle
1-pin connectors
Wire saddle
Wire saddle
Wire saddle
Wire saddle
Connector
Main harness
Drawer heater cable
Figure 3-1-48
3-1-40
2A3/4
13. Remove the two screws holding the lower left cover and then the cover.14. Remove the cap in the lower left cover.15. Refit the lower left cover using the two screws.16. Insert the heater switch instead.17. Plug the two 1-pin connectors of the dehumidifier relay cable onto the terminals of
the heater switch.
Heater switch
Heater switch
1-pin connector
Dehumidifier relay cable
1-pin connector
Cap
Figure 3-1-49
18. Refit all removed parts.
3-1-41
2A3/4
3-1-7 Installing the key counter (option)
Key counter installation requires the following parts:Key counter set (P/N 66069781)Contents of the set:• Key counter cover (P/N 66060010)• Key counter retainer (P/N 66060030)• Key counter cover retainer (P/N 66060021)• Key counter mount (P/N 66060040)• Key counter assembly (P/N 29236240)• Four (4) M4 × 6 bronze TP-A screws (P/N B4304060)• Two (2) M4 × 10 bronze TP-A screws (P/N B4304100)• One (1) M4 × 6 chrome TP-A screw (P/N B4104060)• Two (2) M3 × 6 bronze flat-head screws (P/N B2303060)• One (1) M3 bronze nut (P/N C2303000)
<Procedure> 1. Fit the key counter assembly to the key counter retainer using the two screws and
nut. 2. Fit the key counter mount to the key counter cover using the two screws, and attach
the key counter retainer to the mount using the two screws.
M3 × 6 flat-head screws (B2303060)
M4 × 6 screws (B4304060)
M3 nut (C2303000)
Key counter retainer (66060030)
Key counter mount (66060040)
Key counter cover (66060010)
M4 × 6 screws (B4304060)
Key counter assembly (29236240)
Figure 3-1-50
3-1-42
2A3/4
3. Remove the screw holding right front lower cover B and then the cover. 4. Remove the screw holding the right rear lower cover and then the cover. 5. Remove the two screws and detach the middle right cover from the machine. 6. Cut out the aperture plate on the middle right cover using nippers.
Screw
Middle right cover
Screw
Aperture plate
Figure 3-1-51
3-1-43
2A3/4
7. Pass the 4-pin connector of the key counter through the apertures in the keycounter cover retainer and middle right cover, and insert into the 4-pin connectorinside the machine.
8. Seat the projection of the key counter cover retainer in the aperture in the middleright cover, and fasten them both to the machine using the two screws.
9. Refit the screw to the machine front side of the middle right cover.10. Fit the key counter cover with the key counter assembly inserted to the key counter
cover retainer on the machine.
Screw
4-pin connector
4-pin connectorAperture Middle right cover
Key counter cover retainer (66060021)
M4 × 10 screw (B4304100)
Key counter cover
M4 × 10 screw (B4304100) M4 × 6 screw
(B4104060)
Figure 3-1-52
11. Insert the key counter into the key counter assembly.12. Turn the main switch on and enter the maintenance mode.13. Run maintenance item U204 and select “KEY COUNTER.”14. Exit the maintenance mode.15. Check that the message requesting the key counter to be inserted is displayed
when the key counter is pulled out.16. Check that the counter counts up as copies are made.
3-1-44
2A3/4
3-1-8 Installing the dehumidifier heaters (service part)
Dehumidifier heater installation requires the following parts:Two dehumidifier heaters (P/N 33960020): for 220 - 240 V specificationsTwo dehumidifier heaters (P/N 34860030): for 120 V specificationsTwo heater bases (P/N 54107410)Eight BVM4 x 06 bronze binding screws (P/N B1304060)Eight EDS-2 edgings (P/N M2104210)Relay wire (P/N 53310390)Six SG-110 V0 bands (P/N M2107200)<Procedure> 1. Fit the dehumidifier heaters to the heater bases using two screws for each.
Screws ScrewsDehumidifier heater
Left
Dehumidifier heater
Heater base Heater base
Right
Figure 3-1-53
2. Remove the two screws from each of the deck right cover, deck left cover and deckrear cover and then the covers.
3. Open the large paper deck. 4. Detach the deck paper conveying motor connector. 5. Remove the spring from the deck paper conveying motor bracket. 6. Remove the four screws holding the deck paper conveying motor bracket and then
the bracket. 7. Remove the two screws holding the deck paper conveying unit assembly and then
the assembly.
Connector
Spring
Screws
Screws
Deck paper conveyingmotor bracket
Deck paper conveyingunit assembly
Figure 3-1-54
3-1-45
2A3/4
8. Fit the dehumidifier heater assemblies to the right and left of the large paper deckusing two screws for each.
ScrewsScrews
Dehumidifier heater assembly
Dehumidifier heater assembly
Left Right
Figure 3-1-55
9. Fit the edgings to the two U-shaped cutouts in the rear frame.10. Pull the dehumidifier heater wires out to the machine rear through the edgings.
Dehumidifier heater wires
EdgingEdging
Left rear of the deck Right rear of the deck
Figure 3-1-56
3-1-46
2A3/4
11. Detach the open connector from the connector of the main wire on the machinerear.
Main wire
Open connector
Figure 3-1-57
12. Insert the dehumidifier heater connectors into the relay wire connectors (see A inFigure 3-1-58).
13. Insert the main wire connector into the relay wire connector (see B in Figure 3-1-58).
14. Tidy up the large paper deck wires and relay wire using the six bands and route thewires while clipping the bands into holes in the rear frame.
BandBands
BandsBandRelay wire
Main wireA B
Figure 3-1-58
15. Refit all removed parts.
3-1-47
2A3/4
3-1-9 Installing the MMD host monitoring system device(optional for 120 V specifications only)
<Procedure> 1. Remove the two screws holding the signal cable cover and then the cover.
Screws
Signal cable cover
Figure 3-1-59
2. Pull the 10-pin connector out of the machine, remove the jumper and insert theconnector into the 10-pin connector of the signal cable.Secure the signal cable using the two screws removed in step 1.
Screws
10-pin connector
10-pin connector
Signal cable
Jumper
Figure 3-1-60
3-1-48
2A3/4
3. Fit the MMD host monitoring system device to the rear cover using the two bronzebinding tap-tight screws M3 × 16.
4. Insert the connector of the signal cable into the connector of the MMD hostmonitoring system device, and tighten the two screws on the signal cable.
Screws(bronze binding
tap-tight M3 × 16)
Screw
Screw
Rear cover
MMD host monitoringsystem device
Figure 3-1-61
5. Insert one connector of the modular connector cable into the "LINE" jack on theMMD host monitoring system device and the other into a telephone jack.
LINETEL
Modular connector cable
Figure 3-1-62
1-1-19
2A3/4
CONTENTS
3-2 Maintenance Mode
3-2-1 Maintenance mode ............................................................................. 3-2-1(1) Executing a maintenance item .................................................... 3-2-1(2) Maintenance mode items list ....................................................... 3-2-4(3) Contents of maintenance mode items ......................................... 3-2-8
3-2-2 Copier management ......................................................................... 3-2-99(1) Executing a copier management item ....................................... 3-2-99(2) Department management ........................................................ 3-2-100(3) Week timer .............................................................................. 3-2-101(4) Copy default ............................................................................ 3-2-102(5) Machine default ....................................................................... 3-2-105(6) Language ................................................................................ 3-2-107
3-2-1
2A3/4
3-2-1 Maintenance mode
The copier is equipped with a maintenance function which can be used to maintain andservice the machine.
( 1 ) Executing a maintenance item
Start
Enter 10871087.
Enter the number of the maintenance item to be executed using the numeric or Up/Down keys.
Press the print key.
The maintenance item is run.
Press the stop/clear key.
Enter 001 using numeric or Up/Down keys, and press the print key.
End
· · · · · · · Entering the maintenance mode
· · · · · · · Selecting a maintenance item
· · · · · · · Exiting the maintenance mode
Yes
No
No
Run another maintenance mode?
YesRun the item again?
3-2-2
2A3/4
• Data settingData is changed by pressing the Up/Down keys, and the new data is set by pressing the printkey. In a maintenance item where multiple items can be changed, the item to be changedis selected by pressing on it on the touch panel.
Correcting position of FOLIO U035
LENGTH DATA : 330
WIDTH DATA : 210
330 1
2
4
3
Start
Stop/Clear
56
56
/ CMetric
Inch
Figure 3-2-1
1 Adjustment window ············· Displays the data to be set.2 Up/Down keys ····················· Changes the setting.3 Items ··································· Displays the selected item in reverse.4 Current setting ···················· Displays the previously set data by pressing the print key.5 Print key ······························ Sets the changed setting.6 Stop/clear key ····················· Cancels the change.
3-2-3
2A3/4
• Operation executionThe specified operations and auto adjustments are performed by pressing the print key. Ina maintenance item where multiple operations can be performed, the item to be executedis selected by pressing on it on the touch panel.
Drive motors and fans ON
MAIN MOTOR
CONV MOTOR
FEED MOTOR
U030
1
Start
Stop/Clear
23
23
/ CMetric
Inch
Figure 3-2-2
1 Items ··································· Displays the selected item in reverse.2 Print key ······························ Starts operation.3 Stop/clear key ····················· Stops operation.
• Interrupt copy modeOutputting a test copy or VTC pattern is required in some maintenance items. Such anoutput is enabled by pressing the interrupt key to enter interrupt copy mode.However, since this function is restricted depending on maintenance items, only outputtingmay be enabled, or a test copy even from an original may not be as good as that made innormal copy mode.To return the screen from interrupt copy mode to maintenance mode, press the interrupt keyagain.
3-2-4
2A3/4
General
Initialization
Drive,paperfeed,paperconveyingandcoolingsystem
Optical
U000 Outputting an own-status report
U001 Exiting the maintenance mode
U002 Setting the factory default data
U003 Setting the service telephone number
U004 Setting the machine number
U005 Copying without paper
U019 Displaying the ROM version
U020 Initializing all data
U021 Initializing memories
U022 Initializing backup data
U030 Checking motor operation
U031 Checking switches for paper conveying
U032 Checking clutch operation
U033 Checking solenoid operation
U034 Adjusting the print start timingAdjusting leading edge registrationAdjusting leading edge registration (second face)Adjusting the print center line
U035 Setting folio sizeLengthWidth
U036 Setting envelope sizeLengthWidth
U051 Adjusting the amount of slack in the paper beforeregistrationDrawer feedBypass feedDuplex feed
U052 Adjusting the side margins for duplex copying
U053 Performing fine adjustment of the motor speedDrive motor/paper conveying motor
U060 Adjusting the scanner input propertiesText/text and photo/photo mode
U061 Turning the exposure lamp on
U063 Adjusting the shading position
( 2 ) Maintenance mode item list
SectionItem
Maintenance item contentsInitial
No. setting*
* Initial setting for executing maintenance item U020
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
– 400
330210
242162
– 20– 5– 25
0
8
12
—
0
3-2-5
2A3/4
Optical
Highvoltage
Developing
SectionItem
Maintenance item contentsInitial
No. setting*
* Initial setting for executing maintenance item U020
U065 Adjusting the scanner magnificationMain scanning direction/auxiliary scanning direction
U066 Adjusting the scanner leading edge registration
U067 Adjusting the scanner center line
U070 Adjusting the DF magnification
U071 Adjusting the DF scanning timing
U072 Adjusting the DF center line
U073 Checking scanner operation
U080 Adjusting exposure in toner economy mode
U088 Setting the input filter (moiré reduction mode)
U089 Outputting a PG pattern
U091 Checking shading
U092 Adjusting the scanner automatically
U093 Setting the exposure density gradientText/text and photo/photo mode
U099 Checking and setting the original size detectionsensor
U100 Setting the surface potential
U101 Setting high voltagesDeveloping biasTransfer voltageSeparation voltage
U102 Setting the cleaning interval for the transfer charger
U110 Checking/clearing the drum count
U111 Checking/clearing the drum drive time
U130 Initial setting for the developer
U131 Setting the toner sensor control voltage
U132 Replenishing toner forcibly
U133 Collecting the recycled toner
U135 Checking toner motor operation
U136 Turning the toner level detection function on/off
U137 Checking the toner level detection sensor
U155 Displaying the toner sensor output
0
0
0
0
0
0
—
– 6
OFF
—
—
—
0
—
150
220/57140100
1
—
—
—
153
—
—
—
ON
—
—
3-2-6
2A3/4
Developing
Fixing andcleaning
Operationpanel andsupportequipment
Modesetting
U156 Changing the toner control levelToner feed start levelToner empty level
U157 Checking/clearing the developing drive time
U158 Checking/clearing the developing count
U160 Applying toner to the cleaning blade
U161 Setting the fixing control temperature
Normal stabilization control temperaturePrimary stabilization temperatureSecondary stabilization temperatureAging time after secondary stabilization
U162 Stabilizing fixing forcibly
U196 Turning the fixing heater on
U198 Setting the fixing phase control
U200 Turning all LEDs on
U201 Initializing the touch panel
U202 Setting the MMD host monitoring system
U203 Operating DF separately
U204 Setting the presence or absence of a key card orkey counter
U206 Setting the presence or absence of the coin vender
U209 Setting date and time
U243 Checking the operation of the DF motors, clutchesand solenoids
U244 Checking the DF switches
U245 Checking messages
U247 Checking the operation of the large paper deck andpaper feed desk
U248 Setting the paper eject device• Adjustment of the amount of slack in the paper in punch mode• Punch limit• Punch-hole scrap count• Booklet stitcher stapling position adjustment
U250 Setting the maintenance cycle
U251 Checking/clearing the maintenance count
U252 Setting the destination
U253 Switching between double and single counts
11420
—
—
—
42ppm 52ppm
180 190175 175180 190
60 120
—
—
ON
—
—
—
—
—
OFF
—
—
—
—
—
0
75000—0
150
—
—
SINGLECOUNT
SectionItem
Maintenance item contentsInitial
No. setting*
* Initial setting for executing maintenance item U020
3-2-7
2A3/4
Modesetting
Imageprocessing
Others
U254 Turning auto start function on/off
U255 Setting auto clear time
U256 Turning auto preheat/energy saver function on/off
U258 Switching copy operation at toner empty detection
U260 Changing the copy count timing
U263 Setting DF copy ejection orientation
U264 Setting date display order
U265 Setting OEM purchaser code
U330 Sets the number of copies for switching the copyeject tray in the finisher
U333 Setting the number of digits of ID-code
U334 Setting the ejection method in the saddle finisher
U343 Switching between duplex/simplex copy mode
U344 Setting preheat/energy saver mode
U345 Setting the value for maintenance due indication
U347 Setting auto drawer size detection
U348 Setting the copy density adjustment range
U350 Setting the ID-code error output
U402 Adjusting margins in image printing
U403 Adjusting margins for reading an original on thecontact glass
U404 Adjusting margins for DF original reading
U901 Checking/clearing copy counts by paper feedlocations
U904 Checking/clearing the service call counts
U905 Checking/clearing counts by optional devices
U906 Resetting partial operation control
U907 Checking and resetting the count value on eachejection location
U908 Checking the count value of the electronic counter
U990 Checking/clearing the time for the exposure lamp tolight
U992 Checking/clearing the printer count
SectionItem
Maintenance item contentsInitial
No. setting*
* Initial setting for executing maintenance item U020
ON
120
ON
SINGLEMODE, 0
EJECT
FACE-DOWN
—
—
100
4 digits
2 BIN
OFF
Energy Starapplied
0
ON
NORMAL
ON
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Maintenanceitem No.
Description
3-2-8
2A3/4
( 3 ) Contents of maintenance mode items
U000 Outputting an own-status report
DescriptionOutputs lists of the current settings of the maintenance modes, and paperjam and service call occurrences.
PurposeTo check the current setting of the maintenance modes, or paper jam orservice call occurrences.
Before initializing or replacing the backup RAM, output a list of the currentsettings of the maintenance modes to reenter the settings after initializationor replacement.
Method1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
2 Select the item to be output. The selected item is displayed in reverse.
3 Press the print key. The interrupt copy mode is entered and a list isoutput.
When A4/11" × 81/2" paper is available, a report of this size is output. Ifnot, specify the paper feed location.
When output is complete, the screen for selecting an item is displayed.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen forselecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
Display
MAINTENANCE
JAMSERVICE CALL
Output list
List of the current settings of the maintenance modesList of the paper jam occurrencesList of the service call occurrences
3-2-9
2A3/4
Maintenanceitem No.
Description
U001 Exiting the maintenance mode
DescriptionExits the maintenance mode and return to the normal copy mode.
PurposeTo exit the maintenance mode.
MethodPress the print key. The normal copy mode is entered.
U002 Setting the factory default data
DescriptionRestores the machine conditions to the factory default settings. Also anOEM purchaser code can be input.
PurposeTo reset the values such as an electronic counter. Also to move the mirrorframe of the scanner to the position for transport (position in which theframe can be fixed).
StartPress the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
Method1 Select a mode.
2 Use the numeric keys or Up/Down keys to input the OEM code.
3 Press the print key.
* The maintenance No. selection screen will appear again.
CompletionTo exit the maintenance mode without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. isdisplayed.
Display DescriptionMODE1(ALL)MODE2(SELECT)
Normal factory default settings.Factory default settings except for language*.
3-2-10
2A3/4
DescriptionMaintenance
item No.
U003 Setting the service telephone number
DescriptionSets the telephone number to be displayed when a service call code isdetected.
PurposeTo set the telephone number to call service when installing the machine.
MethodPress the print key. The currently set telephone number is displayed.
Setting1 Enter a telephone number (up to 15 digit) using the numeric keys.
To enter symbols such as hyphens and parentheses, select as requiredfrom the symbols displayed on the touch panel as shown below. Tomove the cursor, press either of the arrows in the bottom row.
2 Press the print key. The phone number is set, and the screen forselecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
CompletionTo exit the maintenance mode without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. isdisplayed.
*(
—←
#)
(Space)→
3-2-11
2A3/4
Maintenanceitem No.
Description
U004 Setting the machine number
DescriptionDisplays and changes the machine number.
PurposeTo check or set the machine number.
MethodPress the print key. The currently set machine number is displayed.
Setting1 Enter the last six digits of the machine number using the numeric key.
Do not enter the first two digits, 3 and 7.
2 Press the print key. The machine number is set.
CompletionTo exit the maintenance mode without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. isdisplayed.
3-2-12
2A3/4
DescriptionMaintenance
item No.
U005 Copying without paper
DescriptionSimulates the copy operation without paper feed.
PurposeTo check the overall operation of the machine.
Method1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
2 Select the item to be operated. The selected item is displayed inreverse.
3 Press the interrupt key. The copy mode screen is displayed.
4 Set the operation conditions required on the copy mode screen.
Changes in the following settings can be made.
• Paper feed locations
• Magnifications
• Simplex or duplex copy modes
• Number of copies: in simplex copy mode, continuous copying isperformed when set to 999; in duplex copy mode, continuous copyingis performed regardless of the setting.
• Copy density
• Keys on the operation panel other than the energy saver key
5 To control the paper feed pulley, remove all the paper in the drawers,or the drawers. With the paper present, the paper feed pulley does notoperate.
6 Press the print key. The operation starts.
Copy operation is simulated without paper under the set conditions.When operation is complete, the screen for selecting an item isdisplayed.
7 To stop continuous operation, press the stop/clear key.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen forselecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
Display OperationPPCPPC + DF
Only the copier operates.Both the copier and SRDF operate (continuous operation).
3-2-13
2A3/4
Maintenanceitem No.
Description
U019 Displaying the ROM version
DescriptionDisplays the part number of the ROM fitted to each PCB.
PurposeTo check the part number or to decide if the ROM version is new from thelast digit of the number.
Method1 Press the print key. The last six digits of the part number indicating the
ROM version are displayed.
2 Change the screen using The Up/Down keys.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.is displayed.
U020 Initializing all data
DescriptionInitializes all the backup RAM on the main PCB to return to the originalsettings.
PurposeUsed when replacing the backup RAM on the main PCB.
Method1 Press the print key. The screen for executing is displayed.
2 Press EXECUTE on the touch panel. It is displayed in reverse.
3 Press the print key. All data in the backup RAM is initialized, and theoriginal settings for Japan specifications are set.
When initialization is complete, the machine automatically returns to thesame status as when the main switch is turned on.
CompletionTo exit the maintenance mode without executing initialization, press thestop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. isdisplayed.
Display DescriptionMAINENGINEMMIFONT
SCANNERMEM1MEM2*
Main ROM ICEngine ROM ICOperation ROM ICFont ROM IC
Scanner ROM ICMemory copy ROM ICMemory copy ROM IC
* 42 ppm: optional 52 ppm: standard
3-2-14
2A3/4
DescriptionMaintenance
item No.
U021 Initializing memories
DescriptionInitializes the setting data other than that for adjustments due to variationsbetween respective machines, i.e., settings for counters, service call codedetection and modes. As a result, initializes the backup RAM according tothe specifications depending on the destination selected in U252.
PurposeUsed to return the machine settings to the factory settings.
Method1 Press the print key. The screen for executing is displayed.
2 Press EXECUTE on the touch panel. It is displayed in reverse.
3 Press the print key. All data other than that for adjustments due tovariations between machines is initialized.
When initialization is complete, the machine automatically returns to thesame status as when the main switch is turned on.
CompletionTo exit the maintenance mode without executing initialization, press thestop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. isdisplayed.
3-2-15
2A3/4
Maintenanceitem No.
Description
U022 Initializing backup data
DescriptionInitializes only the data set for the optical section.
PurposeTo be executed after replacing the scanner unit.
Method1 Press the print key. The screen for executing is displayed.
2 Press SCANNER on the touch panel. EXECUTE is displayed.
3 Press EXECUTE on the touch panel. It is displayed in reverse.
4 Press the print key. The data for the optical section (U060 to 099,U403, U404 and U990) is initialized.
CompletionTo exit the maintenance mode, press the stop/clear key. The screen forselecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
3-2-16
2A3/4
DescriptionMaintenance
item No.
U030 Checking motor operation
DescriptionDrives each motor.
PurposeTo check the operation of each motor.
Method1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
2 Select the motor to be operated. The selected item is displayed inreverse and the operation starts.
3 To stop operation, press the stop/clear key.
CompletionPress the stop key after operation stops. The screen for selecting amaintenance item No. is displayed.
Display OperationMAIN MOTOR
CONV MOTORFEED MOTOR
The drive motor operates and developing bias is applied.The paper conveying motor operates.The paper feed motor operates.
3-2-17
2A3/4
Maintenanceitem No.
Description
U031 Checking switches for paper conveying
DescriptionDisplays the on-off status of each paper detection switch on the paperpath.
PurposeTo check if the switches for paper conveying operate correctly.
Method1 Press the print key. A list of the switches, the on-off status of which can
be checked, are displayed.
2 Turn each switch on and off manually to check the status.
When the on-status of a switch is detected, that switch is displayed inreverse.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.is displayed.
Display SwitchesFEED1 SWFEED2 SWFEED3 SW FEED4 SWFEED SW
R SWEJE SWBRA SWREV SW
DUP PESWDUP1 SWDUP2 SWDUP3 SW
Paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1)Paper feed switch 2 (PFSW2)Paper feed switch 3 (PFSW3)Paper feed switch 4 (PFSW4)Feed switch (FSW)
Registration switch (RSW)Eject switch (ESW)Feedshift switch (FSSW)Switchback eject switch (SBESW)
Stock switch (STKSW)Duplex registration switch (DUPRSW)Duplex paper conveying switch (DUPPCSW)Duplex eject switch (DUPESW)
3-2-18
2A3/4
DescriptionMaintenance
item No.
U032 Checking clutch operation
DescriptionTurns each clutch on.
PurposeTo check the operation of each clutch.
Method1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
2 Select the clutch to be operated. The selected item is displayed inreverse, and the clutch turns on for 1 s.
3 To turn each clutch on while a motor is driving, press the interrupt keybefore selecting the clutch. The drive motor, paper feed motor andpaper conveying motor turn on, and the selected clutch remains on untilthe stop/clear key is pressed.
If the upper or lower paper feed clutch is turned on while a motor isdriving, paper is conveyed by the rotation of the paper feed pulley,resulting in a paper jam.
Be sure to remove the paper drawers before turning either of theseclutches on.
4 To stop the motor drive, press the interrupt copy key.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.is displayed.
Display ClutchesSB FEED F FEEDS FEEDFEED L
FEED HFEED 1FEED 2 FEED 3
REGISTEJECT SP
Bypass paper feed clutch (BYPPFCL)Upper paper feed clutch (PFCL-U)Lower paper feed clutch (PFCL-L)Feed clutch 5 (FCL5)
Feed clutch 4 (FCL4)Feed clutch 1 (FCL1)Feed clutch 2 (FCL2)Feed clutch 3 (FCL3)
Registration clutch (RCL)Eject speed switching clutch (ESCL)
3-2-19
2A3/4
Maintenanceitem No.
Description
U033 Checking solenoid operation
DescriptionTurns each solenoid on.
PurposeTo check the operation of each solenoid.
Method1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
2 Select the solenoid to be operated. The selected item is displayed inreverse, and the solenoid turns on for 1 s.
MSW OFF is selected when the operation of the main switch ischecked in auto shutoff mode.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.is displayed.
U034 Adjusting the print start timing
AdjustmentSee pages 3-3-18 and 19.
Display SolenoidsSB LIFTBRANCHEND PRETRAY FEE
TRAY CHG
MSW OFF
Bypass solenoid (BYPSOL)Feedshift solenoid (FSSOL)Duplex paper tapping solenoid (DUPPTSOL)Duplex forwarding solenoid (DUPFWDSOL)
Switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL)
The main switch turns off.
3-2-20
2A3/4
U035 Setting folio size
DescriptionChanges the image area for copying onto folio size paper.
PurposeTo prevent the image at the trailing edge, or right or left side of the paperfrom not being copied by setting the actual size of the folio paper used.
MethodPress the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
Setting1 Select the item to be set. The selected item is displayed in reverse, and
the current setting is displayed in the adjustment window.
2 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys.
3 Press the print key. The value is set.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.is displayed.
U036 Setting envelope size
DescriptionChanges the image area for printing onto an envelope when the optionalprinter unit is installed.
PurposeTo prevent the image at the trailing edge, or right or left side of the paperfrom not being printed by setting the actual size of the envelop used.
MethodPress the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
Setting1 Select the item to be set. The selected item is displayed in reverse, and
the current setting is displayed in the adjustment window.
2 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys.
3 Press the print key. The value is set.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.is displayed.
DisplayLENGTH DATA WIDTH DATA
SettingLengthWidth
Setting range330 to 356 mm220 to 220 mm
Initial setting330210
DisplayLENGTH DATA WIDTH DATA
SettingLengthWidth
Setting range162 to 242 mm98 to 162 mm
Initial setting242162
Maintenanceitem No.
Description
3-2-21
2A3/4
Maintenanceitem No.
Description
U051 Adjusting the amount of slack in the paper before registration
AdjustmentSee page 3-3-22.
U052 Adjusting the side margins for duplex copying
AdjustmentSee page 3-3-88.
U053 Performing fine adjustment of the motor speed
DescriptionPerforms fine adjustment of the speeds of the drive motor and paperconveying motor.
PurposeUsed to adjust the speed of the respective motors when the magnificationin the auxiliary scanning direction is not correct after the motor is replaced.
MethodPress the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
Setting1 Select the item to be set. The selected item is displayed in reverse, and
the current setting is displayed in the adjustment window.
2 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys.
Increasing the setting makes the motor speed faster and the imagelonger, and decreasing it makes the speed slower and the imageshorter.
3 Press the print key. The value is set.
Interrupt copy modeWhile this maintenance item is being performed, a VTC pattern shownbelow is output in interrupt copy mode.
Correct values for an A3/11" x 17" output are:
A = 150 mm
B = 300 mm
Figure 3-2-3
A
B
DisplayMAIN MOTORCONV MOTOR
DescriptionDrive motor speed adjustmentPaper conveying motor speed adjustment
Setting range0 to 14
0 to 14
Initial setting8
8
3-2-22
2A3/4
DescriptionMaintenance
item No.
U053 Adjustment1 Output an A3/11" × 17" VTC pattern in interrupt mode.
2 Measure A and B on the VTC pattern (Figure 3-2-3), and perform thefollowing adjustments if they are different from the correct sizes:
A: Drive motor adjustment
B: Paper conveying motor adjustment
CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.is displayed.
U060 Adjusting the scanner input properties
DescriptionAdjusts the image scanning density in text, text and photo, or photo mode.
PurposeUsed when the entire image appears too dark or light in the specifiedmode.
MethodPress the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
Setting1 Select the item to be set. The selected item is displayed in reverse, and
the current setting is displayed in the adjustment window.
2 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys.
Increasing the setting makes the density lower, and decreasing itmakes the density higher.
3 Press the print key. The value is set.
Interrupt copy modeWhile this maintenance item is being performed, copying from an originalcan be made in interrupt copy mode.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.is displayed.
SupplementThe following settings are also reset to the initial values by performing thismaintenance item:
• Exposure density gradient set in maintenance mode (U093)
• Auto and manual exposure set in the copy default item of the copiermanagement mode
DisplayTEXT γ adjMIX γ adjPHOTO γ adj
DescriptionDensity in text modeDensity in text and photo modeDensity in photo mode
Setting range0 to 230 to 230 to 23
Initial setting121212
3-2-23
2A3/4
Maintenanceitem No.
Description
U061 Turning the exposure lamp on
DescriptionTurns the exposure lamp on.
PurposeTo check the exposure lamp.
Method1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
2 Press the print key. The exposure lamp lights.
3 To turn the exposure lamp off, press the stop/clear key.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.is displayed.
U063 Adjusting the shading position
DescriptionChanges the shading position.
PurposeUsed when white lines continue to appear longitudinally on the image afterthe shading plate is cleaned. This is due to flaws or stains inside theshading plate. To prevent this problem, the shading position should bechanged so that shading is possible without being affected by the flaws orstains.
Method1 Press the print key. The screen for adjustment is displayed.
2 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys.
Increasing the setting moves the shading position toward the machineright, and decreasing it moves the position toward the machine left.
3 Press the print key. The value is set.
Interrupt copy modeWhile this maintenance item is being performed, copying from an originalcan be made in interrupt copy mode.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.is displayed.
DescriptionShading position
Setting range–2 to +2
Initial setting 0
Change in value per step 0.17 mm
3-2-24
2A3/4
DescriptionMaintenance
item No.
U065 Adjusting the scanner magnification
AdjustmentSee pages 3-3-36 and 37.
U066 Adjusting the scanner leading edge registration
AdjustmentSee page 3-3-39.
U067 Adjusting the scanner center line
AdjustmentSee page 3-3-38.
U070 Adjusting the DF magnification
AdjustmentSee page 3-3-96.
U071 Adjusting the DF scanning timing
AdjustmentSee page 3-3-98.
U072 Adjusting the DF center line
AdjustmentSee page 3-3-97.
3-2-25
2A3/4
Maintenanceitem No.
Description
U073 Checking scanner operation
DescriptionSimulates the scanner operation under arbitrary conditions.
PurposeTo check scanner operation.
Method1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
2 Select the item to be changed. The selected item is displayed inreverse.
3 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys.
Original sizes for each setting in SIZE
4 Press the print key. Scanning starts under the selected conditions.
5 To stop operation, press the stop/clear key.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key when scanning stops. The screen for selecting amaintenance item No. is displayed.
DisplayZOOMSIZELAMP
Operating conditionsZOOM MagnificationOriginal size LAMP on and off of the exposure lamp
Setting range25 to 400%See below.0 (off) or 1 (on)
Setting891836394041
Original sizeOriginal sizeA5RFolio11" × 17"11" × 15"81/2" × 14"81/2" × 11"51/2" × 81/2"
Setting42475253555658
A4B511" × 81/2"A3B4A4RB5R
3-2-26
2A3/4
DescriptionMaintenance
item No.
U080 Adjusting exposure in toner economy mode
DescriptionAdjusts the image density in the eco-print mode.
PurposeTo increase or decrease the image density in the eco-print mode.
MethodPress the print key. The screen for execution is displayed.
Setting1 Adjust the preset value using the Up/Down keys.
* Since this value is related to the automatic exposure adjustment in thecopy initial setting mode, ensure that the exposure step of theautomatic exposure is at the center before adjusting.
2 Press the print key. The setting is set, and the screen for maintenanceitem No. is displayed.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key when scanning stops. The screen for selecting amaintenance item No. is displayed.
DisplayExposure in toner economy mode
Setting range0 to –12
Initial value–6
3-2-27
2A3/4
Maintenanceitem No.
Description
U088 Setting the input filter (moiré reduction mode)
DescriptionTurns moiré reduction mode on and off by switching the input filter on andoff.
PurposeUsed to prevent regular density unevenness (moiré) on halftone imageareas of the copy image in text mode and text and photo mode. Suchmoiré is more likely to appear when an enlargement or reduction copy ismade in text mode from an original containing large halftone image areas.
MethodPress the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
Setting1 Select ON or OFF. The selected item is displayed in reverse.
Initial setting: OFF
If moiré on the copy image is significant, change the setting to ON. Notethat when the moiré reduction mode is turned on, the resolution may beslightly reduced.
2 Press the print key. The value is set. The screen for selecting amaintenance item No. is displayed.
CompletionTo exit the maintenance mode without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. isdisplayed.
Display DescriptionONOFF
Moiré reduction modeNormal copy mode
3-2-28
2A3/4
DescriptionMaintenance
item No.
U089 Outputting a PG pattern
DescriptionSelects and outputs the PG pattern created in the copier.
PurposeWhen performing respective image printing adjustments, used to check themachine status apart from that of the scanner with a non-scanned outputPG pattern.
Method1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
2 Select the PG pattern to be output.
Display
GRAYSCALE To check the laser scanner unit engine output characteristics.
MONO-LEVEL To check the drum quality.
256-LEVEL To check resolution reproducibility in printing.
1 DOT-LINE To check fine line reproducibility.To adjust the position of the laser scanner unit (lateral squareness)
PG pattern to be output Purpose
3-2-29
2A3/4
Maintenanceitem No.
Description
U089 3 To change the output conditions for MONO-LEVEL, change the settingusing The Up/Down keys.
Increasing the setting makes the density higher, and decreasing itmakes the density lower. Entirely white paper is output when the settingis 0, and entirely black paper is output when it is 255.
4 Press the interrupt key. The screen for copy mode is displayed.
5 Press the print key. A PG pattern is output.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen forselecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
DescriptionOutput conditions for MONO-LEVEL
Setting range0 to 255
Initial setting0
3-2-30
2A3/4
DescriptionMaintenance
item No.
U091 Checking shading
DescriptionPerforms scanning under the same conditions as before and after shadingis performed, displaying the original scanning values at nine points of thecontact glass on the touch panel.
PurposeTo check the change in original scanning values before and after shading.The results may be used to decide the causes for fixing unevenness(uneven density) of the gray area of an image: either due to optical(shading or CCD) or other problems.
Also to check the causes for a white or black line appearing longitudinally.
3-2-31
2A3/4
Maintenanceitem No.
Description
U091 Method1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
2 Select the item to be operated. The selected item is displayed inreverse.
3 Press the print key. Operation starts.
Scanning is performed under the selected conditions and the result isdisplayed.
When scanning is performed before shading, the scan value at themachine center should be slightly different from those at the machinefront and rear. When scanning is performed after shading, there shouldbe no difference between respective values. Any differences betweenthe values at machine front and rear indicates that scanner problemcauses the fixing unevenness.
If the displayed results indicate no shading problems, the fixingunevenness (uneven copy density) is caused by factors other than inthe scanner section (shading or CCD).
If a black line appears, the cause may assumed to be based on theresults of the scanning operation before shading: if a white lineappears, they may be assumed based on the results of the scanningoperation after shading. Note that depending on the thickness andlocation of the black or white line, it may not be possible to use thismethod to determine the cause. This is because the displayed valuesobtained from scanning at the limit of nine points are insufficient toprovide significant information.
Figure 3-2-4
4 Press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for entering a maintenance item isdisplayed.
DisplaySHD BEFORESHD AFTER
OperationPerforms scanning before shading and displays the result.Performs scanning after shading and displays the result.
: 011 024 015
: 001 000 000
: 004 004 000
20 mm from the machine left
200 mm from the machine left
400 mm from the machine left
Machine center100 mm from the machine center toward machine front
100 mm from machine center toward machine rear
3-2-32
2A3/4
DescriptionMaintenance
item No.
U092 Adjusting the scanner automatically
DescriptionMakes auto scanner adjustments in the order below using the specifiedoriginal.
• Adjusting the scanner center line (U067)
• Adjusting the scanner magnification in the main scanning direction(U065)
• Adjusting the scanner leading edge registration (U066)
• Adjusting scanner magnification in the auxiliary direction (U065)
When this maintenance item is performed, the settings in U065, U066 andU067 are also changed.
Purpose
Used to make respective auto adjustments for the scanner.
Method1 Place the specified original (P/N: 2AC68240) on the contact glass.
2 Press the print key. The screen for executing is displayed.
3 Press the print key. Auto adjustment starts. When adjustment iscomplete, each adjusted value is displayed.
If a problem occurs during auto adjustment, an error code is displayedand operation stops. Should this happen, determine the details of theproblem and either repeat the procedure from the beginning, or adjustthe remaining items manually by running the correspondingmaintenance items.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key after auto adjustment is complete. The screen forselecting a maintenance item is displayed.
If the stop/clear key is pressed during auto adjustment, adjustment stopsand no settings are changed.
DisplaySCAN CENTER ADJMAIN SCAN ADJ
SCAN TIMING ADJSUB SCAN ADJ
DescriptionScanner center lineScanner magnification in the main scanning directionScanner leading registrationScanner magnification in the auxiliary direction
2AD-1
3-2-33
2A3/4
Maintenanceitem No.
Description
U093 Setting the exposure density gradient
DescriptionChanges the exposure density gradient in manual density mode,depending on respective image modes (text, text and photo, photo).
PurposeTo set how the image density is altered by a change of one step in themanual density adjustment. Also used to make copy image darker orlighter.
Start1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
2 Select the image mode to be adjusted. The screen for the selected itemis displayed.
Setting1 Select the item to be adjusted. The selected item is displayed in
reverse and the current setting is displayed in the adjustment window.
2 Adjust the setting using the Up/Down keys.
Increasing the setting makes the change in density larger, anddecreasing it makes the change smaller.
Figure 3-2-5 Exposure density gradient
Image density
Density adjustment
Dark
Light
Light Center Dark
Density adjustment range: Special area
Setting: 0Setting: 3
Density adjustment range: Normal
Set to DARKERSet to LIGHTER
DescriptionDensity in text modeDensity in text and photo modeDensity in photo mode
DisplayTEXTMIXEDPHOTO
DisplayDARKER
LIGHTER
DescriptionChange in density when manual density is set darkChange in density when manual density is set light
Setting range0 to 3
0 to 3
Initial setting0
0
3-2-34
2A3/4
DescriptionMaintenance
item No.
3 Press the print key. The value is set.
4 To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
Interrupt copy modeWhile this maintenance item is being performed, copying from an originalcan be made in interrupt copy mode.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen forselecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
U099 Checking and setting the original size detection sensor
DescriptionChecks the operation of the original size detection sensor and sets thesensing threshold value.
PurposeTo adjust the sensitiveness of the sensor and size judgement time if theoriginal size detection sensor malfunctions frequently due to incident lightor the like.
Start1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
2 Select an item.
* The screen for executing each item is displayed.
Method to display the data for the sensor1 Press the print key. The detection sensor transmission data is
displayed.
Figure 3-2-6
2 To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
U093
DisplayDATAB/W LEVEL
DescriptionDisplaying detection sensor transmission dataSetting detection sensor threshold valueSetting original size judgment time
: 123 123 123
: 123 123 123
: 255 255 255
Rear of machine
Center of machine
Front of machine
3-2-35
2A3/4
Maintenanceitem No.
Description
Setting1 Select an item to be set.
Method to set the detection threshold value
1 Adjust the preset value using the Up/Down keys.
* A larger value increases the sensor sensitivity, and a smaller valuedecreases it.
2 Press the print key. The value is set.
3 To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
Method to set the original size judgment time1 Adjust the preset value using the Up/Down keys.
* A larger value increases the original size judgment time, and a smallervalue decreases it.
2 Press the print key. The value is set.
3 To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen formaintenance item No. is displayed.
U099
DisplayLEVELWAIT TIMEORIGINAL AREASIZE
DescriptionDetection sensor threshold valueOriginal size judgment time*Original size detection position display (mm)Detected original size display
* Time from activation of the original detection switch (ODSW) to original size judgment
3-2-36
2A3/4
DescriptionMaintenance
item No.
U100 Setting the surface potential
DescriptionChanges the surface potential by changing the grid control voltage. Alsoperforms main charging.
PurposeTo set the surface potential or check main charging. Also used whenreentering data after replacing the backup RAM or initializing the set data.
StartPress the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
Method for main charger output1 Select the main charger output on the screen for selecting an item:
select one from MC ON, MC ON/OFF or LASER ON/OFF on the touchpanel. The selected operation starts.
2 To stop operation, press the stop/clear key.
Setting the grid control voltage1 Press the MC DATA on the touch panel of the screen for selecting an
item.
2 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys.
Increasing the setting makes the surface potential higher, anddecreasing it makes the potential lower.
Change in value per step: approximately 3.6 V
3 Press the print key. The value is set.
Interrupt copy modeWhile this maintenance item is being performed, copying from an originalcan be made in interrupt copy mode.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item when maincharger output stops. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. isdisplayed.
DisplayMC DATAMC ONMC ON/OFFLASER ON/OFF
DescriptionChanging the grid control voltageTurning the main charger onTurning the main charger on and offTurning the main charger on and the laser scanner unit on and off
DescriptionGrid control voltage
Setting range0 to 255
Initial setting150
3-2-37
2A3/4
Maintenanceitem No.
Description
U101 Setting high voltages
DescriptionChanges the developing bias voltage, transfer voltage and separationvoltage by changing the developing bias control voltage, transfer controlvoltage and separation control voltage. Also checks the transfer outputvoltage.
PurposeTo check and change high voltages other than the main charger voltage.
Start1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
2 Select an item to be set or checked. The screen for the selected item isdisplayed.
Setting the developing bias1 Select the item to be adjusted. The selected item is displayed in
reverse, and the current setting is displayed in the adjustment window.
2 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys.
Increasing the setting makes the developing bias higher, anddecreasing it makes the bias lower.
3 Press the print key. The value is set.
4 To return to the screen for selecting in item, press the stop/clear key.
DisplayDEV BIAS SETTC SETAC SET
DescriptionSetting the developing biasSetting and checking the transfer voltageSetting the separation voltage
Display OperationDB DATA
DB DATA2
Developing bias control voltage during image formationDeveloping bias control voltage during no image formation
Setting range0 to 255
0 to 255
Initial setting220
57
3-2-38
2A3/4
DescriptionMaintenance
item No.
U101 Setting the transfer voltage1 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys.
Increasing the setting makes the transfer voltage higher, anddecreasing it makes the voltage lower.
2 Press the print key. The value is set.
3 To check the transfer voltage output, press the TC ON on the touchpanel. The currently set transfer voltage is output.
4 To stop the transfer voltage output, press the stop/clear key.
5 To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear keyafter the transfer voltage output is stopped.
Setting the separation voltage1 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys.
Increasing the setting makes the separation voltage higher, anddecreasing it makes the voltage lower.
2 Press the print key. The value is set.
3 To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
Interrupt copy modeWhile this maintenance item is being performed, copying from an originalcan be made in interrupt copy mode.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.is displayed.
Display OperationTC DATA Transfer control voltage
Setting range0 to 255
Initial setting140
Display DescriptionAC DATA Separation control voltage
Setting range0 to 255
Initial setting100
3-2-39
2A3/4
Maintenanceitem No.
Description
U102 Setting the cleaning interval for the transfer charger
DescriptionExecutes a cleaning operation for the transfer charger and changes theintervals at which the transfer charger is cleaned.
PurposeTo check the cleaning operation for the transfer charger. Also to changethe intervals for the operation. Making the intervals longer decreases thestand-by time when starting copying.
Method1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
2 To execute the cleaning operation, press TEST RUN. The cleaningoperation for the transfer charger is executed once.
Setting1 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys.
When set to 3, the transfer charger is cleaned every 3000 copies (3 by1000) counted after the main switch is turned on. When set to 0, thetransfer charger is not cleaned.
2 Press the print key. The value is set.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.is displayed.
Description Setting rangeTransfer charger cleaning operation intervals
0 to 20Initial setting1
Change in value per step1000 copies
3-2-40
2A3/4
DescriptionMaintenance
item No.
U110 Checking/clearing the drum count
DescriptionDisplays the drum counts for checking or clearing the figure, which is usedas a reference when correcting the main charger potential output.
PurposeTo check the drum status. Also used to clear the count after replacing thedrum during regular maintenance.
Since the count was cleared before shipping, do not clear it when installing.
MethodPress the print key. The drum counter count is displayed.
Clearing1 Press CLEAR on the touch panel.
2 Press the print key. The count is cleared, and the screen for selecting amaintenance item No. is displayed.
Setting1 Enter a six-digit count using the numeric keys.
2 Press the print key. The count is set, and the screen for selecting amaintenance No. is displayed.
CompletionTo exit the maintenance mode without changing the count, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
3-2-41
2A3/4
Maintenanceitem No.
Description
U111 Checking/clearing the drum drive time
DescriptionDisplays the drum drive time for checking or clearing a figure, which isused as a reference when correcting the high voltage based on time.
PurposeTo check the drum status. Also used to clear the drive time after replacingthe drum.
MethodPress the print key. The drum drive time is displayed in minutes.
Clearing1 Press CLEAR on the touch panel.
2 Press the print key. The time is cleared, and the screen for selecting amaintenance item No. is displayed.
Setting1 Enter a five-digit drive time (in minutes) using the numeric keys.
2 Press the print key. The time is set, and the screen for selecting amaintenance No. is displayed.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the time, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
3-2-42
2A3/4
DescriptionMaintenance
item No.
U130 Initial setting for the developer
DescriptionAutomatically sets the toner sensor control voltage and toner feed startlevel for the installed developer.
PurposeTo set the initial settings for the developer when installing the machine orreplacing the developer.
Method1 Press the print key. The screen for executing is displayed.
2 Press the print key. The initial settings for the developer is set, and theresult is displayed.
The toner sensor output value is displayed on the right side of thescreen.
SupplementThe following data is also renewed or cleared by performing thismaintenance item:
• Renewing the toner sensor control voltage (U131)
• Renewing the toner feed start level (U156)
• Clearing the developing drive time (U157)
• Clearing the developing count (U158)
• Resetting the toner feed start level and toner empty detection
CompletionAfter initial setting is complete, press the stop/clear key. The screen forselecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
DescriptionToner sensor control voltageToner feed start levelAbsolute humidity
DisplayCONTROLTARGETHUMID
3-2-43
2A3/4
Maintenanceitem No.
Description
U131 Setting the toner sensor control voltage
DescriptionDisplays or changes the toner sensor control voltage automatically set inmaintenance item U130.
PurposeTo check the automatically set toner sensor control voltage. Also to changethe toner density if an image is too dark or light.
MethodPress the print key. The current setting for the toner sensor control voltageis displayed.
Setting1 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys.
Increasing the setting makes the density higher, and decreasing itmakes the density lower.
Increasing the setting too high may result in toner scattering.
2 Press the print key. The value is set.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item isdisplayed.
DescriptionToner sensor control voltage
Setting range0 to 255
Initial setting153
3-2-44
2A3/4
DescriptionMaintenance
item No.
U132 Replenishing toner forcibly
DescriptionReplenishes toner forcibly until the toner sensor output value reaches thetoner feed start level.
PurposeUsed when the toner empty is detected frequently.
Method1 Press the print key. The screen for executing is displayed.
2 Press the print key. Operation starts, and the current data is displayed.
Toner is replenished until the toner sensor output value reaches thetoner feed start level.
To stop operation, press the start/clear key.
The current toner sensor output value is displayed on the right side ofthe screen.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key when toner replenishment stops. The screen forselecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
U133 Collecting the recycled toner
DescriptionTransfers residual toner in the cleaning section, toner main hopper andtoner sub hopper to the developing unit.
PurposeTo dispose of residual toner inside the machine when the developer isreplaced. Be sure to run this maintenance item before replacing thedeveloper. Failing to do so could lead to toner scattering.
There is no need to run this maintenance item if the developer is to beloaded for the first time in such occasion as machine installation.
DisplayTARGET (NOW)CONTROL (NOW)HUMID
DescriptionCurrent toner feed start levelCurrent toner sensor control voltageAbsolute humidity
3-2-45
2A3/4
Maintenanceitem No.
Description
Method1 Press the print key. The screen for executing is displayed.
2 Press ON on the touch panel. The selected item is displayed inreverse.
3 Press the print key. The toner recycle motor turn on and recycled tonercollection is performed for approximately 5 minutes. The ON display onthe touch panel flashes during the operation and returns to the normalstate when it ends.
To interrupt operation, press the stop/clear key.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key when operation stops. The screen for selecting amaintenance item No. is displayed.
U135 Checking toner motor operation
DescriptionDrives the toner feed motor or toner recycle motor.
PurposeTo check the operation of the toner feed motor or toner recycle motor.
CautionNote that driving either of the motors unnecessarily long may cause a tonerjam, resulting in machine lockup. Be sure to drive each motor for justseveral seconds.
Method1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
2 Select the motor to be driven. The selected motor is displayed inreverse, and operation starts.
3 To stop operation, press the stop clear key.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key when operation stops. The screen for selecting amaintenance item No. is displayed.
DescriptionMOTOR 1MOTOR 2
OperationToner feed motor driveToner recycle motor drive
U133
3-2-46
2A3/4
DescriptionMaintenance
item No.
U136 Turning the toner level detection function on/off
DescriptionTurning the control based on the toner level sensor output on/off.
PurposeTo enable copying using the toner in the developing section after the tonerlevel in the toner hopper decreases, by turning the control function off
MethodPress the print key.
Setting1 Press ON or OFF to change the operation.
Initial setting: ON
2 Press the print key. The setting is set , and the screen for entering amaintenance item is displayed.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. isdisplayed.
U137 Checking the toner level detection sensor
DescriptionDisplays the detection status of the toner level detection sensor and tonerhopper lockup detection sensor.
PurposeTo check the toner level and recycle toner level in the toner hopper.
Method1 Press the print key. The detected status of the each sensor is
displayed.
When there is toner or if the sensor connector is disconnected, on isdetected , and the corresponding display is displayed in reverse.
CompletionPress the stop clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.is displayed.
DisplayON
OFF
DescriptionControls based on the detection by the toner sensor detection sensor.Ignores the detection by the toner level detection sensor.
DisplayTE1 SWTE2 SW
DescriptionToner level detection sensor (toner level in the toner hopper)Toner hopper lockup detection sensor (recycle toner level)
3-2-47
2A3/4
Maintenanceitem No.
Description
U155 Displaying the toner sensor output
DescriptionDisplays the toner sensor output value , and related data.
PurposeTo check the toner sensor output value.
Method1 Press the print key. The screen for executing is displayed.
2 Press the print key. The current data is displayed.
The current toner sensor output value is displayed on the right side ofthe screen.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.is displayed.
DisplayTARGET (NOW)
CONTROL (NOW)HUMID
DescriptionCurrent toner feed level (corrected value for humidity and drive time)Current toner sensor control voltageAbsolute humidity
3-2-48
2A3/4
DescriptionMaintenance
item No.
U156 Changing the toner control level
DescriptionChanges the toner feed start level set in maintenance item U130 or thetoner empty level to be determined by the difference from the toner feedstart level.
PurposeTo check the toner feed start level and toner empty level.
MethodPress the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
Setting for the toner feed start level1 Press TARGET.
2 Change the setting using the Up/Down key.
Increasing the setting makes the toner density lower.
3 Press the print key. The value is set.
Setting for the toner empty level1 Press EMPTY.
2 Change the setting using the Up/Down key.
Increasing the setting makes the toner empty level higher: the tonerdensity is lower when the toner empty is detected.
3 Press the print key. The value is set.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting maintenance item No. isdisplayed.
DisplayTARGETEMPTY
DescriptionToner feed start levelDifference between the toner feed start level and toner empty level
DescriptionToner feed start level
Setting range0 to 255
Initial setting114
DescriptionDifference between the toner feed start level and the toner empty level
Setting range0 to 255
Initial setting20
3-2-49
2A3/4
Maintenanceitem No.
Description
U157 Checking/clearing the developing drive time
DescriptionChecks or clears the developing drive time, which is used as a referencewhen correcting the toner control. It is automatically cleared when U130 isexecuted.
PurposeTo check the developing drive time after replacing the developer.
MethodPress the print key. The developing drive time is displayed in minutes.
Clearing1 Press CLEAR on the touch panel.
2 Press the print key. The count is set, and the screen for selecting amaintenance item No. is displayed.
Setting1 Enter a five-digit drive time (in minutes) using the numeric keys.
2 Press the print key. The time is set, and the screen for selecting amaintenance No. is displayed.
CompletionTo exit the maintenance mode without changing the time, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
U158 Checking/clearing the developing count
DescriptionChecks or clears the developing count, which is used as a reference whencorrecting the toner control. It is automatically cleared when U130 isexecuted.
PurposeTo check the developing count after replacing the developer.
MethodPress the print key. The developing count is displayed.
Clearing1 Press CLEAR on the touch panel.
2 Press the print key. The count is set, and the screen for selecting amaintenance item No. is displayed.
Setting1 Enter a six-digit count using the numeric keys.
2 Press the print key. The count is set, and the screen for selecting amaintenance No. is displayed.
CompletionTo exit the maintenance mode without changing the count, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
2AD-1
3-2-50
2A3/4
DescriptionMaintenance
item No.
U160 Applying toner to the cleaning blade
DescriptionApplies toner to the cleaning blade.
PurposeTo apply toner to the drum to coat the cleaning blade. To be executedwhen replacing or cleaning the cleaning blade or the drum.
Method1 Press the print key. The screen for executing is displayed.
2 Press the print key. Operation starts.
When the operation is complete, the screen for selecting amaintenance item No. is displayed.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without performing operation, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
3-2-51
2A3/4
Maintenanceitem No.
Description
U161 Setting the fixing control temperature
DescriptionChanges the fixing control temperature.
PurposeNormally no change is necessary. However, can be used to prevent curledor creased paper, or solve a fixing problem on thick paper.Also used to output a test pattern for measuring fixing pressure.
MethodPress the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
Setting1 Select the item to be set. The selected item is displayed in reverse, and
the current setting is displayed in the adjustment window.
2 Change the setting using the Up/Down key.
The respective temperatures are to be set such that CONTROL TEMP≥ SECOND ≥ TEMPFIRST TEMP.
3 Press the print key. The value is set.
Interrupt copy modeWhile this maintenance item is being performed, a test pattern formeasuring fixing pressure is output in interrupt copy mode (see page 3-3-79).
CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting maintenance item No. isdisplayed.
Display
CONTROL TEMP
FIRST TEMP
SECOND TEMP
RUNNING TIME
Description
Normal stabilization fixing temperaturePrimary stabilization fixing temperatureSecondary stabilization fixing temperatureAging time after secondary stabilization
Setting range
100 to 200 (°C)
100 to 200 (°C)
100 to 200 (°C)
0 to 120 (s)
Initial setting42 ppm 52 ppm
180
175
180
60
190
175
190
120
3-2-52
2A3/4
DescriptionMaintenance
item No.
U162 Stabilizing fixing forcibly
DescriptionStops the stabilization fixing drive forcibly, regardless of fixing temperature.
PurposeTo forcibly stabilize the machine before the fixing section reachesstabilization temperature.
Method1 Press the print key. The screen for executing is displayed.
2 Press the print key. The forced stabilization mode is entered, andstabilization operation stops. The screen for selecting a maintenanceitem No. is displayed.
To exit the forced stabilization mode, turn the power off and on.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without executing forced fixing stabilization,press the stop clear key.
U196 Turning the fixing heater on
DescriptionTurns the fixing heater on.
PurposeTo check fixing heaters M or S.
Method1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
2 Select the heater to be turned on. The selected heater turns on for 3 sand then turns off.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key when fixing motors M and S are off. The screenfor selecting the maintenance item No. is displayed.
DisplayMAINSUB
DescriptionFixing heater M (H1)Fixing heater S (H2)
3-2-53
2A3/4
Maintenanceitem No.
Description
U198 Setting the fixing phase control
DescriptionSets the use of fixing phase control to reduce electrical noise generated bythe copier.
PurposeNormally no change is necessary. If electrical noise generated by thecopier causes flickering of the lights around the copier, select fixing phasecontrol to reduces the noise.
MethodPress the print key.
Setting1 Press ON or OFF to change operation.
Initial setting: ON for metric and OFF for inch specifications
2 Press the print key. The setting is set. The screen for selecting amaintenance item No. is displayed.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. isdisplayed.
U200 Turning all LEDs on
DescriptionTurns all the LEDs on the operation panel on.
PurposeTo check if all the LEDs on the operation panel light
MethodPress the print key. All the LEDs on the operation panel light.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key or wait for 10 s. The LEDs turns off, and thescreen for selecting a maintenance mode is displayed.
DisplayONOFF
DescriptionFixing phase control presentFixing phase control absent
3-2-54
2A3/4
DescriptionMaintenance
item No.
U201 Initializing the touch panel
DescriptionAutomatically correct the positions of the X- and Y-axes of the touch panel.
PurposeTo automatically correct the display positions on the touch panel after it isreplaced.
Method1 Press the print key. The screen for executing is displayed, and the +
key displayed at the upper left of the touch panel flashes.
2 Press on the center of the + key. The + key on lower right flashes.
3 Press the center of the flashing +. Initialization of the touch panel iscomplete, and the screen for selecting a maintenance item No. isdisplayed.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without initializing, press the stop/clear key.The screen for selecting a maintenance mode No. is displayed.
3-2-55
2A3/4
Maintenanceitem No.
Description
U202 Setting the MMD host monitoring system
DescriptionInitializes or operates the MMD host monitoring system*
* Optional for 120 V specifications only.
PurposeUsed when setting up the machine or during regular maintenance or repair.
Method1 Press the print key. The basic status screen is displayed.
2 Operates the device following the instructions on the touch panel.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key on the basic screen. The screen for selecting amaintenance item No. is displayed.
Maintenance item No. select screen U202
Technician arrive
Maintenance count clear
Service report (leave)
Phone number setting
Device initialization
• To initialize the MMD host monitoring system, run the following modes in order:· Phone number setting 4· Device initialization 5
• During regular maintenance or service· Technician arrive 1· Maintenance count clear 2· Service report (leave) 3
12345
Maintenance item No. select screen
[Basic status]
Stop/clear key
3-2-56
2A3/4
DescriptionMaintenance
item No.
Ready to sendPush print key
Transmission start
Basic status screen
Stop/clear key
Stop/clear key
Print key
1 2
Maintenance parts check/clearSelect parts & push clear
DRUM
DEVELOPER
FIXING ROLLER
BLADE
MAIN CHARGER
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000 Clear
Checkmark the replaced parts.
Counts are cleared.
Basic status screen
Clear
Ready to sendPush print key
Print key
U202
Maintenance parts check/clearSelect parts & push clear
SEP.CLAW MOUNT
SEP.CLAW ASS'Y
HEAT ROLLER
PRESS ROLLER
FIX HEATER M
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000 Clear
U202
3-2-57
2A3/4
DescriptionMaintenance
item No.
Phone number settingSet mode
U202
Prefix code
Host tel No.
Suffix code
Dial type
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
Set Tone Pulse10
Pulse20
Select an item and enter the digits
using numeric keys.
Press the interrupt key to enter a space.
4
The phone number is stored.
Basic status screen
Set
Print key
Preventive maintenance
Repair
PM & Repair
Courtesy call
Ready to sendPush print key
Ready to sendPush print key
Transmission starts.
Print key
Stop/clear key
Select an item.
Basic status screen
3
Service report (leave)Select a mode
U202
Stop/clear key
3-2-58
2A3/4
DescriptionMaintenance
item No.
Standard
Special by MODEL
Retry initialization
PPC ID 000000 Model 000000
StandardSpecial by MODEL
5
5 – 1
Device initializationSelect a mode
U202
Device initializationSelect a mode
U202
Device initializationSelect a mode
U202
Enter the digits using the numeric keys and press the print key.
Enter the digits using the numeric keys and press the print key.
Enter the digits using the numeric keys and press the print key.
Enter the digits using the numeric keys and press the print key.
PPC ID
Initialization ID
000000
000000
Model
Personal ID
000000
000000
Device initializationSelect a mode
U202 Device initializationSelect a mode
U202
Enter the digits using the numeric keys and press the print key.
PPC ID
Initialization ID
Total count
000000
000000
00000000
Model
Personal ID
Total count
000000
000000
00000000
Device initializationSelect a mode
U202 Device initializationSelect a mode
U202
Enter the digits using the numeric keys and press the print key.
Stop/clear key
Stop/clear key
3-2-59
2A3/4
DescriptionMaintenance
item No.
5 – 1
Ready to sendPush print key
Initialization starts.
Print key
Check
Initializationsucceeded?
Check
Initialization successful
Basic status screen
Check
xxxx (Reason for failure)
Check
MMD system problem?
No
Screen depending on the reason for failure
Yes
5 – 1
Retry initialization
No
Yes
Standard
Special by MODEL
Retry initialization
Device initializationSelect a mode
U202
3-2-60
2A3/4
DescriptionMaintenance
item No.
U203 Operating DF separately
DescriptionSimulates the original conveying operation separately in the SRDF.
PurposeTo check the SRDF.
Method1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
2 Set the magnification to between 25 and 200% using the Up/Downkeys.
3 Place an original in the SRDF if running this simulation with paper.
4 Select the item to be operated. The selected item is displayed inreverse and operation starts.
5 To stop continuous operation, press the stop/clear key.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key when the operation stops. The screen forselecting the maintenance item No. is displayed.
DisplayADF MODERADF MODEADF MODE (NON-PAPER)
RADF MODE (NON-PAPER)
OperationWith paper, single-sided originalWith paper, double-sided originalWithout paper, single-sided original (continuous operation)Without paper, double-sided original (continuous operation)
3-2-61
2A3/4
Maintenanceitem No.
Description
U204 Setting the presence or absence of a key card or key counter
DescriptionSets the presence or absence of the optional key card or key counter.
PurposeA key card is not available for metric specifications. The setting for theHECON key card, which is supported by inch-specification machines, is notnecessary in this maintenance item.
MethodPress the start key.
Setting1 Select the optional counter to be installed. The selected counter is
displayed in reverse.
Pressing the reversed item again resets the selection.
2 Press the print key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. isdisplayed.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. isdisplayed.
DisplayKEY CARDKEY COUNTER
DescriptionThe key card is installed.The key counter is installed.
3-2-62
2A3/4
DescriptionMaintenance
item No.
U206 Setting the presence or absence of the coin vender
DescriptionSets the presence or absence of the optional coin vender. Also sets thedetails for coin vender operation, such as mode and unit price.
This is an optional device which is currently supported only by Japanesespecification machines, so no setting is necessary.
3-2-63
2A3/4
Maintenanceitem No.
Description
U209 Setting date and time
DescriptionSets the real time clock, which is used as a reference when correctingdrum time.
PurposeTo set the date and time after initializing data.
Method1 Press the print key. The screen for executing is displayed. The current
setting for the year is displayed.
2 Set the year (last two digits of the year) using the numeric or Up/Downkeys and press the print key. The current setting for the month isdisplayed.
3 Set the month using the numeric or Up/Down keys and press the printkey. The current setting for the date is displayed.
4 Set the date using the numeric or Up/Down keys and press the printkey. The current setting for the day of the week is displayed.
5 Set the day of the week using the numeric or Up/Down keys and pressthe print key. The current time setting for hours is displayed.
6 Set the time (hours, 0 to 23) using the numeric or Up/Down keys andpress the print key. The current time setting for minutes is displayed.
7 Set the minutes using the numeric or Up/Down keys and press the printkey. Setting is complete, and the screen for selecting a maintenanceitem No. is displayed.
SupplementTo return to the last screen, press the stop/clear key while setting.
CompletionTo stop this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key at the screen for the year setting. The screen forselecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
DescriptionMondayTuesdayWednesdayThursdayFridaySaturdaySunday
Setting1234567
3-2-64
2A3/4
DescriptionMaintenance
item No.
U243 Checking the operation of the DF motors, clutches and solenoids
DescriptionTurns the SRDF motors, clutches or solenoids on.
PurposeTo check the operation of the SRDF motors, clutches and solenoids.
Method1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
2 Select the item to be operated. The selected item is displayed inreverse, and operation starts.
3 To turn each motor off, press the stop/clear key.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key when operation stops. The screen for selecting amaintenance item No. is displayed.
DisplayF MOTORC MOTORFEED CLEJ JCT SLREV JCT SLFEED SLREVPRS SL
Motors, clutches and solenoidsOriginal feed motor (OFM)Original paper conveying motor (OCM)Original feed clutch (OFCL)Eject feedshift solenoid (EFSSOL)Switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL)Original feed solenoid (OFSOL)Switchback pressure solenoid (SBPSOL)
OperationIn operationIn operationOn for 0.5 sOn for 0.5 sOn for 0.5 sOn and offOn and off
3-2-65
2A3/4
Maintenanceitem No.
Description
U244 Checking the DF switches
DescriptionDisplays the status of the respective switches on the SRDF.
PurposeTo check if respective switches on the SRDF operate correctly.
Start1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
2 Select the type of switches (SW or VR) to be checked. The screen forexecuting is displayed.
Method for the on/off switches1 Turn the respective switches on and off manually to check the status.
If the on-status of a switch is detected, the corresponding switch isdisplayed in reverse.
2 To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
Method for the volume switch1 Move the original insertion guides to check the detection status of the
original size width switch.
As shown on the next page, the detected original width is displayed asa numerical value with the decimals omitted.
DisplaySWVR
Type of switchesOn/off switchesVolume switch
DisplaySET SWFEED SWREV SWTMG SW
SZ A SW
SwitchesOriginal set switch (OSSW)Original feed switch (OFSW)Original switchback switch (OSBSW)DF timing switch (DFTSW)
Original size length switch (OSLSW)
3-2-66
2A3/4
DescriptionMaintenance
item No.
U244
For example, if any value between 105 and 139 is displayed when theoriginal insertion guides are adjusted for A4R paper, it indicates that theoriginal width is detected correctly.
2 To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen forselecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
Numerical value
A5R
B5R
Folio/A4R
B4/B5
CF (11" × 15")
A3/A4
Original width to be detected
51/2" × 81/2"
81/2" × 14"/81/2" × 11"
11" × 17"/11" × 15"/11" × 81/2"
000
49.664
50.176
61.440
61.952
103.936
104.448
139.264
139.776
146.432
146.994
197.120
197.632
197.720
223.232
256
····
····
····
····
····
····
····
····
····
····
····
····
····
····
····
3-2-67
2A3/4
Maintenanceitem No.
Description
U245 Checking messages
DescriptionDisplays a list of messages on the touch panel of the operation panel.
PurposeTo check the messages to be displayed.
Method1 Press the print key.
2 Change the screen using the Up/Down keys to display each messageone at a time.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.is displayed.
U247 Checking the operation of the large paper deck and paper feed desk
DescriptionTurns on motors and clutches of the large paper deck*1 or the upper andlower drawers of the optional paper feed desk*2.*1: 42 ppm:optional/52 ppm: standard.*2: Optonal for 42 ppm only.
PurposeTo check the operation of motors and clutches of the respective paper feeddevices.
Start1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
2 Select the paper feed device to be checked. The screen for executingis displayed.
Method1 Press the item to be operated. The selected item is displayed in
reverse and operation starts.
• Large paper deck
Display3000 DECK500 × 2 DESK
Paper feed deviceLarge paper deckUpper and lower drawers of the paper feed desk
DisplayLCF MOTL CLPCL1
PCL2
Motors and clutchesDeck paper conveying motor (CM)Paper feed clutch 1 (PFCL1)Paper conveying clutch (CCL)
Paper feed clutch 2 (PFCL2)
OperationOn for 5 sOn for 1sOn for 1s
On for 1s
3-2-68
2A3/4
DescriptionMaintenance
item No.
U247 • Upper and lower drawers of the paper feed desk
2 To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen forselecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
U248 Setting the paper eject device
DescriptionAdjusts the amount of slack in the paper for the optional finisher in punchmode when it is attached. Also sets the punch limit and displays and clearsthe punch-hole scrap count. Adjusts the booklet stapling position for eachpaper size when the optional booklet stitcher is attached.
Purpose• Adjustment of the amount of slack in the paper in punch mode
Adjusts the amount of slack in the paper while in the punch section if,in punch mode, paper jams or is Z-folded frequently due to too muchslack in the paper, or, the position of punch holes varies due to toolittle slack in the paper.
• Punch limit setting
Sets the punch limit to notify the user of the time to collect punch-holescrap.
• Punch-hole scrap count display (clearing)
Used to manually clear the punch-hole scrap count if a messagerequiring collection of punch-hole scrap is shown on the touch panelafter collection. If punch-hole scrap is collected with the copier powerturned off, the punch-hole scrap count is not cleared andconsequently this problem occurs.
• Booklet stapling position adjustment
Adjusts the booklet stapling position in the stitching mode if theposition is not proper.
DisplayDESK MOTFEED CLUPP CLLOW CL
Motors and clutchesDesk drive motor (DDM)Desk feed clutch (DFCL)Upper desk paper feed clutch (DPFCL-U)Lower desk paper feed clutch (DPFCL-L)
OperationOn for 5 sOn for 1 sOn for 1sOn for 1s
3-2-69
2A3/4
Maintenanceitem No.
Description
Start
Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
Setting the amount of slack in the paper
1 Select PUNCH TIMING on the screen for selecting an item.
2 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys.
I f the position of punch holes varies, increase the setting to make theamount of slack larger.If paper jams or is Z-folded frequently, decrease the setting to makethe amount of slack smaller.Changing the value by 1 changes the amount of slack by 1.25 mm.
3 Press the print key. The value is set.
4 To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
Setting the punch limit or displaying the punch-hole scrap count1 Select PUNCH LIMIT on the screen for selecting an item.
2 Select the item to be set.
3 Change the setting using the numeric keys or the Up/Down keys.
To clear the punch-hole scrap count, press the all clear/reset key.
PUNCH LIMIT can be changed in increments of 1000 times.
When the punch-hole scrap count reaches the punch limit, “Checkpunch waste tank.” is displayed on the touch panel.
4 Press the print key. The value is set.
5 To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
DescriptionPunch timing
Setting range–15 to +15
Initial setting0
DescriptionAmount of slack in the paper
Setting range–15 to +15
Initial setting0
DisplayPUNCH LIMIT
PUNCH CNT
DescriptionPunch limit (maximum number of punching times)Punch-hole scrap count (current number of punching times)
Setting range0 to 999000
0 to 999999
Initial setting75000
—
DisplayPUNCH TIMING
PUNCH LIMITSADDLE ADJUST
DescriptionAdjustment of the amount of slack inthe paper in punch modePunch limit/punch-hole scrap countBooklet stapling position adjustment
U248
3-2-70
2A3/4
DescriptionMaintenance
item No.
U248 Setting the booklet stapling position
1 Select SADDLE ADJUST on the screen for selecting an item.
2 Select the size to be set.
3 Adjust the preset value using the Up/Down keys.
4 Press the print key. The value is set.
5 To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen forselecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
Display
A4R
B4R
A3R
Description
Adjustment of booklet stapling position for A4R sizeAdjustment of booklet stapling position for B4R sizeAdjustment of booklet stapling position for A3R size
Setting range
–125 to +125
–125 to +125
–125 to +125
Initial setting0
0
0
Chang in valueper step0.25 mm
0.25 mm
0.25 mm
Left stapling Right stapling Adjustment method
Proper
Increase the preset value.
Decrease the preset value.
Upper side is longer.
Lower side is longer.
Lower side is longer.
Upper side is longer.
3-2-71
2A3/4
Maintenanceitem No.
Description
U250 Setting the maintenance cycle
DescriptionDisplays and changes the maintenance cycle.
PurposeTo check and change the maintenance cycle.
MethodPress the print key. The current setting is displayed as follows:
Maintenance cycle (number of copies) = setting × 1000
Setting1 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys.
For example, when set to 120, the maintenance cycle is set to 120000.
Pressing the Up key when set to 600 rolls over the setting to 0.
2 Press the start key. The value is set , and the screen for selecting amaintenance item No. is displayed.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
U251 Checking/clearing the maintenance count
DescriptionDisplays, clears and changes the maintenance count.
PurposeTo check the maintenance count. Also to clear the count duringmaintenance service.
MethodPress the print key. The maintenance count is displayed.
Clearing1 Press CLEAR on the touch panel.
2 Press the print key. The count is set, and the screen for selecting amaintenance item is displayed.
Setting1 Enter a six-digit count using the numeric key.
2 Press the print key. The count is set , and the screen for selecting amaintenance item is displayed.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the count, press the stop/clear key. The screen for entering a maintenance item No. is displayed.
DescriptionMaintenance cycle
Setting range0 to 600
Initial setting150
Change in value per step1000 (copies)
2AD-1
3-2-72
2A3/4
DescriptionMaintenance
item No.
U252 Setting the destination
DescriptionSwitches the operations and screens of machines according to therespective destinations.
PurposeTo be executed after replacing the backup RAM on the main PCB orinitializing the backup RAM by running maintenance item U020, in order toreturn the setting to the value before replacement or initialization.
MethodPress the print key. The screen for entering an item is displayed.
Setting1 Select the destination. The selected item is displayed in reverse.
2 Press the print key. The value is set, and the screen for selecting amaintenance item No. is displayed.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the count, press the stop/clear key. The screen for entering a maintenance item No. is displayed.
SupplementThe specified initial settings are provided according to the destinations inthe maintenance items below. To change the initial settings in those items,be sure to run maintenance item U021 after changing the destination.
• Initial setting according to the destinations
DisplayJAPAN METRICINCHEUROPE METRICASIA PACIFIC
DescriptionMetric (Japan) specificationsInch specificationsMetric (Europe) specificationsMetric (Asia Pacific) specifications
Maintenance item No.198 253 255 347 348
Title Setting the fixing phase controlSwitching between double and single countsSetting auto clear time Setting auto drawer size detectionSetting copy density adjustment range
Japan ON SINGLE COUNT 120 s ON NORMAL
Inch OFF DOUBLE COUNT90 s ON SPECIAL AREA
Europe Metric, Asia PacificON DOUBLE COUNT90 s OFF SPECIAL AREA
3-2-73
2A3/4
Maintenanceitem No.
Description
U253 Switching between double and single counts
DescriptionSwitches the count system for the total count and other counts.
PurposeAccording to user (copy service provider) request, select if A3/11" x 17"paper is to be counted as one sheet (single count) or two sheets (doublecount).
MethodPress the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
Setting1 Select double or single count.
Initial setting: DOUBLE COUNT
2 Press the print key. The value is set, and the screen for selecting anmaintenance item No. is displayed.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting an maintenance item No. isdisplayed.
DisplayDOUBLE COUNTSINGLE COUNT
DescriptionDouble count for A3/11" × 17" paper onlySingle count for all size paper
3-2-74
2A3/4
DescriptionMaintenance
item No.
U254 Turning auto start function on/off
DescriptionSelects if the auto start function is turned on.
PurposeNormally no change is necessary. If incorrect operation occurs, turn thefunction off: this may solve the problem.
MethodPress the start key. The screen for entering an item is displayed.
Setting1 Select either ON or OFF. The selected item is displayed in reverse.
Initial setting: ON
2 Press the print key. The setting is set. The screen for selecting amaintenance item is displayed.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. isdisplayed.
DisplayONOFF
DescriptionAuto start function onAuto start function off
3-2-75
2A3/4
Maintenanceitem No.
Description
U255 Setting auto clear time
DescriptionSets the time to return to initial settings after copying is complete.
PurposeTo be set according to frequency of use. Set to a comparatively long timefor continuous copying at the same settings, and a comparatively shorttime for frequent copying at various settings.
MethodPress the print key. The value is set. Current settings are displayed.
Setting1 Change the setting using the Up/Down key.
The setting can be changed by 30 s per step. Pressing the Up keywhen set to 270 rolls over the setting to 0.
When set to 0, the auto clear function is cancelled.
2 Press the print key. The value is set. The screen for selecting amaintenance item is displayed.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. isdisplayed.
DescriptionAuto clear time
Setting range0 to 270
Initial setting90
3-2-76
2A3/4
DescriptionMaintenance
item No.
U256 Turning auto preheat/energy saver function on/off
DescriptionSelects if the auto preheat/energy saver function is turned on. When set toON, the time to enter preheat/energy saver mode can be changed in copymanagement mode.
PurposeAccording to user request, to set the preheat time to save energy, orenable copying promptly without the recovery time from preheat mode.
MethodPress the print key. The setting is set. The screen for selecting an item isdisplayed.
Setting1 Select ON or OFF. The selected item is displayed in reverse.
Initial setting: ON
2 Press the print key. The setting is set. The screen for selecting amaintenance item is displayed.
When change from OFF to ON, the initial value of 15 min. is set.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. isdisplayed.
DisplayONOFF
DescriptionAuto preheat/energy saver function onAuto preheat/energy saver function off
3-2-77
2A3/4
Maintenanceitem No.
Description
U258 Switching copy operation at toner empty detection
DescriptionSelects if continuous copying is enabled after toner empty is detected, andsets the number of copies that can be made after the detection.
MethodPress the print key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1 Select single or continuous copying. The selected item is displayed in
reverse.
Initial setting: SINGLE MODE
2 Set the number of copies that can be made using the Up/Down keys.
The setting can be changed by 5 copies per step.
When set to 0, the number of copies is not limited regardless of thesetting for single or continuous copying.
3 Press the print key. The setting is set , and the screen for entering amaintenance item No. is displayed.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item isdisplayed.
DisplaySINGLE MODECONTINUE MODE
DescriptionEnables only single copying.Enables single and continuous copying.
DescriptionNumber of copies after toner empty detection
Setting range0 to 200 (copies)
Initial setting0
3-2-78
2A3/4
DescriptionMaintenance
item No.
U260 Changing the copy count timing
DescriptionChanges the copy count timing for the total counter and other counters.
PurposeTo be set according to user (copy service provider) request.
If a paper jam occurs frequently in the finisher when the number of copiesis counted at the time of paper ejection, copies are provided without copycounts. The copy service provider cannot charge for such copying. Toprevent this, the copy timing should be made earlier.
If a paper jam occurs frequently in the paper conveying or fixing sectionswhen the number of copies is counted before the paper reaches thosesections, copying is charged without a copy being made. To prevent this,the copy timing should be made later.
MethodPress the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
Setting1 Select the copy count timing.
Initial setting: EJECT
2 Press the print key. The setting is set , and the screen for entering amaintenance item No. is displayed.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item isdisplayed.
DisplayCOUNT:FEEDCOUNT:EJEC
DescriptionWhen secondary paper feed starts.When the paper is ejected.
3-2-79
2A3/4
Maintenanceitem No.
Description
U263 Setting DF copy ejection orientation
DescriptionSets the copy paper ejection orientation in DF copying.
PurposeTo set face up ejection to eject the same order as the originals when usingspecial papers such as tracing paper and film as copy medium.
MethodPress the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
Setting1 Select an ejection orientation.
Initial setting: Face down
2 Press the print key. The setting is set , and the screen for entering amaintenance item No. is displayed.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item isdisplayed.
DisplayFACE-DOWN (NORMAL)FACE-UP (SPEED)FACE-UP (MEMORY)
DescriptionFace down ejection.Face up ejection with bitmap copy.Face up ejection with memory copy.
3-2-80
2A3/4
DescriptionMaintenance
item No.
U264 Setting date display order
DescriptionSets the order of year, month, and day for output on a list and the like.
PurposeSelects the order according to user request.
MethodPress the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
Setting1 Select the order of display.
Initial setting: inch: Month - day - yearmetric: Day - month - year
2 Press the print key. The setting is set , and the screen for entering amaintenance item No. is displayed.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item isdisplayed.
U265 Setting OEM purchaser code
DescriptionSets the OEM purchaser code.
PurposeSets the code when replacing the main PCB and the like.
MethodPress the print key.
Setting1 Use the numeric keys or Up/Down keys to adjust the preset value.
2 Press the print key. The count is set , and the screen for selecting amaintenance item is displayed.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item isdisplayed.
DisplayYEAR-MONTH-DATEMONTH-DATE-YEARDATE-MONTH-YEAR
DescriptionYear - month - dayMonth - day - yearDay - month - year
3-2-81
2A3/4
Maintenanceitem No.
Description
U330 Sets the number of copies for switching the copy eject tray in thefinisher
DescriptionSets the number of copies at which the copy eject tray will switch from thesub tray to the main tray.
PurposeSelects the value according to user request.
MethodPress the print key. The screen for adjustment is displayed.
Setting1 Use the numeric keys or Up/Down keys to adjust the preset value.
The copy eject tray is switched from the sub tray to the main tray whenthe number of copies ejected to the sub tray exceeds the preset value.
2 Press the print key. The setting is set , and the screen for entering amaintenance item No. is displayed.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item isdisplayed.
DescriptionNumber of copies to be ejected on the sub tray
Setting range1 to 100 (sheets)
Initial value100
3-2-82
2A3/4
DescriptionMaintenance
item No.
U333 Setting the number of digits of ID-code
DescriptionSets the number of digits of ID-code.
PurposeSets the number of digits according to user request.
MethodPress the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
Setting1 Select the number of digits.
Initial setting: 4 digits
2 Press the print key. The setting is set , and the screen for entering amaintenance item No. is displayed.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item isdisplayed.
Display4 digits7 digits
DescriptionThe number of digits of ID-code is 4.The number of digits of ID-code is 7.
3-2-83
2A3/4
Maintenanceitem No.
Description
U334 Setting the ejection method in the booklet stitcher
DescriptionSets whether or not the eject bin in use is switched to the other bin whenthe bin in use in the booklet stitcher overflows.
PurposeSets the value to 1 BIN to use one bin only for copying and the other binonly for printing.
MethodPress the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
Setting1 Select an ejection method.
Initial setting: 2 BIN
2 Press the print key. The setting is set , and the screen for entering amaintenance item No. is displayed.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item isdisplayed.
Display2 BIN1 BIN
DescriptionThe eject bin is switched when a bin overflows.The eject bin is not switched even when a bin overflows.
3-2-84
2A3/4
DescriptionMaintenance
item No.
U343 Switching between duplex/simplex copy mode
DescriptionSwitches the initial setting between duplex and simplex copy.
PurposeTo be set according to frequency of use: set to the more frequently usedmode.
MethodPress the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
Setting1 Select ON or OFF.
Initial setting: OFF
2 Press the print key. The setting is set, and the screen for entering amaintenance item No. is displayed.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item isdisplayed.
DisplayONOFF
DescriptionDuplex copySimplex copy
3-2-85
2A3/4
Maintenanceitem No.
Description
U344 Setting preheat/energy saver mode
DescriptionChanges the control mode for preheat/energy saver, and sets the silentmode (low noise mode).
PurposeAccording to user request, selects which has priority, recovery time frompreheat or energy saving. Also sets polygon motor noise elimination inpreheat.
MethodPress the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
Setting1 Select control mode.
Initial setting: Energy Star applied
3 Press the print key. The setting is set, and the screen for entering amaintenance item No. is displayed.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item isdisplayed.
DisplayINSTANT READY ENERGY STAR E 2000
SILENT MDOE
Control in preheat modeWithout decreasing the fixing control temperature, the display on the operation panel is turned off.The fixing control temperature is decreased by 30°C/54°F (42 ppm) or 20°C/36°F (52 ppm) and the copier is forcibly stabilized 30 s after exiting preheat mode.The fixing control temperature is decreased by 40°C/72°F (42 ppm) or 20°C/36°F (52 ppm).ON: Polygon motor off/OFF: Normal
3-2-86
2A3/4
DescriptionMaintenance
item No.
U345 Setting the value for maintenance due indication
DescriptionSets when to display a message notifying that the time for maintenance isabout to be reached, by setting the number of copies that can be madebefore the current maintenance cycle ends.
When the difference between the number of copies of the maintenancecycle and that of the maintenance count reaches the set value, themessage is displayed.
PurposeTo change the time to display the maintenance due indication.
MethodPress the print key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1 Change the setting using the numeric or Up/Down keys.
Initial setting: 0
2 Press the print key. The setting is set, and the screen for entering amaintenance item No. is displayed.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item isdisplayed.
DescriptionDisplay period for the next maintenance (remaining count before the end of the maintenance cycle)
Setting range0 to 9999
3-2-87
2A3/4
Maintenanceitem No.
Description
U347 Setting auto drawer size detection
DescriptionTurning the auto drawer size detection function on/off.
PurposeTo be used when turning the auto paper size (in the drawers) detection offand making copies onto only the specified size paper.
MethodPress the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
Setting1 Select ON or OFF.
Initial setting: ON for inch and OFF for metric specifications
2 Press the print key. The setting is set, and the screen for entering amaintenance item No. is displayed.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item isdisplayed.
DisplayONOFF
DescriptionDetects the paper sizes in the drawers automatically.Does not detect the paper sizes in the drawers automatically.
3-2-88
2A3/4
DescriptionMaintenance
item No.
U348 Setting the copy density adjustment range
DescriptionSelects the adjustment range for copy density from NORMAL andSPECIAL AREA (for wider range).
PurposeTo change the setting according to user request.
When especially dark or light density is requested, set to SPECIAL AREA.
MethodPress the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
Setting1 Select the density range.
Initial setting: SPECIAL AREA
2 Press the print key. The setting is set, and the screen for entering amaintenance item No. is displayed.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item isdisplayed.
DisplaySPECIAL AREANORMAL
Description25 steps (enlargement mode)13 steps
3-2-89
2A3/4
Maintenanceitem No.
Description
U350 Setting the ID-code error output
DescriptionSets whether or not an error report is output when an ID-code error occurs.
PurposeAccording to user request, changes the setting.
MethodPress the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
Setting1 Select ON or OFF. * The selected item is highlighted.
Initial setting: ON
2 Press the print key. The setting is set, and the screen for entering amaintenance item No. is displayed.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item isdisplayed.
U402 Adjusting margins for image printing
AdjustmentSee page 3-3-20.
U403 Adjusting margins for reading an original on the contact glass
AdjustmentSee page 3-3-40.
U404 Adjusting margins for DF original reading
AdjustmentSee page 3-3-100.
DisplayONOFF
DescriptionError report is output.Error report is not output.
3-2-90
2A3/4
DescriptionMaintenance
item No.
U901 Checking/clearing copy counts by paper feed locations
DescriptionDisplays or clears copy counts by paper feed locations.
PurposeTo check the time to replace consumable parts. Also to clear the countsafter replacing the consumable parts.
Method1 Press the print key. The counts by paper feed locations are displayed.
2 Change the screen using the Up/Down keys.
*1: Optional for 42 ppm only.*2: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard.
When an optional paper feed device is not installed, the correspondingcount is not displayed.
Clearing1 Select the count to be cleared. The selected item is displayed in
reverse.
To clear the counts for all paper feed locations, press ALL on the touchpanel.
2 Press the print key. The setting is set, and the screen for entering amaintenance item No. is displayed.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item isdisplayed.
DisplayBYPASSFIRSTSECONDTHIRD FORTHLCFDUPLEX
Paper feed locationsBypass tableCopier upper drawerCopier lower drawerPaper feed desk*1 upper drawer Paper feed desk*1 lower drawerLarge paper deck*2
Duplex unit
3-2-91
2A3/4
Maintenanceitem No.
Description
U903 Checking/clearing the paper jam counts
DescriptionDisplays or clears the jam counts by jam locations.
PurposeTo check the paper jam status. Also to clear the jam counts after replacingconsumable parts.
Method1 Press the print key. The jam count is displayed by jam codes.
2 Change the screen using the Up/Down keys.
Clearing1 Press ALL on the touch panel. Jam counts cannot be cleared
individually.
2 Press the print key. The count is cleared, and the screen for entering amaintenance item No. is displayed.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item isdisplayed.
3-2-92
2A3/4
DescriptionMaintenance
item No.
U904 Checking/clearing the service call counts
DescriptionDisplays or clears the service call code counts by types.
PurposeTo check the service call code status by types. Also to clear the service callcode counts after replacing consumable parts.
Method1 Press the print key. The jam count is displayed by service call codes.
2 Change the screen using the Up/Down keys.
Clearing1 Select the count to be cleared. The selected count is displayed in
reverse. To clear all counts, press ALL on the touch panel.
2 Press the print key. The count is cleared. When all counts are cleared,the screen for entering a maintenance item No. is displayed.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item isdisplayed.
3-2-93
2A3/4
Maintenanceitem No.
Description
U905 Checking/clearing counts by optional devices
DescriptionDisplays or clears the counts by optional devices.
PurposeTo check the use of the SRDF, finisher and booklet siticher. Also to clearthe counts after replacing consumable parts.
Method1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
2 Select the device, the count of which is to be checked. The count of theselected device is displayed.
• SRDF (DF)
• Finisher (SORTER)
Clearing1 Select the item to be cleared. The selected item is displayed in reverse.
2 Press the print key. The count is cleared.
3 To return to the screen for entering an item, press the stop/clear key.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen forselecting a maintenance item is displayed.
DisplayCHANGE ADF RADF
DescriptionOriginal replacement countNo. of single-sided originals that has passed through the DF in ADF modeNo. of double-side originals that has passed through the DF in RADF mode
DisplayCOPY COUNTSTAPLEPUNCHSTACKERSADDLE
DescriptionNo. of copies that has passedFrequency the stapler has been activatedFrequency the punch has been activatedFrequency the stacker has been activatedFrequency the booklet stitcher has been activated
3-2-94
2A3/4
DescriptionMaintenance
item No.
U906 Resetting partial operation control
DescriptionResets the service call code for partial operation control.
PurposeTo be reset after partial operation is performed due to problems in thedrawers or other sections below, and the related parts are serviced.
The following sections can be the subject of the partial operation:SRDFLarge paper deckCopier upper drawerCopier lower drawerPaper feed desk upper drawerPaper feed desk lower drawerDuplex unitFinisher
Method1 Press the print key.
2 Press RESET on the touch panel.
3 Press the print key to reset partial operation control. The maintenancemode is exited, and the machine returns to the same status when themain switch is turned on.
3-2-95
2A3/4
Maintenanceitem No.
Description
U907 Checking and resetting the count value on each ejection location
DescriptionDisplays and resets the count value of ejected sheets on each ejectionlocation.
PurposeChecks the replacement period for maintenance parts. Also resets thecount value after replacing the maintenance parts.
MethodPress the print key.* The count value on each ejection location is displayed
.
Clearing1 Select the item for which the count value is to be reset. * The selected item is highlighted. * To reset the count values for all ejection locations, press ALL on the
touch panel.
2 Press the print key. The count is cleared.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item isdisplayed.
DisplaySTRAIGHTSWITCH BACKAUTO DUPLEX
DescriptionStraight ejection countReversed ejection countDuplex tray ejection count
3-2-96
2A3/4
DescriptionMaintenance
item No.
U908 Checking the count value of the electronic counter
DescriptionDisplays the count value of the electronic counter.
PurposeChecks the value for maintenance work.
MethodPress the print key.* The count value of the total counter is displayed.
.ClearingThe count value cannot be changed or cleared.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item isdisplayed.
DisplayCOUNT
DescriptionCount value of electronic counter
3-2-97
2A3/4
Maintenanceitem No.
Description
U990 Checking/clearing the time for the exposure lamp to light
DescriptionDisplays, clears or changes the accumulated time for the exposure lamp tolight.
PurposeTo check duration of use of the exposure lamp. Also to clear theaccumulated time for the lamp after replacement.
MethodPress the print key. The accumulated time of illumination for the exposurelamp is displayed in minutes.
Clearing1 Press CLEAR on the touch panel.
2 Press the print key. The accumulated time is cleared, and the screenfor selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
Setting1 Enter a six-digit accumulated time using the numeric keys.
2 Press the print key. The time is set, and the screen for selecting amaintenance item is displayed.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the accumulated time,press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item isdisplayed.
3-2-98
2A3/4
DescriptionMaintenance
item No.
U992 Checking/clearing the printer count
DescriptionDisplays, clears or changes the print count of the printer when the optionalprinter unit is installed.
PurposeTo check the frequency of use of the printer.
MethodPress the print key. The printer count is displayed.
Clearing1 Press CLEAR on the touch panel.
2 Press the print key. The count is set, and the screen for selecting amaintenance item is displayed.
Setting1 Enter a six-digit numerical value using the numeric keys.
2 Press the print key. The count is set, and the screen for selecting amaintenance item is displayed.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the count, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed.
3-2-99
2A3/4
3-2-2 Copier managementIn addition to a maintenance function for service, the copier is equipped with a managementfunction which can be operated by users (mainly by the copier administrator). In this copiermanagement mode, default settings and the settings for the timer function can be changed.
( 1 ) Executing a copier management item
Default/Special: on
Management: on
Enter an ID code Department management (see page 3-2-100)
End: on
End: on
End: on
End: on
Week timer (see page 3-2-101)
Copy default (see page 3-2-102)
Machine default (see page 3-2-105)
Language (see page 3-2-107)
Enter an ID code
Enter an ID code
Enter an ID code
Week timer/Weekly timer: on
Copy default: on
Machine default: on
Language: on
End
Start
3-2-100
2A3/4
( 2 ) Department management
Altering the copy limit
1. SET CODE: on2. CORRECTION: on3. Select the department code to be
altered.4. Enter the limit of the number of copies
using the numeric keys.5. REGISTER: on6. END: on7. END: on
Clearing copy counts
1. SET CODE: on2. CLEAR: on3. YES: on4. END: on
Viewing copy counts
1. REFERENCE: on2. END: on
Printing a copy management report
1. Set A4/81/2" x 11" copy paper.2. PRINT MANAGEMENT LIST: on
Turning copy management function on/off
1. Select ON or OFF.
Registering a new department code
Sets a department code and the limitof the number of copies for thatdepartment.1. SET CODE: on2. REGISTER: on3. Enter a department code using
the numeric keys: 7 digits for inchspecifications and 4 digits formetric specifications.
4. REGISTER: on5. Enter the limit using the numeric
keys.Setting range is 1000 to 250000(in every 1000) copies. Set to 0 forunlimited copies.
6. REGISTER: on7. END: on8. END: on
Deleting a department code
1. SET CODE: on2. DELETE: on3. Select the department code to
be deleted.4. END: on5. END: on
3-2-101
2A3/4
( 3 ) Week timer
Setting the time
1. TIMER SET: on2. Set the current day of the week,
hour and minute by pressing +/-symbols (24-hour clock format).
3. ENTER: on
Programming the week timer
Set the on/off time for each day of theweek.1. WEEK TIMER: on2. Select the day of the week to be
set.3. Select ON and set hours and
minutes by pressing the +/-symbols.
4. Select OFF and set hours andminutes by pressing the +/-symbols.
5. ENTER: on6. ENTER: on
Canceling the timer function
1. CANCEL: on2. Select the day of week to be
canceled.3. ENTER: on
Turning the timer on/off
1. Select ON or OFF.
3-2-102
2A3/4
Exposure mode
Selects auto or manual exposure tobe given priority in initial mode.1. Display EXPOSURE MODE using
the Up/Down keys.2. Select AUTO or MANUAL.
Exposure steps
Sets the exposure steps in manualexposure mode.1. Display EXPOSURE STEPS
using the Up/Down keys.2. Select 7 STEPS or 13 STEPS.
Toner economy mode
Sets the initial value of the tonereconomy mode at power on.1. Display TONER ECONOMY using
the Up/Down keys.2. CHANGE: on3. Select ON or OFF4. END: on
Auto exposure adjustment
Adjusts the exposure in auto densitymode.1. Display AUTO EXPOSURE AD-
JUSTMENT using the Up/Downkeys.
2. CHANGE: on3. Adjust the exposure by pressing
DARKER or LIGHTER.4. END: on
( 4 ) Copy default
Manual exposure adjustment.
Adjusts the exposure in manualdensity mode.1. Display MANUAL EXPOSURE
ADJUSTMENT using the Up/Down keys.
2. CHANAGE: on3. Adjust the exposure by pressing
DARKER or LIGHTER.Setting is available for text, textand photo (mixed) and photomodes.
4. END: on
Copy quality
Sets the image quality to be selectedin initial mode.1. Display COPY QUALITY using
the Up/Down keys.2. Select MIXED, TEXT or PHOTO.
Output form
Sets the initial value of the sort modewhen setting originals.1. Display OUTPUT FORM using the
Up/Down keys.2. Select ON or OFF
Paper selection
Set if the same sized paper as theoriginal to be copied is automaticallyselected.
1. Display PAPER SELECTIONusing the Up/Down keys.
2. Select AUTO or MANUAL.
3-2-103
2A3/4
Job programming
Selects whether all program numbersare selectable or program No. 1 isgiven priority.1. Display JOB PROGRAMMING
using the Up/Down keys.2. Select REGULAR (for all program
numbers) or OFF THE PLATEN(for program No. 1).
Default drawer
Set the drawer to be selected afterthe all clear/reset key is pressed.1. Display DEFAULT DRAWER
using the Up/Down keys.2. CHANGE: on.3. Select the default drawer.
Zoom mode
Selects fixed or standard magnifi-cations in reduction/enlargementmode.1. Display ZOOM MODE using
the Up/Down keys.2. Select SIZE ZOOM or STAN-
DARD ZOOM.
Copy limit
Sets the limit of the number of copiesfor multiple copying.1. Display COPY LIMIT using
the Up/Down keys.2. CHANGE: on3. Enter the number of copies up to
999 using the numeric keys.4. CHANGE: on
Custom size for border erase
Sets the custom size for border erasecopying.1. Display CUSTOM SIZE FOR
BORDER ERASE usingthe Up/Down keys.
2. CHANGE: on3. Set the paper width by pressing
the upper +/- symbols. Setting isavailable between 94 mm/311/16"and 214mm/87/16" in 8 mm/5/16"steps.
4. Set the paper length by pressingthe lower +/- symbols. Setting isavailable between 60 mm/23/8"and 296 mm/115/8" in 4 mm/2/16".
5. END: on
Front and back page margin
Sets if individual margin settings forfront and back page are available.1. Display F & BP. MARGIN using
the Up/Down keys.2. Select ON or OFF.
Drawer for insert sheet
1. Display DRAWER FOR INSERTSHEET using the Up/Down keys.
2. CHANGE: on3. Select the paper feed location.
Drawer cover sheet/stitch
Selects the drawer to be used forsetting cover sheets in the stitchingmode.1. Display DRAWER COVER
SHEET using the Up/Down keys.2. CHANGE: on3. Select a drawer.
3-2-104
2A3/4
Rotate sort
Sets if rotate sort is available in sortcopy mode. Setting is not availablewhen the finisher is installed.1. Display ROTATE SORT using
the Up/Down keys.2. Select ON or OFF.
Create shortcut
Registers frequently used functionkeys, and displays them on the basicscreen.1. Display CREATE SHORTCUT #1
or CREATE SHORTCUT #2 usingthe Up/Down keys.
2. CHANGE: on3. Select a function.
Create user choice #1-#5
Moves frequently used function keysto the basic screen for selecting afunction.1. Display one of CREATE USER
CHOICE/Customize GUI #1 to #5using the Up/Down keys.
2. CHANGE: ON3. Select the function to be moved.
3-2-105
2A3/4
( 5 ) Machine default
APS for special paper
Sets if auto paper selection is availablefor the paper feed location with thespecial paper.1. Display APS FOR SPECIAL
PAPER using the Up/Down keys.2. Select ON or OFF.
Key sound
Sets if a beep sounds when a key onthe key touch panel is pressed.1. Display KEY SOUND using the
Up/Down keys.2. Select ON or OFF.
Auto preheat time
Sets the auto preheat time.1. Display AUTO PREHEAT TIME
using the Up/Down keys.2. Set the time by pressing the +/-
symbols. Setting is availablebetween 5 and 45 min. in 5 min.steps
Auto shutoff time
Sets the auto shutoff time.1. Display AUTO SHUT-OFF TIME
using the Up/Down keys.2. Set the time by pressing the +/-
symbols. Setting is availablebetween 15 and 270 min. in 15min. steps.
Un-fixed size from bypass
Sets if non-standard size paper isavailable when the paper is fed fromthe bypass table.1. Display UN-FIXED SIZE FROM
BYPASS using the Up/Down keys.2. Select ON or OFF.
Auto drawer switching
Sets if the auto drawer switchingfunction is available.1. Display AUTOMATIC DRAWER
SWITCHING using the Up/Downkeys.
2. Select ON or OFF.
Drawer paper size
Changes the paper size for thedrawers displayed on the basicscreen.1. Display DRAWER PAPER SIZE
for the drawer to be changed usingthe Up/Down keys.
2. CHANGE: ON3. Select paper size.
Special paper
Selects the drawer for special paper.1. Display SPECIAL PAPER using
the Up/Down keys.2. CHANGE: ON3. Select the drawer. To cancel,
select the same drawer again.4. End: ON
3-2-106
2A3/4
Management code change
Changes the management code tobe used.1. Display MANAGEMENT CODE
CHANGE using the Up/Downkeys.
2. CHANGE: ON.3. Enter the code using the numeric
keys.4. CHANGE: ON
Auto shutoff
Sets if the auto shutoff function isavailable.1. Display AUTO SHUT-OFF using
the Up/Down keys.2. Select ON or OFF.
3-2-107
2A3/4
( 6 ) Language
Switches the language to be displayed on the key touch panel.
1. Press on the language to bedisplayed.• Available languages are English,
German, French, Italian andSpanish for metric specifications,and English, French and Spanishfor inch specifications.
1-1-21
2A3/4
CONTENTS
3-3 Assembly and Disassembly
3-3-1 Precautions for assembly and disassembly ........................................ 3-3-1(1) Precautions ................................................................................. 3-3-1(2) Running a maintenance item ....................................................... 3-3-2
3-3-2 Paper feed section .............................................................................. 3-3-3(1) Detaching and refitting the forwarding, upper paper feed and
lower paper feed pulleys ............................................................. 3-3-3(2) Detaching and refitting the bypass forwarding, upper and
lower paper feed pulleys ............................................................. 3-3-8(3) Replacing the upper and lower paper width switches
(inch models only) ..................................................................... 3-3-14(4) Replacing the upper and lower registration cleaner
assemblys ................................................................................. 3-3-16(5) Adjusting the position of the rack adjuster ................................. 3-3-17(6) Adjustment after roller and clutch replacement ......................... 3-3-18
(6-1) Adjusting the leading edge registration .......................... 3-3-18(6-2) Adjusting the center line of image printing ...................... 3-3-19(6-3) Adjusting the margins for printing ................................... 3-3-20(6-4) Adjusting the amount of slack in the paper
at the registration roller for drawer, bypass andduplex feeds ................................................................... 3-3-22
3-3-3 Optical section .................................................................................. 3-3-23(1) Detaching and refitting the exposure lamp ................................ 3-3-23(2) Detaching and refitting the scanner wires ................................. 3-3-24
(2-1) Detaching the scanner wires .......................................... 3-3-24(2-2) Refitting the scanner wires ............................................. 3-3-25
(3) Replacing the laser scanner unit ............................................... 3-3-28(4) Replacing the ISU (reference) ................................................... 3-3-30(5) Adjusting the longitudinal squareness (reference) .................... 3-3-32(6) Adjusting scanner image lateral squareness (reference) .......... 3-3-33
(5-1) Adjusting the position of the laser scanner unit .............. 3-3-33(5-2) Adjusting the position of the ISU .................................... 3-3-35
(7) Adjusting magnification of the scanner in the mainscanning direction ..................................................................... 3-3-36
(8) Adjusting magnification of the scanner in the auxiliaryscanning direction ..................................................................... 3-3-37
(9) Adjusting the scanner center line .............................................. 3-3-38(10) Adjusting the scanner leading edge registration ....................... 3-3-39(11) Adjusting the margins for scanning an original on the
contact glass ............................................................................. 3-3-403-3-4 Main charging section ....................................................................... 3-3-42
(1) Replacing the charger wire and main charger grid .................... 3-3-423-3-5 Drum section ..................................................................................... 3-3-45
(1) Replacing the drum ................................................................... 3-3-45(2) Cleaning the drum ..................................................................... 3-3-48
1-1-22
2A3/4
3-3-6 Developing section ............................................................................ 3-3-51(1) Replacing the developing unit upper seal ................................. 3-3-51(2) Adjusting the position of the magnetic brush (developing roller)
(reference) ................................................................................. 3-3-52(3) Adjusting the position of the doctor blade (reference) ............... 3-3-53(4) Replacing the developing duct filter .......................................... 3-3-55
3-3-7 Transfer and separation section ....................................................... 3-3-56(1) Replacing the charger wires and cleaning pads........................ 3-3-56
3-3-8 Cleaning section ............................................................................... 3-3-59(1) Detaching and refitting the cleaning blade ................................ 3-3-59(2) Detaching and refitting the cleaning brush ................................ 3-3-61(3) Detaching and refitting the drum separation claw assembly
and cleaning lower seal assembly ............................................. 3-3-633-3-9 Fixing section .................................................................................... 3-3-64
(1) Detaching and refitting fixing heaters M and S.......................... 3-3-64(2) Detaching and refitting the fixing unit thermistor ....................... 3-3-68(3) Detaching and refitting the fixing unit thermostats .................... 3-3-70(4) Replacing the press roller .......................................................... 3-3-71(5) Replacing the heat roller ........................................................... 3-3-73(6) Replacing the heat roller separation claws................................ 3-3-75(7) Detaching and refitting the press roller separation claws .......... 3-3-76(8) Replacing the cooling filter ........................................................ 3-3-77(9) Replacing the ozone filter .......................................................... 3-3-78
(10) Adjusting the fixing pressure (reference)................................... 3-3-793-3-10 Feedshift and duplex section ............................................................ 3-3-80
(1) Detaching and refitting the duplex forwarding pulley................. 3-3-80(2) Detaching and refitting the switchback roller,
duplex upper registration roller .................................................. 3-3-81(3) Adjusting the position of the side registration section ............... 3-3-87(4) Adjusting the side registration amount ...................................... 3-3-88
3-3-11 SRDF section .................................................................................... 3-3-89(1) Detaching and refitting the DF original feed pulley and
the DF forwarding pulleys.......................................................... 3-3-89(2) Detaching and refitting the DF separation pulley ...................... 3-3-91(3) Adjusting the lateral squareness of the DF ............................... 3-3-94(4) Adjusting the DF magnification .................................................. 3-3-96(5) Adjusting the DF center line ...................................................... 3-3-97(6) Adjusting the scanning start position when the DF is used ....... 3-3-98
(6-1) Adjusting the DF leading edge registration .................... 3-3-98(6-2) Adjusting the DF traling edge registration ...................... 3-3-99
(7) Adjusting the margins for scanning the original from the DF... 3-3-1003-3-12 Large paper deck section (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) ..... 3-3-102
(1) Detaching and refitting the upper and lower deck separationrollers....................................................................................... 3-3-103
(2) Detaching and refitting the deck paper conveying unitassembly ................................................................................. 3-3-103
(3) Detaching and refitting deck paper feed roller 1...................... 3-3-104(4) Adjusting the position of the center adjuster
(center line alignment) ............................................................. 3-3-105
2A3/4
3-3-1
3-3-1 Precautions for assembly and disassembly
( 1 ) Precautions• Be sure to turn the main switch off and disconnect the power plug before starting
disassembly.• When handling PCBs, do not touch connectors with bare hands or damage the
board.• Do not touch any PCB containing ICs with bare hands or any object prone to
static charge.• Use only the specified parts to replace the fixing unit .
Never substitute wire for thermostats, as the copier may be seriously damaged.When installing a thermostat, ensure the correct clearance, if specified, using athickness gauge.
• Use the following testers when measuring voltages:Hioki 3200Sanwa MD-180CSanwa YX-360TRBeckman TECH300Beckman DM45Beckman 330 (capable of measuring RMS values)Beckman 3030 (capable of measuring RMS values)Beckman DM850 (capable of measuring RMS values)Fluke 8060A (capable of measuring RMS values)Arlec DMM1050Arlec YF1030C
• Prepare the following as test originals:1. NTC (new test chart)2. NPTC (newspaper test chart)
2A3/4
3-3-2
( 2 ) Running a maintenance item
Enter "10871087" using the numeric keys.
Enter "001" using the numeric keys or Up/Down key and press the print key.
Enter the maintenance item number using the numeric keys
or Up/Down keys.
The selected maintenance item is run.
Press the stop/clear key.
Press the print key.
Start
End
Maintenance mode is entered.
The maintenance item is selected.
Maintenance mode is exited.
Repeat the same maintenance item?
Run another maintenance item?
No
No
Yes
Yes
2A3/4
3-3-3
3-3-2 Paper feed section
( 1 ) Detaching and refitting the forwarding, upper paper feed and lower paperfeed pulleys
Replace the forwarding, upper and lower paper feed pulleys as follows.
<Procedure>Removing the primary paper feed unit 1. Remove right front lower covers B and A and the right rear lower cover. 2. Open the front cover and the right cover. 3. Open the duplex unit and upper and lower drawer at the same time. 4. Remove the screw holding the primary paper feed unit and then the unit.
Primary paper feed unit
Screw
Screw
Figure 3-3-1 Detaching the primary paper feed unit
2A3/4
3-3-4
Removing the forwarding pulley 5. Raise the forwarding pulley retainer in the direction the arrows, and remove it from
the primary paper feed unit.
Forwarding pulley retainer
Figure 3-3-2 Detaching the forwarding pulley retainer
2A3/4
3-3-5
6. Remove the stop ring, pull the forwarding pulley shaft in the direction of the arrow,and remove the forwarding pulley.
Forwarding pulley shaft
Stop ring
Forwarding pulley
Figure 3-3-3 Detaching the forwarding pulley
Removing the upper paper feed pulley 7. Remove the two stop rings. 8. Remove the paper feed clutch wires from the notches on the rear of the paper feed
housing. 9. Pull the upper paper feed shaft toward the rear of the primary paper feed unit (see
the arrow below) and remove the upper paper feed pulley.
Stop rings
Upper paper feed shaftNotches
Upper paper feed pulley Wires
Paper feed clutch
Figure 3-3-4 Detaching the upper paper feed pulley
2A3/4
3-3-6
Removing the lower paper feed pulley10. Remove the stop ring on the rear of the primary paper feed unit.11. Pull the lower paper feed shaft to the rear (see the arrow shown below).
Lower paper feed shaft Stop ring
Figure 3-3-5
12. Remove the lower paper feed pulley.
Lower paper feed pulley
Figure 3-3-6 Detaching the lower paper feed pulley
2A3/4
3-3-7
13. Replace the forwarding pulley and upper and lower paper feed pulleys.14. Refit all removed parts.
Caution:• When fitting the forwarding pulley, orient it correctly as shown in Figure 3-3-7.
Forwarding pulley
Machine front Machine rear
Figure 3-3-7
• When fitting the upper paper feed pulley, keep its blue end toward the machine front.• After fitting the upper paper feed pulley, refit the wires which were removed in step 8
in the paper feed housing notches.• When refitting the clutch, be sure to refit the stop.
2A3/4
3-3-8
( 2 ) Detaching and refitting the bypass forwarding, upper and lower paper feedpulleys
Replace the bypass forwarding, upper and lower paper feed pulleys as follows.
<Procedure>Removing the bypass paper feed unit 1. Open the right cover and bypass table, and remove right front lower cover B, the
right rear lower cover and middle right cover. 2. Detach the connector under the bypass table and then the bypass table.
Connector
Bypass table
Figure 3-3-8 Detaching the bypass table
2A3/4
3-3-9
3. Remove the connector and four screws holding the bypass paper feed unit, andthen the unit.
Screws Screws
Connector
Bypass paper feed unit
Figure 3-3-9 Detaching the bypass paper feed unit
Removing the bypass forwarding pulley 4. Remove the stop ring at the front of the bypass forwarding pulley retainer. 5. Pull out the bypass forwarding pulley shaft in the direction of the arrow, and remove
the bypass forwarding pulley.
Stop ring
Bypass forwarding pulley
Bypass forwarding pulley shaft
Bypass forwarding pulley retainer
Figure 3-3-10 Detaching the bypass forwarding pulley
2A3/4
3-3-10
Remove the bypass uppedr paper feed pulley. 6. Remove the spring from the bypass forwarding pulley retainer. 7. Remove the stop ring. 8. Move the bushing in the direction of arrow A and remove it from the bypass
forwarding pulley retainer. 9. Push the bypass solenoid lever in the direction of arrow B and remove the bypass
forwarding pulley retainer in the direction of arrow C.
Bypass forwarding pulley retainer
Bushing
Bypass solenoid
lever
Spring
Stop ring
A
B
C
Figure 3-3-11 Detaching the bypass forwarding pulley retainer
2A3/4
3-3-11
10. Remove the stop ring, gear, spring pin and bushing.11. Slightly move the bypass paper feed shaft in the direction of the arrow and remove
the shaft from the bypass front frame.
Bypass front frame
Spring pin
Stop ring
Gear
Bushing
Bypass paper feed shaft
Figure 3-3-12 Detaching the bypass paper feed shaft
2A3/4
3-3-12
12. Remove the bushing and the bypass upper paper feed pulley from the bypasspaper feed shaft.
Bypass upper paper feed pulley
Bushing
Bypass paper feed shaft
Figure 3-3-13 Detaching the bypass upper paper feed pulley
Removing the bypass lower paper feed pulley13. Remove the two screws holding the bypass separation retainer and then the
retainer.
Screws Bypass separation retainer
Figure 3-3-14 Detaching the bypass separation retainer
2A3/4
3-3-13
14. Remove the stop ring and pull the joint shaft in the direction of the arrow.
Joint shaft Bypass separation retainer
Stop ring
Figure 3-3-15 Detaching the bypass lower paper feed pulley (1)
15. Remove the stop ring and then the bypass lower paper feed pulley.
Stop ring
Bypass lower paper feed pulley
Figure 3-3-16 Detaching the bypass lower paper feed pulley (2)
16. Replace the bypass forwarding, upper and lower paper feed pulleys.17. Refit all removed parts.
Caution: When refitting the upper paper feed pulley, orient its blue end toward themachine rear.
2A3/4
3-3-14
( 3 ) Replacing the upper and lower paper width switches (Inch models only)Replace the upper and lower paper width switches as follows.Caution: After replacing a paper width switch, be sure to perform (5) Adjusting the
position of the rack adjuster.
<Procedure> 1. Open the drawer. 2. Remove the four screws and take the drawer out of the machine.
Screws
Screws
Drawer
Figure 3-3-17
3. Remove the two screws and 8-pin socket from the rear of the drawer. 4. Detach the 8-pin paper width switch connector from the 8-pin socket. 5. Remove the three screws holding the rack adjuster. 6. While raising the drawer lift in the direction of the arrow, remove the rack adjuster.
Drawer lift 8-pin socket
8-pin connector
Rack adjuster
Screws
Screws
Figure 3-3-18 Detaching the rack adjuster
2A3/4
3-3-15
7. Remove the two screws from the back of the rack adjuster and then the paper widthswitch.
Screws
Paper width switch
Figure 3-3-19 Detaching the paper width switch
8. Apply the specified grease to the printed surface of the new paper width switch(shaded area in the diagram) and fit the switch to the rack adjuster.
Apply the specified grease.
Figure 3-3-20 Paper width switch
9. Refit all removed parts.
2A3/4
3-3-16
( 4 ) Replacing the upper and lower registration cleaner assembliesReplace the upper and lower registration cleaner assemblies as follows.
<Procedure>Detaching the upper registration cleaner assembly 1. Open the front cover and pull the image formation unit out. 2. Remove the screw holding the paper feed section knob and then the knob. 3. Remove the screw holding the inner right cover and then the cover. 4. Remove the screw holding the upper registration cleaner assembly. Replace the
assembly. 5. Refit all removed parts.
Detaching the lower registration cleaner assembly 1. Open the front cover. 2. Remove the screw holding the lower registration cleaner assembly. Replace the
assembly. 3. Refit all removed parts.
Upper registration cleaner assembly
Screw
Inner right cover
Paper feed section knob
Screw
Lower registration cleaner assembly
Figure 3-3-21 Replacing the upper and lower registration cleaner assemblies
2A3/4
3-3-17
( 5 ) Adjusting the position of the rack adjusterPerform the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the centers of theoriginal and the copy image on paper fed from the drawer.
<Procedure>
Yes
No
Make a test copy at 100%.
Start
End
Is the center of the image aligned with that
of the original?
Loosen the three screws holding the rack adjuster and change the position of the adjuster so that the centers of the original and the copy image are aligned.• For example 1, move it toward the
machine front ( ).• For example 2, move it toward the
machine rear ( ).
Screws
Rack adjuster
Figure 3-3-23 Adjusting the position of the rack adjuster
Original Copy example 1
Copy example 2
Figure 3-3-22
2A3/4
3-3-18
( 6 ) Adjustment after roller and clutch replacementPerform the following adjustment after refitting rollers and clutches.
(6-1) Adjusting the leading edge registrationMake the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the leading edges ofthe copy image and original.
U034 U404(P.3-3-100)
U066(P.3-3-39)
U071(P.3-3-98)
U403(P.3-3-40)
U 402(P.3-3-20)
Caution: Check the copy image after the adjustment. If the image is still incorrect,perform the above adjustments in maintenance mode.
<Procedure>
Yes
No
Start
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter "034" using the numeric keys.
Press the print key.
Press the interrupt key.
Is the leading edge registration within the range of
20 ± 1 mm ?
Press the print key
The new setting is stored
Press the stop/clear key to exit maintenance mode.
End
Selected the item to be adjusted.
For output example 1, decrease the value using the Down key.For output example 2, increase the value using the Up key.
RCL ON DATA: Leading edge registrationRCL ON DATA 2: Leading edge registration for
duplex copying (second face)
Setting range: –30.0 - +30.0Changing the value by 1 moves the leading edge by 0.5 mm.Reference
Leading edge registration: –4.0Leading edge registration for duplex copying (second face): 0
Press the print key and make a test copy using A3/11" × 17" paper. If "RCL ON DATA 2" is selected, make a test copy in duplex copy mode.
Correct image Output example 1
Output example 2
Leading edge registration (20 ± 1 mm)
Figure 3-3-24
2A3/4
3-3-19
(6-2) Adjusting the center line of image printingMake the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the center lines of thecopy image and original when paper is fed from the drawer.
U034 U404(P.3-3-100)
U067(P.3-3-38)
U072(P.3-3-97)
U403(P.3-3-40)
U 402(P.3-3-20)
Caution:• Perform (5) Adjusting the position of rack adjuster before and after this adjustment.• Check the copy image after the adjustment. If the image is still incorrect, perform the
above adjustments in maintenance mode.
<Procedure>
Yes
No
Start
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter "034" using the numeric keys.
Press the print key.
Press the interrupt key.
Press the print key to make a test copy.
Is the image correct?
Press the print key.
The new setting is stored.
Press the stop/clear key to exit maintenance mode.
End
Select "LSUOUT DATA."
For output example 1, decrease the value using the Down key.For output example 2, increase the value using the Up key.
Setting range: –30.0 - +30.0Changing the value by 1 moves the center line by 0.5 mm.Reference: 0
Figure 3-3-25
Correct image Output example 1
Output example 2
Center line of printing
2A3/4
3-3-20
(6-3) Adjusting the margins for printingMake the following adjustment if the margins are not correct.
U402 U404(P.3-3-100)
U 403(P.3-3-40)
Caution: Check the copy image after the adjustment. If the margins are still incorrect,perform the above adjustments in maintenance mode.
<Procedure>
Yes
No
Start
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter "402" using the numeric keys.
Press the print key.
Press the print key to make a test copy using A3/11" × 17" paper.
Press the print key.
The new setting is stored.
Setting range (default)Printer leading edge margin: 0 - +10.0 (3.0)Printer trailing edge margin: –5.0 - +10.0 (5.0)Printer left/right margin: –5.0 - +10.0 (3.0)Printer trailing edge margin for
duplex copying (secondface): –5.0 - +10.0 (4.0)Increasing the value makes the margin wider and decreasing it makes the margin narrower.Changing the value by 1 moves the margin by 0.1 mm for all.
Select the items to be adjusted on the touch panel.
Are the margins correct? Change the setting using the Up/Down keys.
AB
Press the interrupt key.
Touch panel first displayA EDGE: printer left marginLEAD EDGE: printer leading edge marginC EDGE: printer right margin(TRAIL EDGE: printer trailing edge margin)
Touch panel second displayTRAIL EDGE: printer trailing edge marginTRAIL EDGE 2: printer trailing edge margin
for duplex copying (second face)
Press the stop/clear key.
2A3/4
3-3-21
Yes
No
Press the stop/clear key.
Exit maintenance mode.
End
Proceed to another mode?
AB
Ejection direction(reference)
Printer trailing edge margin for duplex copying (3±1.0mm)
Printer leading edge margin(3±1.0mm)
Printer left margin(2±0.5mm)
Printer right margin(2±0.5mm)
Printer trailing edge margin(3±1.0mm)
Duplex copy mode (first face, A3/11" × 17")
Normal copy mode (A3/11" × 17")
Figure 3-3-26
2A3/4
3-3-22
(6-4) Adjusting the amount of slack in the paper at the registration roller fordrawer, bypass and duplex feeds
Make the following adjustment if the leading edge of the copy image is missing or variesrandomly, or if the copy paper is Z-folded.
<Procedure>
End
Start
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter "051" using the numeric keys.
Yes
Yes
No
No
Press the print key.
Press the interrupt key.
Set an A3 size original and make a test copy with the 100% magnification.
Press the stop/clear key.
Exit maintenance mode.
Decrease the value using the Down key.
Setting range: –30 - +20Changing the value by 1 changes the amount of slack by 1 mm.
Reference: DECK DATA: –20BYPASS DATA: –5DUPLEX DATA: –25
The greater the value, the larger the amount of slack; the smaller the value, the smaller the amount of slack.
The new setting is stored.
Select the item to be adjusted.
DECK DATA: Amount of slack at the registrationroller for drawer feed
BYPASS DATA: Amount of slack at the registrationroller for bypass feed
DUPLEX DATA: Amount of slack at the registrationroller for duplex feed
Is the leading edge of the image missing or varying randomly (copy
example 1)?
Is the copy paper Z-folded (copy
example 2)?
Increase the value using the Up key.
Press the print key.
Figure 3-3-27
Original Copyexample 1
Copyexample 2
2A3/4
3-3-23
3-3-3 Optical section
( 1 ) Detaching and refitting the exposure lampClean or replace the exposure lamp as follows.
<Procedure> 1. Open the SRDF. 2. Remove the two screws holding the upper right cover and then the cover. 3. While taking care not to touch the shading plate or rear face of the contact glass,
remove the contact glass. 4. Move the scanner to the cutouts at the center of the machine.Caution: When moving the scanner, do not touch the exposure lamp nor inverter PCB. 5. Detach the exposure lamp 2-pin connector from the inverter PCB. 6. Remove the two screws holding the exposure lamp and then the lamp. 7. Clean or replace the exposure lamp. 8. Refit all removed parts.
Exposure lamp
2-pin connector
Inverter PCB
Cutout
Cutout
Scanner
Screw
Screw
Figure 3-3-28 Detaching the exposure lamp
2A3/4
3-3-24
( 2 ) Detaching and refitting the scanner wiresTake the following procedure when the scanner wires are broken or to be replaced.• After replacing the scanner wires, proceed to (5) Adjusting scanner image lateral
squareness (reference).
(2-1) Detaching the scanner wires
<Procedure> 1. Detach the SRDF connector and remove the SRDF from the machine. 2. Remove the rear cover, upper rear cover and upper right cover. 3. While taking care not to touch the shading plate or rear face of the contact glass,
remove the contact glass. 4. Remove the upper left cover and slit glass. 5. Loosen the two screws securing the lamp wire and remove the wire from the
inverter PCB.Caution: Remove the lamp wire completely from the machine. 6. Remove the screws holding the front cover and then the cover. 7. Remove the four screws holding the operation unit lower and inner covers and then
the covers. 8. Detach the three connectors and clamp from under the operation unit main PCB. 9. Remove the six screws holding the operation unit and then the unit.10. Remove the four screws holding the mirror 1 upper frame and then the frame.
Mirror 1 upper frame
Lamp wireScrews
Screws
Mirror 1 lower frame
Wire retainers
Figure 3-3-29 Detaching the mirror 1 upper frame
11. Remove the two screws from each of the wire retainers and then the retainers fromthe mirror 1 lower frame.
12. Remove the mirror 1 lower frame from the scanner unit.
2A3/4
3-3-25
13. Detach the round terminal of the scanner wire from the scanner wire spring on theleft side of the scanner unit.
14. Remove the scanner wire.
Scanner wire spring
Round terminal
Scanner unit
Figure 3-3-30 Detaching the scanner wire
(2-2) Refitting the scanner wiresCaution: When fitting the wires, be sure to use those specified below.Machine front: 2AC12170Machine rear: 2AC12420 (black)
Refitting requires the following tool:Frame securing tool (P/N: 2AC68230)
<Procedure>At the machine rear: 1. Insert the two frame securing tools into the positioning holes at the front and rear of
the scanner unit to pin the mirror 2 frame in position. 2. Secure the two frame securing tools at the machine front and rear using the two
screws for each. 3. Hook the round terminal on one end of the scanner wire onto the left catch on the
inside of the scanner unit. ....................................................................................... 1 4. Loop the scanner wire around the rear groove in the scanner wire pulley on the
mirror 2 frame, winding from below to above. ........................................................ 2 5. Loop the scanner wire around the groove in the scanner wire pulley at the machine
right, winding from above to below. ........................................................................ 3
Rear groove
(Machine left) (Machine right)
4
2
5
31
Scanner wire spring
Wire guide6
7
Front groove
Scanner wire drum
Catch
Scanner wire pulley
Round terminal
Round terminal
Figure 3-3-31 Refitting the scanner wires
2A3/4
3-3-26
6. Wind the scanner wire around the scanner wire drum four turns from the reartoward the hole in the drum.
7. Insert the locating ball on the scanner wire into the hole in the scanner wire drum. 8. Wind the scanner wire a further five turns from the locating ball toward the machine
front.
4 turns5 turns
Scanner wire
Rear
Front
Locating ball
Figure 3-3-32 Winding the scanner wire
9. Loop the scanner wire around the groove in the scanner wire pulley at the machineleft, winding from below to above. .......................................................................... 4
10. Loop the scanner wire around the front groove in the scanner wire pulley on themirror 2 frame, winding from below to above. ........................................................ 5
11. Run the scanner wire around the wire guide at the machine left. ........................... 612. Hook the round terminal onto the scanner wire spring. .......................................... 713. Hook the other end of the scanner wire spring onto the catch at the machine left.14. Repeat steps 2 to 13 for the scanner wire at the machine front.15. Remove the two screws from each of the frame securing tools and then the tools.16. Move the scanner from side to side to correctly locate the wire in position.
2A3/4
3-3-27
17. Loosen the two screws securing the mirror 2 frame.18. Insert the mirror 1 lower frame into the scanner unit and seat it on the positioning
holes.19. Insert the two frame securing tools into the positioning holes in the front and rear of
the scanner unit and determine the positions of the mirror 1 lower frame and mirror2 frame.
20. While holding the scanner wire on the mirror 1 lower frame, secure the wireretainers at the front and rear of the mirror 1 lower frame using the two screws foreach.
Screws
Screws
Frame securing tool
Mirror 2 frame
Wire retainer
Mirror 1 lower frame
Wire retainer
Frame securing tool
Mirror 2 frame
Mirror 1 lower frame
Figure 3-3-33 Securing the scanner wire
21. Retighten the two screws securing the mirror 2 frame.22. Remove the two screws holding each of the two frame securing tools and then the
tools.23. Refit all removed parts.
2A3/4
3-3-28
( 3 ) Replacing the laser scanner unitTake the following procedure when the laser scanner unit is to be checked or replaced.Caution: After replacing the laser scanner unit, proceed to (5) Adjusting scanner image
lateral squareness (reference).
<Procedure> 1. Remove the SRDF, rear cover, upper rear cover, upper right cover and upper left
cover. 2. Remove the screws holding the front cover and then the cover. 3. Pull the image formation unit out. 4. Remove the four screws holding the operation unit lower and inner covers and then
the covers. 5. Detach the three connectors and clamp from under the operation unit main PCB. 6. Remove the six screws holding the operation unit and then the unit. 7. Remove the five clamps and two connectors at the front of the scanner unit. 8. Remove the five clamps and twelve connectors at the rear of the scanner unit. 9. Remove the screw holding the two grounding wires at the rear of the scanner unit
and then the wires.10. Remove the wires detached in steps 7, 8 and 9 from the scanner unit.11. While taking care not to touch the shading plate or rear face of the contact glass,
remove the contact glass.12. Remove the ISU and lower ISU covers, and detach the three connectors.13. Remove the four screws with rubber mounts and then the scanner unit.
Screws
Screws
Screws
ISU coverScrews
Connectors
Lower ISU cover
Screws
Scanner unit
Figure 3-3-34 Detaching the scanner unit
2A3/4
3-3-29
14. Detach the three connectors.15. Remove the two screws holding the LSU adjuster mount and then the mount.16. Remove the three pins and replace the laser scanner unit.17. Refit all removed parts.Caution: When fitting the scanner unit, fit from directly above the machine to prevent
deformation of the grounding point.
Pins
Laser scanner unit
Laser scanner unit
Connector
LSU adjuster mount
Connectors
Screws
Figure 3-3-35 Replacing the laser scanner unit
2A3/4
3-3-30
( 4 ) Replacing the ISU (reference)Take the following procedure when the ISU is to be checked or replaced.Caution: After fitting the ISU, proceed to (5-2) Adjusting the position of the ISU.
<Procedure> 1. Remove the upper right cover. 2. While taking care not to touch the shading plate or rear face of the contact glass,
remove the contact glass. 3. Remove the ISU and lower ISU covers, and detach the two connectors.
ScrewsScrews
Screws
ISU coverScrews
Connectors
Lower ISU cover
Screws
ISU
Figure 3-3-36 Detaching the ISU and lower ISU covers
4. Remove the four screws holding the ISU and then the ISU. 5. Check or replace the ISU. 6. Refit all removed parts.
2A3/4
3-3-31
• Securing the ISU
<ISU installation requires the following tools:>Two (2) positioning pins (P/N 18568120)
<Procedure> 1. Secure the ISU using the two positioning pins. 2. Refit the four screws. 3. Remove the two positioning pins.
ISU
Positioning pin
Positioning pin
Screws
Screws
Figure 3-3-37 Installing the ISU
2A3/4
3-3-32
( 5 ) Adjusting the longitudinal squareness (reference)Perform the following adjustment if the copy image is longitudinally skewed (longitudinalsquareness is not obtained).Caution:
• Before making the following adjustment, output a 1 DOT-LINE PG pattern inmaintenance item U089 to use as the original for the adjustment.
• Adjust the amount of slack in the paper at the registration roller for drawer, bypassand duplex feeds (page 3-3-22) first. Check for the longitudinal squareness of thecopy image, and if it is not obtained, perform the longitudinal squarenessadjustment.
<Procedure>
Yes
No
Press the print key and make a test copy at 100% magnification.
Start
Remove the contact glass. Loosen the two screws and adjust the position of the mirror 2 frame.For copy example 1, move the frame in the direction of the white arrow (e).For copy example 2, move the frame in the direction of the black arrow (b).
End
Is the image correct?
Place the original on the contact glass.
Retighten the two screws and refit the contact glass.
ScrewsMirror 2 frame
Figure 3-3-39 Adjusting the position of the mirror 2 frame
Correct image Copy example 1
Copy example 2
Figure 3-3-38
2A3/4
3-3-33
( 6 ) Adjusting scanner image lateral squareness (reference)Perform the following adjustment if the copy image is laterally skewed (lateralsquareness not obtained).Caution:
• Before making the following adjustment, open the front cover and remove theoperation unit lower cover.
• Perform (5-1) Adjusting the position of the laser scanner unit first and check forlateral squareness of the copy image. If squareness is not obtained, perform (5-2)Adjusting the position of ISU.
(5-1) Adjusting the position of the laser scanner unit<Procedure>
Retighten the three screws and refit the contact glass.
Yes
No
Press the print key and make a copy at 100% magnification.
Start
End
Is the image correct?
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter "089" using the numeric keys.
Press the interrupt key.
Select "1 DOT-LINE."
Press the print key.
Exit maintenance mode.
Press the stop/clear key.
Remove the contact glass. Loosen the three screws and adjust the position of the laser scanner unit by rotating the LSU adjustment shaft from the machine front using a straight screwdriver (see Figure 3-3-39).
For output example 1, rotate the LSU adjustment shaft in the direction of the white arrow (e).For output example 2, rotate the LSU adjustment shaft in the direction of the black arrow (b).
Figure 3-3-40
Correct image Output example 1
Output example 2
2A3/4
3-3-34
Pin holes
Laser scanner unit
LSU adjustment shaft
Adjustment access hole in the machine front
Figure 3-3-41 Adjusting the position of the laser scanner unit
2A3/4
3-3-35
(5-2) Adjusting the position of the ISUCaution:
• Before making the following adjustment, output a 1 DOT-LINE PG pattern inmaintenance item U089 to use as the original for the adjustment.
• Adjust the pin at the machine front only and never touch the one at the machinerear.
<Procedure>
Refit the contact glass.
Remove the contact glass and adjust the lateral squareness of the ISU by rotating the pin.
For copy example 1, rotate the pin in the direction of the black arrow (\).For copy example 2, rotate the pin in the direction of the white arrow (e).
Yes
No
Press the print key and make a test copy at 100% magnification.
Start
End
Is the image correct?
Place the original on the contact glass.
Pin
Figure 3-3-43 Adjusting the position of the ISU
Figure 3-3-42
Correct image Copy example 1
Copy example 2
2A3/4
3-3-36
( 7 ) Adjusting magnification of the scanner in the main scanning directionPerform the following adjustment if the magnification in the main scanning direction isnot correct.
U065 U403(P.3-3-40)
U 066(P.3-3-39)
Caution: Check the copy image after the adjustment. If the image is still incorrect,perform the above adjustments in maintenance mode.
<Procedure>
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter "065" using the numeric keys.
Yes
No
Start
End
Press the interrupt key.
Exit maintenance mode.
Set an A3 size original and make a test copy with the 100% magnification.
Is the image correct?
Setting range: –25 - +25Reference: 0Changing the value by 1 changes the magnification by 0.1%.Increasing the value makes the image wider, and decreasing it makes the image narrower.
For copy example 1, increase the value using the Up key.For copy example 2, decrease the value using the Down key.
Press the print key.
The new setting is stored.
Select "MAIN SCAN ADJ" (main scanning direction).
Press the print key.
Press the stop/clear key.
Original Copyexample
Copyexample 2
Figure 3-3-44
2A3/4
3-3-37
( 8 ) Adjusting magnification of the scanner in the auxiliary scanning directionPerform the following adjustment if the magnification in the auxiliary scanning directionis not correct.
U053(P.3-2-20)
U403(P.3-3-40)
U402(P.3-3-20)
U066(P.3-3-39)
U070(P.3-3-96)
U071(P.3-3-98)
U404(P.3-3-100)
U065U034(P.3-3-18)
Caution: Before making the following adjustment, ensure that the above adjustmentshave been made in maintenance mode.
<Procedure>
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter "065" using the numeric keys.
Yes
No
Start
End
Press the interrupt key.
Exit maintenance mode.
Set an A3 size original and make a test copy with the 100% magnification.
Is the image correct?
Setting range: –25 - +25Reference: 0Changing the value by 1 changes the magnification by 0.1%.Increasing the value makes the image longer, and decreasing it make the image shorter.
For copy example 1, increase the value using the Up key.For copy example 2, decrease the value using the Down key.
Press the print key.
The new setting is stored.
Press the print key.
Press the stop/clear key.
Select "SUB SCAN ADJ" (auxiliary scanning direction).
Figure 3-3-45
Original Copyexample
Copyexample 2
2A3/4
3-3-38
( 9 ) Adjusting the scanner center linePerform the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the center lines ofthe copy image and original.
U034(P.3-3-19)
U404(P.3-3-100)
U067 U072(P.3-3-97)
U403(P.3-3-40)
U 402(P.3-3-20)
Caution: Before making the following adjustment, ensure that the above adjustmentshave been made in maintenance mode.
<Procedure>
Yes
No
Start
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter "067" using the numeric keys.
Press the print key.
Press the interrupt key.
Set an A3 size original and make a test copy with the 100% magnification.
Is the scanner center line correct?
For copy sample 1, decrease the value using the Down key.For copy sample 2, increase the value using the Up key.
Press the print key.
The new settingis stored.
Press the stop/clear key.
Exit the maintenance mode.
Setting range: –39.0 - +39.0Changing the value by 1 moves the center line by 0.17 mmReference: 0
End
Figure 3-3-46
Original Copysample 1
Copysample 2
Scanner center line
2A3/4
3-3-39
(10) Adjusting the scanner leading edge registrationPerform the following adjustment if there is regular error between the leading edges ofthe copy image and original.
U034(P.3-3-18)
U404(P.3-3-100)
U066 U071(P.3-3-98)
U403(P.3-3-40)
U 402(P.3-3-20)
Caution: Before making the following adjustment, ensure that the above adjustmentshave been made in maintenance mode.
<Procedure>
Is the scanner leading edge registration
correct?
Yes
No
Start
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter "066" using the numeric keys.
Press the print key.
Press the interrupt key.
Set an A3 size original and make a test copy with the 100% magnification.
For copy sample 1, decrease the value using the Down key.For copy sample 2, increase the value using the Up keys.
Press the print key.
The new setting is stored.
Press the stop/clear key.
Exit maintenance mode.
Setting range: –32.0 - +32.0Changing the value by 1 moves the leading edge by 0.17 mm.Reference: 0
End
Figure 3-3-47
Original Copy sample 1
Copy sample 2
2A3/4
3-3-40
(11) Adjusting the margins for scanning an original on the contact glassPerform the following adjustment if the margins are not correct.
U402(P.3-3-20)
U404(P.3-3-99)U403
Caution: Before making the following adjustment, ensure that the above adjustmentshave been made in maintenance mode.
<Procedure>
Change the setting.Increasing the value using the Up key makes the margin wider.Decreasing the value using the Down key makes the margin narrower.
Yes
No
Start
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter "403" using the numeric keys.
Press the print key.
Set an A3 size original and make a test copy with the 100% magnification.
Press the print key.
The new setting is stored.
Setting range (default)Scanner left margin: 0 - +20 (2)Scanner leading edge margin: 4 - +20 (6)Scanner right margin: 0 - +20 (2)Scanner trailing edge margin: 0 - +20 (6)
Changing the value by one moves the margin by 0.5 mm for all.
Select the item to be adjusted on the touch panel.
Are the margins correct?
AB
Press the interrupt key.
Touch panel displaySCAN A MARGIN: scanner left marginSCAN B MARGIN: scanner leading edge marginSCAN C MARGIN: scanner right marginSCAN D MARGIN: scanner trailing edge margin
2A3/4
3-3-41
Yes
No
Press the stop/clear key.
Exit maintenance mode.
End
Proceed to another mode?
AB
Scannerleading edge margin(3±1.0mm)
Scannerleft margin(2±1.0mm)
Original
Scanner right margin(2±1.0mm)
Scanner trailing edge margin(3±1.0mm)
Figure 3-3-48
2A3/4
3-3-42
3-3-4 Main charging section
( 1 ) Replacing the charger wire and main charger gridTake the following procedure when the charger wire is broken or to be replaced.
<Precautions>• Use the specified tungsten wire for the charger wire.• The part of the wire wrapped around the charger spring must not protrude from the
charger housing.• The cut end of the charger wire must not protrude more than 2 mm from under the
charger wire retainer pin.• Use clean, undamaged tungsten wire.• Keep the charger wire taut by stretching it.• Clean the main charger shield when replacing the charger wire.• Do not use organic solvents such as alcohol or thinner to clean the main charger
shield.<Procedure> 1. Draw the image formation unit out of the machine. 2. Remove the two screws and slide off the main charger assembly toward the
machine rear.
Screws
Main charger assembly
Figure 3-3-49 Detaching the main charger assembly
2A3/4
3-3-43
3. Remove the screw holding the grid tension plate and then the plate and maincharger grid.
4. Remove the main charger front and rear lids. 5. Remove the charger spring from the charger wire retainer pin and charger terminal,
and then the charger wire.
Charger wire
Charger wire retainer pin
Main charger rear lid
Main charger front lid
Charger terminal
Charger spring
Main charger grid
Grid tension plate
Figure 3-3-50 Detaching the charger wire
2A3/4
3-3-44
Main charger front housing
Charger spring
Main charger rear housing
Charger terminal
Charger springCharger wire retainer pin
Projection
Not more than 2 mm 13 ± 2 mm
Projection
Charger terminal
Charger wire retainer pin
Not more than 2 mm
Figure 3-3-51 Installing the charger wire
6. Wind the new tungsten wire at least five turns around one end of the charger springand trim the end.∗ The width of the coiled charger wire and the cut end must be within 2 mm.
7. Hook the other end of the charger spring onto the charger terminal of the maincharger rear housing.
8. Pass the wire through the notch in the charger wire retainer pin and stretch it taut.∗ The charger wire must be adjusted so that the charger spring stretches to
13 ± 2 mm and the spring end aligns with the rib on the main charger rearhousing.
9. Hook the charger wire onto the projection on the main charger front housing.10. Insert the charger wire retainer pin into the projection on the main charger rear
housing to secure the charger wire.11. Cut off the excess wire under the charger wire retainer pin.
∗ The cut end of the charger wire must protrude less than 2 mm.12. Refit the main charger front and rear lids.13. Refit all removed parts.
2A3/4
3-3-45
3-3-5 Drum section
( 1 ) Replacing the drum.Replace the drum as follows.
<Precautions>• Avoid direct sunlight and strong light when detaching and refitting the drum.• Hold the drum at the ends and never touch the drum surface.• After removing the drum, keep it in the drum case or storage bag to protect the
surface from light.
<Procedure> 1. Open the front cover. 2. Lower the paper conveying section by turning the paper transfer section release
lever as shown in Figure 3-3-52.∗ While pressing the image formation unit release button, pull the image formation
unit out from the machine.
Paper transfer section release lever
Image formation unit release button
Image formation unit
*Illustration shows a 42 ppm.
Figure 3-3-52 Drawing the image formation unit
2A3/4
3-3-46
3. Remove the two screws holding the main charger assembly and then the assembly.
Screws
Main charger assembly
Figure 3-3-53 Detaching the main charger assembly
4. Loosen the cleaning blade pin. Move the cleaning blade lever in the direction of thearrow so that the cleaning blade is kept away from the drum and then tighten thecleaning blade pin.
5. Remove the two screws and open the upper cleaning cover on the left of the drum. 6. Remove the two screws and open the image formation rail in the direction of the
arrow.
Screw
Image formation rail
Cleaning blade lever
Cleaning blade pin
Upper cleaning cover
Screw
Screw
Screw
Figure 3-3-54
2A3/4
3-3-47
7. Detach the 1-pin and 4-pin connectors. 8. While raising the toner sub-hopper slightly, slide the hopper toward the front of the
image formation unit and turn the image formation unit to the right.
Toner sub-hopper
1-pin connector4-pin connector
Figure 3-3-55
9. Move the developing unit to the right of the image formation unit and remove it fromthe unit.
10. Remove one screw each from the drum front and rear retainers and then the drumfrom the image formation unit.
DrumScrew
Screw
Developing unit
Image formation unit
Drum rear retainer
Drum front retainer
Figure 3-3-56 Detaching the developing unit and the drum
2A3/4
3-3-48
11. Remove the drum front and rear retainers from the drum. Replace the drum.
Drum rear retainer
Drum front retainer
Drum
Figure 3-3-57 Detaching the drum front and rear retainers
2A3/4
3-3-49
12. Refit all removed parts.
Important:∗ After replacing the drum, run maintenance items U110 "Checking/clearing the drum
count" and U111 "Checking/clearing the drum drive time."∗ After running maintenance item U160, loosen the blade pin and position the cleaning
blade against the drum.∗ When installing the drum, orient correctly with the thinner end of the drum flange shaft
at the machine front and the thicker end at the machine rear.
Drum
Machine rearMachine front
Drum flange Drum flange
Figure 3-3-58
∗ When refitting the toner sub-hopper, align the toner sub-hopper hole with thedeveloping unit hole and connect the coupling to the joint.
∗ When installing the main charger assembly, fix the assembly pushed all the waytoward the machine front.
Hole Joint
Hole Toner sub-hopperCoupling
Figure 3-3-59
2A3/4
3-3-50
( 2 ) Cleaning the drumClean the drum as follows when an image problems occur or if the drum is dirty.
<Precautions>• Avoid direct sunlight and strong light when cleaning the drum.• Dust in the air and from the cleaning pad may damage the drum during operation.
Avoid working in dusty places.• Clean the drum entirely even if it is only dirty locally.• Do not clean the drum with alcohol or other organic solvent.
Required supplies:• Polishing cloth: specified synthetic cotton• Toner
<Procedure> 1. Remove the drum from the imaging unit (see page 3-3-45). 2. Apply a polishing cloth to the drum and gently wipe the drum taking care not to
damage the surface. 3. Apply toner to another cloth and wipe the drum surface with it in the same manner. 4. Refit the drum. 5. Refit all removed parts and let the machine stand for 30 minutes. 6. Make a test copy and check the image.
Drum
Polishing cloth
Figure 3-3-60 Cleaning the drum
2A3/4
3-3-51
3-3-6 Developing section
( 1 ) Replacing the developing unit upper sealTake the following procedure when the developing unit upper seal is soiled.<Procedure> 1. Draw the image formation unit out and remove the developing unit. 2. Remove the two screws holding the developing unit upper seal and then the seal. 3. Clean or replace the developing unit upper seal. 4. Refit all removed parts.
Screws
Developing unit upper seal
Figure 3-3-61 Detaching the developing unit upper seal
2A3/4
3-3-52
( 2 ) Adjusting the position of the magnetic brush (developing roller) (reference)Perform the following adjustment if the image is abnormally dark or light.• Before starting this adjustment, ensure that the doctor blade is installed correctly and
that the correct amount of developer is present.
<Procedure> 1. Loosen the hexagonal socket head screw holding the developing sleeve front
bushing using a hexagonal wrench. 2. Turn the developing roller shaft using a straight screwdriver until the distance
between the top of the magnetic brush and the bottom of the developing unithousing is 15 mm (reference).
3. Tighten the hexagonal socket head screw to secure the developing roller shaft.∗ If the distance is smaller than the specified value, carrier or background appears on
the copy image. 4. After adjustment, make a test copy to check for performance.
Developing sleeve front bushing
Developing roller shaft
Hexagonal socket head screw
A
A=15mm
Figure 3-3-62 Adjusting the position of the magnetic brush
2A3/4
3-3-53
( 3 ) Adjusting the position of the doctor blade (reference)Perform the following adjustment if carrier or background appears on the copy image.
<Procedure> 1. Remove the two screws holding the developing unit upper seal, and then the seal.
∗ When refitting the seal, fit while holding it upward. 2. Remove the two screws, disengage the two hooks and detach the developing unit
upper cover.
Screws
Screws
Hook
Developing unit upper cover
Developing unit upper sealHook
Figure 3-3-63 Detaching the developing unit upper cover
2A3/4
3-3-54
3. Measure the distance between the developing roller and the doctor blade with athickness gauge as shown in Figure 3-3-64, and adjust the doctor blade until thecorrect distances are obtained at the center and ends of the developing unithousing; the 0.50 mm gauge should go into the gap and the 0.55 mm one shouldnot.
∗ The smaller the distance, the lighter the image; the larger the distance, the darkerthe image.
Adjustment screw
Developing roller
Adjustment screw Adjustment screw
Doctor blade
Figure 3-3-64
2A3/4
3-3-55
( 4 ) Replacing the developing duct filterReplace the developing duct filter as follows.
<Procedure> 1. Open the front cover. 2. Slide off the developing duct cover downward. 3. Replace the developing duct filter.Caution: When fitting the developing duct filter, ensure that the harder side of the filter
faces the fan. 4. Refit all removed parts.
Developing duct filter
Developing duct cover
Figure 3-3-65 Detaching the developing duct filter
2A3/4
3-3-56
3-3-7 Transfer and separation section
( 1 ) Replacing the charger wires and cleaning padsTake the following steps when the charger wire is broken or is to be replaced, or whenreplacing the cleaning pads.
<Precautions>• Use only the specified tungsten wire for the charger wire.• The part of the wire wrapped around the charger spring must not protrude from the
rear of the transfer charger housing.• The cut end of the charger wire must not protrude from under the charger wire
retainer pin.• Keep the charger wire taut by stretching the charger spring.• Clean the charger shield when replacing the charger wire.
<Procedure> 1. Turn the paper transfer section release lever to the right to lower the paper
conveying section. 2. Remove the connector, pin and then the transfer charger assembly.
Connector Paper transfer section release lever
Transfer charger assemblyPin
*Illustration shows a 42 ppm.
Figure 3-3-66 Detaching the transfer charger assembly
2A3/4
3-3-57
3. Remove the transfer charger front and rear lids. 4. Remove the separation guide. 5. Replace the transfer charger cleaning pad and separation charger cleaning pad. 6. Remove the charger wire retainer pins, charger springs and then the charger wires.
Separation guide
Transfer charger rear lid
Transfer charger front lid
Transfer chargercleaning pad
Separation chargercleaning pad
Charger wire retainer pins
Charger wiresCharger springs
Figure 3-3-67 Detaching the charger wires
2A3/4
3-3-58
7. Wind one end of the new wire at lease five turns around the end of the chargerspring.
8. Hook the other end of the charger spring onto the catch on the transfer chargerterminal on the rear of the transfer charger housing.
9. Pass the charger wire through the notches in the front and rear of the transfercharger housing, and stretch it.
10. Insert the charger wire under the charger wire retainer pin into the hole at the frontof the transfer charger housing.
∗ The charger wire must be adjusted so that the charger spring stretches to12.5 ± 1.5 mm.
∗ Cut off the excess wire under the charger wire retainer pin.11. Refit all removed parts.
∗ When installing the main charger assembly, fix the assembly pushed all the waytoward the machine front.
Charger wire retainer pin
Front of the transfer charger housing
Rear of the transfer charger housing
Transfer charger terminal
Transfer charger terminal
Not more than 2mm
Charger wire
12.5 ± 1.5 mm
Not more than 2mm
Not more than 1mm
Charger spring
Figure 3-3-68 Installing the charger wire
2A3/4
3-3-59
3-3-8 Cleaning section
( 1 ) Detaching and refitting the cleaning bladeCheck or replace the cleaning blade as follows.
<Procedure> 1. Draw the image formation unit out. 2. Remove the developing unit, main charger assembly and drum. 3. Remove the pin holding the cleaning blade and then the blade. 4. Check or replace the cleaning blade.
PinCleaning blade
Figure 3-3-69 Detaching the cleaning blade
2A3/4
3-3-60
5. Refit all removed parts.∗ When installing the cleaning blade, take care not to trap the sponges at both ends.∗ After replacing the cleaning blade, move it away from the drum and run
maintenance item U160 (see page 3-2-50).
Cleaning blade
Sponge Sponge
Figure 3-3-70 Installing the cleaning blade
2A3/4
3-3-61
( 2 ) Detaching and refitting the cleaning brushClean or replace the cleaning brush as follows.
<Procedure> 1. Remove the developing unit, main charger assembly and drum. 2. Remove the cleaning spring.
Cleaning spring
Figure 3-3-71
3. Shift the thrust spring toward the machine rear and detach the cleaning blade shaft.
Thrust spring
Cleaning blade shaft
Cleaning blade shaft
Figure 3-3-72
2A3/4
3-3-62
4. Detach the 2-pin connector and remove the cleaning unit from the image formationunit.
5. Remove the E-rings, bushings and gear from both ends of the cleaning brush.6. Clean or replace the cleaning brush.7. Refit all removed parts.
∗ When installing the cleaning brush, position the end with the D-section at themachine rear and take care not to pinch the cleaning lower seal assembly.
2-pin connector
Cleaning brush
BushingBushing
Cleaning unitCleaning lower seal assembly
GearE-ring E-ring
D-section
Figure 3-3-73
2A3/4
3-3-63
( 3 ) Detaching and refitting the drum separation claw assembly and cleaninglower seal assembly.
Clean or replace the drum separation claw assembly and cleaning lower seal assemblyas follows.
<Procedure> 1. Remove the developing unit, main charger assembly and drum. 2. Remove the four screws holding the drum separation claw assembly and then the
assembly. 3. Remove the two screws holding the cleaning lower seal assembly and then the
assembly. 4. Replace the drum separation claw assembly and cleaning lower seal assembly.
Drum separation claw assembly
Cleaning lower sealassembly
Screws
Screw Screw
Figure 3-3-74 Detaching the drum claw assembly and cleaning lower seal assembly
5. Refit all removed parts.
2A3/4
3-3-64
3-3-9 Fixing section
( 1 ) Detaching and refitting fixing heaters M and SReplace fixing heaters M and S as follows.
<Procedure> 1. While raising the fixing unit release lever, draw the fixing unit out of the machine. 2. Remove the screw holding the fixing unit and then the unit.
Screw
Fixing unit
Fixing unit release lever
*Illustration shows a 42 ppm.
Figure 3-3-75 Detaching the fixing unit
2A3/4
3-3-65
3. Open the fixing unit cover in the direction of the arrow. 4. Remove the two screws holding the fixing unit front cover and then the cover. 5. Remove the screw and two pins holding the fixing unit upper cover, and then the
cover.
Fixing unit front cover
Screws
Pins holding the fixing unit cover
Screw
Fixing unit upper cover
Fixing unit cover
Figure 3-3-76 Detaching the fixing unit front cover and cover
2A3/4
3-3-66
6. Detach the fixing heater wire and the fixing unit wire from the fixing unit thermostat.
Fixing heater wire
Fixing unit wire
Fixing unit thermostat
Figure 3-3-77
7. Detach the two connectors on the fixing heater wire on the rear of the fixing unit.
Connector (white)
Connector (red)
Figure 3-3-78
2A3/4
3-3-67
8. Remove the screw holding the fixing heater front retainer and then the retainer. 9. Pull fixing heaters M and S out from the front of the fixing unit.
Fixing heater front retainer
Screw
Fixing heater S
Fixing heater M
S M
Figure 3-3-79 Detaching fixing heaters M and S
10. Replace fixing heaters M and S.∗ When fitting, place fixing heater M on the right and S on the left, as viewed form the
fixing unit front.∗ Fit the white connector on the rear of the fixing unit to heater M, and the red one to
heater S.11. Refit all removed parts.
2A3/4
3-3-68
( 2 ) Detaching and refitting the fixing unit thermistorReplace the fixing unit thermistor as follows.
<Procedure> 1. Detach the connector. 2. Remove the screw holding the fixing unit thermistor and then the thermistor.
Connector
Fixing unit thermistor
Screw
Figure 3-3-80 Detaching the fixing unit thermistor
2A3/4
3-3-69
3. Replace the thermistor.∗ When fitting the fixing unit thermistor, pass the projection on the thermistor through
the hole in the fixing unit thermistor film and then insert into the cutout in the fixingunit stay.
Fixing unit thermistor
Projection
Fixing unit thermistor film
CutoutFixing unit stay
Figure 3-3-81 Installing the fixing unit thermistor
4. Refit all removed parts.
2A3/4
3-3-70
( 3 ) Detaching and refitting the fixing unit thermostatsReplace the fixing unit thermostats as follows.Caution: Use the specified thermostat for replacement. Do not substitute a simple wire
or similar; otherwise, the machine will be seriously damaged.
<Procedure> 1. Remove the connectors of the fixing unit wire and the fixing heater wire from the
fixing unit thermostat.Remove the connectors while pushing the projection on each connector.
2. Remove the two screws and then the fixing unit thermostat. 3. Replace the fixing unit thermostat.
Fixing heater wire
Fixing unit thermostat
Fixing unit wire
Screws
Figure 3-3-82 Detaching the fixing unit thermostats
4. Refit all removed parts.
2A3/4
3-3-71
( 4 ) Replacing the press rollerReplace the press roller as follows.
<Procedure> 1. Remove the two screws and open the fixing unit stay in the direction of the arrow.
Screw
Screw
Fixing unit stay
Figure 3-3-83 Detaching the fixing unit stay
2A3/4
3-3-72
2. Remove the press roller.
Press roller
Figure 3-3-84 Detaching the press roller
3. Remove the E-ring on either the front or rear end of the press roller and pull out thepress roller shaft.
E-ring
Press roller shaft
E-ring
Figure 3-3-85 Detaching the press roller shaft
4. Replace the press roller. 5. Refit all removed parts.
2A3/4
3-3-73
( 5 ) Replacing the heat rollerReplace the heat roller as follows.
<Procedure> 1. Remove fixing heaters M and S (see page 3-3-64). 2. Open the fixing unit stay (see page 3-3-71). 3. Loosen the screw holding each of the fixing unit front and rear frames and move the
heat roller stopper in the direction of the arrow. 4. Remove the heat roller.
Heat roller stopper
Heat roller
ScrewFixing unit front frame
Heat roller stopper
Screw
Fixing unit rear frame
Figure 3-3-86 Detaching the heat roller
2A3/4
3-3-74
5. Remove the circlip, bearing and bushing from the front end of the heat roller. 6. Remove the circlip, gear, bearing and bushing from the rear end of the heat roller. 7. Replace the heat roller.
Circlip
Circlip
Bearing
Bearing
Gear
Bushing
Heat roller
Bushing
Figure 3-3-87 Refitting the heat roller
8. Refit all removed parts.
2A3/4
3-3-75
( 6 ) Replacing the heat roller separation clawsReplace the heat roller separation claws as follows.
<Procedure> 1. Open the fixing unit cover. 2. Remove the E-ring from the heat roller separation claw shaft and the springs from
the seven heat roller separation claws. 3. Remove the heat roller separation claws from the fixing unit upper guide. 4. Replace the heat roller separation claws.
Springs
Fixing unit upper guide
Heat roller separation claws
E-ring
Fixing unit cover
Figure 3-3-88 Detaching the heat roller separation claws
5. Refit all removed parts.
2A3/4
3-3-76
( 7 ) Detaching and refitting the press roller separation clawsReplace the press roller separation claws as follows.
<Procedure> 1. Open the fixing unit cover. 2. Remove the two E-rings from each of the press roller separation claws and then the
four claws. 3. Replace the press roller separation claws.
Fixing unit cover
Press roller separation claws
Figure 3-3-89 Detaching the press roller separation claws
4. Refit all removed parts.
2A3/4
3-3-77
( 8 ) Replacing the cooling filterReplace the cooling filter as follows.
<Procedure> 1. Remove the screw holding the ozone filter retainer and then the retainer. 2. Replace the cooling filter.
Ozone filter retainer
Cooling filter
Screw
Figure 3-3-90 Detaching the cooling filter
3. Refit all removed parts.
2A3/4
3-3-78
( 9 ) Replacing the ozone filterReplace the ozone filter as follows.
<Procedure> 1. Remove the two screws holding the lower left cover and then the cover. 2. Remove the four screws holding the middle right cover and then the cover. 3. Replace the ozone filter.
Ozone filter
Figure 3-3-91 Fitting the ozone filter
4. Refit all removed parts.
2A3/4
3-3-79
(10) Adjusting the fixing pressure (reference)Adjust fixing pressure when paper creases, fixing is defective, or after the fixingpressure spring is replaced.
<Procedure>
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter "161" using the numeric keys and press the print key.
Yes
No
Start
End
Press the print key.
Wait for 30 s and remove the jammed paper manually.
Press the interrupt key.
Exit maintenance mode.
Is the width of the
black band printed on the image (indicating the part
which stopped in the fixing section)
7.0 ± 0.5 mm?
Turn the fixing pressure nuts to adjust the fixing pressure.
Press the interrupt key.
Clean the heat and press roller if they are dirty.
Fixing pressure nuts
Figure 3-3-93
7.0±0.5 mm
• Fixing pressure: 210 N(both machine frontand rear)
Figure 3-3-92
2A3/4
3-3-80
3-3-10 Feedshift and duplex section
( 1 ) Detaching and refitting the duplex forwarding pulleyReplace the duplex forwarding pulley as follows.
<Procedure> 1. Open the duplex unit. 2. Remove the stop ring and duplex forwarding pulley. 3. Refit all removed parts.
∗ When fitting the duplex forwarding pulley, align the projections of the duplexforwarding pulley with the slots in the forwarding pulley.
Slots
Forwarding pulley
Stop ring
Projections
Duplex forwarding pulley
Figure 3-3-94
2A3/4
3-3-81
( 2 ) Detaching and refitting the switchback roller, duplex upper registration rollerReplace the switchback roller and duplex registration roller as follows.
<Procedure>• Detaching the switchback roller 1. Open the duplex unit. 2. Remove the two screws holding the duplex unit front cover and then the cover.
(only for 42 ppm) 3. Loosen the three screws at the front of the duplex unit. Remove the two screws on
the top and then the duplex unit cover.
Duplex unit front cover
Screws
Screws
Screws
Duplex unit cover
*Illustration shows a 42 ppm.
Figure 3-3-95 Detaching the duplex unit cover
2A3/4
3-3-82
4. Remove the four screws and the duplex unit from the rails. 5. Remove the two screws holding the duplex cover and then the cover. 6. Detach the 6-pin connector of the side registration section and the 3-pin connector
of the side registration home position switch, and unlock the edging. 7. Remove the paper tapping guide by gently bending it and taking out of the hole in
the machine rear first. 8. Remove the four screws holding the side registration section and slide off the
section toward the machine right. 9. Remove the two screws holding the duplex paper conveying upper cover and then
the cover.
3-pin connector
Duplex paper conveying upper cover
Paper tapping guide
Side registration section
Screw
Screws
Screw
Screws
Screws
Duplex cover
6-pin connector
Figure 3-3-96 Detaching the duplex cover and side registration section
2A3/4
3-3-83
10. Remove the screw holding the switchback feedshift solenoid and then the solenoid.
Screw
Switchback feedshift solenoid
Figure 3-3-97 Detaching the switchback feedshift solenoid
11. Remove the E-ring and then the bushing at the front of the duplex unit.
Bushing
E-ring
Figure 3-3-98 Detaching the switchback roller (1)
2A3/4
3-3-84
12. Remove the E-ring and then the fixing drive gear at the rear of the duplex unit.13. Remove the pin, E-ring and bushing.14. Remove the stop ring holding the switchback roller and then the roller from the shaft.
∗ When refitting the switchback roller, fit so that it turns in the same direction as theshaft when the shaft is turned in the direction of the white arrow.
Bushing
Fixing drive gear
E-ring
E-ring
PinShaft
Switchback roller
Stop ring
Figure 3-3-99 Detaching the switchback roller (2)
2A3/4
3-3-85
• Detaching the duplex upper registration roller 1. Remove the duplex unit front cover (42 ppm only) and then the duplex unit cover. 2. Remove the screw holding the switchback feedshift solenoid and then the solenoid. 3. Remove the E-ring and then the bushing at the tront of the duplex unit.
Bushing
E-ring
Figure 3-3-100 Detaching the duplex upper registration roller (1)
2A3/4
3-3-86
4. Remove the two screws holding the stock switch mount and then the mount. 5. Remove the E-ring the at the rear of the duplex unit and then the duplex registration
gear. 6. Remove the spring pin and bushing, and then the duplex upper registration roller.
Screws
Stock switchmount
Bushing
Spring pinDuplex registration
Duplex upper registration roller
Bushing
Figure 3-3-101 Detaching the duplex upper registration roller (2)
2A3/4
3-3-87
( 3 ) Adjusting the position of the side registration sectionPerform the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the centers of theoriginal and copy image during duplex copying (second face).
<Procedure>
Yes
No
Start
Is the center of the image aligned with
that of original?
Make a test copy at 100% and using the largest size paper in duplex mode.
End
Loosen the four screws holding the side registration section, move the section and retighten the screws.
• For copy example 1, move the sec-tion toward the machine front ( ).
• For copy example 2, move the sec-tion toward the machine rear ( ).
Screws
Screws
Side registration section
*Illustration shows a 42 ppm.
Figure 3-3-103 Adjusting the position of the side registration section
Original Copy example 1
Copy example 2
Figure 3-3-102
2A3/4
3-3-88
( 4 ) Adjusting the side registration amountPerform the following adjustment if paper is fed askew during refeed from the duplexunit.
<Procedure>
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter "052" using the numeric keys.
Yes
No
Start
Press the print key.
Select "STEPPER DATA."
Press "TEST RUN."
Press the interrupt key to make a test copy using
A3/11" x 17" paper.
Is gap A between the paper and the side registration front guide
within 1 mm?
Press the print key.
The new setting is stored.
After paper is stocked in the duplex unit, open the unit and move the paper all the way to the side registration rear guide.
Remove the paper and reinstallthe duplex unit.
Remove the paper and reinstall the duplex unit.
Press the stop/clear key.
Exit maintenance mode.
End
Change the setting using the Up/Down keys.• Increasing the value makes the gap
narrower, decreasing it makes the gap wider.
• Setting range: –20 - +20Reference: 0Changing the value by 1 changes the gap by 0.3 mm.
A : 1 mm
Paper
Side registration front guide
Side registration rear guide
Figure 3-3-104
2A3/4
3-3-89
3-3-11 SRDF section
( 1 ) Detaching and refitting the DF original feed pulley and the DF forwarding pulleysClean or replace the DF original feed pulley and DF forwarding pulleys as follows.
<Procedure> 1. Open the DF original reversing cover. 2. Remove the two screws holding the upper original feed section cover and then the
cover. 3. Remove the two stop rings and then the original feed pulley assembly by sliding out
the bushings.
Stop ring
Stop ringBushing
Bushing
Original feed pulley assembly
Figure 3-3-105 Detaching the original feed pulley assembly
• Detaching the DF original feed pulley 4. Remove the two stop rings and then the DF original feed pulley from the original
feed front shaft.
DF forwarding pulleys
DF forwarding belt
DF forwarding pulley 20
DF original feed pulley
Original feed front shaft
Stop rings
One-way clutch
Figure 3-3-106 Detaching the DF original feed pulley
2A3/4
3-3-90
• Detaching DF forwarding pulleys 5. Remove the stop ring and bushing. While lifting the forwarding shaft, remove the
DF forwarding pulleys. 6. Clean or replace the DF original feed pulley and DF forwarding pulleys. 7. Refit all removed parts.
∗ When fitting the DF original feed pulley and DF forwarding pulleys, ensure that theside having the one-way clutch faces the machine rear.
DF forwarding pulleys
DF forwarding belt
DF original feed pulley 28
Forwarding shaft
Stop ring
Bushing
One-way clutch
Figure 3-3-107 Detaching the DF forwarding pulleys
2A3/4
3-3-91
( 2 ) Detaching and refitting the DF separation pulleyClean or replace the DF separation pulley as follows.
<Procedure> 1. Open the DF reversing cover. 2. Remove the two screws holding the upper original feed section cover and then the
cover. 3. Remove the two screws holding the DF rear cover. 4. Remove the screw holding the fulcrum pin and then the pin. 5. Detach the 6-pin connector and remove the original table.
Fulcrum pin
6-pin connectors
Original table
Screw
Figure 3-3-108
2A3/4
3-3-92
6. Remove the two screws holding the DF original feed lower guide and the twoscrews holding the DF original feed upper guide.
7. Loosen the other two screws on the DF original feed lower guide. 8. While lifting the DF original feed upper guide and pressing the original set switch
actuator, remove the DF original feed lower guide.
DF original feed upper guide
DF original feed lower guide
Original set switch actuator
Screws (To be loosened only)
Screws
Screw
Screw
Figure 3-3-109
9. Detach the original set switch 3-pin connector.10. Remove the two screws holding the separation pulley retainer.
Separation pulley retainer
3-pin connectors
Figure 3-3-110
2A3/4
3-3-93
11. Remove the two stop rings and pin to remove the DF separation pulley from theseparation shaft.
12. Clean or replace the DF separation pulley.13. Refit all removed parts.
∗ When fitting the DF separation pulley, ensure that the side having the one-wayclutch faces the machine rear.
DF separation pulley
Stop rings
One-way clutch
Separation shaft
Pin
Figure 3-3-111 Detaching the DF separation pulley
2A3/4
3-3-94
( 3 ) Adjusting the lateral squareness of the DFPerform the following adjustment if the copy image is skewed laterally (lateralsquareness is not obtained).Caution:
• Before making the following adjustment, output a 1 DOT-LINE PG pattern inmaintenance item U089 to use as the original for the adjustment.
• Adjust the amount of slack in the paper at the registration roller for drawer, bypassand duplex feeds (page 3-3-22) and the scanner image lateral squareness(reference, page 3-3-33) first. Check for lateral squareness of the copy image andif squareness is not obtained, adjust the lateral squareness of the DF.
<Procedure>
Adjust the position of the SRDF.• For copy example 1, rotate the
adjustment screw in the direction of the white arrow (e).
• For copy example 2, rotate the adjustment screw in the direction of the black arrow (b).Yes
No
Press the print key to make a test copy.
End
Is the image correct?
Start
Place the original on the SRDF.
Figure 3-3-112
Original Copy example 1
Copy example 2
2A3/4
3-3-95
• Adjusting 1. Open the SRDF. 2. Loosen the screw securing the right leg of the SRDF on the right. 3. Adjust the position of the SRDF by rotating the adjustment screw behind the right
leg of the SRDF. 4. Retighten the screw loosened in step 2. 5. Refit all removed parts.
Figure 3-3-113
Screw
Adjustment screw
SRDF right leg
2A3/4
3-3-96
( 4 ) Adjusting the DF magnificationAdjust magnification in the auxiliary scanning direction if magnification is incorrect whenthe DF is used.
U053(P.3-2-21)
U403(P.3-3-40)
U402(P.3-3-20)
U066(P.3-3-39)
U070 U071(P.3-3-98)
U404(P.3-3-100)
U065(P.3-3-37)
U034(P.3-3-18)
Caution: Before making the following adjustment, ensure that the above adjustmentshave been made in maintenance mode.
<Procedure>
Enter maintenance mode.
Place an original on the DF and make a test copy.
Yes
No
Start
End
Exit maintenance mode.
Press the stop/clear key.
Is the image correct?
Enter "070" using the numeric keys.
Press the interrupt key.
Setting range: –25 - +25Changing the value by 1 changes the magnification by 0.1%.Reference: 0
Change the setting.• For copy example 1, increase
the value using the Up key to make the copy image longer.
• For copy example 2, decrease the value using the Down keys to make the copy image shorter.
Press the print key.
Press the print key.
The new setting is stored.
Figure 3-3-114
Auxiliary scanning direction
Original
Main scanning direction
Copy example 1
Copy example 2
2A3/4
3-3-97
( 5 ) Adjusting the DF center linePerform the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the centers of theoriginal and the copy image.
U034(P.3-3-19)
U404(P.3-3-100)
U067(P.3-3-38) U072U403
(P.3-3-40)U 402
(P.3-3-20)
Caution: Before making the following adjustment, ensure that the above adjustmentshave been made in maintenance mode.
<Procedure>
Enter maintenance mode.
Place and original on the DF and make a test copy.
Yes
No
Start
End
Change the setting.• For copy example 1, increase
the value using the Up key.• For copy example 2, decrease
the value using the Down key.
Exit maintenance mode.
Press the stop/clear key.
Is the image correct?
Enter "072" using the numeric keys.
Press the interrupt key.
Press the print key.
Setting range: –39.0 - +39.0Changing the value by 1 moves the center line by 0.17 mm.Reference: 0
Press the print key.
The new setting is stored.
Figure 3-3-115
Original Copy example 1
Copy example 2
Reference
2A3/4
3-3-98
( 6 ) Adjusting the scanning start position when the DF is usedPerform the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the leading ortrailing edges of the original and the copy image.
U034(P.3-3-18)
U404(P.3-3-100)
U066(P.3-3-39) U071U403
(P.3-3-40)U 402
(P.3-3-20)
Caution: Before making the following adjustment, ensure that the above adjustmentshave been made in maintenance mode.
(6-1) Adjusting the DF leading edge registration<Procedure>
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter "071" using the numeric keys and press the print key.
Yes
No
Start
End
• For copy example 1, increase the value using the Up key.
• For copy example 2, decrease the value using the Down key.
Press the interrupt key.
Exit maintenance mode.
Press the stop/clear key.
Place an original on the DF and make a test copy.
Is the image correct?
Setting range: –32 - +32Reference: 0Changing the value by 1 moves the copy image by 0.19 mm.Increasing the value moves the copy image backward, and decreasing it moves the image forward.
Press the print key.
The new setting is stored.
To adjust the DF leading edge registration, select "LEAD EDGE ADJ."
Figure 3-3-116
Original Copy example 1
Copy example 2
2A3/4
3-3-99
(6-2) Adjusting the DF trailing edge registration<Procedure>
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter "071" using the numeric keys and press the print key.
Yes
No
Start
End
• For copy example, decrease the value using the Down key.
Press the interrupt key.
Exit maintenance mode.
Press the stop/clear key.
Place an original on the DF and make a test copy.
Is the image correct?
Setting range: –32 - +32Reference: 0Changing the value by 1 moves the copy image by 0.19 mm.
Press the print key.
The new setting is stored.
To adjust the DF trailing edge registration, select
"TRAIL EDGE ADJ."
Figure 3-3-117
Original Copy example
2A3/4
3-3-100
( 7 ) Adjusting the margins for scanning the original from the DFPerform the following adjustment if margins are not correct.
U402(P.3-3-20) U404U403
(P.3-3-40)
Caution: Before making the following adjustment, ensure that the above adjustmentshave been made in maintenance mode.
<Procedure>
Change the setting.• Increasing the value using the
Up key makes the margin wider.
• Decreasing the value using the Down key makes the margin narrower.
Touch panel displayDF A MARGIN: DF left marginDF B MARGIN: DF leading edge marginDF C MARGIN: DF right marginDF D MARGIN: DF trailing edge margin
Yes
No
Start
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter "404" using the numeric keys.
Press the print key.
Place an original on the DF and make a test copy
Press the print key.
The new setting is stored.
Setting range (default)DF left margin: 0 - +20 (2)DF leading edge margin: 6 - +20 (6)DF right margin: 0 - +20 (2)DF trailing edge margin: 0 - +20 (6)Changing the value by 1 moves the margin by 0.5 mm for all.
Select the item to be adjusted on the touch panel.
Are the margins correct?
AB
Press the interrupt key.
2A3/4
3-3-101
Yes
No
AB
Proceed to another mode?
Press the stop/clear key.
Exit maintenance mode.
End
DF leading edge margin (3±1.0mm)
DF left margin(2±0.5mm)
DF right margin(2±0.5mm)
DF trailing edge margin(3±1.0mm)
Original
Figure 3-3-118
2A3/4
3-3-102
3-3-12 Large paper deck section(42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard)
( 1 ) Detaching and refitting the upper and lower deck separation rollersClean or replace the upper and lower deck separation rollers as follows.
<Procedure> 1. Open the large paper feed deck. 2. Open the deck side cover. 3. Remove the stop rings. 4. Remove the one-way drum. 5. Clean or replace the upper and lower deck separation rollers. 6. Refit all removed parts.
One-way drum
Upper deck separation roller
Stop ringsLower deck separation roller
Deck side cover
Figure 3-3-119 Detaching and refitting the upper andlower deck separation rollers
One-way drum Upper deck separation roller
Figure 3-3-120 Installing the one-way drum
∗ Be sure to orient the one-way drum as shown in the above diagram.
2A3/4
3-3-103
( 2 ) Detaching and refitting the deck paper conveying unit assembly
<Procedure> 1. Open the large paper deck. 2. Open the deck right cover and remove the deck rear cover. 3. Remove the spring and four screws holding the deck paper conveying motor
bracket and then the bracket. 4. Remove the two screws holding the deck paper conveying unit assembly and then
the assembly.
Deck paper conveying roller
Spring
Screws
Deck paper feed roller 1
Deck paper conveying motor bracket
Screws
Deck paper feed roller 2
Deck paper conveying unit assembly
Figure 3-3-121 Detaching and refitting the deck paper conveying unit assembly
2A3/4
3-3-104
( 3 ) Detaching and refitting deck paper feed roller 1Clean or replace deck paper feed roller 1 as follows.
<Procedure> 1. Remove the stop ring. 2. While pressing the roller down, pull out the shaft. 3. Take deck paper feed roller 1 out and clean or replace. 4. Refit all removed parts.
Stop ring
Deck paper feed roller 1
Shaft
Figure 3-3-122 Detaching and refitting deck paper feed roller 1
∗ Use the above procedure to detach and refit deck paper feed roller 2 and the paperconveying roller.
2A3/4
3-3-105
( 4 ) Adjusting the position of the center adjuster (center line alignment)Perform the following adjustment if the center lines of the original and copy image aremisaligned.
<Procedure>
Loosen the six screws securing the deck front cover. Adjust the position of the deck front cover such that the surface becomes flush with other covers on the machine front and retighten the screws.
YesAre the center lines of the original and copy
image misaligned?Loosen the two screws securing the center adjuster and adjust the position of the adjuster.• For copy example 1, move it
toward the machine rear (a).• For copy example 2, move it
toward the machine front (f).
Retighten the two screws securing the center adjuster and close the large paper deck.
Start
End
Make a test copy.
Open the large paper deck.
No
Original Copy example 2
Copy example 1
Figure 3-3-123
Screws
Center adjuster
Figure 3-3-124 Adjusting the center of the center adjuster
1-1-23
2A3/4
CONTENTS
3-4 PCB Initial Settings
3-4-1 Replacing the main PCB ..................................................................... 3-4-1(1) Replacing the main PCB only ...................................................... 3-4-1(2) Replacing the main PCB and backup RAM ................................. 3-4-1
3-4-2 Replacing the main PCB ROMs.......................................................... 3-4-23-4-3 Adjustment-free variable resisters (VR) .............................................. 3-4-3
3-4-1
2A3/4
3-4-1 Replacing the main PCB
(1) Replacing the main PCB onlyAfter replacing the main PCB, remove the backup RAM (IC15) from the old main PCBand fit it to the new main PCB to maintain the original setting data.
(2) Replacing the main PCB and backup RAMWhen replacing the backup RAM along with the main PCB, perform the following steps.
Procedure• Before removing the old backup RAM:
1. Enter the maintenance mode. 2. Execute maintenance item U000 to output a list of the current settings for
maintenance items. 3. Exit the maintenance mode. 4. Turn the main switch off and disconnect the power plug. 5. Replace the main PCB and backup RAM with the new ones.
• After installing the new backup RAM: 6. Insert the power plug and turn the main switch on. 7. Enter maintenance mode. 8. Execute maintenance item U020. 9. Execute maintenance item U252 and select the destination.10. Execute maintenance item U000 and output a list of the current settings for
maintenance items.11. Compare the lists output in steps 2 and 10. If there are any differences, reenter
the data in accordance with the values on the list output in step 2.12. Exit the maintenance mode.
3-4-2
2A3/4
3-4-2 Replacing the main PCB ROMs
When replacing the ROMs on the main PCB, perform the following steps.Main ROM IC (P/N 2A368010)Engine ROM IC (P/N 2A368020)Scanner ROM IC (P/N 2A368060)
Procedure 1. Turn the main switch off and disconnect the power plug. 2. Remove the screw securing the main PCB ROM cover. 3. Replace the main ROM IC (IC45), engine ROM IC (IC57) and scanner ROM IC
(IC54). 4. Refit the main PCB ROM cover. 5. Insert the power plug and turn the main switch on.
Scanner ROM IC
Main ROM IC
Engin ROM IC
Figure 3-4-1 Replacing the main PCB ROMs
3-4-3
2A3/4
3-4-3 Adjustment-free variable resisters (VR)
The variable resistors listed below are set at the factory prior to shipping and should notbe adjusted in the field.
• High-voltage transformer PCB: VR101, VR102, VR201, VR202, VR301, VR401,VR402
• Power source PCB: VR301
1-1-25
2A3/4
CONTENTS
3-5 Self-Diagnosis
3-5-1 Self-diagnosis ..................................................................................... 3-5-1(1) Self-diagnostic function ............................................................... 3-5-1
2A3/4
3-5-1
3-5-1 Self-diagnosis
(1) Self-diagnostic function
This unit is equipped with a self-diagnostic function. When a problem is detected, copy-ing is disabled and the problem displayed as a code consisting of "C" followed by anumber between 001 and 924, indicating the nature of the problem.A message is also displayed requesting the user to call for service.After removing the problem, the self-diagnostic function can be reset by turning safetyswitches 1, 2 or 3 off and back on.
Call for service.
012345678901234
C241
Figure 3-5-1 Service call code display
2A3/4
3-5-2
Defectivememory copyPCB 1.
Defectivememory copyPCB 2.
Defective mainPCB.
Problem withthe backupmemory data.
Defectivebackup RAM.
Poor contact ofthe connectorterminals.
Defective mainPCB or opera-tion unit mainPCB.
Replace memory copy PCB 1and check for correct opera-tion.
Replace memory copy PCB 2and check for correct opera-tion.
Replace the main PCB andcheck for correct operation.
Turn safety switch 1 off andback on and run maintenanceitem U020 to set the contentsof the backup memory dataagain.
If the C011 is displayed afterre-setting the backup memorycontents, replace the backupRAM.
Check the connection of con-nectors CN6 on the main PCBand CN6 on the operation unitmain PCB, and the continuityacross the connector termi-nals. Repair or replace if nec-essary.
Replace the main PCB or op-eration unit main PCB andcheck for correct operation.
C001
C003
C010
C011
C021
Memory copy PCB 1 com-munication problem• Problems with data from
memory copy PCB 1.
Memory copy PCB 2 prob-lem*1
• Problems with data frommemory copy PCB 2.
RAM/ROM problem• Read and write data does
not match.
Backup memory dataproblem• Data in the specified area
of the backup memorydoes not match the speci-fied values.
Operation unit main PCBcommunication problem• There is no reply after 20
retries at communication.
Self diagnostic codes
Code ContentsRemarks
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
*1: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard.
2A3/4
3-5-3
Defective en-gine ROM IC.
Defective mainPCB.
Defective mainPCB.
Poor contact ofthe connectorterminals.
Defective mainPCB or printerboard.
Replace the engine ROM ICon the main PCB and checkfor correct operation.
Replace the main PCB andcheck for correct operation.
Replace the main PCB andcheck for correct operation.
Check the connection of con-nector CN4 on the main PCBand the connector on theprinter board. Repair or re-place if necessary.
Replace the main PCB orprinter board and check forcorrect operation.
Code ContentsRemarks
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
Communication problembetween the engine PCBand main PCB• There is no reply after 20retries at communication.
Scanner communicationproblem• There is no reply after 5 re-tries at communication.
Printer board communica-tion problem*2
•There is no reply after 20retries at communication.
C022
C023
C024
*2: Optional.
2A3/4
3-5-4
Check the connection of con-nector CN2 on the main PCBand the connector on memorycopy PCB 1. Repair or replaceif necessary.
Replace the main PCB ormemory copy PCB 1 andcheck for correct operation.
Check the connection of con-nector CN17 on the enginePCB and the connector CN9on the deck main PCB, andthe continuity across the con-nector terminals. Repair or re-place if necessary.
Replace the engine PCB andcheck for correct operation.
Replace the main PCB andcheck for correct operation.
Replace the deck main PCBand check for correct opera-tion.
Check the connection of con-nectors CN17 on the enginePCB and CN2 on the deskmain PCB, and the continuityacross the connector termi-nals. Repair or replace if nec-essary.
Replace the engine PCB andcheck for correct operation.
Replace the main PCB andcheck for correct operation.
Replace the desk main PCBand check for correct opera-tion.
Poor contact ofthe connectorterminals.
Defective mainPCB ormemory copyPCB 1.
Poor contact ofthe connectorterminals.
Defective en-gine PCB.
Defective mainPCB.
Defective deckmain PCB.
Poor contact ofthe connectorterminals.
Defective en-gine PCB.
Defective mainPCB.
Defective deskmain PCB.
C026
C032
C032
Memory copy PCB 1 com-munication problem• There is no reply after five
retries at transmitting.• There is no reply after five
retries at receiving.
Large paper deck commu-nication problem*1
• Communication errors fromthe communication micro-computer (IC56) on themain PCB:No communication: thereis no replay after 3 retries.Abnormal communication:a communication error(parity or checksum error)is detected five times insuccession.
Paper feed desk commu-nication problem*3
• An error code from the pa-per feed desk is detectedeight times in succession.No communication: thereis no reply after 3 retries.Abnormal communication:a communication error(parity or checksum error)is detected five times insuccession.
Code ContentsRemarks
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
*1: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard. *3: Optional for 42 ppm only.
2A3/4
3-5-5
Poor contact ofthe connectorterminals.
Defective en-gine PCB.
Defective mainPCB.
Defective fin-isher mainPCB.
Poor contact ofthe connectorterminals.
Defective mainPCB ormemory copyPCB 2.
Defective mainPCB.
Insufficient ex-posure lampluminosity.
DefectivemainPCB.
Incorrect shad-ing position.
CCD PCB out-put problem.
Check the connection of con-nectors CN21 on the enginePCB and CN2 on the finishermain PCB, and the continuityacross the connector termi-nals. Repair or replace if nec-essary.
Replace the engine PCB andcheck for correct operation.
Replace the main PCB andcheck for correct operation.
Replace the finisher main PCBand check for correct opera-tion.
Check the connection of con-nector CN3 on the main PCBand the connector on memorycopy PCB 2. Repair or replaceif necessary.
Replace the main PCB ormemory copy PCB 2 andcheck for correct operation.
Replace the main PCB andcheck for correct operation.
Replace the exposure lamp orinverter PCB.
Replace the mainPCB.
Adjust the position of the con-tact glass (shading plate). Ifthe problem still occurs, re-place the scanner home posi-tion switch.
Replace the ISU.
Finisher communicationproblem*2
• Communication errors fromthe communication micro-computer (IC56) on themain PCB:No communication: thereis no reply after 3 retries.Abnormal communication:a communication error(parity or checksum error)is detected five times insuccession.
Memory copy PCB 2 com-munication problem*1
• There is no reply after fiveretries at transmitting.
• There is no reply after fiveretries at receiving.
Communication micro-computer problem• A problem is detected withthe communication micro-computer (IC56) on themain PCB.
Optical system problem• After AGC, correct input isnot obtained at CCD.
Code ContentsRemarks
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
C034
C036
C037
C104
*1: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard. *2: Optional.
2A3/4
3-5-6
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.
Replace the drive motor.
Check if the rollers and gearsrotate smoothly. If not, greasethe bushings and gears.Check for broken gears andreplace if any.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.
Replace the paper conveyingmotor.
Check if the rollers and gearsrotate smoothly. If not, greasethe bushings and gears.Check for broken gears andreplace if any.
Poor contact ofthe drive motorconnector ter-minals.
Defective drivemotor rotationcontrol circuit.
Defective drivetransmissionsystem.
Poor contact ofthe paper con-veying motorconnector ter-minals.
Defective paperconveying mo-tor rotation con-trol circuit.
Defective drivetransmissionsystem.
C200
C210
Drive motor problem• DM LOCK signal remains
high for 1 s, 1 s after thedrive motor has turned on.
Paper conveying motorproblem
• PCM LOCK signal remainshigh for 1 s, 1 s after theconveying motor hasturned on.
Code ContentsRemarks
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
2A3/4
3-5-7
Defective sideregistration mo-tor.
Defective sideregistrationhome positionswitch.
Poor contact ofthe connectorterminals.
Malfunction ofthe side regis-tration guides.
Poor contact ofthe connectorterminals.
Defective paperfeed motor ro-tation controlcircuit.
Defective drivetransmissionsystem.
Poor contact ofthe desk drivemotor connec-tor terminals.
Defective deskdrive motor ro-tation controlcircuit.
Side registration motorproblem• A problem where the sideregistration home positionswitch does not turn off af-ter the side registrationmotor has turned 30 stepsor the switch does not turnon after the motor hasturned 265 steps is de-tected twice in succession.(The first time, the copierindicates that the duplexunit is not inserted cor-rectly, requesting the userto open and reinsert theduplex unit. After the sec-ond detection, the copierenters partial operationcontrol.)
Paper feed motor problem• PFM LOCK signal remainshigh for 1 s, 1 s after thepaper feed motor hasturned on.
Desk drive motor prob-lem*3
• DDM LOCK signal remainshigh for 1 s, 2 s after thedesk drive motor hasturned on.
Check for continuity acrossthe coil. If none, replace theside registration motor.
Check if CN9-12 on the en-gine PCB goes high when theside registration home positionswitch is on and goes lowwhen the switch is off. If not,replace the switch.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.
Check if the side registrationguides operate smoothly. Ifnot, repair.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.
Replace the paper feed motor.
Check if the rollers and gearsrotate smoothly. If not, greasethe bushings and gears.Check for broken gears andreplace if any.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.
Replace the desk drive motor.
Code ContentsRemarks
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
C220
C230
C231
*3: Optional for 42 ppm only.
2A3/4
3-5-8
Check if rollers and gears ro-tate smoothly. If not greasethe bushings and gears.Check for broken gears andreplace if any.
Replace the upper lift motor.
Check for continuity acrossthe coil. If none, replace theupper lift motor.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.
Check if CN15-3 on the en-gine PCB goes low when theupper lift limit switch is turnedon. If not, replace the upper liftlimit switch.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.
Replace the lower lift motor.
Check for continuity acrossthe coil. If none, replace thelower lift motor.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.
Defective drivetransmissionsystem.
Broken gearsor couplings ofthe upper liftmotor.
Defective upperlift motor.
Poor contact ofthe upper liftmotor connec-tor terminals.
Defective upperlift limit switch.
Poor contact ofthe upper liftlimit switchconnector ter-minals.
Broken gearsor couplings ofthe lower liftmotor
Defective lowerlift motor.
Poor contact ofthe lower liftmotor connec-tor terminals.
C231
C241
C242
Desk drive motor prob-lem*3
• DDM LOCK signal remainshigh for 1 s, 2 s after thedesk drive motor hasturned on.
Upper lift motor problem• When the drawer is in-
serted, the upper lift limitswitch does not turn onwithin 4 to 5 s of the upperlift motor turning on.
• During copying, the upperlift limit switch does notturn on within 200 ms ofthe upper lift motor turningon.
Lower lift motor problem• When the drawer is in-
serted, the lower lift limitswitch does not turn onwithin 4 to 5 s of the lowerlift motor turning on.
• During copying, the lowerlift limit switch does notturn on within 200 ms ofthe lower lift motor turningon.
Code ContentsRemarks
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
*3: Optional for 42 ppm only.
2A3/4
3-5-9
Lower lift motor problem• When the drawer is in-serted, the lower lift limitswitch does not turn onwithin 4 to 5 s of the lowerlift motor turning on.
• During copying, the lowerlift limit switch does notturn on within 200 ms ofthe lower lift motor turningon.
Upper desk lift motorproblem*3
• When the drawer is in-serted, the upper desk liftlimit switch does not turnon within 4 to 5 s of the up-per desk lift motor turningon.
• During copying, the upperdesk lift limit switch doesnot turn on within 200 msof the upper desk lift motorturning on.
C242
C243
Defective lowerlift limit switch.
Poor contact ofthe lower liftlimit switchconnector ter-minals.
Broken gearsor couplings ofthe upper desklift motor.
Defective upperdesk lift motor.
Poor contact ofthe upper desklift motor con-nector termi-nals.
Defective upperdesk lift limitswitch.
Poor contact ofthe upper desklift limit switchconnector ter-minals.
Check if CN15-4 on the en-gine PCB goes low when thelower lift limit switch is turnedon. If not, replace the upper liftlimit switch.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.
Replace the upper desk liftmotor.
Check for continuity acrossthe coil. If none, replace theupper desk lift motor.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.
Check if CN3-11 on the deskmain PCB goes low when theupper desk lift limit switch isturned on. If not, replace theupper desk lift limit switch.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.
Code ContentsRemarks
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
*3: Optional for 42 ppm only.
2A3/4
3-5-10
Lower desk lift motorproblem*3
• When the drawer is in-serted, the lower desk liftlimit switch does not turnon within 4 to 5 s of thelower desk lift motor turn-ing on.
• During copying, the lowerdesk lift limit switch doesnot turn on within 200 msof the lower desk lift motorturning on.
Scanner carriage problem• The home position is not
correct when the power isturned on or at the start ofcopying using the bypasstable.
C244
C310
Broken gearsor couplingsof the lowerdesk lift mo-tor.
Defectivelower desk liftmotor.
Poor contactof the lowerdesk lift motorconnectorterminals.
Defectivelower desk liftlimit switch.
Poor contactof the lowerdesk lift limitswitch con-nector termi-nals.
Poor contact ofthe connectorterminals.
Defective scan-ner home posi-tion switch.
Defective mainPCB or scan-ner motor PCB.
Defective scan-ner motor.
Replace the lower desk liftmotor.
Check for continuity acrossthe coil. If none, replace thelower desk lift motor.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.
Check if CN3-12 on the deskmain PCB goes low when thelower desk lift limit switch isturned on. If not, replace theupper desk lift limit switch.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.
Check the connection of con-nector CN5 on the main PCBand the continuity across theconnector terminals. Repair orreplace if necessary.
Replace the scanner homeposition switch.
Replace the main PCB orscanner motor PCB and checkfor correct operation.
Replace the scanner motor.
Code ContentsRemarks
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
*3: Optional for 42 ppm only.
2A3/4
3-5-11
Scanner watchdog prob-lem• The main routine does notrun within 8.192 ms of themain switch being turnedon.
Original detection posi-tion problem• The original size detectionmicrocomputer in the mainPCB cannot store initialdata correctly.
Polygon motor synchroni-zation problem• The polygon motor doesnot reach the stable speedwithin 9 s of the polygonmotor remote signal turn-ing on.
Polygon motor steady-state problem• The polygon motor rotationis not stable for 600 ms af-ter the polygon motor rota-tion has been stabilized.
C332
C340
C400
C401
Defective mainPCB.
Poor contact ofthe connectors.
Defective origi-nal size sensor.
Defective mainPCB or scan-ner motor PCB.
Poor contact ofthe polygonmotor connec-tor terminals.
Defective poly-gon motor.
Defectivepower sourcePCB.
Defective en-gine PCB.
Poor contact ofthe polygonmotor connec-tor terminals.
Defective poly-gon motor.
Replace the main PCB andcheck for correct operation.
Check the connection of con-nector CN7 on the scannermotor PCB and the continuityacross the connector termi-nals. Repair or replace if nec-essary.
Replace the original size sen-sor.
Replace the main PCB orscanner motor PCB and checkfor correct operation.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.
Replace the LSU.
Check if 24 V DC is suppliedto CN6-5 on the engine PCB.If not, replace the powersource PCB.
Check if 24 V DC is outputfrom CN7-1 on the enginePCB. If not, replace the enginePCB.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.
Replace the LSU.
Code ContentsRemarks
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
2A3/4
3-5-12
Defectivepower sourcePCB.
Defective en-gine PCB.
Defective laserdiode.
Defective poly-gon motor.
Defective mainPCB.
Defective high-voltage trans-former PCB.
Leakage duringmain charging.
Defective high-voltage trans-former PCB.
Leakage duringtransfer/sepa-ration charging.
Poor contact ofthe fixing unitthermistor con-nector termi-nals.
Broken fixingunit thermistorwire.
Fixing unit ther-mistor installedincorrectly.
Fixing unit ther-mostattriggered.
Check if 24 V DC is suppliedto CN6-5 on the engine PCB.If not, replace the powersource PCB.
Check if 24 V DC is outputfrom CN7-1 on the enginePCB. If not, replace the enginePCB.
Replace the LSU.
Replace the LSU.
Replace the main PCB.
Replace the high-voltagetransformer PCB.
Check and clean the maincharger assembly.
Replace the high-voltagetransformer PCB.
Check and clean the transfercharger assembly.
Check the connection of con-nector CN3-B8 on the enginePCB and the continuity acrossthe connector terminals. Re-pair or replace if necessary.
Measure the resistance. If it isinfinite, replace the fixing unitthermistor.
Check and reinstall if neces-sary.
Check for continuity. If none,replace the fixing unit thermo-stat.
C401
C420
C510
C511
C610
Polygon motor steady-state problem• The polygon motor rotation
is not stable for 600 ms af-ter the polygon motor rota-tion has been stabilized.
BD steady-state problem• The VTC detects a BD er-
ror for 600 ms after thepolygon motor rotation hasbeen stabilized.
Main charger problem• MC ALM signal is detected
continuously for 400 mswhen MC REM signal isturned on.
Transfer/separation high-voltage problem• STALM signal is detected
continuously for 400 mswhen TC/SC REM signal isturned on.
Broken fixing unit ther-mistor wire• The fixing temperature
does not increase for 40 safter the fixing heatershave been turned on forwarming up.
• The fixing temperature re-mains below 50˚C/122˚Ffor 10 s continuously afterthe fixing heaters havebeen turned on during sta-bilization.
Code ContentsRemarks
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
2A3/4
3-5-13
Code ContentsRemarks
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
Fixing unitheater M or Sinstalled incor-rectly.
Broken fixingunit heater M orS wire.
Poor contact ofthe fixing unitthermistor con-nector termi-nals.
Broken fixingunit thermistorwire.
Fixing unit ther-mistor installedincorrectly.
Fixing unit ther-mostat trig-gered.
Fixing unitheater M or Sinstalled incor-rectly.
Broken fixingunit heater M orS wire.
Check and reinstall if neces-sary.
Check for continuity. If none,replace the fixing unit heaterM or S.
Check the connection of con-nector CN3-B8 on the enginePCB and the continuity acrossthe connector terminals. Re-pair or replace if necessary.
Measure the resistance. If it isinfinite, replace the fixing unitthermistor.
Check and reinstall if neces-sary.
Check for continuity. If none,replace the fixing unit thermo-stat.
Check and reinstall if neces-sary.
Check for continuity. If none,replace the fixing unit heaterM or S.
C610
C620
Broken fixing unit ther-mistor wire• The fixing temperaturedoes not increase for 40 safter the fixing heatershave been turned on forwarming up.
• The fixing temperature re-mains below 50˚C/122˚Ffor 10 s continuously afterthe fixing heaters havebeen turned on during sta-bilization.
Abnormally low fixingtemperature• The fixing temperature re-mains below 120˚C/248˚Ffor 10 s.
2A3/4
3-5-14
Shorted fixingunit thermistor.
Broken fixingunit heater con-trol circuit onthe powersource PCB.
Poor contact ofthe connectorterminals.
Defectivepower sourcePCB.
Defective mainPCB.
Defective tonersensor.
Poor contact ofthe toner sen-sor connectorterminals.
Developerproblem.
Measure the resistance. If it isinfinite, replace the fixing unitthermistor.
Replace the power sourcePCB.
Check the connection of con-nectors CN10-5 on the mainPCB and CN4-3 on the powersource PCB, and the continu-ity across the connector termi-nals. Repair or replace if nec-essary.
Check if the zero-crossing sig-nal is output from CN4-3 onthe power source PCB. If not,replace the power sourcePCB.
Replace the main PCB if C640is detected while CN4-3 on thepower source PCB outputs thezero-crossing signal.
Replace the toner sensor.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.
Replace the developer.
C630
C640
C710
Abnormally high fixingtemperature• The fixing temperature ex-
ceeds 220˚C/428˚F for 10s.
• The fixing unit high tem-perature detection circuiton the engine PCB detectsan abnormally high tem-perature.
Zero-crossing signalproblem• The main PCB does not
detect the zero-crossingsignal (Z CROSS SIG) forthe time specified below.At power-on: 3 sOthers: 5 s
Toner sensor problem• The sensor output voltage
is outside the range of 0.5to 4.5 V during copying orin maintenance item U130.
• The toner sensor controlvoltage cannot be setwithin the range in mainte-nance item U130.
Code ContentsRemarks
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
2A3/4
3-5-15
Poor contact ofthe humiditysensor PCBconnector ter-minals.
Defective exter-nal temperaturethermistor.
Poor contact ofthe humiditysensor PCBconnector ter-minals.
Defective exter-nal temperaturethermistor.
Toner mainhopper lockup.
Defective tonerhopper lockupsensor.
Poor contact ofthe toner hop-per lockup sen-sor connectorterminals.
Defective tonerrecycle motor.
Poor contact ofthe toner re-cycle motorconnector ter-minals.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.
Replace the humidity sensorPCB.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.
Replace the humidity sensorPCB.
Remove the recycled toner inthe toner main hopper if itlocks up.
Replace the toner hopperlockup sensor.
Reinsert the connectors. Alsocheck for continuity within thecable. If none, remedy or re-place the cable.
Check for continuity acrossthe coils. If none, replace therecycle motor.
Reinsert the connectors. Alsocheck for continuity within thecable. If none, remedy or re-place the cable.
C730
C731
C740
Broken external tempera-ture thermistor wire• The input voltage is above4.5 V (230 bits).
Short-circuited externaltemperature thermistor• The input voltage is below0.5 V (250 bits).
Toner hopper problem• The toner hopper lockupsensor does not turn off af-ter the toner recycle motorhas rotated for at least 1minute.
Code ContentsRemarks
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
2A3/4
3-5-16
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.
Replace the paper conveyingmotor and check for correctoperation.
Replace the finisher main PCBand check for correct opera-tion.
Adjust the paper conveyingbelt so that it is in phase andcheck for correct operation.
Replace the paper conveyingbelt clutch and check for cor-rect operation.
Replace the paper conveyingbelt home position sensor andcheck for correct operation.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.
Check whether the internaltray unit or front cover catchesare damaged.
The paperconveyingmotor con-nector makespoor contact.
The paperconveyingmotor mal-functions.
Defective fin-isher mainPCB.
The paperconveyingbelt is out ofphase.
The paperconveyingbelt clutchmalfunctions.
The paperconveyingbelt homeposition sen-sor malfunc-tions.
The paperconveyingbelt homeposition sen-sor connectormakes poorcontact.
The internaltray is incor-rectly in-serted.
C801
C803
Finisher paper conveyingmotor problem*2
• The paper conveying mo-tor lockup signal is de-tected for 0.5 s or longer.
Finisher paper conveyingbelt problem*2
• An on-to-off or off-to-onstate change of the paperconveying belt home posi-tion sensor is not detectedwithin 2 s of the paper con-veying belt clutch turningon.
Code ContentsRemarks
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
*2: optional.
2A3/4
3-5-17
The tray eleva-tion motor con-nector makespoor contact.
The tray eleva-tion motor mal-functions.
Defective fin-isher mainPCB.
The front jog-ger motor con-nector makespoor contact.
The front jog-ger motor mal-functions.
The front jog-ger motorhome positionsensor connec-tor makes poorcontact.
The front jog-ger motorhome positionsensor mal-functions.
Defective fin-isher mainPCB.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.
Replace the tray elevation mo-tor and check for correct op-eration.
Replace the finisher main PCBand check for correct opera-tion.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.
Replace the front jogger motorand check for correct opera-tion.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.
Replace the front jogger homeposition sensor and check forcorrect operation.
Replace the finisher main PCBand check for correct opera-tion.
C814
C817
Finisher tray elevationmotor problem*2
• The sort tray is not de-tected in the home positionwithin 30 s of the start ofthe tray elevation motor ro-tation.
Finisher front jogger mo-tor problem*2
• While the front jogger isnot detected in the homeposition, the front joggerhome position sensor doesnot detect the jogger within1.5 s of the start of frontjogger motor clockwise ro-tation.
• After the front jogger is de-tected in the home posi-tion, the front jogger homeposition sensor still detectsthe jogger within 0.5 s ofthe start of front jogger mo-tor counterclockwise rota-tion.
Code ContentsRemarks
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
*2: optional.
2A3/4
3-5-18
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.
Replace the rear jogger motorand check for correct opera-tion.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.
Replace the rear jogger homeposition sensor and check forcorrect operation.
Replace the finisher main PCBand check for correct opera-tion.
The rear jog-ger motorconnectormakes poorcontact.
The rear jog-ger motormalfunctions.
The rear jog-ger motorhome positionsensor con-nector makespoor contact.
The rear jog-ger motorhome positionsensor mal-functions.
Defective fin-isher mainPCB.
C818 Finisher rear jogger motorproblem*2
• While the rear jogger is notdetected in the home posi-tion, the rear jogger homeposition sensor does notdetect the jogger within 1.5s of the start of rear joggermotor clockwise rotation.
• After the rear jogger is de-tected in the home posi-tion, the rear jogger homeposition sensor still detectsthe jogger within 0.5 s ofthe start of rear jogger mo-tor counterclockwise rota-tion.
Code ContentsRemarks
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
*2: optional.
2A3/4
3-5-19
The front sta-pler connectormakes poorcontact.
The front sta-pler malfunc-tions.a) The frontstapler isblocked with astaple.b) The frontstapler is bro-ken.
Defective fin-isher mainPCB.
The rear sta-pler connectormakes poorcontact.
The rear sta-pler malfunc-tions.a) The rear sta-pler is blockedwith a staple.b) The rear sta-pler is broken.
Defective fin-isher mainPCB.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.
a) Remove the front staplercartridge, and check the car-tridge and the stapling sectionof the stapler.b) Replace the front staplerand check for correct opera-tion.
Replace the finisher main PCBand check for correct opera-tion.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.
a) Remove the rear staplercartridge, and check the car-tridge and the stapling sectionof the stapler.b) Replace the rear staplerand check for correct opera-tion.
Replace the finisher main PCBand check for correct opera-tion.
C821
C822
Finisher front staplerproblem*2
• The front stapler home po-sition sensor does notchange state from non-de-tection to detection within0.2 s of the start of frontstapler motor counterclock-wise (forward) rotation.
• During initialization, thefront stapler home positionsensor does not changestate from non-detection todetection within 0.6 s ofthe start of front staplermotor clockwise (reverse)rotation.
Finisher rear stapler prob-lem*2
• The rear stapler home po-sition sensor does notchange state from non-de-tection to detection within0.2 s of the start of rearstapler motor counterclock-wise (forward) rotation.
• During initialization, therear stapler home positionsensor does not changestate from non-detection todetection within 0.6 s ofthe start of rear stapler mo-tor clockwise (reverse) ro-tation.
Code ContentsRemarks
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
*2: optional.
2A3/4
3-5-20
The deck paperconveying mo-tor connectormakes poorcontact.
Defective deckpaper convey-ing motor PCB.
The deck paperconveying mo-tor does not ro-tate correctly(the motor isoverloaded).
Paper deckmotor 1 con-nector makespoor contact.
Paper deckmotor 1 doesnot rotate cor-rectly (the mo-tor is over-loaded).
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.
Replace the deck paper con-veying motor PCB and checkfor correct operation.
Check the gears and remedy ifnecessary.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.
Check the gears and remedy ifnecessary.
C920
C921
Deck paper conveyingmotor problem*1
• No pulse is input within500 ms of the start-up.
• No pulse is input within100 ms of the previouspulse input.
Paper deck motor 1 prob-lem*1
• No pulse is input within 20ms of the start-up.
• No pulse is input within400 ms of the previouspulse input.
Code ContentsRemarks
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
*1: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard.
2A3/4
3-5-21
Paper deckmotor 2 con-nector makespoor contact.
Paper deckmotor 2 doesnot rotate cor-rectly (the mo-tor is over-loaded).
Upper limitswitch 1 con-nector makespoor contact.
Deck levelswitch 1 con-nector makespoor contact.
Upper limitswitch 2 con-nector makespoor contact.
Deck levelswitch 2 con-nector makespoor contact.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.
Check the gears and remedy ifnecessary.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.
C922
C923
C924
Paper deck motor 2 prob-lem*1
• No pulse is input within 20ms of the start-up.
• No pulse is input within400 ms of the previouspulse input.
Right lift position prob-lem*1
• While the paper deck mo-tor is driving, lift upper limitswitch 1 detects the rightlift reaching the upper limit.
Left lift position problem*1
• While the paper deck mo-tor is driving, lift upper limitswitch 2 detects the left liftreaching the upper limit.
Code ContentsRemarks
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
*1: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard.
1-1-27
2A3/4
CONTENTS
3-6 Troubleshooting
3-6-1 Image formation problems .................................................................. 3-6-1(1) No image appears (entirely white). .............................................. 3-6-4(2) No image appears (entirely black). .............................................. 3-6-5(3) Image is too light. ........................................................................ 3-6-6(4) Background is visible. .................................................................. 3-6-6(5) A white line appears longitudinally. ............................................. 3-6-7(6) A black line appears longitudinally. ............................................. 3-6-7(7) A black line appears laterally. ...................................................... 3-6-8(8) One side of the copy image is darker than the other. .................. 3-6-8(9) Black dots appear on the image. ................................................. 3-6-9
(10) Image is blurred. .......................................................................... 3-6-9(11) The leading edge of the image is consistently misaligned with
the original. ................................................................................ 3-6-10(12) The leading edge of the image is sporadically misaligned with
the original. ................................................................................ 3-6-10(13) Paper creases. .......................................................................... 3-6-11(14) Offset occurs. ............................................................................ 3-6-11(15) Image is partly missing. ............................................................. 3-6-12(16) Fixing is poor. ............................................................................ 3-6-12(17) Image is out of focus. ................................................................ 3-6-13(18) Image center does not align with the original center. ................ 3-6-13(19) Image is not square. .................................................................. 3-6-14(20) Image contrast is low (carrier scattering) .................................. 3-6-14(21) There is a regular error between the centers of
the original and copy image when the SRDF is used. ............... 3-6-15(22) There is a regular error between the leading edges of
the original and copy image when the SRDF is used. ............... 3-6-15(23) When the duplex unit is used, the center of the original
image and that of the copy image do not align. ......................... 3-6-16(24) When the large paper deck is used, the center of the original
image and that of the copy image do not align. ......................... 3-6-16(25) Toner scatters at the leading edge of the image. ...................... 3-6-17
3-6-2 Paper misfeeds ................................................................................. 3-6-18• Copier ............................................................................................. 3-6-18
(1) A paper jam in the paper feed, conveying or eject section isindicated as soon as the main switch is turned on. ................... 3-6-18
(2) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated duringcopying (no paper feed from copier upper drawer). .................. 3-6-19
(3) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated duringcopying (no paper feed from copier lower drawer). ................... 3-6-20
(4) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated duringcopying (no paper feed from bypass). ....................................... 3-6-20
(5) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated duringcopying (jam in copier vertical paper conveying section). ......... 3-6-21
(6) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated duringcopying (jam in converging section). ......................................... 3-6-22
1-1-28
2A3/4
(7) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated duringcopying (multiple sheets in paper feed section). ....................... 3-6-22
(8) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated duringcopying (multiple sheets in copier verticalconveying section). .................................................................... 3-6-22
(9) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated duringcopying (multiple sheets before registration section). ............... 3-6-22
(10) A paper jam in the paper conveying section is indicatedduring copying (jam in registration/transfer section). ................. 3-6-23
(11) A paper jam in the fixing section is indicated duringcopying (jam in fixing section). .................................................. 3-6-23
(12) A paper jam in the eject section is indicated duringcopying (jam in eject section). ................................................... 3-6-23
(13) A paper jam in the eject section is indicated duringcopying (jam in switchback eject section). ................................ 3-6-24
• SRDF .............................................................................................. 3-6-25(1) An original jams when the main switch is turned on. ................. 3-6-25(2) An original jams during continuous copying of
multiple originals. ....................................................................... 3-6-25(3) An original jams in the SRDF during copying
(a jam in the original feed/conveying section). .......................... 3-6-26(4) An original jams in the SRDF during copying
(a jam in the original switchback section). ................................. 3-6-27(5) Original jams frequently. ............................................................ 3-6-27
• Feedshift and duplex sections ........................................................ 3-6-28(1) A paper jam in the feedshift section is indicated during
copying (jam in feedshift section). ............................................. 3-6-28(2) A paper jam in the duplex section is indicated during
copying (jam in duplex conveying section). ............................... 3-6-28(3) A paper jam in the duplex section is indicated during
copying (jam in duplex stock section). ....................................... 3-6-29• Large paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) ................. 3-6-30
(1) A paper jam in the large paper deck is indicated duringcopying (paper failing to reach PPS0 in large paper deckhorizontal paper path). .............................................................. 3-6-30
(2) A paper jam in the large paper deck is indicated duringcopying (paper failing to reach PPS1 in large paper deckhorizontal paper path). .............................................................. 3-6-31
(3) A paper jam in the large paper deck is indicated duringcopying (paper failing to reach PPS2 in large paper deckhorizontal paper path). .............................................................. 3-6-32
3-6-3 PCB terminal voltages ...................................................................... 3-6-33(1) Power source PCB .................................................................... 3-6-33(2) Engine PCB ............................................................................... 3-6-36(3) Main PCB .................................................................................. 3-6-47(4) Memory copy PCB .................................................................... 3-6-57(5) Scanner motor PCB .................................................................. 3-6-60(6) CCD PCB .................................................................................. 3-6-62(7) DF driver PCB ........................................................................... 3-6-64(8) Operation unit main PCB........................................................... 3-6-67(9) Deck main PCB (42 ppm: optional/53 ppm: standard) .............. 3-6-70
1-1-29
2A3/4
3-6-4 Electrical problems ............................................................................ 3-6-73• Copier ............................................................................................. 3-6-73
(1) The machine does not operate when the main switch isturned on. .................................................................................. 3-6-73
(2) The drive motor does not operate (C200). ................................ 3-6-73(3) The scanner motor does not operate. ....................................... 3-6-74(4) The upper lift motor does not operate. ...................................... 3-6-74(5) The lower lift motor does not operate. ....................................... 3-6-74(6) The toner feed motor does not operate. .................................... 3-6-75(7) The paper conveying section fan motor does not operate. ....... 3-6-75(8) Cooling fan motor 1 does not operate at all
or does not turn at full speed. .................................................... 3-6-75(9) Cooling fan motor 2 does not operate at all
or does not turn at full speed. .................................................... 3-6-75(10) Paper feed motor does not operate (C230). .............................. 3-6-76(11) The paper conveying motor does not operate (C210). .............. 3-6-76(12) The toner recycle motor does not operate. ............................... 3-6-76(13) The charger cleaning motor does not operate. ......................... 3-6-77(14) The image formation unit fan motor does not operate. ............. 3-6-77(15) The upper paper feed clutch does not operate. ........................ 3-6-77(16) The lower paper feed clutch does not operate. ......................... 3-6-78(17) Feed clutch 1 does not operate. ................................................ 3-6-78(18) Feed clutch 2 does not operate. ................................................ 3-6-78(19) Feed clutch 3 does not operate. ................................................ 3-6-78(20) Feed clutch 4 does not operate. ................................................ 3-6-79(21) Feed clutch 5 does not operate. ................................................ 3-6-79(22) The registration clutch does not operate. .................................. 3-6-79(23) The bypass paper feed clutch does not operate. ...................... 3-6-79(24) The eject speed switching clutch does not operate. .................. 3-6-80(25) The bypass solenoid does not operate. .................................... 3-6-80(26) The cleaning lamp does not turn on. ......................................... 3-6-80(27) The exposure lamp does not turn on. ........................................ 3-6-80(28) The exposure lamp does not turn off. ........................................ 3-6-81(29) Fixing heater M or S does not turn on (C620). .......................... 3-6-81(30) Fixing heater M or S does not turn off
(fixing unit thermostat triggered; C620). .................................... 3-6-81(31) Main charging is not performed (C510). .................................... 3-6-81(32) Transfer charging is not performed (C511). .............................. 3-6-82(33) Separation charging is not performed (C511). .......................... 3-6-82(34) No developing bias is output. .................................................... 3-6-82(35) The original size is not detected. ............................................... 3-6-83(36) The original size is not detected correctly. ................................ 3-6-83(37) The touch panel keys do not work. ............................................ 3-6-83(38) The message requesting paper to be loaded is
shown when paper is present in the upper drawer. ................... 3-6-83(39) The message requesting paper to be loaded is shown
when paper is present in the lower drawer. ............................... 3-6-84(40) The message requesting paper to be loaded is shown
when paper is present on the bypass table. .............................. 3-6-84(41) The size of paper in the upper drawer is not
displayed correctly. .................................................................... 3-6-84
1-1-30
2A3/4
(42) The size of paper in the lower drawer is notdisplayed correctly. .................................................................... 3-6-85
(43) A paper jam in the paper feed, paper conveying or fixingsection is indicated on the touch panel immediately afterthe main switch is turned on. ..................................................... 3-6-86
(44) The message requesting covers to be closed is displayedwhen the front, left and right covers are closed......................... 3-6-87
(45) Others........................................................................................ 3-6-87• SRDF .............................................................................................. 3-6-88
(1) The original feed motor does not operate. ................................ 3-6-88(2) The original conveying motor does not operate. ....................... 3-6-88(3) The original feed solenoid does not operate. ............................ 3-6-88(4) The switchback feedshift solenoid does not operate. ................ 3-6-89(5) The eject feedshift solenoid does not operate........................... 3-6-89(6) The switchback pressure solenoid does not operate. ............... 3-6-89(7) The original feed clutch does not operate. ................................ 3-6-90(8) A message indicating cover open is displayed when
the SRDF is closed correctly. .................................................... 3-6-90(9) An original jams when the main switch is turned on.................. 3-6-90
• Feedshift and duplex sections ........................................................ 3-6-92(1) The side registration motor does not rotate (C220). .................. 3-6-92(2) The feedshift solenoid does not operate. .................................. 3-6-93(3) The duplex forward solenoid does not operate. ........................ 3-6-92(4) The switchback feedshift solenoid does not operate. ................ 3-6-93(5) The duplex paper tapping solenoid does not operate. .............. 3-6-93(6) The message requesting covers to be closed is displayed
when the left cover is closed. .................................................... 3-6-93(7) Others........................................................................................ 3-6-93
• Large paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) ................. 3-6-94(1) The large paper deck does not operate when the print key is
pressed...................................................................................... 3-6-94(2) The deck paper conveying motor does not operate (C920). ..... 3-6-94(3) Paper deck motor 1 does not operate (C921). .......................... 3-6-94(4) Paper deck motor 2 does not operate (C922). .......................... 3-6-95(5) Paper feed clutch 1 does not operate. ...................................... 3-6-95(6) Paper feed clutch 2 does not operate. ...................................... 3-6-95(7) The paper conveying clutch dose not operate. ......................... 3-6-96
3-6-5 Mechanical problems ........................................................................ 3-6-97• Copier ............................................................................................. 3-6-97
(1) No primary paper feed............................................................... 3-6-97(2) No secondary paper feed. ......................................................... 3-6-97(3) Skewed paper feed. .................................................................. 3-6-97(4) The scanner does not travel. ..................................................... 3-6-98(5) Multiple sheets of paper are fed at one time. ............................ 3-6-98(6) Paper jams. ............................................................................... 3-6-98(7) Toner drops on the paper conveying path. ................................ 3-6-98(8) Abnormal noise is heard. ........................................................... 3-6-99
• SRDF ............................................................................................ 3-6-100(1) No primary original feed. ......................................................... 3-6-100(2) No secondary original feed...................................................... 3-6-100(3) Originals jam. .......................................................................... 3-6-100
1-1-31
2A3/4
• Feedshift and duplex sections ...................................................... 3-6-101(1) No refeed. ................................................................................ 3-6-101(2) Paper is refed askew. .............................................................. 3-6-101(3) Paper jams. ............................................................................. 3-6-101(4) Abnormal noise is heard. ......................................................... 3-6-101
• Large paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) ............... 3-6-102(1) No primary paper feed. ............................................................ 3-6-102(2) Paper is fed askew. ................................................................. 3-6-102(3) Multiple sheets of paper are fed at one time. .......................... 3-6-102(4) Paper jams. ............................................................................. 3-6-102(5) Abnormal noise is heard. ......................................................... 3-6-103
2A3/4
3-6-1
3-6-1 Image formation problems
(1) No image appears(entirely white).
See page 3-6-4
(2) No image appears(entirely black).
See page 3-6-5
(3) Image is too light.
See page 3-6-6
(4) Background is visible.
See page 3-6-6
(5) A white line appearslongitudinally.
See page 3-6-7
(6) A black line appearslongitudinally.
See page 3-6-7
(7) A black line appearslaterally.
See page 3-6-8
(8) One side of the copyimage is darker thanthe other.
See page 3-6-8
(9) Black dots appear onthe image.
See page 3-6-9
(10) Image is blurred.
See page 3-6-9
(11) The leading edge ofthe image is consist-ently misaligned withthe original.
See page 3-6-10
(12) The leading edge ofthe image is sporadi-cally misaligned withthe original.
See page 3-6-10
2A3/4
3-6-2
(13) Paper creases.
See page 3-6-11
(14) Offset occurs.
See page 3-6-11
(15) Image is partly miss-ing.
See page 3-6-12
(16) Fixing is poor.
See page 3-6-12
(17) Image is out of focus.
See page 3-6-13
(18) Image center doesnot align with theoriginal center.
See page 3-6-13
(19) Image is not square.
See page 3-6-14
(21) There is a regularerror between thecenters of the originaland copy image whenthe SRDF is used.
See page 3-6-15
(22) There is a regularerror between theleading edges of theoriginal and copyimage when theSRDF is used.
See page 3-6-15
(23) When the duplex unitis used, the center ofthe original image andthat of the copy imagedo not align.
See page 3-6-16
(20) Image contrast is low(carrier scattering).
See page 3-6-14
(24) When the large paperdeck is used, thecenter of the originalimage and that of thecopy image do notalign.
See page 3-6-16
2A3/4
3-6-3
(25) Toner scatters at theleading edge of theimage.
See page 3-6-17
2A3/4
3-6-4
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
1. No transfer charging.
A. Broken transfer charger wire.
B. The connector terminals of thehigh-voltage transformer PCBmake poor contact.
C. Defective main PCB.
D. Defective engine PCB.
E. Defective high-voltagetransformer PCB.
(1) No image appears(entirely white).
Causes1. No transfer charging.
Replace the wire.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. If none,remedy or replace the cable.
Check if CN1-84 on the main PCB goes lowwhen maintenance item U101 is run. If not,replace the main PCB.
Check if CN5-B7 on the engine PCB goeslow when CN1-84 on the main PCB is heldlow while maintenance item U101 is run. Ifnot, replace the engine PCB.
Check if transfer charging takes place whenCN1-7 on the high-voltage transformer PCBgoes low while maintenance item U101 isrun. If not, replace the high-voltagetransformer PCB.
2A3/4
3-6-5
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
1. No main charging.
A. Broken main charger wire.
B. Leaking main charger housing.
C. The connector terminals of thehigh-voltage transformer PCBmake poor contact.
D. Defective main PCB.
E. Defective engine PCB.
F. Defective high-voltagetransformer PCB.
2. Exposure lamp fails to light.
A. The connector terminals of theexposure lamp make poorcontact.
B. Defective inverter PCB.
C. Defective scanner control PCB.
Replace the wire.
Clean the main charger wire, grid and shield.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. If none,remedy or replace the cable.
Check if CN1-86 on the main PCB goes lowwhen maintenance item U100 is run. If not,replace the main PCB.
Check if CN5-B13 on the engine PCB goeslow when CN1-86 on the main PCB is heldlow while maintenance item U100 is run. Ifnot, replace the engine PCB.
Check if main charging takes place whenCN1-1 on the high-voltage transformer PCBgoes low while maintenance item U100 isrun. If not, replace the high-voltagetransformer PCB.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. If none,remedy or replace the cable.
Check if the exposure lamp lights when CN1-5 and 1-6 on the inverter PCB go low whilemaintenance item U061 is run. If not, replacethe inverter PCB.
Check if CN 5-14 on the main PCB goes lowwhen maintenance item U061 is run. If not,replace the main PCB.
(2) No image appears(entirely black).
Causes1. No main charging.2. Exposure lamp fails to light.
2A3/4
3-6-6
(3) Image is too light.
(4) Background is visible.
Causes1. Insufficient toner.2. Deteriorated developer.3. Dirty or deteriorated drum.
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
1. Insufficient toner.
2. Deteriorated developer.
3. Dirty or deteriorated drum.
If the display shows the message requestingtoner replenishment, replace the cartridge.
Check the number of copies made with thecurrent developer. If it has reached thespecified limit, replace the developer.
Clean the drum or, if the maintenance levelhas been reached, replace the drum (seepage 3-3-45).
Causes1. Deteriorated developer.
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
1. Deteriorated developer. Check the number of copies made with thecurrent developer. If it has reached thespecified limit, replace the developer.
2A3/4
3-6-7
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
1. Dirty or flawed transfer chargerwire.
2. Foreign matter in the developingsection.
3. Flawed drum.
4. Dirty shading plate.
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
1. Dirty contact glass.
2. Dirty or flawed drum.
3. Deformed or worn cleaning blade.
4. Dirty scanner mirror.
(5) A white line appearslongitudinally.
Causes1. Dirty or flawed transfer charger wire.2. Foreign matter in the developing section.3. Flawed drum.4. Dirty shading plate.
Clean the transfer charger wire or, if it isflawed, replace it.
Check if the magnetic brush is formeduniformly. If not, replace the developer.
Replace the drum (see page 3-3-45).
Clean the shading plate.
(6) A black line appearslongitudinally.
Causes1. Dirty contact glass.2. Dirty or flawed drum.3. Deformed or worn cleaning blade.4. Dirty scanner mirror.
Clean the contact glass.
Clean the drum or, if it is flawed, replace it(see page 3-3-45).
Replace the cleaning blade (see page3-3-59).
Clean the scanner mirror.
2A3/4
3-6-8
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
1. Dirty main charger wire.
2. Defective exposure lamp.
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
1. Flawed drum.
2. Dirty developing section.
3. Leaking main charger housing.
Clean the wire or, if it is extremely dirty,replace it.
Check if the exposure lamp light is distributedevenly. If not, replace the exposure lamp(see page 3-3-23).
Replace the drum (see page 3-3-45).
Clean any part contaminated with toner orcarrier in the developing section.
Clean the main charger wire, grid and shield.
(7) A black line appearslaterally.
Causes1. Flawed drum.2. Dirty developing section.3. Leaking main charger housing.
(8) One side of the copyimage is darker thanthe other.
Causes1. Dirty main charger wire.2. Defective exposure lamp.
2A3/4
3-6-9
(10) Image is blurred.
(9) Black dots appear onthe image.
Causes1. Dirty or flawed drum.2. Deformed or worn cleaning blade.
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
1. Dirty or flawed drum. Clean the drum or, if it is flawed, replace it(see page 3-3-45).
2. Deformed or worn cleaning blade. Replace the cleaning blade (see page3-3-59).
Causes1. Scanner moves erratically.2. Deformed press roller.3. Paper conveying section drive problem.
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
1. Scanner moves erratically.
2. Deformed press roller.
3. Paper conveying section driveproblem.
Check if there is any foreign matter on thefront and rear scanner rails. If any, remove it.
Replace the press roller (see page 3-3-71).
Check the gears and belts and, if necessary,grease them.
2A3/4
3-6-10
(11) The leading edge of theimage is consistentlymisaligned with theoriginal.
Causes1. Misadjusted leading edge registration.
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
1. Misadjusted leading edgeregistration.
Readjust the leading edge registration (seepages 3-3-18 and 39).
(12) The leading edge of theimage is sporadicallymisaligned with theoriginal.
Causes1. Registration clutch, bypass paper feed clutch or
upper or lower paper feed clutch installed oroperating incorrectly.
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
1. Registration clutch, bypass paperfeed clutch or upper or lowerpaper feed clutch installed oroperating incorrectly.
Check the installation position and operationof the registration clutch, bypass paper feedclutch and upper and lower paper feedclutches. If any of them operates incorrectly,replace it.
2A3/4
3-6-11
(14) Offset occurs.
(13) Paper creases. Causes1. Paper curled.2. Paper damp.3. Defective pressure springs.
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
1. Paper curled. Check the paper storage conditions.
2. Paper damp. Check the paper storage conditions.
3. Defective pressure springs. Replace the pressure springs.
Causes1. Defective cleaning blade.
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
1. Defective cleaning blade. Replace the cleaning blade (see page3-3-59).
2A3/4
3-6-12
(15) Image is partly missing. Causes1. Paper damp.2. Paper creased.3. Drum condensation.4. Flawed drum.
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
1. Paper damp. Check the paper storage conditions.
2. Paper creased. Replace the paper.
3. Drum condensation. Clean the drum (see page 3-3-50).
4. Flawed drum. Replace the drum (see page 3-3-45).
(16) Fixing is poor. Causes1. Wrong paper.2. Defective pressure springs.3. Flawed press roller.
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
1. Wrong paper. Check if the paper meets specifications.
2. Defective pressure springs. Replace the pressure springs.
3. Flawed press roller. Replace the press roller (see page 3-3-71).
2A3/4
3-6-13
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
1. Misadjusted image center line. Readjust the image center line (see page 3-3-19).
2. Misadjusted scanner center line. Readjust the scanner center line (see page3-3-38).
3. Original placed incorrectly. Place the original correctly.
(18) Image center does notalign with the originalcenter.
(17) Image is out of focus. Causes1. Defective image scanning unit.
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
1. Defective image scanning unit. Replace the image scanning unit.
Causes1. Misadjusted image center line.2. Misadjusted scanner center line.3. Original placed incorrectly.
2A3/4
3-6-14
(19) Image is not square. Causes1. Laser scanner unit positioned incorrectly.2. Image scanning unit positioned incorrectly.
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
1. Laser scanner unit positionedincorrectly.
2. Image scanning unit positionedincorrectly.
Adjust the installation position of the laserscanner unit (see page 3-3-33).
Adjust the installation position of the imagescanning unit (see page 3-3-35).
(20) Image contrast is low(carrier scattering).
Causes1. No developing bias output.
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
1. No developing bias output.
A. Developing bias wire makes poorcontact.
B. Defective main PCB.
C. Defective high-voltagetransformer PCB.
Check the developing bias wire. If there areany problems, replace it.
Check if CN1-85 on the main PCB goes lowwhen maintenance item U030 is run. If not,replace the main PCB.
Check if developing bias is output when thereis no problem with the main PCB whilemaintenance item U030 is run. If not, replacethe high-voltage transformer PCB.
2A3/4
3-6-15
(22) There is a regularerror between theleading edges of theoriginal and copyimage when theSRDF is used.
Causes1. Misadjusted DF original scanning start position.
Check procedures/corrective measuresReadjust the DF original scanning startposition (see page 3-3-98).
Causes1. Misadjusted DF original scanning
start position.
(21) There is a regularerror between thecenters of the originaland copy image whenthe SRDF is used.
Causes1. Misadjusted DF center line.
Check procedures/corrective measuresReadjust the DF center line (see page 3-3-97).
Causes1. Misadjusted DF center line.
2A3/4
3-6-16
Check procedures/corrective measuresAdjust the installation position of the centeradjuster (see page 3-3-105).
Causes1. Center adjuster installed incor-
rectly.
(23) When the duplex unit is used, the center of the original image and that of the copy image do not align.
Causes1. Side registration section installed incorrectly.
1. Side registration sec-tion installed incor-rectly.
Adjust the installation position of the side registration section (see page 3-3-87).
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
(24) When the large paperdeck is used, thecenter of the originalimage and that of thecopy image do notalign.
Causes1. Center adjuster installed incorrectly.
2A3/4
3-6-17
Check procedures/corrective measuresVacuum clean the paper powder from theupper registration cleaner assembly.
Causes1. Upper registration cleaner
assembly soiled with paperpowder.
(25) Toner scatters at theleading edge of theimage.
Causes1. Upper registration cleaner assembly soiled with
paper powder.
2A3/4
3-6-18
Check visually and remove it, ifany.
With 5 V DC present at CN13-5on the engine PCB, check ifCN13-4 on the engine PCB re-mains low when paper feedswitch 1 is turned on and off. Ifit does, replace paper feedswitch 1.
With 5 V DC present at CN13-8on the engine PCB, check ifCN13-7 on the engine PCB re-mains low when paper feedswitch 2 is turned on and off. Ifit does, replace paper feedswitch 2.
With 5 V DC present at CN13-11 on the engine PCB, check ifCN13-10 on the engine PCBremains low when paper feedswitch 3 is turned on and off. Ifit does, replace paper feedswitch 3.
With 5 V DC present at CN13-2on the engine PCB, check ifCN13-1 on the engine PCB re-mains low when the feed switchis turned on and off. If it does,replace the feed switch.
With 5 V DC present at CN8-B1on the engine PCB, check ifCN8-B2 on the engine PCBremains low when the registra-tion switch is turned on and off.If it does, replace the registra-tion switch.
(1)A paper jamin the paperfeed, convey-ing or ejectsection is indi-cated as soonas the mainswitch isturned on.
A piece of paper torn from copypaper is caught around paperfeed switch 1/2/3, the feedswitch,registration switch oreject switch.
Defective paper feed switch 1.
Defective paper feed switch 2.
Defective paper feed switch 3.
Defective feed switch.
Defective registration switch.
3-6-2 Paper misfeeds• Copier
Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures
2A3/4
3-6-19
(1)A paper jamin the paperfeed, convey-ing or ejectsection is indi-cated as soonas the mainswitch isturned on.
(2)A paper jamin the paperfeed sectionis indicatedduring copy-ing (no paperfeed fromcopier upperdrawer).
Defective eject switch.
Paper in the upper drawer isextremely curled.
Check if the upper paper feedpulley, lower paper feed pulleyor upper forwarding pulley ofthe upper drawer are deformed.
Broken paper feed switch 2actuator.
Defective paper feed switch 2.
Check if the upper paper feedclutch malfunctions.
Electrical problem with the up-per paper feed clutch.
With 5 V DC present at CN3-B10 on the engine PCB, checkif CN3-B9 on the engine PCBremains low when the ejectswitch is turned on and off. If itdoes, replace the eject switch.
Change the paper.
Check visually and replace anydeformed pulleys.
Check visually and replace pa-per feed switch 1 if its actuatoris broken.
With 5 V DC present at CN13-8on the engine PCB, check ifCN13-7 on the engine PCBgoes low when paper feedswitch 2 is turned on. If not,replace paper feed switch 2.
Check and repair if necessary.
Check (see page 3-6-79).
Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures
2A3/4
3-6-20
(3)A paper jamin the paperfeed sectionis indicatedduring copy-ing (no paperfeed fromcopier lowerdrawer).
(4)A paper jamin the paperfeed sectionis indicatedduring copy-ing (no paperfeed from by-pass).
Paper in the lower drawer isextremely curled.
Check if the upper paper feedpulley, lower paper feed pulleyor upper forwarding pulley ofthe lower drawer are deformed.
Broken paper feed switch 3actuator.
Defective paper feed switch 3.
Check if the lower paper feedclutch malfunctions.
Electrical problem with thelower paper feed clutch.
Paper on the bypass table isextremely curled.
Check if the forwarding pulley,upper or lower paper feed pul-leys of the bypass are de-formed.
Broken feed switch actuator.
Defective feed switch.
Check if the bypass paper feedclutch malfunctions.
Electrical problem with the by-pass paper feed clutch.
Change the paper.
Check visually and replace anydeformed pulleys.
Check visually and replace pa-per feed switch 3 if its actuatoris broken.
With 5 V DC present at CN13-11 on the engine PCB, check ifCN13-10 on the engine PCBgoes low when paper feedswitch 3 is turned on. If not,replace paper feed switch 3.
Check and repair if necessary.
Check (see page 3-6-80).
Change the paper.
Check visually and replace anydeformed pulleys.
Check visually and replace thefeed switch if its actuator is bro-ken.
With 5 V DC present at CN13-2on the engine PCB, check ifCN13-1 on the engine PCBremains low when the feedswitch is turned on and off. If itdoes, replace the feed switch.
Check and repair if necessary.
Check (see page 3-6-81).
Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures
2A3/4
3-6-21
(5)A paper jamin the paperfeed sectionis indicatedduring copy-ing (jam incopier verticalpaper convey-ing section).
Broken feed switch actuator.
Defective feed switch.
Broken paper feed switch 1actuator.
Defective paper feed switch 1.
Broken paper feed switch 2actuator.
Defective paper feed switch 2.
Broken paper feed switch 3actuator.
Defective paper feed switch 3.
Check if the feed pulleys andfeed rollers 1, 2 and 3 do notcontact each other.
Check if the feed pulleys andfeed rollers 1, 2 and 3 aredeformed.
Check visually and replace thefeed switch if its actuator is bro-ken.
With 5 V DC present at CN13-2on the engine PCB, check ifCN13-1 on the engine PCBgoes low when the feed switchis turned on. If not, replace thefeed switch.
Check visually and replace pa-per feed switch 1 if its actuatoris broken.
With 5 V DC present at CN13-5on the engine PCB, check ifCN13-4 on the engine PCBgoes low when paper feedswitch 1 is turned on. If not,replace paper feed switch 1.
Check visually and replace pa-per feed switch 2 if its actuatoris broken.
With 5 V DC present at CN13-8on the engine PCB, check ifCN13-7 on the engine PCBgoes low when paper feedswitch 2 is turned on. If not,replace paper feed switch 2.
Check visually and replacepaper feed switch 3 if itsactuator is broken.
With 5 V DC present at CN13-11 on the engine PCB, check ifCN13-10 on the engine PCBgoes low when paper feedswitch 3 is turned on. If not,replace paper feed switch 3.
Check visually and remedy ifnecessary.
Repair or replace if necessary.
Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures
2A3/4
3-6-22
(6)A paper jamin the paperfeed sectionis indicatedduring copy-ing (jam inconvergingsection).
(7)A paper jamin the paperfeed sectionis indicatedduring copy-ing (multiplesheets in pa-per feed sec-tion).
(8)A paper jamin the paperfeed sectionis indicatedduring copy-ing (multiplesheets incopier verticalconveyingsection).
(9)A paper jamin the paperfeed sectionis indicatedduring copy-ing (multiplesheets beforeregistrationsection).
Broken registration switch ac-tuator.
Defective registration switch.
Check if the feed pulleys andfeed rollers 1, 2 and 3 are de-formed.
Check if the feed pulleys andfeed rollers 1, 2 and 3 do notcontact each other.
Check if the feed guides aredeformed.
Check if the feed guides aredeformed.
Check if the upper, middle andlower feed guide plates are de-formed.
Check visually and replace theregistration switch if its actuatoris broken.
With 5 V DC present at CN8-B1on the engine PCB, check ifCN8-B2 on the engine PCBgoes low when the registrationswitch is turned on. If not, re-place the registration switch.
Repair or replace if necessary.
Check visually and remedy ifnecessary.
Check visually and remedy ifnecessary.
Check visually and remedy ifnecessary.
Check visually and remedy ifnecessary.
Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures
2A3/4
3-6-23
Check if the registration clutchmalfunctions.
Electrical problem with the reg-istration clutch.
Check if the upper and lowerregistration rollers contact eachother.
Check if the upper and lowerfeed rollers contact each other.
Check if the registration clutchmalfunctions.
Electrical problem with the reg-istration clutch.
Check if the upper and lowerregistration rollers contact eachother.
Check if the upper and lowerfeed rollers contact each other.
Check if the fixing unit frontguide is deformed.
Check if the press roller is ex-tremely dirty or deformed.
Check if the heat roller separa-tion claws are dirty or de-formed.
Check if the heat roller and itsseparation claws contact eachother.
Check if the eject roller andeject pulley contact each other.
Check visually and remedy ifnecessary.
Check (see page 3-6-81).
Check visually and remedy ifnecessary.
Check visually and remedy ifnecessary.
Check and remedy if neces-sary.
Check (see page 3-6-81).
Check visually and remedy ifnecessary.
Check visually and remedy ifnecessary.
Repair or replace if necessary.
Clean or replace if necessary.
Clean or replace if necessary.
Remedy if the separation clawsprings are out of place.
Remedy.
(10)A paper jamin the paperconveyingsection is indi-cated duringcopying (jamin registration/transfersection).
(11)A paper jamin the fixingsection is indi-cated duringcopying (jamin fixing sec-tion).
(12)A paper jamin the ejectsection is indi-cated duringcopying (jamin ejectsection).
Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures
2A3/4
3-6-24
Check visually and replace theswitchback eject switch if itsactuator is broken.
With 5 V DC present at CN3-A2on the engine PCB, check ifCN3-A1 on the engine PCBremains low when theswitchback eject switch isturned on and off. If it does,replace the switchback ejectswitch.
Check visually and replace anydeformed rollers.
Check visually and remedy ifnecessary.
Broken switchback eject switchactuator.
Defective switchback ejectswitch.
Check if the left or rightswitchback feed roller isdeformed.
Check if the right middle or leftswitchback eject guide isdeformed.
(13)A paper jamin the ejectsection isindicatedduringcopying (jamin switchbackeject section).
Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures
2A3/4
3-6-25
Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures
• SRDF
(1)An originaljams whenthe mainswitch isturned on.
(2)An originaljams duringcontinuouscopying ofmultiple origi-nals.
A piece of paper torn from anoriginal is caught around theoriginal feed switch.
Defective original feed switch.
A piece of paper torn from anoriginal is caught around theoriginal switchback switch.
Defective original switchbackswitch.
A piece of paper torn from anoriginal is caught around the DFtiming switch.
Defective DF timing switch.
Defective original feed switch.
Check if the original feed motoror the original conveying motormalfunction.
Remove any found.
With 5 V DC present at CN6-B4on the DF driver PCB, check ifCN6-B5 on the DF driver PCBremains low when the originalfeed switch is turned on and off.If it does, replace the originalfeed switch.
Remove any found.
With 5 V DC present at CN6-A6on the DF driver PCB, check ifCN6-A5 on the DF driver PCBremains low when the originalswitchback switch is turned onand off. If it does, replace theoriginal switchback switch.
Remove any found.
With 5 V DC present atCN6-A15 on the DF driver PCB,check if CN6-A14 on the DFdriver PCB remains low whenthe DF timing switch is turnedon and off. If it does, replacethe DF timing switch.
With 5 V DC present at CN6-B4on the DF driver PCB, check ifCN6-B5 on the DF driver PCBremains low when the originalfeed switch is turned on and off.If it does, replace the originalfeed switch.
Check and remedy.
2A3/4
3-6-26
Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures
(3)An originaljams in theSRDF duringcopying (ajam in theoriginal feed/conveyingsection).
With 5 V DC present atCN6-A15 on the DF driver PCB,check if CN6-A14 on the DFdriver PCB remains low whenthe DF timing switch is turnedon and off. If it does, replacethe DF timing switch.
With 5 V DC present at CN6-B4on the DF driver PCB, check ifCN6-B5 on the DF driver PCBremains low when the originalfeed switch is turned on and off.If it does, replace the originalfeed switch.
With 5 V DC present at CN6-A6on the DF driver PCB, check ifCN6-A5 on the DF driver PCBremains low when the originalswitchback switch is turned onand off. If it does, replace theoriginal switchback switch.
Check and remedy.
Check visually and replace thedeformed pulley.
Check visually and replace thedeformed pulley.
Check visually and replace thedeformed pulley.
Defective DF timing switch.
Defective original feed switch.
Defective original switchbackswitch.
Check if the original feed motormalfunctions.
Check if the DF original feedpulley or the DF separation pul-ley is deformed.
Check if the DF registrationroller or the DF registration pul-ley is deformed.
Check if the lower original con-veying roller or the front scan-ning pulley is deformed.
2A3/4
3-6-27
Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures
(3)An originaljams in theSRDF duringcopying (ajam in theoriginal feed/conveyingsection).
(4)An originaljams in theSRDF duringcopying (ajam in theoriginalswitchbacksection).
(5)Original jamsfrequently.
Check if the original conveyingmotor malfunctions.
Check if the middle originalconveying roller and middleoriginal conveying pulleycontact eachother correctly.
Defective original switchbackswitch.
Defective DF timing switch.
Check if the original feed motormalfunctions.
Check if the original conveyingmotor malfunctions.
An original outside the specifi-cations is used.
The DF forwarding pulleys, DForiginal feed pulley or DFswitchback pulley is dirty withpaper powder.
The DF original feed pulley andthe DF separation pulley do notcontact correctly.
Check and remedy.
Check and remedy.
With 5 V DC present at CN6-A6on the DF driver PCB, check ifCN6-A5 on the DF driver PCBremains low when the originalswitchback switch is turned onand off. If it does, replace theoriginal switchback switch.
With 5 V DC present atCN6-A15 on the DF driver PCB,check if CN6-A14 on the DFdriver PCB remains low whenthe DF timing switch is turnedon and off. If it does, replacethe DF timing switch.
Check and remedy.
Check and remedy.
Use only originals conformingto the specifications.
Clean with isopropyl alcohol.
Remedy.
2A3/4
3-6-28
Check visually and replace thefeedshift switch if its actuator isbroken.
With 5 V DC present at CN3-A5on the engine PCB, check ifCN3-A4 on the engine PCBgoes low when the feedshiftswitch is turned on. If not,replace the feedshift switch.
Check (see page 3-6-94).
Check and remedy.
Check and remedy.
Check visually and replace theduplex paper conveying switchif its actuator is broken.
With 5 V DC present at CN9-6on the engine PCB, check ifCN9-8 on the engine PCB goeslow when the duplex paper con-veying switch is turned on. Ifnot, replace the duplex paperconveying switch.
Check visually and replace theduplex registration switch if itsactuator is broken.
With 5 V DC present at CN9-5on the engine PCB, check ifCN9-7 on the engine PCB goeslow when the duplexregistration switch is turned on.If not, replace the duplexregistration switch.
Check visually and replace theduplex eject switch if its actua-tor is broken.
(1)A paper jamin thefeedshift sec-tion is indi-cated duringcopying (jamin feedshiftsection).
(2)A paper jamin the duplexsection is indi-cated duringcopying (jamin duplex con-veyingsection).
Broken feedshift switch actua-tor.
Defective feedshift switch.
Electrical problem with thefeedshift solenoid.
Deformed lower feedshift guide.
Incorrect contact between thefeedshift lower roller and pulley.
Broken duplex paper conveyingswitch actuator.
Defective duplex paper convey-ing switch.
Broken duplex registrationswitch actuator.
Defective duplex registrationswitch.
Broken duplex eject switchactuator.
• Feedshift and duplex sections
Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures
2A3/4
3-6-29
(2)A paper jamin the duplexsection is indi-cated duringcopying (jamin duplex con-veyingsection).
(3)A paper jamin the duplexsection is indi-cated duringcopying (jamin duplexstocksection).
Defective duplex eject switch.
Check if upper and lowerduplex registration rollers,duplex paper conveying rollerand pulley, and duplex ejectroller and pulley contact eachother correctly.
Check if upper or lower duplexregistration roller, duplex paperconveying roller or pulley, orduplex eject roller or pulley aredeformed.
Check if the duplex forwardsolenoid malfunctions.
Electrical problem with the du-plex forward solenoid.
Broken switchback eject switchactuator.
Defective switchback ejectswitch.
Broken duplex registrationswitch actuator.
Defective duplex registrationswitch.
With 5 V DC present at CN9-13on the engine PCB, check ifCN9-11 on the engine PCBgoes low when the duplex ejectswitch is tuned on. If not, re-place the duplex eject switch.
Check and remedy.
Check visually and remedy ifnecessary.
Check and remedy.
Check (see page 3-6-94).
Check visually and replace theswitchback eject switch if itsactuator is broken.
With 5 V DC present at CN3-A2on the engine PCB, check ifCN3-A1 on the engine PCBgoes low when the switchbackeject switch is turned on. If not,replace the switchback ejectswitch.
Check visually and replace theduplex registration switch if itsactuator is broken.
With 5 V DC present at CN9-5on the engine PCB, check ifCN9-7 on the engine PCB goeslow when the duplexregistration switch is turned on.If not, replace the duplexregistration switch.
Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures
2A3/4
3-6-30
Check visually and replace thedeck paper conveying motor orits gear if necessary.
Change the paper.
With a 5/0 V DC pulse signaloutput at CN1-1 on the deckmain PCB, check if a 2/0 V DCpulse signal is output at CN4-9on the deck main PCB whenpaper path sensor 1 is turnedon by holding a sheet of paperlevel about 10 to 20 mm belowthe bottom of the paperconveying base. If not, paperpath sensor 1 or the interfacePCB is defective. Check theinterface PCB and, if it is okay,replace paper path sensor 1.
Check (see page 3-6-96).
Remedy or replace.
Check the installation condition.
Check for continuity acrossCN1-9 & CN7-2 and CN1-4 &CN5-6 on the interface PCB. Ifnone, replace the interfacePCB.
Check if the voltage at CN4-9on the deck main PCB changesin the pattern 2 V DC/0 V DC(pulse) /0 V DC. If it does,replace the deck main PCB.
(1)A paper jamin the largepaper deck isindicatedduringcopying(paper failingto reachPPS0 in largepaper deckhorizontalpaper path).
Broken deck paper conveyingmotor gear.
Paper is extremely curled.
Defective paper path sensor 1.
Electrical problem with paperfeed clutch 1.
The paper side guides aredeformed.
Mechanical problem with paperfeed clutch 1.
Defective interface PCB.
Defective deck main PCB.
• Large paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard)
Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures
2A3/4
3-6-31
Broken deck paper conveyingmotor gear.
Paper is extremely curled.
Defective paper path sensor 2.
Electrical problem with thepaper conveying clutch.
The paper side guides aredeformed.
Mechanical problem with thepaper conveying clutch.
Defective interface PCB.
Defective deck main PCB.
Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures
Check visually and replace thedeck paper conveying motor orits gear if necessary.
Change the paper.
With a 5/0 V DC pulse signaloutput at CN1-1 on the deckmain PCB, check if a 2/0 V DCpulse signal is output at CN1-6on the deck main PCB withpaper path sensor 2 is turnedon by holding a sheet of paperlevel about 10 to 20 mm belowthe bottom of the paperconveying base. If not, paperpath sensor 2 or the interfacePCB is defective. Check theinterface PCB and, if it is okay,replace paper path sensor 2.
Check (see page 3-6-98).
Remedy or replace.
Check the installation condition.
Check for continuity acrossCN1-6 & CN5-2 and CN2-6 &CN4-8 on the interface PCB. Ifnone, replace the interfacePCB.
Check if the voltage at CN1-6on the deck main PCB changesin the pattern 2 V DC/0 V DC(pulse) /0 V DC. If it does,replace the deck main PCB.
(2)A paper jamin the largepaper deck isindicatedduringcopying(paper failingto reachPPS1 in largepaper deckhorizontalpaper path).
2A3/4
3-6-32
Broken deck paper conveyingmotor gear.
Paper is extremely curled.
Defective paper path sensor 3.
Electrical problem with paperfeed clutch 2.
Mechanical problem with paperfeed clutch 2.
The paper side guides aredeformed.
Defective interface PCB.
Defective deck main PCB.
Check visually and replace thedeck paper conveying motor orits gear if necessary.
Change the paper.
With a 5/0 V DC pulse signaloutput at CN1-1 on the deckmain PCB, check if a 2/0 V DCpulse signal is output at CN1-11on the deck main PCB whenpaper path sensor 3 is turnedon by holding a sheet of paperlevel about 10 to 20 mm belowthe bottom of the paperconveying base. If not, paperpath sensor 3 or the interfacePCB is defective. Check theinterface PCB and, if it is okay,replace paper path sensor 3.
Check (see page 3-6-97).
Check the installation condition.
Remedy or replace.
Check for continuity acrossCN1-5 & CN5-4 and CN2-11 &CN4-2 on the interface PCB. Ifnone, replace interface thePCB.
Check if the voltages at CN1-11on the deck main PCB changein the pattern 2 V DC/0 V DC(pulse) /0 V DC. If it does,replace the deck main PCB.
Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures
(3)A paper jamin the largepaper deck isindicatedduringcopying(paper failingto reachPPS2 in largepaper deckhorizontalpaper path).
2A3/4
3-6-33
3-6-3 PCB terminal voltages
Precautions• When handling the circuit boards, do not touch the components with bare hands.• ICs can be damaged by static discharges. If a PCB contains ICs, do not touch the ICs,
cable connectors or edge connectors.• Store the circuit boards wrapped in aluminum foil, conductive sponge rubber, or
similar material.
(1) Power source PCB
LUG
5
Q201
J1503AJ1015AJ1016AJ1017AJ1018A
C204
L201
J1011AJ1010AJ1024
R212
R210
R321
Q203
CN
5
F301
F302
CN
7
R316
CN
3
CN
6Q
302
C308
J1543J1535
R304
J0511
C304
J0513 Q304
D302 Q
303
Q301
D301
13
C302C
305
R310
R305R309
R307
R503
R602 R
601
J0510J1531
J1530Q
501
PC
3 PT
2
PT
1
C10 R
3
C9
C8
C11
LUG
4
J0506
J0504
R106
R105
R107
C106
J1527 R104
IC1
C105
J1015
C102
D106
J2001
C104
L1J1513J1512
J1511J1510
L2
D104
B1 R
109
J2007
J0505
R120
J1524J1517
J1518
J1519J1520J1521J1522
J1523
J1525 J1007
D001
Q3 C
110
RF
1T
R1
J2002
R129
C111
IC3
J0512
C301
CN
4
C306C
303
C307
J1502A
J1009AJ1203
C309
J1029J1541
J1008A
31
C402
L3021
3
C404 C
403
J1542
81
81
F201
R211
J1025
D203 J0519
J1539 Q306
Q305R
205T
RN
SR
101
R206
J1021
J1538J1537J1020
J1202J0517
D304
ZD
401Z
D301
ZD
201
R319
R401
R320
R208
IC2
R325R
203
R326
R327
CN
1C
207
J1540 CN
2J1026
Q202
C203
R209
J1504AD
202
J1014AC
202
31
31
3
2
1
1
B3
D201
C201
J1017J1016
C101
C103
R115
R116
R117
R114
AB1
B2
J1031
J0522
R202
F202 R213
J1023
R204
J0518
C205
C206R207
PC1
R102
R103D101
PC2J1529
J1528
C107
J0508
J0507
ZD102
R113
R118
J1010
D1073 1
4 1
J0509
C108
C109
ZD101
J0503
J1012
J1011
J2008
J1526
J1014
J1013
R128
C116
J1501J1502
J1002A J1001A
J1001
J7501
J7502
J1002J1003
J1004
J7501A
J1505J1006
J1506J1507
J1005
R123
R108
R119
C112
D103
TR2
J0502
J0501
D102
Q1R110
R112 R111
R122 D109
D108
ZD103
R121
D105 J1006A
J2006
J2005
J2004
J2003
J1007AJ1516J1515
R324
R322J0520
R323J1022
9 17 1
IC4
J0521
J7503J1028
J1027
J1536
J0516
B4C401
J1030
R314R315
R306J1201
L301
D303
J0515
J1532J0514
R308
R502
R501
C501
R318
R312 R311
R313
J1018
J1019
J1534J1533
R317
R301R302R303
C310
I 0
J1013A
J1012A
AB2
R201
J1009
Q2
LUG3
C1
F1
F2
TAB
1TA
B2
TAB
4
TAB
3
C2
C4
C3
CN
8
CN
9
CN
10 J1003A
J1504L3
J1503
C113
R125R
124
LUG
2
R127
C114
J1514
R126
C115
TR
33
13
1
12
LUG
1
R2
J1501AJ1005A
J1004A
J1509
1 5
1 3J1508
Z1
R1
J1008
2A3/4
3-6-34
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
TB1 TB2 120 V AC 120 V AC supply, input (120 V specs)
220 - 240 V AC 220 - 240 V AC supply, input (220 - 240 Vspecs)
TB3 TB4 120 V AC 120 V AC supply, output (120 V specs)
220 - 240 V AC 220 - 240 V AC supply, output (220 - 240 Vspecs)
1-1 1-5 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for OMPCB, output
1-2 1-5 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for PRY, output
1-3 1-6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for EPCB, output
1-4 1-8 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for SMPCB, output
2-1 3-2, -3, -4, -5 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for OMPCB, output
2-2 3-2, -3, -4, -5 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for MPCB, output
2-3 3-2, -3, -4, -5 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for printer board*1, output
2-4 3-2, -3, -4, -5 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for MPCB, output
2-5 3-2, -3, -4, -5 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for MCPCB1, output
2-6 3-2, -3, -4, -5 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for MCPCB2*2, output
2-7 3-2, -3, -4, -5 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for EPCB, output
4-1 3-1 12 V DC 12 V DC supply for SMPCB, output
4-2 3-3 0/5 V DC PSPCB SLEEP SIG signal, input
4-3 3-3 0/5 V DC (pulse) PSPCB zero-cross signal, input
4-4 3-7 0/5 V DC H1 on/off, input
4-5 3-7 0/5 V DC H2 on/off, input
5-1 6-1, -2, -3 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for finisher*, output
5-2 6-1, -2, -3 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for finisher*, output
5-3 6-1, -2, -3 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for finisher*, output
5-4 6-1, -2, -3 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for finisher*, output
5-5 6-6, -7 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for SRDF, output
5-6 6-6, -7 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for SRDF, output
5-8 6-5 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for SMPCB, output
7-1 7-5 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for finisher*, output
7-3 7-6, -7 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for SRDF, output
7-4 7-6, -7 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for SRDF, output
7-9 3-8 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for SMPCB, output
8-1 8-5 120 V AC 120 V AC supply for MSW, output (120 Vspecs)
220 - 240 V AC 220 - 240 V AC supply for MSW, output(220 - 240 V specs)
*1: Optional. *2: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard.
2A3/4
3-6-35
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
10-1 9-1 120/0 V AC H1 on/off, output (120 V specs)
220 - 240/0 V AC H1 on/off, output (220 - 240 V specs)
10-2 9-1 120/0 V AC H2 on/off, output (120 V specs)
220 - 240/0 V AC H2 on/off, output (220 - 240 V specs)
2A3/4
3-6-36
(2) Engine PCB
+ +
+
+
+
+
+C
1
C2
B12
A1
B1
A12
B1B C E
R1
R2
A11
B11
CN3A1
B1
A14
B14
CN5 A1
A1
B10
A10
CN
12
B1
B1
A11
B11
CN
8
A1
10
5
6
CN4
1
CN
2
D2
D3
D1
DT
1
TR
1
TR
20T
R19
TR
18T
R17
TR
16
TR
15
TR
14
TR
13
DT
6
TR
3
TR
5
DT
4
DT
12
DT
11D
T10
DT
9D
T8
DT
7
DT
13
D4
DT
3
TR7
ZD2
ZD
1
IC23
1 G 0
ZD3
TR
4
TR
6
TR
8
TR
9
IC14
IC13
TR
11T
R10
TR
12
CN
21
DT
2
F2
F3
TR
2
1401397069
72712
1
1IC1
8
1IC2
8
1
1
1
1
1
5
1
5
IC12
1
5
5
9
11
1
IC3IC
8IC
4
1
8
61
CN
18
121121
CN
16
121
CN
13
151
CN6CN15
1
21
1615
CN19
CN14CN20
4 1
B10
A10
B1
A1
B9B1
A1A9
8
CN
11
91
CN
7
21
CN
17
CN
10
181721
181721
CN
9
262521
IC20
1
8
IC19
1
8
IC5
DT
5 1
8
IC6
CN
1
1
5
1
1
11
IC7
IC11
IC15 IC
10
1
9
IC18
RA
8R
A7
C7
C6 C4
C5
C3
RA
6
RA
5
RA
1
RA
3R
A4
RA
2
D5
1
9
IC17
IC22
1
1
1
F1
9
11
11 9
IC16
1
9
IC9
1
8
IC21
8
2A3/4
3-6-37
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
*1: Optional. *3: Optional for 120 V specifications only.
1-1 2-B10 0 - 5 V DC TNS detection voltage, output
1-3 2-B10 0/5 V DC TLDS toner absent/present detection,output
1-4 2-B10 0/5 V DC TLS on/off, output
1-5 2-B10 0/5 V DC SBESW on/off, output
1-6 2-B10 0/5 V DC ESW on/off, output
1-7 2-B10 0/5 V DC FSSW on/off, output
1-8 2-B10 0 - 5 V DC FTH detection voltage, output
1-9 2-B10 24/0 V DC SSW2 on/off, output
1-10 2-B10 24/0 V DC SSW3 on/off, output
1-11 2-B10 24/0 V DC SSW1 on/off, output
1-12 2-B10 5 V DC 5 V DC control voltage for MSW, input
1-13 2-B10 0 - 5 V DC TNS control voltage, input
1-14 2-B10 0 - 5 V DC HVTPCB SC control voltage, input
1-15 2-B10 0 - 5 V DC HVTPCB TC control voltage, input
1-16 2-B10 0 - 5 V DC HVTPCB DB control voltage, input
1-17 2-B10 0 - 5 V DC HVTPCB GRID control voltage, input
1-18 2-B10 ETTH detection voltage, output
1-19 2-B10 0 - 5 V DC EHUMSENS detection voltage, output
1-20 2-B10 24 V DC Control voltage for MPCB, output
1-21 2-B10 0 - 5 V DC H ALARM signal, output
1-23 2-B10 0/5 V DC TC on/off, output
1-24 2-B10 0/5 V DC MMD*3 connected/not connected, output
1-25 2-B10 0/5 V DC Finisher*1 connected/not connected, output
1-28 2-B10 0/5 V DC STKSW on/off, output
1-29 2-B10 0/5 V DC DUPRSW on/off, output
1-30 2-B10 0/5 V DC DUPESW on/off, output
1-31 2-B10 0/5 V DC DUPPCSW on/off, output
1-32 2-B10 0/5 V DC PFM LOCK signal, output
1-33 2-B10 0/5 V DC RSW on/off, output
1-34 2-B10 0/5 V DC FSW on/off, output
1-35 2-B10 0/5 V DC PFSW4 on/off, output
1-36 2-B10 0/5 V DC PFSW3 on/off, output
1-37 2-B10 0/5 V DC PFSW2 on/off, output
1-38 2-B10 0/5 V DC PFSW1 on/off, output
1-39 2-B10 0/5 V DC HVTPCB MC ALM, output
1-40 2-B10 0/5 V DC HVTPCB ST ALM, output
1-41 2-B10 0/5 V DC PCM LOCK signal, output
2A3/4
3-6-38
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
1-42 2-B10 0/5 V DC DM LOCK signal, output
1-43 2-B10 0/5 V DC PWSW-L (DIG2) on/off, output (inch specs)
1-44 2-B10 0/5 V DC PWSW-L (DIG1) on/off, output (inch specs)
1-45 2-B10 0/5 V DC PWSW-L (DIG0) on/off, output (inch specs)
1-46 2-B10 0/5 V DC PLSW-L on/off, output
1-47 2-B10 0/5 V DC PWSW-U (DIG2) on/off, output (inchspecs)
1-48 2-B10 0/5 V DC PWSW-U (DIG1) on/off, output (inchspecs)
1-49 2-B10 0/5 V DC PWSW-U (DIG0) on/off, output (inchspecs)
1-50 2-B10 0/5 V DC PLSW-U on/off, output
1-51 2-B10 0/5 V DC BYPPWSW (DIG2) on/off, output
1-52 2-B10 0/5 V DC BYPPWSW (DIG1) on/off, output
1-53 2-B10 0/5 V DC BYPPWSW (DIG0) on/off, output
1-54 2-B10 0/5 V DC BYPPLSW on/off, output
1-55 2-B10 0/5 V DC PSW-L on/off, output
1-56 2-B10 0/5 V DC PSW-U on/off, output
1-57 2-B10 0/5 V DC BYPPSW on/off, output
1-58 2-B10 5/0 V DC LICSW-L on/off, output
1-59 2-B10 5/0 V DC LICSW-U on/off, output
1-60 2-B10 0/5 V DC BYPEDSW on/off, output
1-61 2-B10 5/0 V DC SRHPSW on/off, output
1-62 2-B10 0/5 V DC Duplex unit installed/not installed, output
1-63 2-B10 0/5 V DC Key card*3 ENABLE signal, output
1-64 2-B10 0/5 V DC Key card*3, key counter*1 connected/notconnected, output
1-65 2-B10 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, input
1-66 2-B10 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, input
1-67 2-B10 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, input
1-68 2-B10 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, input
1-69 2-B10 5 V DC Control voltage for MPCB, output
1-70 2-B10 5/0 V DC Control voltage for MPCB, output
1-71 2-B10 0/24 V DC IFFM on/off, input
1-72 2-B10 0/24 V DC CL on/off, input
1-73 2-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) TFM/TRM drive clock pulse, input
1-75 2-B10 0/5 V DC TFM drive control signal, input
1-76 2-B10 0/5 V DC TRM drive control signal, input
*1: Optional. *3: Optional for 120 V specifications only.
2A3/4
3-6-39
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
1-77 2-B10 0/24 V DC SCL on/off, input
1-78 2-B10 0/24 V DC FSSOL latch-on signal, input
1-79 2-B10 0/24 V DC FSSOL release signal, input
1-80 2-B10 24/0 V DC PRY on/off, input
1-81 2-B10 0/24 V DC SSW1 control voltage, input
1-82 2-B10 24/0 V DC MSW OFF signal, input
1-83 2-B10 0/24 V DC HVTPCB (SC) on/off, input
1-84 2-B10 0/15 V DC HVTPCB (TC) on/off, input
1-85 2-B10 0/20 V DC HVTPCB (DB) on/off, input
1-86 2-B10 0/20 V DC HVTPCB (MC) on/off, input
1-87 2-B10 0/5 V DC PFM on/off, input
1-88 2-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) PFM drive clock pulse, input
1-89 2-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) MMD*3 serial signal, input
1-90 2-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) MMD*3 serial signal, output
1-91 2-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) Finisher*1 serial signal, input
1-92 2-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) Finisher*1 serial signal, output
1-93 2-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) Paper feed desk*4 OE signal, input
1-94 2-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) Paper feed desk*4 SCLK signal, input
1-95 2-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) Paper feed desk*4 SOUT signal, input
1-96 2-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) Paper feed desk*4 SIN signal, output
1-97 2-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) MMD*3 count on/off, input
1-101 2-B10 0/5 V DC TC on/off, input
1-102 2-B10 0/5 V DC Finisher*1 RESET signal, input
1-103 2-B10 0/5 V DC Paper feed desk*4 RESET signal, input
1-104 2-B10 0/24 V DC FCL3 on/off, input
1-105 2-B10 0/24 V DC FCL2 on/off, input
1-106 2-B10 0/24 V DC FCL1 on/off, input
1-107 2-B10 0/24 V DC FCL5 on/off, input
1-108 2-B10 0/5 V DC H2 on/off, input
1-109 2-B10 0/5 V DC H1 on/off, input
1-110 2-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) PCM drive clock pulse, input
1-111 2-B10 0/5 V DC PCM on/off, input
1-112 2-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) DM drive clock pulse, input
1-113 2-B10 0/5 V DC DM on/off, input
1-114 2-B10 0/24 V DC PCFM on/off, input
1-115 2-B10 0/24 V DC RCL on/off, input
1-116 2-B10 0/5 V DC CCM forward rotation signal, input
*1: Optional. *3: Optional for 120 V specifications only. *4: Optional for 42 ppm only.
2A3/4
3-6-40
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
1-117 2-B10 0/5 V DC CCM reverse rotation signal, input
1-118 2-B10 0/24 V DC CLM-L on/off, input
1-119 2-B10 0/24 V DC CLM-U on/off, input
1-120 2-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) SRM coil energization pulse, input (B_)
1-121 2-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) SRM coil energization pulse, input (A_)
1-122 2-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) SRM coil energization pulse, input (B)
1-123 2-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) SRM coil energization pulse, input (A)
1-125 2-B10 0/24 V DC SBFSSOL release signal, input
1-126 2-B10 0/24 V DC SBFSSOL latch-on signal, input
1-127 2-B10 0/24 V DC DUPPTSOL on/off, input
1-128 2-B10 0/24 V DC DUPFWDSOL on/off, input
1-130 2-B10 0/24 V DC FCL4 on/off, input
1-131 2-B10 0/24 V DC PFCL-L on/off, input
1-132 2-B10 0/24 V DC PFCL-U on/off, input
1-133 2-B10 0/24 V DC BYPSOL on/off, input
1-134 2-B10 0/24 V DC BYPPFCL on/off, input
1-135 2-B10 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, input
1-136 2-B10 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, input
1-137 2-B10 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, input
1-138 2-B10 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, input
1-139 2-B10 0/5 V DC Key card*3, key counter*1 copy countsignal, input
1-140 2-B10 0/24 V DC Key card*3 on/off, output
2-A1 2-A11 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for CL, output
2-A2 2-A11 0/24 V DC CL on/off, output
2-A3 2-A11 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for IFFM, output
2-A4 2-A11 0/24 V DC IFFM on/off, output
2-A5 2-A11 0/5 V DC (pulse) TFM drive control signal (–), output
2-A6 2-A11 0/5 V DC (pulse) TFM drive control signal (+), output
2-A7 2-A11 0/5 V DC (pulse) TRM drive control signal (–), output
2-A8 2-A11 0/5 V DC (pulse) TRM drive control signal (+), output
2-A9 2-A11 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for TLS, output
2-A10 2-A11 0/5 V DC TLS on/off, input
2-B3 2-B2 0/5 V DC TLDS toner absent/present, input
2-B4 2-B2 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for TLDS, output
2-B9 2-B10 0 - 15 V DC TNS control voltage, output
2-B11 2-B10 0 - 5 V DC TNS detection voltage, input
*1: Optional. *3: Optional for 120 V specifications only.
2A3/4
3-6-41
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
2-B12 2-B10 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for TNS, output
3-A1 3-A3 0/5 V DC SBESW on/off, input
3-A2 3-A3 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for SBESW, output
3-A4 3-A6 0/5 V DC FSSW on/off, input
3-A5 3-A6 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for FSSW, output
3-A7 3-A6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for FSSOL, output
3-A8 3-A6 0/24 V DC FSSOL latch-on signal, output
3-A9 3-A6 0/24 V DC FSSOL release signal, output
3-A10 3-A6 0/24 V DC 24 V DC supply for ESCL, output
3-A11 3-A6 0/24 V DC ESCL on/off, output
3-B1 3-A6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for TC, output
3-B2 3-A6 0/5 V DC TC on/off, input
3-B3 3-A6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for CFM1, output
3-B4 3-A6 0/5 V DC CFM1 on/off, output
3-B5 3-A6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for CFM2, output
3-B6 3-A6 0/5 V DC CFM2 on/off, output
3-B7 3-B11 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for FTH, output
3-B8 3-B11 0 - 5 V DC FTH detection voltage, input
3-B9 3-B11 0/5 V DC ESW on/off, input
3-B10 3-B11 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for ESW, output
4-1 3-B11 24/0 V DC SSW1 on/off, input
4-2 3-B11 24/0 V DC SSW2 on/off SOURCE, output
4-3 3-B11 24/0 V DC SSW3 on/off, input
4-4 3-B11 24/0 V DC PRY on/off SOURCE, output
4-5 3-B11 24/0 V DC 24 V DC supply for MSW, output
4-6 3-B11 0/24 V DC Control voltage for SSW1, output
4-7 3-B11 24/0 V DC SSW2 on/off, input
4-8 3-B11 24/0 V DC SSW3 on/off SOURCE, output
4-9 3-B11 24/0 V DC PRY on/off, output
4-10 3-B11 24/0 V DC MSW off signal, output
5-A1 5-A2 ETTH detection voltage, input
5-A3 5-A2 0 - 5 V DC EHUMSENS detection voltage, input
5-A4 5-A2 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for HUMPCB, output
5-A6 5-A10 0/5 V DC (pulse) PCM drive clock pulse, output
5-A7 5-A10 0/5 V DC PCM LOCK signal, output
5-A8 5-A10 0/5 V DC PCM on/off, input
5-A9 5-A10 5 V DC 5 V DC control voltage for PCM, output
2A3/4
3-6-42
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
5-A13, -A14 5-A11, -A12 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for PCM, output
5-B1 5-B2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for HVTPCB, output
5-B3 5-B9 0/5 V DC HVTPCB ST ALM, input
5-B4 5-B9 0 - 5 V DC HVTPCB SC control voltage, output
5-B5 5-B9 0/24 V DC HVTPCB (SC) on/off, output
5-B6 5-B9 0 - 5 V DC HVTPCB TC control voltage, output
5-B7 5-B9 0/15 V DC HVTPCB (TC) on/off, output
5-B8 5-B9 0 - 5 V DC HVTPCB DB control voltage, output
5-B10 5-B9 0/20 V DC HVTPCB (DB) on/off, output
5-B11 5-B9 0/5 V DC HVTPCB MC ALM, input
5-B12 5-B9 0 - 5 V DC HVTPCB GRID control voltage, output
5-B13 5-B9 0/20 V DC HVTPCB (MC) on/off, output
6-1 6-2, -6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for EPCB, input
6-3 6-4 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for EPCB, input
6-5 6-2, -6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for PRY, output
6-7 6-4 0/5 V DC H1 on/off, output
6-8 6-4 0/5 V DC H2 on/off, output
7-1 7-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for LSU, output
8-A2 8-B3 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for CLM-U, output
8-A3 8-B3 0/24 V DC CLM-U on/off, output
8-A4 8-B3 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for CLM-L, output
8-A5 8-B3 0/24 V DC CLM-L on/off, output
8-A8 8-A7 0/5 V DC PLSW-U on/off, input
8-A10 8-A9 0/5 V DC PLSW-L on/off, input
8-B1 8-B3 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for RSW, output
8-B2 8-B3 0/5 V DC RSW on/off, input
8-B4 8-B3 0/5 V DC CCM forward rotation signal, output
8-B5 8-B3 0/5 V DC CCM reverse rotation signal, output
8-B6 8-B3 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for PCFM, output
8-B7 8-B3 0/24 V DC PCFM on/off, output
8-B8 8-B3 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for FCL4, output
8-B9 8-B3 0/24 V DC FCL4 on/off, output
8-B10 8-B3 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for RCL, output
8-B11 8-B3 0/24 V DC RCL on/off, output
9-1 9-2 0/5 V DC Finisher*1 connected/not connected, input
9-5 9-3 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for DUPRSW, output
9-6 9-4 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for DUPPCSW, output
*1: Optional.
2A3/4
3-6-43
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
9-7 9-3 0/5 V DC DUPRSW on/off, input
9-8 9-4 0/5 V DC DUPPCSW on/off, input
9-11 9-9 0/5 V DC DUPESW on/off, input
9-12 9-10 5/0 V DC SRHPSW on/off, input
9-13 9-9 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for DUPESW, output
9-14 9-10 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for SRHPSW, output
9-15 9-17 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for STKSW, output
9-16 9-17 0/5 V DC STKSW on/off, input
9-19 9-22 0/5 V DC PWSW-U (DIG0) on/off, input (inch specs)
9-20 9-22 0/5 V DC PWSW-U (DIG1) on/off, input (inch specs)
9-21 9-22 0/5 V DC PWSW-U (DIG2) on/off, input (inch specs)
9-23 9-26 0/5 V DC PWSW-L (DIG0) on/off, input (inch specs)
9-24 9-26 0/5 V DC PWSW-L (DIG1) on/off, input (inch specs)
9-25 9-26 0/5 V DC PWSW-L (DIG2) on/off, input (inch specs)
10-1 12-B6 0/5 V DC (pulse) SRM coil energization pulse, output (B_)
10-2 12-B6 0/5 V DC (pulse) SRM coil energization pulse, output (A_)
10-3 12-B6 0/5 V DC (pulse) SRM coil energization pulse, output (B)
10-4 12-B6 0/5 V DC (pulse) SRM coil energization pulse, output (A)
10-5, -6 12-B7 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for SRM, output
10-7 12-B7 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for DUPFWDSOL, output
10-8 12-B7 0/24 V DC DUPFWDSOL on/off, output
10-9 12-B7 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for SBFSSOL, output
10-10 12-B7 0/24 V DC SBFSSOL latch-on signal, output
10-12 12-B7 0/24 V DC SBFSSOL release signal, output
10-13 12-B7 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for DUPPTSOL, output
10-14 12-B7 0/24 V DC DUPPTSOL on/off, output
11-1 11-5 0/5 V DC (pulse) PFM drive clock pulse, output
11-2 11-5 0/5 V DC PFM LOCK signal, input
11-3 11-5 0/5 V DC PFM on/off, output
11-4 11-5 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for PFM, output
11-8, -9 11-6, -7 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for PFM, output
12-A1 12-B7 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for FCL5, output
12-A2 12-B7 0/24 V DC FCL5 on/off, output
12-A3 12-B7 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for FCL1, output
12-A4 12-B7 0/24 V DC FCL1 on/off, output
12-A7 12-B7 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for FCL2, output
12-A8 12-B7 0/24 V DC FCL2 on/off, output
2A3/4
3-6-44
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
12-A9 12-B7 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for FCL3, output
12-A10 12-B7 0/24 V DC FCL3 on/off, output
12-B2 12-B6 0/5 V DC (pulse) DM drive clock pulse, output
12-B3 12-B6 0/5 V DC DM LOCK signal, input
12-B4 12-B6 0/5 V DC DM on/off, output
12-B5 12-B6 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for DM, output
12-B9, -B10 12-B7, -B8 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for DM, output
13-1 13-3 0/5 V DC FSW on/off, input
13-2 13-3 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for FSW, output
13-4 13-6 0/5 V DC PFSW1 on/off, input
13-5 13-6 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for PFSW1, output
13-7 13-9 0/5 V DC PFSW2 on/off, input
13-8 13-9 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for PFSW2, output
13-10 13-12 0/5 V DC PFSW3 on/off, input
13-11 13-12 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for PFSW3, output
13-13 13-15 0/5 V DC PFSW4 on/off, input
13-14 13-15 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for PFSW4, output
14-A2 14-A3 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for BYPPSW, output
14-A4 14-A3 0/5 V DC BYPPSW on/off, input
14-A5 14-A9 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for BYPPFCL, output
14-A6 14-A9 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for BYPSOL, output
14-A7 14-A9 0/24 V DC BYPPFCL on/off, output
14-A8 14-A9 0/24 V DC BYPSOL on/off, output
14-B2 14-B1 0/5 V DC BYPPWSW (DIG2) on/off, input
14-B3 14-B1 0/5 V DC BYPPWSW (DIG1) on/off, input
14-B4 14-B1 0/5 V DC BYPPWSW (DIG0) on/off, input
14-B5 14-B6 0/5 V DC BYPEDSW on/off, input
14-B8 14-B7 0/5 V DC BYPPLSW on/off, input
14-B9 14-B7 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for BYPPLSW, output
15-1 15-5 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for LICSW-U, output
15-2 15-6 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for LICSW-L, output
15-3 15-5 5/0 V DC LICSW-U on/off, input
15-4 15-6 5/0 V DC LICSW-L on/off, input
15-7 15-11 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for PSW-U, output
15-8 15-12 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for PSW-L, output
15-9 15-11 0/5 V DC PSW-U on/off, input
15-10 15-12 0/5 V DC PSW-L on/off, input
2A3/4
3-6-45
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
15-13 15-12 0/24 V DC PFCL-U on/off, output
15-14 15-12 0/24 V DC PFCL-L on/off, output
15-15 15-12 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for PFCL-U, output
15-16 15-12 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for PFCL-L, output
16-1 16-6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for MMD*3, output
16-2 16-7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MMD*3 count on/off, output
16-5 16-6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for MMD*3, output
16-8 16-7 0/5 V DC MMD*3 connected/not connected, input
16-10 16-9 0/5 V DC (pulse) Serial signal MMD*3, output
16-12 16-11 0/5 V DC (pulse) MMD*3 serial signal, input
17-2 17-1 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for large paper deck*2 orPaper feed desk*4, output
17-4 17-5 0/5 V DC (pulse) Large paper deck*2 serial signal, input
17-6 17-5 0/5 V DC (pulse) Large paper deck*2 serial signal, output
17-7 17-3 0/5 V DC Large paper deck*2 PFSW4 on/off, output
17-8 17-1 0/5 V DC Paper feed desk*4 RESET signal, output
17-9 17-1 0/5 V DC (pulse) Paper feed desk*4 OE signal, output
17-10 17-1 0/5 V DC (pulse) Paper feed desk*4 SCLK signal, output
17-11 17-1 0/5 V DC (pulse) Paper feed desk*4 SOUT signal, output
17-12 17-1 0/5 V DC (pulse) Paper feed desk*4 SIN signal, input
17-17 17-18 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for large paper deck*2 or
Paper feed desk*4, output
19-A1 19-B9 5 V DC 5 V DC control voltage for key card*3,output
19-A2 19-B9 5 V DC 5 V DC control voltage for key card*3,output
19-A3 19-B9 5 V DC 5 V DC control voltage for key card*3,output
19-A4 19-B9 5 V DC 5 V DC control voltage for key card*3,output
19-A5 19-B9 5 V DC 5 V DC control voltage for key card*3,output
19-A6 19-B9 5 V DC 5 V DC control voltage for key card*3,output
19-A7 19-B9 5 V DC 5 V DC control voltage for key card*3,output
19-A8 19-B9 5 V DC 5 V DC control voltage for key card*3,output
19-A9 19-B9 0/5 V DC Key card*3 ENABLE signal, input
*2: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard. *3: Optional for 120 V specifications only.*4: Optonal for 42 ppm.
2A3/4
3-6-46
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
19-A10 19-B9 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for key card*3, output
19-B1 19-B9 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, output
19-B2 19-B9 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, output
19-B3 19-B9 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, output
19-B4 19-B9 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, output
19-B5 19-B9 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, output
19-B6 19-B9 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, output
19-B7 19-B9 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, output
19-B8 19-B9 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, output
19-B10 19-B10 0/5 V DC Key card*3 on/off, output
20-1 20-4 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for key card*3, output
20-2 20-4 0/5 V DC Key card*3, key counter*1 copy countsignal, output
20-3 20-4 0/5 V DC Key card*3, key counter*1 connected/notconnected, input
21-2 21-1 0/5 V DC (pulse) Finisher*1 serial signal, output
21-4 21-3 0/5 V DC (pulse) Finisher*1 serial signal, input
21-5 21-1 0/5 V DC Finisher*1 RESET signal, output
21-6 21-1 0/5 V DC Finisher*1 connected/not connected, input
*1: Optional. *3: Optional for 120 V specifications only.
2A3/4
3-6-47
(3) Main PCB
C131C132C133C134
1 11 13
29301415
171621CN4
L59IC11
L60L61L62L63
L64
L66
L67
L68L69
L70
L109
L136
L138
L169L170L171L172
C184IC47
L160
L161
L166
L167
L168
L180L181L182L183L184L185L186L187L188L189L190L191L192L193L194
L210L211L212L213L214L215L216L217L218L219L220
L209
CN15 1
1617
151430
29
2
L162 R309
C185
C181
L163
C187
L139
L164L165
RA35RA36RA37RA38RA39
L137
TR5
4849
L135
64
1
TR29
10076
75
51
50
4 1
23
XT4
L158XT7
R303
L248
L251
R302
L252
RA107
L208
26
25
1
RA64RA63
1617
3233
IC33
L110
RA13
RA12
8081100
TR30 L108
1
3051
XT2
TR32
L107L128
12
L129 L9IC3
L15TR2
TP8
TP7
C3
L130
L131
TR31 TR34
TR4
RA14
C55
L72L73L74
L75L76
L71
L77L78L79L80L81L82L83L84L85L86L87L88L89L90L91L92L93L94L95L96
L1301
L17L19
TR3
L20
CN9
L1L2
L3 TR1 L14
R210C1
L21
L22 L23C2
36L24
L25
L56
RA1 RA2
RA3
L59 L65L57
IC20 RA10 C9C10
C11
C121312
89
44
1
176
C16
L121
L120IC29
133132
C13
C14C15
TP4TP3TP2
RA25C171
L119
RA26
4041
45
88C22
RA30RA31RA32RA33L127
TP6
IC41
L152
RA60
RA61
RA62
IC43
L155L154
RA58C42C39 C41
RA59
RA57RA56
RA55RA54RA52RA49
IC42RA50
RA51 C201 L156
L157
RA53RA48
RA45C29
C31
RA41
L145R6
TR11
TR16
TR15
L196
R7
LA8
LA9LA12
RA89
LA10
RA86
R8RA88LA11
RA87
RA90
XT5
176
RA72IC53
RA70 RA70 TR17
100 RA82
R381 3233 48
49
641
1716
L175IC56
L176
L177
L179
RA93RA94
RA95RA96
RA97RA98
RA99IC66
L205L206 L207
5180
L247 L246 L245
C50
XT8
RA100
IC65
L201
IC63
L198
L197
L199
IC73 L254
IC60
L204
CN1
64
65
4140
6465
601 24
25
40
41 2524 1
31
81
301
127172
6970
139140
C255R432R433C256
L178
L174
1
2526
1
1TP19TP20
TP18
L195
LA7
RA66TR14
TR9
L173
51 50
C51
TR10
LA1LA2TR12
TR27TR26TR13
TR28TR25RA69
LA3LA4LA5LA6
L144
L143
C293
L146
C32L140
C294L141L142C38
C37C36
RA42C33
RA43
RA44
RA46IC38
TP9
TR24
RA47 12081
80
L153C45C46
C47C48
R3
R4R5
TP5RA29RA28
C24
RA27
L102 RA7 RA8L104
L106L105
RA11
1
37
R212 XT14
R191
C4 1
1
3
L4L5L6R1L7L8
IC18
L97
L98
R2
D2
D4
D5FM1L111
L112L113L114L115L116L117L118
CN8 CN74 5
L10
L12
L16
IC1
CN
611
17
1C
N12
L100
C5
D3
IC19
RA
6L9
9 R19
0C
190
48
1324
1324
RA
34
C7
C8
L103
RA
9
C23
24
L101
C6
R19
2
L18
IC4
IC5
L26
L27
L28
L29
L30
L31
L32
L33
L34
L35
L36
L37
L38
L39
L40
L41
L42
L43
L44
L45
L46
L47
L49
L50
L51
LS07
IC7 IC8
IC9
IC12
IC13
2815 14
1528 1
14
1
RA
4R
A5
IC16
RA
15R
A16
RA
17R
A18
B16
A16
B1
IC25
IC24
IC34
XT
3
IC36
C15
5
IC48
RA
65
RA
101
IC68
RA
102
L249
IC46
L250L2
44L2
43L2
40L2
38L2
36L2
34L2
32L2
30L2
28L2
26
L242
L241
L239
L237
L235
L233
L231
L229
L227
L225
L253
RA
106
RA
105
RA
104
RA
103
IC49
IC50
IC51
TR
7T
R8R
308
L159
C19
0 RA
40
13 12124
RA
21R
A19
R25
6
IC35
IC26
RA
20
RA
22
A1
CN
3
IC15
IC23
IC21
IC14
IC30
IC31
L125
C21 C
25C
26
C27
C28
C44
C49
160
121
L149
IC44
C43
L148
TR
6
C35
L150 L151
IC40
IC39
CN
10C
N13
CN
5
CN
14
RA
91R
A92
11116
1
B11
A1
B1
A11
IC52
C24
0R
392
R39
1
RA76
RA81
RA80
RA79
RA78
RA
77 RA
83
17 16
32 1
RA75
RA74
RA73
C23
9IC
54
XT
6S
CA
NN
ER
EN
GIN
EIC
57
IC59
IC58
IC72
50
100
80
IC67
IC64
L202
L200
IC61
IC62
TR
23L203
IC71
IC70
IC69
B16
A16
B1
A1
CN
2
R35
7
IC57
28 1
32 1
24 1
18 12
17 16
15 14
TR
21T
R22
RA84
RA85
71
C30 L1
47
C40
4222
MA
INIC
4532 1
32 16
211
C20C
19
IC28
FM
2
CN
1111
1
RA
24 L122
IC27
TP
1 RA
23
C18
L123
L124
L126
IC2
121
1
IC22
IC32
C11
1
C11
0L1
32L1
33L1
34R16
4C
161
IC10
L52
L53
L54
L55
IC6
L48
2A3/4
3-6-48
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
1-1 2-A4 0 - 5 V DC TNS detection voltage, input
1-3 2-A4 0/5 V DC TLDS toner absent/present, input
1-4 2-A4 0/5 V DC TLS on/off, input
1-5 2-A4 0/5 V DC SBESW on/off, input
1-6 2-A4 0/5 V DC ESW on/off, input
1-7 2-A4 0/5 V DC FSSW on/off, input
1-8 2-A4 0 - 5 V DC FTH detection voltage, input
1-9 2-A4 24/0 V DC SSW2 on/off, input
1-10 2-A4 24/0 V DC SSW3 on/off, input
1-11 2-A4 24/0 V DC SSW1 on/off, input
1-12 2-A4 5 V DC 5 V DC control voltage for MSW, output
1-13 2-A4 0 - 5 V DC TNS control voltage, output
1-14 2-A4 0 - 5 V DC HVTPCB SC control voltage, output
1-15 2-A4 0 - 5 V DC HVTPCB TC control voltage, output
1-16 2-A4 0 - 5 V DC HVTPCB DB control voltage, output
1-17 2-A4 0 - 5 V DC HVTPCB GRID control voltage, output
1-18 2-A4 ETTH detection voltage, input
1-19 2-A4 0 - 5 V DC EHUMSENS detection voltage, input
1-20 2-A4 24 V DC Control voltage for MPCB, input
1-21 2-A4 0 - 5 V DC H ALARM control voltage, input
1-23 2-A4 0/5 V DC TC on/off, input
1-24 2-A4 0/5 V DC MMD*3 connected/not connected, input
1-25 2-A4 0/5 V DC Finisher*1 connected/not connected, input
1-28 2-A4 0/5 V DC STKSW on/off, input
1-29 2-A4 0/5 V DC DUPRSW on/off, input
1-30 2-A4 0/5 V DC DUPESW on/off, input
1-31 2-A4 0/5 V DC DUPPCSW on/off, input
1-32 2-A4 0/5 V DC PFM LOCK signal, input
1-33 2-A4 0/5 V DC RSW on/off, input
1-34 2-A4 0/5 V DC FSW on/off, input
1-35 2-A4 0/5 V DC PFSW4 on/off, input
1-36 2-A4 0/5 V DC PFSW3 on/off, input
1-37 2-A4 0/5 V DC PFSW2 on/off, input
1-38 2-A4 0/5 V DC PFSW1 on/off, input
1-39 2-A4 0/5 V DC HVTPCB MC ALM, input
1-40 2-A4 0/5 V DC HVTPCB ST ALM, input
1-41 2-B10 0/5 V DC PCM LOCK signal, input
*1: Optional. *3: Optional for 120 V specifications only.
2A3/4
3-6-49
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
1-42 2-B10 0/5 V DC DM LOCK signal, input
1-43 2-B10 0/5 V DC PWSW-L (DIG2) on/off, input (inch specs)
1-44 2-B10 0/5 V DC PWSW-L (DIG1) on/off, input (inch specs)
1-45 2-B10 0/5 V DC PWSW-L (DIG0) on/off, input (inch specs)
1-46 2-B10 0/5 V DC PLSW-L on/off, input
1-47 2-B10 0/5 V DC PWSW-U (DIG2) on/off, input (inch specs)
1-48 2-B10 0/5 V DC PWSW-U (DIG1) on/off, input (inch specs)
1-49 2-B10 0/5 V DC PWSW-U (DIG0) on/off, input (inch specs)
1-50 2-B10 0/5 V DC PLSW-U on/off, input
1-51 2-B10 0/5 V DC BYPPWSW (DIG2) on/off, input
1-52 2-B10 0/5 V DC BYPPWSW (DIG1) on/off, input
1-53 2-B10 0/5 V DC BYPPWSW (DIG0) on/off, input
1-54 2-B10 0/5 V DC BYPPLSW on/off, input
1-55 2-B10 0/5 V DC PSW-L on/off, input
1-56 2-B10 0/5 V DC PSW-U on/off, input
1-57 2-B10 0/5 V DC BYPPSW on/off, input
1-58 2-B10 5/0 V DC LICSW-L on/off, input
1-59 2-B10 5/0 V DC LICSW-U on/off, input
1-60 2-B10 0/5 V DC BYPEDSW on/off, input
1-61 2-B10 5/0 V DC SRHPSW on/off, input
1-62 2-B10 0/5 V DC Duplex unit installed/not installed, input
1-63 2-B10 0/5 V DC Key card*3 ENABLE signal, input
1-64 2-B10 0/5 V DC Key card*3, key counter*1 connected/notconnected, input
1-65 2-B10 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, output
1-66 2-B10 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, output
1-67 2-B10 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, output
1-68 2-B10 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, output
1-69 2-B10 5 V DC Control voltage for MPCB, input
1-70 2-B10 5/0 V DC Control voltage for MPCB, input
1-71 2-B10 0/24 V DC IFFM on/off, output
1-72 2-B10 0/24 V DC CL on/off, output
1-73 2-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) TFM/TRM drive clock pulse, output
1-75 2-B10 0/5 V DC TFM drive control signal, output
1-76 2-B10 0/5 V DC TRM drive control signal, output
1-77 2-B10 0/24 V DC SCL on/off, output
1-78 2-B10 0/24 V DC FSSOL latch-on signal, output
1-79 2-B10 0/24 V DC FSSOL release signal, output*1: Optional. *3: Optional for 120 V specifications only.
2A3/4
3-6-50
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
*1: Optional. *3: Optional for 120 V specifications only. *4: Optional for 42 ppm only.
1-80 2-A4 24/0 V DC PRY on/off, output
1-81 2-A4 0/24 V DC SSW1 control voltage, output
1-82 2-A4 24/0 V DC MSW OFF signal, output
1-83 2-A4 0/24 V DC HVTPCB (SC) on/off, output
1-84 2-A4 0/15 V DC HVTPCB (TC) on/off, output
1-85 2-A4 0/20 V DC HVTPCB (DB) on/off, output
1-86 2-A4 0/20 V DC HVTPCB (MC) on/off, output
1-87 2-A4 0/5 V DC PFM on/off, output
1-88 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) PFM drive clock pulse, output
1-89 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MMD*3 serial signal, output
1-90 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MMD*3 serial signal, input
1-91 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) Finisher*1 serial signal, output
1-92 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) Finisher*1 serial signal, input
1-93 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) Paper feed desk*4 OE signal, output
1-94 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) Paper feed desk*4 SCLK signal, output
1-95 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) Paper feed desk*4 SOUT signal, output
1-96 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) Paper feed desk*4 SIN signal, input
1-97 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MMD*3 count on/off, output
1-101 2-A4 0/5 V DC TC on/off, output
1-102 2-A4 0/5 V DC Finisher*1 RESET signal, output
1-103 2-A4 0/5 V DC Paper feed desk*4 RESET signal, output
1-104 2-A4 0/24 V DC FCL3 on/off, output
1-105 2-A4 0/24 V DC FCL2 on/off, output
1-106 2-A4 0/24 V DC FCL1 on/off, output
1-107 2-A4 0/24 V DC FCL5 on/off, output
1-108 2-A4 0/5 V DC H2 on/off, output
1-109 2-A4 0/5 V DC H1 on/off, output
1-110 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) PCM drive clock pulse, output
1-111 2-A4 0/5 V DC PCM on/off, output
1-112 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) DM drive clock pulse, output
1-113 2-A4 0/5 V DC DM on/off, output
1-114 2-A4 0/24 V DC PCFM on/off, output
1-115 2-A4 0/24 V DC RCL on/off, output
1-116 2-A4 0/5 V DC CCM forward rotation signal, output
1-117 2-A4 0/5 V DC CCM reverse rotation signal, output
1-118 2-A4 0/24 V DC CLM-L on/off, output
1-119 2-A4 0/24 V DC CLM-U on/off, output
2A3/4
3-6-51
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
1-120 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) SRM coil energization pulse, output (B_)
1-121 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) SRM coil energization pulse, output (A_)
1-122 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) SRM coil energization pulse, output (B)
1-123 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) SRM coil energization pulse, output (A)
1-125 2-A4 0/24 V DC SBFSSOL release signal, output
1-126 2-A4 0/24 V DC SBFSSOL latch-on signal, output
1-127 2-A4 0/24 V DC DUPPTSOL on/off, output
1-128 2-A4 0/24 V DC DUPFWDSOL on/off, output
1-130 2-A4 0/24 V DC FCL4 on/off, output
1-131 2-A4 0/24 V DC PFCL-L on/off, output
1-132 2-A4 0/24 V DC PFCL-U on/off, output
1-133 2-A4 0/24 V DC BYPSOL on/off, output
1-134 2-A4 0/24 V DC BYPPFCL on/off, output
1-135 2-A4 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, output
1-136 2-A4 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, output
1-137 2-A4 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, output
1-138 2-A4 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, output
1-139 2-A4 0/5 V DC Key card*3, key counter*1 copy countsignal, output
1-140 2-A4 0/24 V DC Key card*3 on/off, input
2-A1 2-A4 0/5 V DC MCPCB1 image control signal MCPSEL,output
2-A2 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1 serial communication signal,output
2-A3 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1 communication control signalMCP1 ACK, input
2-A5 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1 serial communication signal,input
2-A6 2-A4 0/5 V DC MCPCB1 control signal ENGACK MCP1,output
2-A7 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1 communication control signal RRDY MCP1, input
2-A8 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1 communication control signal WRDY MCP1, input
2-A9 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1 control signal PVSYNC, output
2-A10 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1 image control signal PHSYNC,output
2-A11 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1 image control clock pulse, input
2-A12 2-A13 0/5 V DC MCPCB1 control signal MCP MREW, input
*1: Optional. *3: Optional for 120 V specifications only.
2A3/4
3-6-52
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
2-A14 2-A13 0/5 V DC MCPCB1 control signal MCP IDA, input
2-A16 2-A15 0/5 V DC MCPCB1 control signal MCP IDB, input
2-B1 2-B6 0/5 V DC MCPCB1 control signal SEMCP MCP1,input
2-B2 2-B6 0/5 V DC MCPCB1 RESET signal, output
2-B3 2-B6 0/5 V DC MCPCB1 image control signal WCK, output
2-B4 2-B6 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1 control signal OVSYNC, output
2-B5 2-B6 0/5 V DC MCPCB1 image control signal MRE, output
2-B8 2-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1 image control signal DATA0,output
2-B9 2-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1 image control signal DATA1,output
2-B10 2-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1 image control signal DATA2,output
2-B11 2-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1 image control signal DATA3,output
2-B12 2-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1 image control signal DATA4,output
2-B13 2-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1 image control signal DATA5,output
2-B14 2-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1 image control signal DATA6,output
2-B15 2-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1 image control signal DATA7,output
3-A1 3-A4 0/5 V DC MCPCB2*2 image control signal MCPSEL,output
3-A2 3-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB2*2 serial communication signal,output
3-A3 3-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB2*2 communication control signalMCP2 ACK, input
3-A5 3-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB2*2 serial communication signal,input
3-A6 3-A4 0/5 V DC MCPCB2*2 control signal ENGACK MCP2,output
3-A7 3-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB2*2 communication control signal RRDY MCP2, input
3-A8 3-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB2*2 communication control signal WRDY MCP2, input
3-A9 3-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB2*2 control signal PVSYNC, output
3-A10 3-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB2*2 image control signal PHSYNC,output
*2: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard.
2A3/4
3-6-53
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
3-A11 3-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB2*2 image control clock pulse, input
3-A12 3-A13 0/5 V DC MCPCB2*2 control signal MCP MREW,input
3-A14 3-A13 0/5 V DC MCPCB2*2 control signal MCP IDA, input
3-A16 3-A15 0/5 V DC MCPCB2*2 control signal MCP IDB, input
3-B1 3-B6 0/5 V DC MCPCB2*2 control signal SEMCP MCP2,input
3-B2 3-B6 0/5 V DC MCPCB2*2 RESET signal, output
3-B3 3-B6 0/5 V DC MCPCB2*2 image control signal WCK,output
3-B4 3-B6 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB2*2 control signal OVSYNC, output
3-B5 3-B6 0/5 V DC MCPCB2*2 image control signal MRE,output
3-B8 3-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB2*2 image control signal DATA0,output
3-B9 3-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB2*2 image control signal DATA1,output
3-B10 3-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB2*2 image control signal DATA2,output
3-B11 3-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB2*2 image control signal DATA3,output
3-B12 3-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB2*2 image control signal DATA4,output
3-B13 3-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB2*2 image control signal DATA5,output
3-B14 3-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB2*2 image control signal DATA6,output
3-B15 3-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB2*2 image control signal DATA7,output
4-2 4-1 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Printer board*1 serial signal, input
4-3 4-1 0/5 V DC Printer board*1 ENGACK PRT signal,output
4-5 4-4 0/5 V DC (pulse) Printer board*1 serial signal, output
4-6 4-4 0/3.3 V DC Printer board*1 PRT ACK signal, input
4-8 4-7 0/3.3 V DC Printer board*1 PRINT signal, input
4-9 4-7 0/3.3 V DC Printer board*1 SETPRT signal, input
4-10 4-7 0/5 V DC Printer board*1 MRDY signal, output
4-11 4-7 0/3.3 V DC Printer board*1 P1 signal, input
4-12 4-7 0/5 V DC Printer board*1 P2 signal, output
4-14 4-13 0/5 V DC Printer board*1 PRTRST signal, output
*1: Optional. *2: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard.
2A3/4
3-6-54
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
4-16 4-17 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Printer board*1 clock pulse, input
4-18 4-17 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Printer board*1 POVSYNC signal, input
4-20 4-19 0/3.3 V DC Printer board*1 PMRE signal, input
4-22 4-21 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Printer board*1 PID0 signal, input
4-23 4-21 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Printer board*1 PID1 signal, input
4-24 4-21 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Printer board*1 PID2 signal, input
4-25 4-26 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Printer board*1 PID3 signal, input
4-27 4-26 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Printer board*1 PID4 signal, input
4-28 4-26 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Printer board*1 PID5 signal, input
4-29 4-26 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Printer board*1 PID6 signal, input
4-30 4-26 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Printer board*1 PID7 signal, input
5-1 5-16 0/5 V DC (pulse) OSD2*5 on/off, input
5-2 5-16 0/5 V DC (pulse) OSD1 on/off, input
5-3 5-16 0/5 V DC ODSW on/off, input
5-4 5-16 SM current control voltage SM Vref, output
5-5 5-16 0/5 V DC SM drive control signal SM M1, output
5-6 5-16 0/5 V DC SM drive control signal SM M2, output
5-7 5-16 0/5 V DC SM drive control signal SM M3, output
5-8 5-16 0/5 V DC SM drive control signal SM M4, output
5-9 5-16 0/5 V DC SM drive control signal SM M5, output
5-10 5-16 0/5 V DC (pulse) SM drive clock pulse, output
5-11 5-16 0/5 V DC SM rotation direction switching signalSMOT CWB, output
5-12 5-16 0/5 V DC SM control signal SMOT RET, output
5-13 5-16 0/5 V DC SM enable signal, output
5-14 5-16 5/0 V DC EL on/off, output
5-15 5-16 5/0 V DC SHPSW on/off, input
6-2 6-1 0/5 V DC (pulse) OMPCB serial communication signal,output
6-3 6-4 0/5 V DC OMPCB MMI ACK signal, input
6-5 6-4 0/5 V DC (pulse) OMPCB serial communication signal, input
6-6 6-4 0/5 V DC OMPCB ENGACK MMI signal, output
6-7 6-4 0/5 V DC OMPCB MMI ERROR signal, input
6-8 6-10 0/5 V DC OMPCB ENG ERROR MMI signal, output
6-9 6-10 0/5 V DC OMPCB RESET MMI signal, output
7-2 7-1 0/5 V DC LSU VD2 – signal, output
7-3 7-1 0/5 V DC LSU VD2 + signal, output
*1: Optional. *5: For inch specifications only.
2A3/4
3-6-55
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
7-4 7-1 0/5 V DC LSU VD1 – signal, output
7-5 7-1 0/5 V DC LSU VD1 + signal, output
7-7 7-6 0/5 V DC LSU ENABLE signal, output
7-9 7-8 0/5 V DC LSU ADJUST2 signal, output
7-11 7-10 0/5 V DC LSU ADJUST1 signal, output
7-13 7-12 5 V DC 24 V DC supply for LSU, output
8-2 8-1 0/5 V DC LSU BD – signal, input
8-3 8-1 0/5 V DC LSU BD + signal, input
8-5 8-4 5 V DC 24 V DC supply for LSU, output
9-1 9-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) LSU clock pulse, output
9-3 9-2 0/5 V DC LSU START signal, output
9-4 9-2 0/5 V DC LSU READY signal, output
10-1 10-3 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for MPCB, input
10-2 10-3 0/5 V DC PSPCB SLEEP SIG, output
10-4 10-3 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for MPCB, input
10-5 10-3 0/5 V DC (pulse) Zero-cross signal, output
10-6 10-7 12 V DC 12 V DC supply for MPCB, input
11-1, -2, -3 11-1, -2 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for CCDPCB, output
11-4 11-1, -2 0/5 V DC CCD drive clock signal φ SHIFT –, output
11-5 11-1, -2 0/5 V DC CCD drive clock signal φ SHIFT +, output
11-6 11-1, -2 0/5 V DC CCD drive clock signal φ CLP –, output
11-7 11-1, -2 0/5 V DC CCD drive clock signal φ CLP +, output
11-8 11-1, -2 0/5 V DC CCD drive clock signal φ RS –, output
11-9 11-1, -2 0/5 V DC CCD drive clock signal φ RS +, output
11-10 11-1, -2 0/5 V DC CCD drive clock signal φ CLK –, output
11-11 11-1, -2 0/5 V DC CCD drive clock signal f CLK +, output
12-3 12-1, -2 12 V DC +12 V DC supply for CCDPCB, output
12-4 12-1, -2 CCD control signal VO_E –, input
12-5 12-1, -2 CCD control signal VO_E +, input
12-6 12-1, -2 CCD control signal VO_O –, input
12-7 12-1, -2 CCD control signal VO_O +, input
13A-1 5-16 0/5 V DC OSLED (red) on/off, output
13A-2 5-16 0/5 V DC OSLED (green) on/off, output
13A-3 5-16 0/5 V DC SBPSOL release signal, output
13A-4 5-16 0/5 V DC SBPSOL latch-on signal, output
13A-5 5-16 0/5 V DC OFCL on/off, output
13A-6 5-16 0/5 V DC EFSSOL on/off, output
2A3/4
3-6-56
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
13A-7 5-16 0/5 V DC SBFSSOL on/off, output
13A-9 5-16 0/5 V DC OFSOL release signal, output
13A-10 5-16 0/5 V DC OFSOL latch-on signal, output
13A-11 5-16 0/5 V DC OFM enable signal, output
13B-1 5-16 0/5 V DC OFM control signal OFM RET, output
13B-2 5-16 0/5 V DC (pulse) OFM drive clock pulse, output
13B-3 5-16 0/5 V DC OFM rotation direction switching signalOFM CWB, output
13B-4 5-16 0/5 V DC OCM enable signal, output
13B-5 5-16 0/5 V DC OCM control signal OCM RET, output
13B-6 5-16 0/5 V DC (pulse) OCM drive clock pulse, output
13B-7 5-16 0/5 V DC OCM rotation direction switching signalOCM CWB, output
13B-8 5-16 OCM current control voltage OCM Vref,output
13B-9 5-16 0/5 V DC OCM drive control signal OCM M3, output
13B-10 5-16 0/5 V DC OCM drive control signal OCM M2, output
13B-11 5-16 0/5 V DC OCM drive control signal OCM M1, output
14-1 5-16 0/5 V DC OSBSW on/off, input
14-2 5-16 0/5 V DC OFSW on/off, input
14-3 5-16 0/5 V DC OSSW on/off, input
14-6 5-16 0/5 V DC SRDF installed/not installed signal, input
14-7 5-16 0/5 V DC OSWSW on/off, input
14-8 5-16 5/0 V DC DFSSW2 off/on, input
14-9 5-16 5/0 V DC DFSSW1 off/on, input
14-10 5-16 5/0 V DC OSLSW off/on, input
14-11 5-16 5/0 V DC DFTSW off/on, input
2A3/4
3-6-57
(4) Memory copy PCB
+
L2
RA
8R
A18 U
121
4
RA
7
RA
17
L1
1
21
U1
1
1
11
1
11
54
8
15
U4
U6
U3
U5
U10
1
11U
9
X1
X2
RA
12
RA
9R
A10
RA
20R
A21
RA
25R
A36
RA
48R
A57
RA
60
RA
28R
A30
RA
33R
A42
RA
46R
A52
RA
29
RA
22
RA
26
RA
27 RA
31R
A53
RA
34R
A41
RA
45R
A49
RA
23
RA
24
RA
32 RA
35R
A43R
A47
RA
50R
A54
RA
58
RA
59
RA
56
RA
44R
A51
RA
55
RA
11
U13
F1
L3
RA
37
RA
38
CT
1
CT
2
CT
3
1
15
U11
GND
TP2
U2
RA19
RA68RA69
RA80 RA81 RA82
RA90 RA91 RA92 RA93 RA94
RA95 RA96 RA97
CE7
CE10
GND
RA98 RA99
RA100 RA101 RA102 RA103
RA104 RA105
RA83 RA84RA85
RA
87
RA
86R
A89
RA
88
RA66
RA67 RA63 RA64 RA70 RA71
RA61 RA62 RA65
0
1G91
CE1
CN2 12
CE2
CE3
CE5
CE6
CE8
CE9
CE11
CE4
RA1
RA15 RA16
RA39
RA72
RA108RA109
RA110
RA111 RA113
RA112
RA73 RA74 RA75
GND
RA76 RA77 RA78 RA79
CN412
CN512
7172
7172
RA40
RA13 RA14
GND
A1B1
A16B16
RA2 RA3 RA4 RA5
CN1
RA6
TP4
TP7
1U16
76
77
152
304
229
TP8 TP9
U17
CN3
1
1 36144 37
4X3
LD1
TP10
TP11
TP1
TP3
TP5
TP6
+
+
+
+
++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
1
11U
8
1
11
1
22
U7
U14
1
22U
151
22
U18
1
22
U19
1
22U
201
22
F2
L4
L5F
3
X4
RA
106R
A107
108 73
109 72
228153
U25136
14437
10873
10972
U26136
14437
10873
10972
1
11U
21
1
11U
22
1
11U
23
1
11U
24
2A3/4
3-6-58
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
1-A1 1-A4 0/5 V DC MCPCB1, 2*2 image control signalMCPSEL, input
1-A2 1-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1, 2*2 serial communication signal,input
1-A3 1-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1, 2*2 communication control signalMCP1 ACK, output
1-A5 1-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1, 2*2 serial communication signal,output
1-A6 1-A4 0/5 V DC MCPCB1, 2*2 control signal ENGACKMCP1, input
1-A7 1-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1, 2*2 communication control signalR RDY MCP1, output
1-A8 1-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1, 2*2 communication control signalW RDY MCP1, output
1-A9 1-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1, 2*2 control signal PVSYNC, input
1-A10 1-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1, 2*2 image control signalPHSYNC, input
1-A11 1-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1, 2*2 image control clock pulse,output
1-A12 1-A13 0/5 V DC MCPCB1, 2*2 control signal MCP MREW,output
1-A14 1-A13 0/5 V DC MCPCB1, 2*2 control signal MCP IDA,output
1-A16 1-A15 0/5 V DC MCPCB1, 2*2 control signal MCP IDB,output
1-B1 1-B6 0/5 V DC MCPCB1, 2*2 control signal SEMCPMCP1, output
1-B2 1-B6 0/5 V DC MCPCB1, 2*2 RESET signal, input
1-B3 1-B6 0/5 V DC MCPCB1, 2*2 image control signal WCK,input
1-B4 1-B6 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1, 2*2 control signal OVSYNC,input
1-B5 1-B6 0/5 V DC MCPCB1, 2*2 image control signal MRE,input
1-B8 1-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1, 2*2 image control signal DATA0,input
1-B9 1-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1, 2*2 image control signal DATA1,input
1-B10 1-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1, 2*2 image control signal DATA2,input
1-B11 1-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1, 2*2 image control signal DATA3,input
*2: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard.
2A3/4
3-6-59
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
1-B12 1-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1, 2*2 image control signal DATA4,input
1-B13 1-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1, 2*2 image control signal DATA5,input
1-B14 1-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1, 2*2 image control signal DATA6,input
1-B15 1-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1, 2*2 image control signal DATA7,input
2-1 2-2 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for MCPCB1, 2*2, input
*2: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard.
2A3/4
3-6-60
(5) Scanner motor PCB
+
+
+
+
JP1
L14
11
CN
1
C12
C13
J5
JP4
JP2
R17
R15R16JP7JP8
J9
IC1
DT
1
221
14
CN
6
L2
L3
R12
R1
R2R3R4R5R6C6
R7C7
R8C8
R9C9
L4
C19
C20
C1
C3
R10
R11
JP3
C11
C5
C4
C10
J4J10
C16
C17
C18C15
C14
J14J13
J16
J17
J8
JP5JP15JP6
J1
J7
J6J3
J2
JP16
JP9
JP11
JP12
JP14
C23
J15
J11
TP
1
JP10
JP13
J12
CN4
3 1
C2
R14
D1
C22
C21
DT
2
R13
E C
B12
56L5
CN
3
CN5
1 3
CN2
61
E C
B
2A3/4
3-6-61
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
1-2 1-1 0/5 V DC SHPSW on/off, output
1-3 1-1 0/5 V DC EL on/off, input
1-4 1-1 0/5 V DC SM enable signal, input
1-5 1-1 0/5 V DC SM control signal SMOT RET, input
1-6 1-1 0/5 V DC SM rotation direction switching signalSMOT CWB, input
1-7 1-1 0/5 V DC (pulse) SM drive clock pulse, input
1-8 1-1 0/5 V DC SM drive control signal SM M5, input
1-9 1-1 0/5 V DC SM drive control signal SM M4, input
1-10 1-1 0/5 V DC SM drive control signal SM M3, input
1-11 1-1 0/5 V DC SM drive control signal SM M2, input
1-12 1-1 0/5 V DC SM drive control signal SM M1, input
1-13 1-1 SM current control voltage SM Vref, input
1-14 1-1 0/5 V DC ODSW on/off, output
1-15 1-1 0/5 V DC OSD1 on/off, output
1-16 1-1 0/5 V DC OSD2*5 on/off, output
2-1 3-5, -6 0/5 V DC (pulse) SM coil energization pulse, output (B_)
2-2 3-5, -6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for SM, output
2-3 3-5, -6 0/5 V DC (pulse) SM coil energization pulse, output (B)
2-4 3-5, -6 0/5 V DC (pulse) SM coil energization pulse, output (A)
2-5 3-5, -6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for SM, output
2-6 3-5, -6 0/5 V DC (pulse) SM coil energization pulse, output (A_)
3-1 3-5, -6 0/5 V DC EL on/off, output
3-2 3-5, -6 0/5 V DC EL on/off, output
3-3 3-5, -6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for INPCB, output
3-4 3-5, -6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for INPCB, output
4-1 4-3 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for SHPSW, output
4-2 4-3 0/5 V DC SHPSW on/off, input
5-1 5-3 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for ODSW, output
5-2 5-3 0/5 V DC ODSW on/off, input
6-2 6-1 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for SMPCB, input
6-4 6-3 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for SMPCB, input
6-6 6-5 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for SMPCB, input
7-2 7-1 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for OSD1, output
7-3 7-1 0/5 V DC OSD1 detection data, input
7-5 7-4 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for OSD2*5, output
7-6 7-4 0/5 V DC OSD2*5 detection data, input
*5: For inch specifications only.
2A3/4
3-6-62
(6) CCD PCB
C10
C12
C13
C11
R18
IC2
CN
1 C17
IC3
IC4
C3
C23
C9
F1F
2F
4F
3
F5
RA
1
R22
R23
R24
C2
C1R9
R4
1
1
1
51
9
11
9
F6
TR2 TR1
CN
27
1
C4
C7
R2
R5
R6R7
R12R13
R15R16R17
C5
F8
R25
R29R8
C6
C8
R28 R27
R32
F19
R31
R33
R34R35R36
E C BE C B
IC5
1
5
2A3/4
3-6-63
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
1-1 1-10, -11 0/5 V DC CCD drive clock signal φ CLK +, input
1-2 1-10, -11 0/5 V DC CCD drive clock signal φ CLK –, input
1-3 1-10, -11 0/5 V DC CCD drive clock signal φ RS +, input
1-4 1-10, -11 0/5 V DC CCD drive clock signal φ RS –, input
1-5 1-10, -11 0/5 V DC CCD drive clock signal φ CLP +, input
1-6 1-10, -11 0/5 V DC CCD drive clock signal φ CLP –, input
1-7 1-10, -11 0/5 V DC CCD drive clock signal φ SHIFT +, input
1-8 1-10, -11 0/5 V DC CCD drive clock signal φ SHIFT –, input
1-9 1-10, -11 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for CCDPCB, input
2-1 2-6, -7 CCD control signal VO_O +, output
2-2 2-6, -7 CCD control signal VO_O –, output
2-3 2-6, -7 CCD control signal VO_E +, output
2-4 2-6, -7 CCD control signal VO_E –, output
2-5 2-6, -7 12 V DC +12 V DC supply for CCDPCB, input
2A3/4
3-6-64
1-1 1-3, -4 24 V DC 24 V DC supply, input
1-2 1-3, -4 24 V DC 24 V DC supply, input
1-7 1-9, -10 5 V DC 5 V DC supply, input
1-8 1-9, -10 5 V DC 5 V DC supply, input
2-1 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC OCM control signal OCM M1, input
2-2 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC OCM control signal OCM M2, input
2-3 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC OCM control signal OCM M3, input
2-6 1-9, -10 OCM current control voltage OCM Vref,input
2-7 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC OCM rotation direction switching signalOCM CWB, input
2-8 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC (pulse) OCM drive clock pulse, input
2-9 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC OCM control signal OCM RET, input
2-10 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC OCM enable signal, input
2-11 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC OFM rotation direction switching signalOFM CWB, input
2-12 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC (pulse) OFM drive clock pulse, input
2-13 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC OFM control signal OFM RET, input
(7) DF driver PCB
CN2
CN
5B
-13
A-1
B-1
A-1
3
CN
6B
-15
A-1
B-1
CN
4
41
CN
1
91
102
A-1
3
CN32221
21
1413
21
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
2A3/4
3-6-65
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
2-14 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC OFM enable signal, input
2-15 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC OFSOL latch-on signal, input
2-16 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC OFSOL release signal, input
2-17 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC SBFSSOL on/off, input
2-19 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC EFSSOL on/off, input
2-20 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC OFCL on/off, input
2-21 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC SBPSOL latch-on signal, input
2-22 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC SBPSOL release signal, input
3-1 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC OSSW on/off, output
3-2 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC OFSW on/off, output
3-3 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC OSBSW on/off, output
3-4 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC DFTSW on/off, output
3-5 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC OSLSW on/off, output
3-6 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC DFSSW1 on/off, output
3-7 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC DFSSW2 on/off, output
3-8 1-9, -10 Size detection voltage, output
3-9 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC OSLED (green) off/on, input
3-10 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC OSLED (red) off/on, input
3-11 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC SRDF installed/not installed signal
4-3 4-2 0/24 V DC DFSSW1 on/off, output
4-4 4-2 0/24 V DC DFSSW2 on/off, output
5-A1 1-3, -4 0/24 V DC 24 V DC supply for SBPSOL, output
5-A2 1-3, -4 0/24 V DC SBPSOL latch-on signal, output
5-A3 1-3, -4 0/24 V DC SBPSOL release signal, output
5-A4 1-3, -4 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for OFCL, output
5-A5 1-3, -4 0/24 V DC OFCL on/off, output
5-A6 1-3, -4 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for EFSSOL, output
5-A7 1-3, -4 0/24 V DC EFSSOL on/off, output
5-A8 1-3, -4 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for OCM, output (A)
5-A9 1-3, -4 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for OCM, output (B)
5-A10 1-3, -4 0/24 V DC (pulse) OCM motor coil energization pulse, output(A)
5-A11 1-3, -4 0/24 V DC (pulse) OCM motor coil energization pulse, output(B)
5-A12 1-3, -4 0/24 V DC (pulse) OCM motor coil energization pulse, output(A_)
5-A13 1-3, -4 0/24 V DC (pulse) OCM motor coil energization pulse, output(B_)
2A3/4
3-6-66
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
5-B1 1-3, -4 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for OFM, output (A)
5-B2 1-3, -4 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for OFM, output (B)
5-B3 1-3, -4 0/24 V DC (pulse) OFM motor coil energization pulse, output(A)
5-B4 1-3, -4 0/24 V DC (pulse) OFM motor coil energization pulse, output(B)
5-B5 1-3, -4 0/24 V DC (pulse) OFM motor coil energization pulse, output(A_)
5-B6 1-3, -4 0/24 V DC (pulse) OFM motor coil energization pulse, output(B_)
5-B7 1-3, -4 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for SBFSSOL, output
5-B8 1-3, -4 0/24 V DC SBFSSOL on/off, output
5-B11 1-3, -4 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for OFSOL, output
5-B12 1-3, -4 0/24 V DC OFSOL latch-on signal, output
5-B13 1-3, -4 0/24 V DC OFSOL release signal, output
6-A5 6-A4 0/5 V DC OSBSW on/off, input
6-A6 6-A4 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for OSBSW, output
6-A8 6-A7 0/5 V DC OSWSW on/off, input
6-A9 6-A7 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for OSWSW, output
6-A11 6-A10 0/5 V DC OSLSW on/off, input
6-A12 6-A10 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for OSLSW, output
6-A14 6-A13 0/5 V DC DFTSW on/off, input
6-A15 6-A13 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for DFTSW, output
6-B1 6-B3 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for OSSW, output
6-B2 6-B3 0/5 V DC OSSW on/off, input
6-B4 6-B6 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for OFSW, output
6-B5 6-B6 0/5 V DC OFSW on/off, input
6-B7 6-B8 0/5 V DC OSLEDPCB (red) on/off, output
6-B9 6-B8 0/5 V DC OSLEDPCB (green) on/off, output
2A3/4
3-6-67
(8) Operation unit main PCB
1314
CN3
L47
IC12
RA1RA2
IC16
17
17
15
L49
L50 L48
D1
A 111
KA
KA
KA
1
1
8
1
8
11
1
1
1
8
1
1
158
88
91
10
1
8
++
++
+
41
21
13
18051
30
100
8150 31
141
11
2 1817
9
3
KD
2D
3
CN
8
D4
12
C
CCCC
C C
C
CC
C
E
3
4 CN4
1
2
B EB
B
E
B
D8 D7D6
TR4
TR3TR5
TR6
TR7TR8
D5
E
CC
B
CTR
1
IC1
IC2
IC4
IC18
IC19
IC15
IC11
IC10
IC13
IC5
IC61
IC7
FUSE1
IC3
CN
5
C26
C25
C29
TR2
C11
IC9
C14
IC8
IC17
IC20
IC21
CN2
CN1 L22
L17
L18L19L20
E
B
C
E
C
RA
8
X1
RA
3R
A4
RA
5
30
5180
8150
1
1
10
11
1
1
88
31100
RA
6R
A7
RA
9R
A10
RA
11R
A12
RA
13
2A3/4
3-6-68
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
1-1 1-8 0/5 V DC LCD control voltage, output
1-2 2-3 –23 V DC –23 V supply for LCD, output
1-3 1-8 0/5 V DC (pulse) LCD (XD3) data, output
1-4 1-8 0/5 V DC (pulse) LCD (XD2) data, output
1-5 1-8 0/5 V DC (pulse) LCD (XD1) data, output
1-6 1-8 0/5 V DC (pulse) LCD (XD0) data, output
1-7 2-3 –23 V DC –23 V supply for LCD, output
1-9 1-8 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for LCD, output
1-10 1-8 0/5 V DC (pulse) LCD control signal XSCL, output
1-11 1-8 0/5 V DC (pulse) LCD control signal LP, output
1-12 1-8 0/5 V DC (pulse) LCD control signal DIN, output
1-14 1-8 0/5 V DC LCD control signal LCD REM, output
2-1 2-3 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for OLPCB, output
2-2 2-3 –23 V DC –23 V DC supply for OLPCB, output
2-4 2-3 OLPCB contrast adjustment VR supply,output
2-5 1-8 0/5 V DC OLPCB key return signal DIGKEY L1, input
2-6 1-8 0/5 V DC OLPCB key return signal DIGKEY L2, input
2-7 1-8 0/5 V DC OLPCB key return signal DIGKEY L3, input
2-8 1-8 0/5 V DC (pulse) OLPCB scan signal SCAN L1, output
2-9 1-8 0/5 V DC (pulse) OLPCB scan signal SCAN L2, output
2-10 1-8 0/5 V DC (pulse) OLPCB scan signal SCAN L3, output
2-11 1-8 0/5 V DC (pulse) OLPCB LED on DIG LED L1, output
2-12 1-8 0/5 V DC (pulse) OLPCB LED on DIG LED L2, output
2-13 1-8 0/5 V DC (pulse) OLPCB LED on DIG LED L3, output
2-14 1-8 0/5 V DC (pulse) OLPCB LED on DIG LED L4, output
2-15 1-8 0/5 V DC OLPCB CFL on/off, output
2-16 1-8 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for OLPCB, output
2-17 1-8 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for OLPCB, output
3-1 6-2 0/5 V DC ORPCB key return signal DIGKEY R1,input
3-2 6-2 0/5 V DC ORPCB key return signal DIGKEY R2,input
3-3 6-2 0/5 V DC ORPCB key return signal DIGKEY R3,input
3-4 6-2 0/5 V DC ORPCB key return signal DIGKEY R4,input
3-5 6-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) ORPCB scan signal SCAN R1, output
2A3/4
3-6-69
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
3-6 6-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) ORPCB scan signal SCAN R2, output
3-7 6-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) ORPCB scan signal SCAN R3, output
3-8 6-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) ORPCB scan signal SCAN R4, output
3-9 6-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) ORPCB LED on DIG LED R1, output
3-10 6-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) ORPCB LED on DIG LED R2, output
3-11 6-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) ORPCB LED on DIG LED R3, output
3-12 6-2 0/5 V DC ORPCB BZ1 on/off, output
3-14 6-2 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for ORPCB, output
4-1 6-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) Touch panel detection voltage Y2, output
4-2 6-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) Touch panel detection voltage X1, input
4-3 6-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) Touch panel detection voltage Y1, input
4-4 6-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) Touch panel detection voltage X2, output
5-3 5-2 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for OMPCB, input
5-4 5-1 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for OMPCB, input
6-3 6-2 0/5 V DC OMPCB RESET MMI signal, input
6-4 6-2 0/5 V DC OMPCB ENG ERROR MMI signal, input
6-5 6-8 0/5 V DC OMPCB MMI ERROR signal, output
6-6 6-8 0/5 V DC OMPCB ENGACK MMI signal, input
6-7 6-8 0/5 V DC (pulse) OMPCB serial communication signal,output
6-9 6-8 0/5 V DC OMPCB MMI ACK signal, output
6-10 6-11 0/5 V DC (pulse) OMPCB serial communication signal, input
2A3/4
3-6-70
(9) Deck main PCB (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard)
BEQ
4
CB
EQ1
C
BEQ
2
CB
EQ3
C
D2
D4 C
17
CN
26
1C
N7
101
+
+
21
CN
13TP
12T
P24
TP
22
TP
17
TP
11
TP
23T
P16
+5 V
ZD
1
M5248P IC4
C19
AK
DA
2
IC7
IC227C256
µPD
78233GC
-389
TP
2
TP
5S
IZ
TP
9LM
S2
TP
14+
24 V TP
15
PG
TP
7LM
S1
TP
8LS
2T
P6
LS1
TP
21E
1TP
20E
2
TP
27E
1CLK
TP
26E
2CLK
TP
10C
LK
TP
19M
OT
CLK
TP
30M
OT
PW
M
RS
EN
P2
PP
51T
P25
TP
3
TP
4
TP
1
PP
50P
P52
TP
13
TP
18S
GR
S2
RS
1
Txd
Rxd
BC
LP
1
RC
LE
MP
OS
C1
TP
31
A
WR
1
14
CN
3
C14
C15
FU
SE
1 3A 125 V
PF
4065K500A
MA
DE
IN JA
PA
N
SG
5C
N9
+
+
C18
+
C16
+
CN
61
35
1C
N12
SE
C-A
AK
DA
1
CN1
111
CN4
112
WA
RN
ING
FO
R C
ON
TIN
UE
DP
RO
TE
CT
ION
AG
AIN
ST
RIS
K O
FF
IRE
. RE
PLA
CE
ON
LY W
ITH
SA
ME
TY
PE
AN
D R
AT
ING
OF
FU
SE
2A3/4
3-6-71
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
1-1 1-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) Clock signal for PPSENS1 - 3 andPESENS, output
1-4 4-8 24/0 V DC DOSSW signal on/off, input
1-5 4-8 2/0 (pulse)/0 V DC PESENS signal input, paper present/absent, input
1-6 4-8 2/0 (pulse)/0 V DC PPSENS2 signal input, paper present/absent, input
1-7 4-8 5/0 V DC DLSW1 on/off, input
1-8 4-8 5/0 V DC UPSW1 on/off, input
1-9 4-8 5/0 V DC DLSW2 on/off, input
1-10 4-8 5/0 V DC UPSW2 on/off, input
1-11 4-8 2/0 (pulse)/0 V DC PPSENS3 paper present/absent, input
2-3 2-2 5/0 V DC PLDSENS1 on/off, input
2-6 2-5 5/0 V DC PLDSENS2 on/off, input
3-1 3-2 5 V DC 5 V DC supply, input
3-3 3-4 24 V DC 24 V DC supply, input
4-1 4-8 24 V DC Power supply for RCL, PFCL1, PFCL2 andCCL, output
4-2 4-8 24 V DC Power supply for RCL, PFCL1, PFCL2 andCCL, output
4-4 4-8 24/0 V DC PFCL1 off/on, output
4-5 4-8 24/0 V DC PFCL2 off/on, output
4-6 4-8 24/0 V DC CCL off/on, output
4-7 4-8 5 V DC Power supply for PPSENS1 - 3, PESENS,SCSW, UPSW1 - 2 and DLSW1 - 2, output
4-9 4-8 2/0 (pulse)/0 V DC PPSENS1 paper present/absent, input
4-11 4-8 5/0 V DC SCSW on/off, input
7-1 7-6, -9 24/0 V DC PDM1 off/on, output
7-2 7-6, -9 24 V DC Power supply for PDM1, output
7-3 7-6, -9 24 V DC Power supply for PDM2, output
7-4 7-6, -9 24/0 V DC PDM2 off/on, output
7-5 7-6, -9 1.1 V DC Power supply for PDMSENS1, output
7-7 7-6, -9 5/0 V DC PDMSENS1 on/off, input
7-8 7-6, -9 1.1 V DC Power supply for PDMSENS2, output
7-10 7-6, -9 5/0 V DC PDMSENS2 on/off, input
9-1 9-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) Serial data signal to EPCB (TXD)
9-3 9-4 5/0 V DC (pulse) Serial data signal from EPCB (RXD)
9-5 9-2, -4 0/5 V DC PFSW4 on/off, input
2A3/4
3-6-72
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
12-1 12-2 24 V DC Power supply for CM, output
12-3 12-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) CM drive PWM signal, output
12-4 12-2 5 V DC Power supply for CM, output
12-5 12-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) CM FG signal, input
2A3/4
3-6-73
Measure the input voltage.
Check the contact between the power plugand the outlet.
Check the front, left and right covers.
Check for continuity. If none, replace thecord.
Check for continuity across the contacts. Ifnone, replace the main switch.
Check for continuity. If none, remove thecause of blowing and replace the fuse.
Check for continuity across the contacts ofeach switch. If none, replace the switch.
With AC present, check for 5 V DC at CN2-1 on the power source PCB, 12 V DCat CN4-1 and 24 V DC at CN1-1. If none,replace the power source PCB.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Check visually and replace the drive motor ifnecessary.
(1)The machinedoes not op-erate whenthe mainswitch isturned on.
(2)The drivemotor doesnot operate(C200).
No electricity atthe power outlet.
The power cord isnot plugged inproperly.
The front cover,left cover and/orright cover are/isnot closed com-pletely.
Broken powercord.
Defective mainswitch.
Blown fuse in thepower sourcePCB.
Defective safetyswitch 1, 2 or 3.
Defective powersource PCB.
Poor contact in thedrive motor con-nector terminals.
Broken drive motorgear.
3-6-4 Electrical problems• Copier
Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
2A3/4
3-6-74
Defective drivemotor.
Defective mainPCB.
Broken scannermotor coil.
Poor contact in thescanner motorconnector termi-nals.
Defective scannercontrol PCB.
Broken upper liftmotor coil.
Poor contact in theupper lift motorconnector termi-nals.
Defective enginePCB.
Broken lower liftmotor coil.
Poor contact in thelower lift motorconnector termi-nals.
Defective enginePCB.
Run maintenance item U030 and check ifthe drive motor operates when CN12-B4 onthe engine PCB goes low. If not, replace thedrive motor.
Run maintenance item U030 and check ifCN1-113 on the main PCB goes low. If not,replace the main PCB.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the scanner motor.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Check if the motor drive coil energizationpulse signals are output at CN5-5, CN5-6,CN5-7, CN5-8 and CN5-9 on the main PCBwhen maintenance item U073 is run. If not,replace the main PCB.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the upper lift motor.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Check if 24 V DC is output across CN8-A2and CN8-A3 on the engine PCB right afterthe upper drawer is installed. If not, replacethe engine PCB.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the lower lift motor.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Check if 24 V DC is output across CN8-A4and CN8-A5 on the engine PCB right afterthe lower drawer is installed. If not, replacethe engine PCB.
(2)The drive mo-tor does notoperate(C200).
(3)The scannermotor doesnot operate.
(4)The upper liftmotor doesnot operate.
(5)The lower liftmotor doesnot operate.
Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
2A3/4
3-6-75
(6)The tonerfeed motordoes not op-erate.
(7)The paperconveyingsection fanmotor doesnot operate.
(8)Cooling fanmotor 1 doesnot operate atall or does notturn at fullspeed.
(9)Cooling fanmotor 2 doesnot operate atall or does notturn at fullspeed.
Broken toner feedmotor coil.
Poor contact in thetoner feed motorconnector termi-nals.
Defective enginePCB.
Broken paper con-veying section fanmotor coil.
Poor contact in thepaper conveyingsection fan motorconnector termi-nals.
Defective enginePCB.
Broken cooling fanmotor 1 coil.
Poor contact in thecooling fan motor 1connector termi-nals.
Defective enginePCB.
Broken cooling fanmotor 2 coil.
Poor contact in thecooling fan motor 2connectorterminals.
Defective enginePCB.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the toner feed motor.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Run maintenance item U135 and check ifdrive pulse signal is output across CN2-A5and CN2-A6 on the engine PCB. If not,replace the engine PCB.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the paper conveying section fan mo-tor.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Run maintenance item U030. If 24 V DC isalways present at CN8-B7 on the enginePCB, replace the engine PCB.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace cooling fan motor 1.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Run maintenance item U030 and check ifCN3-B4 on the engine PCB goes low. If not,replace the engine PCB.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace cooling fan motor 2.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Run maintenance item U030 and check ifCN3-B6 on the engine PCB goes low. If not,replace the engine PCB.
Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
2A3/4
3-6-76
(10)Paper feedmotor doesnot operate(C230).
(11)The paperconveyingmotor doesnot operate(C210).
(12)The tonerrecycle motordoes notoperate.
Broken paper feedmotor coil.
Poor contact in thepaper feed motorconnectorterminals.
Defective paperfeed motor.
Defective mainPCB.
Broken paperconveying motorcoil.
Poor contact in thepaper conveyingmotor connectorterminals.
Defective paperfeed motor.
Defective mainPCB.
Broken tonerrecycle motor coil.
Poor contact in thetoner recyclemotor connectorterminals.
Defective enginePCB.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the paper feed motor.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Check if the paper feed motor rotates whenCN11-3 on the engine PCB goes low whilemaintenance item U030 is run. If not replacethe paper feed motor.
Run maintenance item U030 and check ifCN1-87 on the main PCB goes low. If not,replace the main PCB.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the paper conveying motor.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Check if the paper feed motor rotates whenCN5-A8 on the engine PCB goes low whilemaintenance item U030 is run. If not,replace the paper conveying motor.
Run maintenance item U030 and check ifCN1-111 on the main PCB goes low. If not,replace the main PCB.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the toner recycle motor.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Run maintenance item U135 and check ifdrive pulse signal is output across CN2-A7and CN2-A8 on the engine PCB. If not,replace the engine PCB.
Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
2A3/4
3-6-77
Broken chargercleaning motorcoil.
Poor contact in thecharger cleaningmotor connectorterminals.
Defective enginePCB.
Broken imageformation unit fanmotor coil.
Poor contact in theimage formationunit fan motorconnectorterminals.
Defective enginePCB.
Broken upperpaper feed clutchcoil.
Poor contact in theupper paper feedclutch connectorterminals.
Defective enginePCB.
(13)The chargercleaningmotor doesnot operate.
(14)The imageformation unitfan motordoes notoperate.
(15)The upperpaper feedclutch doesnot operate.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the charger cleaning motor.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Run maintenance item U102 and check ifCN8-B4 and CN8-B5 on the engine PCB golow. If not, replace the engine PCB.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the image formation unit fan motor.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Run maintenance item U135 and check ifCN2-A4 on the engine PCB goes low. If not,replace the engine PCB.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the upper paper feed clutch.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Run maintenance item U032 and check ifCN15-13 on the engine PCB goes low. Ifnot, replace the engine PCB.
Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
2A3/4
3-6-78
Broken lower pa-per feed clutchcoil.
Poor contact in thelower paper feedclutch connectorterminals.
Defective enginePCB.
Broken feed clutch1 coil.
Poor contact infeed clutch 1 con-nector terminals.
Defective enginePCB.
Broken feed clutch2 coil.
Poor contact infeed clutch 2 con-nector terminals.
Defective enginePCB.
Broken feed clutch3 coil.
Poor contact infeed clutch 3 con-nector terminals.
Defective enginePCB.
(16)The lowerpaper feedclutch doesnot operate.
(17)Feed clutch 1does not op-erate.
(18)Feed clutch 2does notoperate.
(19)Feed clutch 3does not op-erate.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the lower paper feed clutch.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Run maintenance item U032 and check ifCN15-14 on the engine PCB goes low. Ifnot, replace the engine PCB.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace feed clutch 1.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Run maintenance item U032 and check ifCN12-A4 on the engine PCB goes low. Ifnot, replace the engine PCB.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace feed clutch 2.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Run maintenance item U032 and check ifCN12-A8 on the engine PCB goes low. Ifnot, replace the engine PCB.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace feed clutch 3.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Run maintenance item U032 and check ifCN12-A10 on the engine PCB goes low. Ifnot, replace the engine PCB.
Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
2A3/4
3-6-79
Broken feed clutch4 coil.
Poor contact infeed clutch 4 con-nector terminals.
Defective enginePCB.
Broken feed clutch5 coil.
Poor contact infeed clutch 5connectorterminals.
Defective enginePCB.
Broken registrationclutch coil.
Poor contact in theregistration clutchconnector termi-nals.
Defective enginePCB.
Broken bypasspaper feed clutchcoil.
Poor contact in thebypass paper feedclutch connectorterminals.
Defective enginePCB.
(20)Feed clutch 4does notoperate.
(21)Feed clutch 5does notoperate.
(22)The registra-tion clutchdoes notoperate.
(23)The bypasspaper feedclutch doesnot operate.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace feed clutch 4.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Run maintenance item U032 and check ifCN8-B9 on the engine PCB goes low. If not,replace the engine PCB.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace feed clutch 5.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Run maintenance item U032 and check ifCN12-A2 on the engine PCB goes low. Ifnot, replace the engine PCB.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the registration clutch.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Run maintenance item U032 and check ifCN8-B11 on the engine PCB goes low. Ifnot, replace the engine PCB.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the bypass paper feed clutch.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Run maintenance item U032 and check ifCN14-A7 on the engine PCB goes low. Ifnot, replace the engine PCB.
Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
2A3/4
3-6-80
(24)The ejectspeedswitchingclutch doesnot operate.
(25)The bypasssolenoid doesnot operate.
(26)The cleaninglamp does notturn on.
(27)The exposurelamp does notturn on.
Broken ejectspeed switchingclutch coil.
Poor contact in theeject speedswitching clutchconnectorterminals.
Defective enginePCB.
Broken bypasssolenoid coil.
Poor contact in thebypass solenoidconnector termi-nals.
Defective enginePCB.
Poor contact in thecleaning lamp con-nector terminals.
Defective cleaninglamp.
Defective enginePCB.
Poor contact in theexposure lampconnectorterminals.
Defective inverterPCB.
Defective scannermotor PCB.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the eject speed switching clutch.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Run maintenance item U032 and check ifCN3-A11 on the engine PCB goes low. Ifnot, replace the engine PCB.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the bypass solenoid.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Run maintenance item U033 and check ifCN14-A8 on the engine PCB goes low. Ifnot, replace the engine PCB.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Check for one-way continuity across eachLED comprising the cleaning lamp. If none,replace the cleaning lamp.
If the cleaning lamp turns on when CN2-A2on the engine PCB is held low, replace theengine PCB.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
If the exposure lamp does not turn on whenCN1-5 and CN1-6 on the inverter PCB areheld low, replace the inverter PCB.
If the exposure lamp turns on when CN3-1and 3-2 on the scanner motor PCB are heldlow, replace the scanner motor PCB.
Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
2A3/4
3-6-81
Defective inverterPCB.
Defective scannermotor PCB.
Broken wire in fix-ing heater M or S.
Fixing unitthermostat trig-gered.
Broken fixing unitthermistor wire.
Dirty sensor part ofthe fixing unit ther-mistor.
Defective enginePCB.
Broken maincharger wire.
Leaking maincharger housing.
Poor contact in thehigh-voltagetransformer PCBconnectorterminals.
Defective mainPCB.
Defective enginePCB.
Defective high-voltage trans-former PCB.
If the exposure lamp does not turn off withCN1-5 and CN1-6 on the inverter PCB high,replace the inverter PCB.
If CN3-1 and CN3-2 on the scanner motorPCB are always low, replace the scannermotor PCB.
Check for continuity across each heater. Ifnone, replace the heater (see page 3-3-63).
Check for continuity across thermostat. Ifnone, remove the cause and replace thethermostat.
Measure the resistance. If it is ∞ Ω, replacethe fixing unit thermistor.
Check visually and clean the thermistor sen-sor parts.
If fixing heater M/S stays on while CN6-7and CN6-8 on the engine PCB go high,replace the engine PCB.
See page 3-6-5.
Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
(28)The exposurelamp does notturn off.
(29)Fixing heaterM or S doesnot turn on(C620).
(30)Fixing heaterM or S doesnot turn off(fixing unitthermostattriggered;C620).
(31)Main chargingis not per-formed(C510).
2A3/4
3-6-82
See page 3-6-4.
Replace the separation charger wire (seepage 3-3-56).
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Run maintenance item U101. If separationcharging does not take place while CN1-9on the high-voltage transformer PCB goeslow, replace the high-voltage transformerPCB.
Run maintenance item U101 and check ifCN5-B5 on the engine PCB goes low. If not,replace the engine PCB.
Check the developing bias wire. If there isany problem, replace it.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Check if the developing bias is output whenCN1-4 on the high-voltage transformer PCBgoes low while maintenance item U030 isrun. If not, replace the high-voltagetransformer PCB.
Broken transfercharger wire.
Poor contact in thehigh-voltagetransformer PCBconnectorterminals.
Defective mainPCB.
Defective enginePCB.
Defective high-voltage trans-former PCB.
Broken separationcharger wire.
Poor contact in thehigh-voltagetransformer PCBconnectorterminals.
Defective high-voltage trans-former PCB.
Defective enginePCB.
Poor contact in thedeveloping biaswire.
Poor contact in thehigh-voltagetransformer PCBconnector terminals.
Defective high-voltage trans-former PCB.
(32)Transfercharging isnot performed(C511).
(33)Separationcharging isnot performed(C511).
(34)No develop-ing bias isoutput.
Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
2A3/4
3-6-83
Defective enginePCB.
Defective originaldetection switch.
Original is notplaced correctly.
Poor contact in theoriginal sizesensors connectorterminals.
Defective originalsize sensor or thescanner motorPCB.
Poor contact in thetouch panel con-nector terminals.
Defective touchpanel or operationunit main PCB.
Poor contact in theupper paper switchconnector termi-nals.
Defective upperpaper switch.
(34)No develop-ing bias isoutput.
(35)The originalsize is notdetected.
(36)The originalsize is notdetected cor-rectly.
(37)The touchpanel keys donot work.
(38)The messagerequestingpaper to beloaded isshown whenpaper ispresent in theupper drawer.
Check if CN5-B10 on the engine PCB goeslow during copying. If not, replace the enginePCB.
If the level of CN5-2 on the scanner motorPCB does not change when the original de-tection switch is turned on and off, replacethe original detection switch.
Check the original and correct if necessary.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Check if sensor operates correctly. If not,replace it or, if necessary, the scanner motorPCB.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
If any keys do not work after the touch panelhas been initialized, replace the touch panelor operation unit main PCB.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Check if CN15-9 on the engine PCB goeslow when the upper paper switch is turnedon with 5 V DC present at CN15-7 on theengine PCB. If not, replace the upper paperswitch.
Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
2A3/4
3-6-84
(39)The messagerequestingpaper to beloaded isshown whenpaper ispresent in thelower drawer.
(40)The messagerequestingpaper to beloaded isshown whenpaper ispresent onthe bypasstable.
(41)The size ofpaper in theupper draweris not dis-played cor-rectly.
Poor contact in thelower paper switchconnector termi-nals.
Defective lowerpaper switch.
Poor contact in thebypass paperswitch connectorterminals.
Defective bypasspaper switch.
Poor contact in theupper paper lengthswitch* connectorterminals (inchspecs).
Poor contact in theupper paper widthswitch* connectorterminals (inchspecs).
Defective upperpaper lengthswitch* (inchspecs).
Defective upperpaper widthswitch* (inchspecs).
Incorrectly setdrawer paper sizein copiermanagementmode (metricspecs).
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Check if CN15-10 on the engine PCB goeslow when the lower paper switch is turnedon with 5 V DC present at CN15-8 on theengine PCB. If none, replace the lower pa-per switch.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Check if CN14-A4 on the engine PCB goeslow when the bypass paper switch is turnedon with 5 V DC present at CN14-A2 on theengine PCB. If not, replace the bypasspaper switch.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Check if CN8-A8 on the engine PCB goeslow when the upper paper length switch isturned on. If not, replace the upper paperlength switch.
Check if the levels of CN9-19, CN9-20 andCN9-21 on the engine PCB changealternately when the width guide in the upperdrawer is moved. If not, replace the upperpaper width switch.
Check the drawer paper size and reset.
Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
* For inch specifications only.
2A3/4
3-6-85
Poor contact in thelower paper lengthswitch* connectorterminals (inchspecs).
Poor contact in thelower paper widthswitch* connectorterminals (inchspecs).
Defective lowerpaper lengthswitch* (inchspecs).
Defective lowerpaper widthswitch* (inchspecs).
Incorrectly setdrawer paper sizein copiermanagementmode (metricspecs).
(42)The size ofpaper in thelower draweris not dis-played cor-rectly.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Check if CN8-A10 on the main PCB goeslow when the lower paper length switch isturned on. If not, replace the lower paperlength switch.
Check if the levels of CN9-23, CN9-24 andCN9-25 on the engine PCB changealternately when the width guide in the lowerdrawer is moved. If not, replace the lowerpaper width switch.
Check the drawer paper size and reset.
Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
* For inch specifications only.
2A3/4
3-6-86
A piece of papertorn from copypaper is caughtaround paper feedswitch 1/2/3, thefeed switch or theeject switch.
Defective paperfeed switch 1.
Defective paperfeed switch 2.
Defective paperfeed switch 3.
Defective feedswitch.
Defective registra-tion switch.
Defective ejectswitch.
(43)A paper jamin the paperfeed, paperconveying orfixing sectionis indicatedon the touchpanel immedi-ately after themain switch isturned on.
Check and remove if any.
With 5 V DC present at CN13-5 on theengine PCB, check if CN13-4 on the enginePCB remains low when paper feed switch 1is turned on and off. If it does, replace paperfeed switch 1.
With 5 V DC present at CN13-8 on theengine PCB, check if CN13-7 on the enginePCB remains low when paper feed switch 2is turned on and off. If it does, replace paperfeed switch 2.
With 5 V DC present at CN13-11 on theengine PCB, check if CN13-10 on theengine PCB remains low when paper feedswitch 3 is turned on and off. If it does,replace paper feed switch 3.
With 5 V DC present at CN13-2 on theengine PCB, check if CN13-1 on the enginePCB remains low when the feed switch isturned on and off. If it does, replace the feedswitch.
With 5 V DC present at CN8-B1 on theengine PCB, check if CN8-B2 on the enginePCB remains low when the registrationswitch is turned on and off. If it does, replacethe registration switch.
With 5 V DC present at CN3-B10 on theengine PCB, check if CN3-B9 on the enginePCB remains low when the eject switch isturned on and off. If it does, replace the ejectswitch.
Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
2A3/4
3-6-87
(44)The messagerequestingcovers to beclosed is dis-played whenthe front, leftand right cov-ers areclosed.
(45)Others.
Poor contact in theconnector termi-nals of safetyswitch 1, 2 or 3.
Defective safetyswitch 1, 2 or 3.
Wiring is broken,shorted or makespoor contact.
Noise.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Check for continuity across each switch. Ifthere is no continuity when the switch is on,replace it.
Check for continuity. If none, repair.
Locate the source of noise and remove.
Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
2A3/4
3-6-88
(1)The originalfeed motordoes notoperate.
(2)The originalconveyingmotor doesnot operate.
(3)The originalfeed solenoiddoes notoperate.
Defective originalfeed motor coil.
The connectorterminals of theoriginal feed motormake poor contact.
Defective DFdriver PCB.
Defective originalconveying motorcoil.
The connectorterminals of theoriginal conveyingmotor make poorcontact.
Defective DFdriver PCB
Defective originalfeed solenoid coil.
The connectorterminals of theoriginal feedsolenoid makepoor contact.
Defective DFdriver PCB.
Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
• SRDF
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the original feed motor.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Check for continuity across the original feedmotor coil and connector terminals. If good,replace the DF driver PCB.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the original conveying motor.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Check for continuity across the original con-veying motor coil and connector terminals. Ifgood, replace the DF driver PCB.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the original feed solenoid.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Check if the original feed solenoid operateswhen CN5-B13 or CN5-B12 on the DF driverPCB is low. If it does, replace the DF driverPCB.
2A3/4
3-6-89
Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the switchback feedshift solenoid.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Check if the switchback feedshift solenoidoperates when CN5-B8 on the DF driverPCB is low. If it does, replace the DF driverPCB.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the eject feedshift solenoid.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Check if the eject feedshift solenoidoperates when CN5-A7 on the DF driverPCB is low. If it does, replace the DF driverPCB.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the switchback pressure solenoid.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Check if the switchback pressure solenoidoperates when CN5-A2 or CN5-A3 on theDF driver PCB is low. If it does, replace theDF driver PCB.
(4)The switch-back feedshiftsolenoid doesnot operate.
(5)The ejectfeedshift sole-noid does notoperate.
(6)The switch-back pressuresolenoid doesnot operate.
Defective switch-back feedshift so-lenoid coil.
The connectorterminals of theswitchback feed-shift solenoidmake poor contact.
Defective DFdriver PCB.
Defective ejectfeedshift solenoidcoil.
The connectorterminals of theeject feedshiftsolenoid makepoor contact.
Defective DFdriver PCB.
Defective switch-back pressure so-lenoid coil.
The connectorterminals of theswitchback pres-sure solenoidmake poor contact.
Defective DFdriver PCB.
2A3/4
3-6-90
Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
Defective originalfeed clutch coil.
The connectorterminals of theoriginal feed clutchmake poor contact.
Defective DFdriver PCB.
The connectorterminals of DFsafety switch 1make poor contact.
Defective DFsafety switch 1.
A piece of papertorn from an origi-nal is caughtaround the originalfeed switch.
Defective originalfeed switch.
A piece of papertorn from an origi-nal is caughtaround the originalswitchback switch.
Defective originalswitchback switch.
(7)The originalfeed clutchdoes notoperate.
(8)A messageindicatingcover open isdisplayedwhen theSRDF isclosed cor-rectly.
(9)An originaljams whenthe mainswitch isturned on.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the original feed clutch.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Check if the original feed clutch operateswhen CN5-A5 on the DF driver PCB is low.If it does, replace the DF driver PCB.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Check for continuity across the contacts ofthe switch. If none when the switch is on,replace DF safety switch 1.
Remove any found.
With 5 V DC present at CN6-B4 on the DFdriver PCB, check if CN6-B5 of the DF driverPCB remains low when the original feedswitch is turned on and off. If it does, replacethe original feed switch.
Remove any found.
With 5 V DC present at CN6-A6 on the DFdriver PCB, check if CN6-A5 on the DFdriver PCB remains low when the originalswitchback switch is turned on and off. If itdoes, replace the original switchback switch.
2A3/4
3-6-91
Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
A piece of papertorn from an origi-nal is caughtaround the DFtiming switch.
Defective DF tim-ing switch.
(9)An originaljams whenthe mainswitch isturned on.
Remove any found.
With 5 V DC present at CN6-A15 on the DFdriver PCB, check if CN6-A14 on the DFdriver PCB remains low when the DF timingswitch is turned on and off. If it does, replacethe DF timing switch.
2A3/4
3-6-92
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Check visually and replace the side registra-tion motor if necessary.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the side registration motor.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the feedshift solenoid.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Run maintenance item U033 and check ifCN3-A8 on the engine PCB goes low. If not,replace the engine PCB.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the duplex forward solenoid.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Run maintenance item U033 and check ifCN10-8 on the engine PCB goes low. If not,replace the engine PCB.
(1)The side reg-istration motordoes not ro-tate (C220).
(2)The feedshiftsolenoid doesnot operate.
(3)The duplexforward sole-noid does notoperate.
Poor contact in theside registrationmotor connectorterminals.
Broken side regis-tration motor gear.
Defective side reg-istration motor.
Broken feedshiftsolenoid coil.
Poor contact in thefeedshift solenoidconnector termi-nals.
Defective enginePCB.
Broken duplexforward solenoidcoil.
Poor contact in theduplex forwardsolenoid connectorterminals.
Defective enginePCB.
• Feedshift and duplex sections
Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
2A3/4
3-6-93
(4)Theswitchbackfeedshiftsolenoid doesnot operate.
(5)The duplexpaper tappingsolenoid doesnot operate.
(6)The messagerequestingcovers to beclosed is dis-played whenthe left coveris closed.
(7)Others.
Broken switchbackfeedshift solenoidcoil.
Poor contact in theswitchbackfeedshift solenoidconnector termi-nals.
Defective enginePCB.
Broken duplexpaper tapping so-lenoid coil.
Poor contact in theduplex paper tap-ping solenoid con-nector terminals.
Defective enginePCB.
Poor contact insafety switch 2connector termi-nals.
Defective safetyswitch 2.
Wiring is broken,shorted or makespoor contact.
Noise.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the switchback feedshift solenoid.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Run maintenance item U033 and check ifCN10-10 on the engine PCB goes low. Ifnot, replace the engine PCB.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the duplex paper tapping solenoid.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Run maintenance item U033 and check ifCN10-14 on the engine PCB goes low. Ifnot, replace the engine PCB.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Check for continuity across the contacts. Ifthere is no continuity when safety switch 2 ison, replace it.
Check for continuity. If none, repair.
Locate the source of noise and remove.
Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
2A3/4
3-6-94
Check the connector.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Check the drive system.
Check if the motor drive clock signal ispresent at CN12-3 on the deck main PCBwhen maintenance item U247 is run. If not,replace the deck main PCB.
Check if the deck paper conveying motorrotates while the motor drive clock signal ispresent at CN12-3 on the deck main PCBwhen maintenance item U247 is run. If not,replace the deck paper conveying motor.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace paper deck motor 1.
Check if CN7-1 on the deck main PCB goeslow when paper deck motor 1 is turned on(placing paper on the right cassette lift andclosing the large paper deck will turn paperdeck motor 1 on until deck level switch 1turns on) while the deck open/closed safetyswitch is on and 24 V DC is present at CN1-4 on the deck main PCB. If not, replace thedeck main PCB.
(1)The largepaper deckdoes notoperate whenthe print keyis pressed.
(2)The deckpaperconveyingmotor doesnot operate(C920).
(3)Paper deckmotor 1 doesnot operate(C921).
Incorrectconnection withthe engine PCB.
Poor contact in thedeck paperconveying motorconnectorterminals.
The deck paperconveying motordrive systemoverloaded.
Defective deckmain PCB.
Defective deckpaper conveyingmotor.
Poor contact in thepaper deck motor1 connectorterminals.
Broken paper deckmotor 1 coil.
Defective deckmain PCB.
Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
• Large paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard)
2A3/4
3-6-95
(4)Paper deckmotor 2 doesnot operate(C922).
(5)Paper feedclutch 1 doesnot operate.
(6)Paper feedclutch 2 doesnot operate.
Poor contact in thepaper deck motor2 connectorterminals.
Broken paper deckmotor 2 coil.
Defective deckmain PCB.
Poor contact in thepaper feed clutch 1connectorterminals.
Broken paper feedclutch 1 coil.
Defective deckmain PCB.
Wiring problem.
Defective interfacePCB.
Poor contact in thepaper feed clutch 2connectorterminals.
Broken paper feedclutch 2 coil.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace paper deck motor 2.
Check if CN7-4 on the deck main PCB goeslow when paper deck motor 2 is turned on(placing paper on the left cassette lift andclosing the large paper deck will turn paperdeck motor 2 on until deck level switch 2turns on) while the deck open/closed safetyswitch is on and 24 V DC is present at CN1-4 on the deck main PCB. If not, replace thedeck main PCB.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace paper feed clutch 1.
Check if CN4-4 on the deck main PCB goeslow when maintenance item U247 is run. Ifnot, replace the deck main PCB.
Check for continuity across CN4-4 on thedeck main PCB and CN1-4 on the interfacePCB. If none, check the wiring.
Run maintenance item U247. If paper feedclutch 1 does not operate while CN4-4 onthe deck main PCB is low, check forcontinuity across CN5-5 & CN1-1 and CN5-6& CN1-4 on the interface PCB. If none,replace the interface PCB.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace paper feed clutch 2.
Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
2A3/4
3-6-96
Defective deckmain PCB.
Wiring problem.
Defective interfacePCB.
Poor contact in thepaper conveyingclutch connectorterminals.
Broken paperconveying clutchcoil.
Defective deckmain PCB.
Wiring problem.
Defective interfacePCB.
(6)Paper feedclutch 2 doesnot operate.
(7)The paperconveyingclutch doesnot operate.
Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
Check if CN4-5 on the deck main PCB goeslow when maintenance item U247 is run. Ifnot, replace the deck main PCB.
Check for continuity across CN4-5 on thedeck main PCB and CN1-5 on the interfacePCB. If none, check the wiring.
Run maintenance item U247. If paper feedclutch 2 does not operate while CN4-5 onthe deck main PCB is low, check forcontinuity across CN5-3 & CN1-1 and CN5-4 & CN1-5 on the interface PCB. If none,replace the interface PCB.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the paper conveying clutch.
Check if CN4-6 on the deck main PCB goeslow when maintenance item U247 is run. Ifnot, replace the deck main PCB.
Check for continuity across CN4-6 on thedeck main PCB and CN1-6 on the interfacePCB. If none, check the wiring.
Run maintenance item U247. If the paperconveying clutch does not operate whileCN4-6 on the deck main PCB is low, checkfor continuity across CN5-1 & CN1-1 andacross CN5-2 & CN1-6 on the interfacePCB. If none, replace the interface PCB.
2A3/4
3-6-97
Clean with isopropyl alcohol.
Replace if necessary (see page3-3-3).
Replace if necessary (see page3-3-3).
See pages 3-6-77 – 79.
Clean with isopropyl alcohol.
See page 3-6-79.
Check the width guide visuallyand correct or replace if neces-sary.
Check the width guide visuallyand correct or replace if it isdeformed.
Repair or replace.
(1)No primarypaper feed.
(2)No secondarypaper feed.
(3)Skewed paperfeed.
Check if the surfaces of thefollowing rollers or pulleys aredirty with paper powder: for-warding pulleys, upper/lowerpaper feed pulleys, upper/lowerfeed rollers, feed rollers 1/2/3/4,feed pulleys, bypass forwardingpulley and bypass upper/lowerpaper feed pulleys.
Check if the upper or lower pa-per feed pulley is deformed.
Check if the forwarding pulley isdeformed.
Electrical problem with the fol-lowing electromagneticclutches: upper/lower paperfeed clutches, feed clutches 1/2/3/4/5 and bypass paper feedclutch.
Check if the surfaces of theupper and lower registrationrollers are dirty with paper pow-der.
Electrical problem with the reg-istration clutch.
Width guide in a drawer in-stalled incorrectly.
Deformed width guide in adrawer.
Check if a pressure springalong the paper conveying pathis deformed or out of place.
Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures
3-6-5 Mechanical problems• Copier
2A3/4
3-6-98
(4)The scannerdoes nottravel.
(5)Multiple sheetsof paper arefed at onetime.
(6)Paper jams.
(7)Toner dropson the paperconveyingpath.
Check if the scanner wire isloose.
The scanner motor malfunc-tions.
Check if the lower paper feedpulley is worn.
Check if the paper is curled.
Check if the paper is exces-sively curled.
Deformed guides along the pa-per conveying path.
Check if the contact betweenthe upper and lower registrationrollers is correct.
Check if the separation chargerwire in the transfer charger as-sembly is broken.
Check if the paper conveyingbelt is off the paper conveyingpulleys.
Check if the fixing unit upper orlower left guide is deformed.
Check if the press roller is ex-tremely dirty or deformed.
Check if the contact betweenthe heat roller and its separa-tion claws is correct.
Check if the contact betweenthe eject roller and pulley iscorrect.
Check if the developing unit isextremely dirty.
Reinstall the scanner wire (seepage 3-3-24).
See page 3-6-74.
Replace the lower paper feedpulley if it is worn (see page3-3-3).
Change the paper.
Change the paper.
Check visually and repair orreplace any deformed guides.
Remedy if necessary. Replacethe pressure spring if it is de-formed.
Replace the separation chargerwire if it is broken (see page3-3-56).
Remedy.
Repair or replace.
Clean or replace the pressroller.
Repair if any springs are off theseparation claws.
Repair if a pressure spring is offthe eject pulley.
Clean the developing unit.
Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures
2A3/4
3-6-99
(8)Abnormalnoise isheard.
Check if the pulleys, rollers andgears operate smoothly.
Check if the following electro-magnetic clutches are installedcorrectly: upper/lower paperfeed clutches, feed clutches 1/2/3/4/5 and bypass paper feedclutch.
Grease the bearings and gears.
Correct.
Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures
2A3/4
3-6-100
Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures
The surfaces of the DF forward-ing pulleys, DF original feedpulley or DF separation pulleyare dirty with paper powder.
Check if the DF original feedpulley or the DF separation pul-ley is deformed.
Check if the DF forwarding pul-leys are deformed.
Electrical problem with the fol-lowing clutch or solenoid:• Original feed solenoid• Original feed clutch
The DF registration pulley andthe DF registration roller do notcontact each other correctly.
Originals outside the specifica-tions are used.
The surfaces of the DF forward-ing pulleys, DF original feedpulley or DF separation pulleyare dirty with paper powder.
The DF original feed pulley andthe DF separation pulley do notcontact each other correctly.
(1)No primaryoriginal feed.
(2)No secondaryoriginal feed.
(3)Originals jam.
Check and clean them with iso-propyl alcohol if they are dirty.
If so, replace (see pages 3-3-89and 91).
If so, replace (see page 3-3-89).
See pages 3-6-88 and 90.
Remedy.
Use only originals conformingto the specifications.
Check and clean them with iso-propyl alcohol if they are dirty.
Remedy.
• SRDF
2A3/4
3-6-101
Clean with isopropyl alcohol.
Replace (see page 3-3-80).
See page 3-6-93.
Run maintenance item U052and adjust the side registrationamount (see page 3-3-88).
Change the paper.
Check visually and repair orreplace any deformed guides.
See page 3-6-92.
Repair if the mount has comeoff the feedshift pulley.
Grease the bushings andgears.
Check if the surfaces of thefollowing rollers and pulleys aredirty with paper powder: duplexforwarding pulley, refeed pulley,switchback roller and duplexupper/lower registration rollers.
Check if the duplex forwardingpulley is deformed.
Electrical problem with thepaper tapping solenoid.
Side registration amount ad-justed incorrectly.
Check if the paper is exces-sively curled.
Deformed guides along the pa-per conveying path.
The feedshift solenoid malfunc-tions.
Check if the contact betweenthe feedshift lower roller andfeedshift pulley is correct.
Check if pulleys, rollers andgears operate smoothly.
(1)No refeed.
(2)Paper is refedaskew.
(3)Paper jams.
(4)Abnormalnoise isheard.
• Feedshift and duplex sections
Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures
2A3/4
3-6-102
(1)No primarypaper feed.
(2)Paper is fedaskew.
(3)Multiplesheets ofpaper are fedat one time.
(4)Paper jams.
Check if the upper or lowerdeck separation roller is dirtywith paper powder.
Check if deck paper feed roller1, 2 or the deck paperconveying roller is dirty withpaper powder.
Check if the upper or lowerdeck separation roller is worn ordeformed.
Check if deck paper feed roller1, 2 or the deck paper convey-ing roller is worn or deformed.
Check if paper feed clutch 1, 2or the paper conveying clutchmalfunctions.
Check if the upper or lowerdeck separation roller is worn ordeformed.
Check if deck paper feed roller1, 2 or the deck paperconveying roller is worn ordeformed.
Check if the paper side guidesare deformed.
Check if the paper isexcessively curled.
Paper is not loaded correctly.
Check if the upper or lowerdeck separation roller is worn ordeformed.
Check if the paper isexcessively curled.
Check if the upper and lowerdeck separation rollers contacteach other when the deck isinstalled correctly.
• Large paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard)
Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures
Clean with isopropyl alcohol.
Clean with isopropyl alcohol.
Replace (see page 3-3-102).
Replace (see page 3-3-104).
Remedy or replace.
Replace (see page 3-3-102).
Replace (see page 3-3-104).
Remedy or replace.
Change the paper.
Correct.
Replace (see page 3-3-102).
Change the paper.
Remedy if necessary.
2A3/4
3-6-103
Check if the paper side guidesare deformed.
Check if rollers and gearsoperate smoothly.
Check for any abnormality withmotors and clutches.
Check for any drive belt out ofplace.
Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures
(4)Paper jams.
(5)Abnormalnoise isheard.
Remedy or replace.
Grease the bushings andgears.
Replace.
Remedy if necessary.
1-1-33
2A3/4
CONTENTS
3-7 Appendixes
Timing chart No. 1 ......................................................................................... 3-7-1Timing chart No. 2 ......................................................................................... 3-7-2Timing chart No. 3 ......................................................................................... 3-7-3Timing chart No. 4 ......................................................................................... 3-7-4Timing chart No. 5 ......................................................................................... 3-7-5Timing chart No. 6 ......................................................................................... 3-7-6Timing chart No. 7 ......................................................................................... 3-7-7Timing chart No. 8 ......................................................................................... 3-7-8Timing chart No. 9 ......................................................................................... 3-7-9Timing chart No. 10 ..................................................................................... 3-7-10Timing chart No. 11 ..................................................................................... 3-7-11Timing chart No. 12 ..................................................................................... 3-7-12Power source PCB 1/2 ................................................................................ 3-7-13Power source PCB 2/2 ................................................................................ 3-7-14Engine PCB 1/2 ........................................................................................... 3-7-15Engine PCB 2/2 ........................................................................................... 3-7-16Main PCB 1/9 .............................................................................................. 3-7-17Main PCB 2/9 .............................................................................................. 3-7-18Main PCB 3/9 .............................................................................................. 3-7-19Main PCB 4/9 .............................................................................................. 3-7-20Main PCB 5/9 .............................................................................................. 3-7-21Main PCB 6/9 .............................................................................................. 3-7-22Main PCB 7/9 .............................................................................................. 3-7-23Main PCB 8/9 .............................................................................................. 3-7-24Main PCB 9/9 .............................................................................................. 3-7-25Memory copy PCB 1/12 .............................................................................. 3-7-26Memory copy PCB 2/12 .............................................................................. 3-7-27Memory copy PCB 3/12 .............................................................................. 3-7-28Memory copy PCB 4/12 .............................................................................. 3-7-29Memory copy PCB 5/12 .............................................................................. 3-7-30Memory copy PCB 6/12 .............................................................................. 3-7-31Memory copy PCB 7/12 .............................................................................. 3-7-32Memory copy PCB 8/12 .............................................................................. 3-7-33Memory copy PCB 9/12 .............................................................................. 3-7-34Memory copy PCB 10/12 ............................................................................ 3-7-35Memory copy PCB 11/12 ............................................................................ 3-7-36Memory copy PCB 12/12 ............................................................................ 3-7-37Scanner motor PCB .................................................................................... 3-7-38CCD PCB .................................................................................................... 3-7-39DF driver PCB ............................................................................................. 3-7-40Operation unit main PCB 1/2 ...................................................................... 3-7-41Operation unit main PCB 2/2 ...................................................................... 3-7-42Operation unit right PCB ............................................................................. 3-7-43Operation unit left PCB ............................................................................... 3-7-44
1-1-34
2A3/4
Deck main PCB ........................................................................................... 3-7-45Interface PCB .............................................................................................. 3-7-46SRDF connection diagram .......................................................................... 3-7-47General connection diagram (42 ppm copier) ............................................. 3-7-48General connection diagram (52 ppm copier) ............................................. 3-7-49SRDF wiring diagram .................................................................................. 3-7-50Large paper deck wiring diagram ................................................................ 3-7-51
E
E
2A3/4
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3-7-1
3 s
25 s
20 s
2 s
1 s
1 s
1 s
200 ms
200 ms
270 ms
50 ms
189˚C/372.2˚F 180˚C/374˚F
600 ms
CN4-10
CN4-9
CN6-7
CN6-8
CN8-B5
CN8-B4
CN12-B4
CN5-A8
CN2-A2
CN5-B10
CN3-B4
CN3-B4
CN8-B7
CN2-A4
CN9-1,2,3,4
MSW
PRY
H1
H2 CCM(Fwd. rotation)
CCM (Rev. rotation)
DM
PCM
CL
DB REM
CFM1 (Half speed)
CFM1 (Full speed)
PCFM
IFFM
PM
MS
W: O
n
Prim
ary
stab
iliza
tion
fixin
g te
mpe
ratu
re 1
75°C
/347
°F
Sec
onda
ry s
tabi
lizat
ion
fixin
g te
mpe
ratu
re*1
Cop
ying
pos
sibl
e*2
Agi
ng e
nd
*1: 180°C/356°F (42 ppm) or 190°C/374°F (52 ppm)*2: Copying is possible at the earlier timing of 60 s (42 ppm) or 120 s (52 ppm) after secondary stabilization or 116 s (42 ppm) or 176 s (52 ppm) after PRY turning on.
Timing chart No. 1 From the main switch turned on to machine stabilization
E
E
2A3/4
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3-7-2
43 P
SM
Off
Fw
d. r
otat
ion
Sca
nner
initi
aliz
atio
n (S
HP
SW
: ON
)
Rev
. rot
atio
n
CN
2-1,
2,
3,4
,5,6
SH
PS
WC
N4-
2
SM
Off
Fw
d. r
otat
ion
Sca
nner
initi
aliz
atio
n (S
HP
SW
: OF
F)
Orig
inal
sca
nnin
g op
erat
ion
(A3/
11"
x 17
" or
igin
al, m
agni
ficat
ion
ratio
100
%, m
anua
l cop
y de
nsity
con
trol
)
Rev
. rot
atio
n
CN
2-1,
2,
3,4
,5,6
SH
PS
WC
N4-
2
SM
Off
Fw
d. r
otat
ion
Rev
. rot
atio
n
CN
2-1,
2,
3,4
,5,6
SH
PS
WC
N4-
2
FV
SY
NC
sig
nal
154
P
43 P
76 P
410
P41
4 P
110
P99
21 P
154
P
Timing chart No. 2 Scanner operation
E
E
2A3/4
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3-7-3
OSSW CN6-B2
OFSOL A CN5-B12
OFSOL R CN5-B13
OFCL CN5-A5
OFM CN5-B3, B4, B5, B6
OFSW CN6-B5
OSBSW CN6-A5
OCM CN5-A10, A11, A12, A13
DFTSW CN6-A14
Primary original feed
200 ms
556 P*2
20 ms 30 ms + 288 P*2
556 P*2
30 ms + 2337 P*3
200 ms
Repeats Original ejection
*1 During enlargement copying: (magnification × 10 – 530) ms*2 Burst of OFM pulses*3 Burst of OCM pulses
20 ms 30 ms + 288 P*2
Timing chart No. 3 Original feed operation 1: single-side original mode, multiple originals
E
E
2A3/4
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3-7-4
Timing chart No. 4 Original feed operation 2: double-sided original mode, multiple originals (1/2)
OSSW CN6-B2
OFSOL A CN5-B12
OFSOL R CN5-B13
OFCL CN5-A5
OFM CN5-B3, B4, B5, B6
OFSW CN6-B5
SBFSSOL CN5-B8
SBPSOL ASBPSOL R
CN5-A2CN5-A3
OSBSW CN6-A5
OCM CN5-A10, A11, A12, A13
EFSSOL CN5-A7
DFTSW CN6-A14
Primary original feed
200 ms
556 P*1
20 ms 115 P*1 100 ms 327 P*1 100 ms
288 P*2
564 P*2
30 ms30 ms
Scanning the first face
Scanning speed
*1 Burst of OFM pulses*2 Burst of OCM pulses
Repeats
Switchback operation
30 ms
E
E
2A3/4
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3-7-5
Timing chart No. 5 Original feed operation 2: double-sided original mode, multiple originals (2/2)
OSSW CN6-B2
OFSOL A CN5-B12
OFSOL R CN5-B13
OFCL CN5-A5
OFM CN5-B3, B4, B5, B6
OFSW CN6-B5
SBFSSOL CN5-B8
SBPSOL ASBPSOL R
CN5-A2CN5-A3
OSBSW CN6-A5
OCM CN5-A10, A11, A12, A13
EFSSOL CN5-A7
DFTSW CN6-A14
Repeats
Switchback operation Primary feed of next original Scanning the image Original ejection
*1 Burst of OFM pulses*2 Burst of OCM pulses
115 P*1
2337 P*2 30 ms + 2337 P*2
200 ms
100 ms
30 ms
327 P*1 100 ms 288 P*2
Scanning speed
100 ms30 ms 20 ms
556 P*1
30 ms
E
E
2A3/4
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3-7-6
Timing chart No. 6 Copying an A3/11" × 17" original onto an A5R/51/2" × 81/2" copy paper from the bypass table, magnification ratio 25%, manualcopy density control
50 ms
50 ms
520 ms
520 ms360 ms
115 ms 65 ms 74 ms
74 ms 80 ms
100 ms
210 ms 270 ms
300 ms
520 ms
Print key
CL
CFM1
CFM2
FSW
RSW
FCL5
RCL
ESW
DB REM
MC REM
SC REM
TC REM
PFM
DM
PCM
BYPSOL
BYPPFCL
CN2-A2
CN3-B4
CN3-B6
CN13-1
CN8-B2
CN12-A2
CN8-B11
CN3-B9
CN5-B10
CN5-B13
CN5-B5
CN5-B7
CN11-3
CN12-B4
CN5-A8
CN14-A8
CN14-A7
600 ms
700 ms
600 ms
600 ms
250 ms
520 ms
100 ms
300 ms 200 ms
90 ms
290–30000 msToner replenishment
Image ready
E
E
2A3/4
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3-7-7
Timing chart No. 7 Copying an A4/11" × 81/2" original onto an A4/11" × 81/2" copy paper from the copier upper drawer, magnification ratio 100%,auto copy density control
50 ms
50 ms
520 ms
520 ms
174 ms
360 ms
74 ms
74 ms
210 ms 270 ms
300 ms
520 ms
Print key
CL
CFM1
CFM2
FCL4
FSW
RSW
FCL5
RCL
ESW
DB REM
MC REM
SC REM
TC REM
PFM
DM
PCM
PFCL-U
FCL2
PFSW2
FCL1
PFSW1
CN2-A2
CN3-B4
CN3-B6
CN8-B9
CN13-1
CN8-B2
CN12-A2
CN8-B11
CN3-B9
CN5-B10
CN5-B13
CN5-B5
CN5-B7
CN11-3
CN12-B4
CN5-A8
CN15-13
CN12-A8
CN13-7
CN12-A4
CN13-4
600 ms
700 ms
600 ms
600 ms
250 ms
520 ms
100 ms
50 ms 58 ms
28 ms 35 ms
35 ms
100 ms
80 ms
163 ms
290–30000 msToner replenishment
Image ready
E
E
2A3/4
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3-7-8
Timing chart No. 8 Continuous copying of an A5R/51/2" × 81/2" original onto two sheets of A3/11" × 17" copy paper from the copier lower drawer,magnification ratio 400%, manual copy density control
Print key
CL
CFM1
CFM2
FCL4
FSW
RSW
FCL5
RCL
ESW
DB REM
MC REM
SC REM
TC REM
PFM
DM
PCM
PFCL-L
FCL3
PFSW3
FCL2
PFSW2
FCL1
PFSW1
CN2-A2
CN3-B4
CN3-B6
CN8-B9
CN13-1
CN8-B2
CN12-A2
CN8-B11
CN3-B9
CN5-B10
CN5-B13
CN5-B5
CN5-B7
CN11-3
CN12-B4
CN5-A8
CN15-14
CN12-A10
CN13-10
CN12-A8
CN13-7
CN12-A4
CN13-4
50 ms
50 ms
100 ms
520 ms
520 ms
700 ms
250 ms
50 ms 50 ms 35 ms35 ms
35 ms
35 ms 35 ms
520 ms
174 ms
74 ms 100 ms 74 ms 100 ms
74 ms
35 ms
210 ms
128 ms
365 ms
128 ms
210 ms
74 ms
35 ms 174 ms 35 ms
520 ms
80 ms 80 ms
270 ms
209 ms
365 ms
270 ms
300 ms
600 ms
600 ms
600 ms
209 ms
128 ms
128 ms
360 ms
290–30000 msToner replenishment
Image ready1.2 s
Image ready
E
E
2A3/4
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3-7-9
Timing chart No. 9 Duplex copying of an A3/11" × 17" book original onto one duplex A4/11" × 81/2" copy from the copier upper drawer, magnifica-tion ratio 100%, auto copy density control
1160
ms
1160
ms
500
ms
200
ms
200
ms
30 m
s
250
ms
100
ms
50 m
s
128
ms
174
ms
35 m
s35
ms
30 m
s
100
ms
50 m
s
520
ms
700
ms
210
ms
270
ms
210
ms
270
ms
300
ms
600
ms
290-
3000
0 m
s
360
ms
74 m
s
232
ms
58 m
s
162
ms
520
ms
60 m
s
12 P
Prin
t key
FS
SO
L1
FS
SO
L2
SB
FS
SO
L1
SB
FS
SO
L2
FS
SW
DU
PF
WD
SO
L
DU
PP
TS
OL
SR
M
SR
HP
SW
DU
PR
SW
PF
M
DM
PF
CL-
U
FC
L2
PF
SW
2
FC
L1
PF
SW
1
FC
L4
FS
W
FC
L5
RC
L
CL
CF
M2
DB
RE
M
SC
RE
M
TC
RE
M
MC
RE
M
CF
M1
ES
W
RS
W
PC
M
DU
PE
SW
DU
PP
CS
W
CN
3-A
8
CN
3-A
9
CN
10-1
0
CN
10-1
2
CN
3-A
4
CN
10-8
CN
10-1
4
CN
10-1
,2,3
,
4
,5C
N9-
12
CN
9-7
CN
11-3
CN
12-B
4
CN
15-1
3
CN
12-A
8
CN
13-7
CN
12-A
4
CN
13-4
CN
8-B
9
CN
13-1
CN
12-A
2
CN
8-B
11
CN
2-A
2
CN
3-B
6
CN
5-B
10
CN
5-B
5
CN
5-B
7
CN
5-B
13
CN
3-B
4
CN
3-B
9
CN
8-B
2
CN
5-A
8
CN
9-11
CN
9-8
80 m
s74
ms
80 m
s
Imag
e re
ady
100
ms
50 m
s
E
E
2A3/4
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3-7-10
Timing chart No. 10 Continuous, duplex copying of two single-sided A4/11" × 81/2" originals onto two duplex A4/11" × 81/2" copies from thecopier upper drawer, magnification ratio 100%, auto copy density control
1160 ms 200 ms
250 ms
100 ms
50 ms
128 ms
174 ms35 ms35 ms
174 ms35 ms 30 ms 35 ms30 ms
50 ms
50 ms
700 ms
210 ms
300 ms
600 ms
290-30000 ms
360 ms
74 ms
232 ms
58 ms
162 ms
520 ms
Image ready
Print key FSSOL1
FSSOL2
SBFSSOL1
SBFSSOL2
FSSW
DUPFWDSOL
DUPPTSOL
SRM
SRHPSW
DUPRSW
PFM
DM
PFCL-U
FCL2
PFSW2
FCL1
PFSW1
FCL4
FSW
FCL5
RCL
CL
CFM2
DB REM
SC REM
TC REM
MC REM
CFM1
ESW
RSW
PCM
DUPESW
DUPPCSW
CN3-A8
CN3-A9
CN10-10
CN10-12
CN3-A4
CN10-8
CN10-14
CN10-1,2,3, 4,5CN9-12
CN9-7
CN11-3
CN12-B4
CN15-13
CN12-A8
CN13-7
CN12-A4
CN13-4
CN8-B9
CN13-1
CN12-A2
CN8-B11
CN2-A2
CN3-B6
CN5-B10
CN5-B5
CN5-B7
CN5-B13
CN3-B4
CN3-B9
CN8-B2
CN5-A8
CN9-11
CN9-8
1160 ms
200 ms
60 ms
30 ms
60 ms
30 ms
12 P 12 P 12 P
58 ms128 ms
34 ms
232 ms
100 ms 100 ms 100 ms 100 ms
80 ms 80 ms 74 ms 80 ms 80 ms
1200 ms 1200 ms
520 ms
270 ms
210 ms270 ms
210 ms 270 ms
210 ms270 ms
E
E
2A3/4
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3-7-11
Timing chart No. 11 Primary paper feed from large paper deck right cassette
Paper feed shignal from the copier
PFSW4 (from the copier)
PPSENS1 CN4-9
PPSENS2 CN1-6
PPSENS3 CN1-11
PFCL1 CN4-4
CCL CN4-6
PFCL2 CN4-5
PF
CL1
: On
for
the
first
she
et
PF
CL1
: On
for
the
seco
nd s
heet
100 ms 100 ms
64 P 64 P
E
E
2A3/4
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3-7-12
Timing chart No. 12 Primary paper feed from large paper deck left cassette
PF
CL1
: On
for
the
first
she
et
PF
CL1
: On
for
the
seco
nd s
heet
Paper feed signal from the copier
PFSW4 (from the copier)
PPSENS1 CN4-9
PPSENS2 CN1-6
PPSENS3 CN1-11
PFCL1 CN4-4
CCL CN4-6
PFCL2 CN4-5
100 ms 100 ms
43 P 43 P
64 P 64 P
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2A3/4
3-7-13
Power source PCB 1/2
+
+
+
+TAB1 TAB3 CN8-5
CN8-1
TAB4
CN9-1
TAB2
CN9-3
CN10-1
CN10-2
F2
R122
D109
R121
D108
F1
Z1
R1 C1L1 L2
L3
C2C3
C4
C82
3
4 1
C9
C10
C11RF1
R119D107 R118
6
4.5
1.2
8
9
R117
R115
D106
D105
D101
R116
R113R112
R101
R106
R107
C105C111C106
C102
C108
C109
R103R104
R108
D103
D102
ZD101C110R105
PC31
2
ZD103
C114
R125
R124
R123
C113
PT1TR2
41 3
23
C116
R128
R127
R126
C115
PT2TR3
41 3
23
ZD102Q3
IC1
C107
PC1
PC2
3
4
4
3
R111R109
R110D104
R129
C104
R114
Q2Q1
1 1
22
3 3
C102
C103
C112
C101 R120
TR1
23
1
D001
R3
R2
B1
8 7 6 5
1 2 3 4
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2A3/4Power source PCB 2/2
3-7-14
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ +
R301
R302
R303
R304R305
R306 R307R308
R309
R310
FG
IC3
IC4
R318
R319
R317C310
C301
C302
C303
C304
C404
C403C402
C401B4
C305
L301
14
13
12 AB1
AB2
C201
C202
L201
C203C204
C205
R205
R207
C207 R213
R321
R322
R323
R324
R325
R326R327
R401
L302 Q302Q301
Q303D301
D302
D304
D303
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
3
3
3
3
3
910111213141516
87654321
1
1
1
R320
R212
R211
R210
R206
R203
R204
R208
R209
Q201
Q203
Q202
Q305 Q306
F201
12 18
19
1312
456
8
TRNS9
CN1-1
CN1-2
CN1-3
CN1-4
CN1-5
CN1-6
CN1-7
CN1-8
CN3-1
CN3-2
CN3-3
CN3-4
CN2-1
CN2-2
CN2-3
CN2-4
CN2-5
CN2-6
CN2-7
CN7-9
CN7-1
CN7-2
CN7-3
CN4-3
CN4-1 CN4-4
CN4-5
CN3-5
CN3-6
CN3-7
CN3-8
CN6-1
CN6-2
CN6-3
CN6-4
CN6-5
CN6-6
CN6-7
CN7-5
CN7-6
CN7-7
CN5-8
CN5-1
CN5-2
CN5-3
CN5-4
CN5-5
CN5-6
F202
F301
F302
R501R503
R316
R314
R313
R311
R312
R315
R502
R602
R601
C501
C309C308
C307
C306
PT1
PT2
Q501
PC3
1
1
1
2
2
2
3
3
4
H1
H2
ZD201
ZD401
ZD301
D203
C206
PC1
IC2
1
2
PC2
1
1
1
11
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
33
3
R201
R202
D201
D202
B2
B3
1
1
3
3
22
16
17
18
Q304
CN4-2
1
32
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2A3/4
3-7-15
CN4-6CN1-81
CN4-1CN1-11
CN4-2
CN4-9CN1-80
CN1-27CN18-11
CN17-4DECK RxD
DECK TxD
S G
S
P G
CN4-7CN1-9
CN4-8S G
S
P G
CN4-3CN1-10
SSW1PWSW-U DIG2PWSW-U DIG1PWSW-U DIG0PLSW-U
PWSW-L DIG2PWSW-L DIG1PWSW-L DIG0PLSW-L
BYPPWSW DIG2BYPPWSW DIG1BYPPWSW DIG0BYPPLSW
PSW-LPSW-UBYPPSWLICSW-L
BYPEDSWSRHPSWSET SIGLICSW-U
PWSW-U DIG2
PWSW-U DIG1
PWSW-U DIG0
PLSW-U
PWSW-L DIG2
PWSW-L DIG1
PWSW-L DIG0
PLSW-L
BYPPWSW DIG2
BYPPWSW DIG1
BYPPWSW DIG0
BYPPLSW
PSW-L
PSW-U
BYPPSW
LICSW-L
BYPEDSW
SRHPSW
SET SIG
LICSW-U
PFSW1PFSW2PFSW3PFSW4
SSW1
PRY REM
SSW2
SSW3
CN4-4
SSW1 SOURCE
SSW1
SSW2 SOURCE
PRY REM
SSW2
SSW3 SOURCE
SSW3
PRY SOURCES G
S
C
C21
C40 R86
R188
R190R189
NF66
NF79
NF68
NF67
NF69
NF49
NF51
NF50
NF78
NF76
NF75
R169
R197R168
C64
C54
R167
IC19
IC19
R128
NF47
NF61
NF48
NF70
NF60
NF71
NF59 R159 R160 R156
R130
R129
R131
R158
C59IC1
R144
R141
R143
R139
R145
ZD3
ZD2
D4 65
34
98
1110
43
56
34
IC1912
IC191312
10 11
8 9
12 13
IC18
IC18
IC1
IC13
IC19
IC19
IC1
DT12
IC18
IC18
R118
6 5
B
1 2
E
3
8 9
21
3
21
G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
P G
P G
S G
S
S
S
CN1-26CN18-9
CN17-6
CN1-98CN18-6
CN1-100CN18-8
CN1-99
RxD
TxD
CN18-7
CN1-90CN16-12
S G
S
S
CN1-89CN16-10
CN1-97
RxD
TxD
REM (METER PULSE)CN16-2
S
CN1-103CN17-8
CN1-96CN17-12
CN1-93CN17-9
CN1-94CN17-10
CN1-95CN17-11
CN1-91CN21-2
CN1-102CN21-5
CN1-92
FTxD
RESET
FRxDCN21-4
RxD
TxD
REM (METER PULSE)
FTxD
RESET
FRxD
S GS G
S
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S
CN1-47CN9-21
CN9-20
CN9-19
CN8-A8
CN1-48CN1-49CN1-50
S
CN1-316758
3241
8765
1234
CN9-8
CN9-11
CN9-7
CN9-16
CN1-30CN1-29CN1-28
S
CN1-43CN9-25
CN9-24
CN9-23
CN8-A10
CN1-44CN1-45CN1-46
S
CN1-42CN12-B3
S
CN1-3CN2-B3
CN1-4CN2-A10
CN1-5CN3-A1
CN1-6CN3-B9
CN1-7CN3-A4
TLDS
TLS
SBESW
ESW
FSSW
CN1-22CN18-3
CN1-24CN16-8
CN1-32CN11-2
CN1-33CN8-B2
CN1-34CN13-1
PFM LOCK
RSW
FSW
CN1-63CN19-A9
CN1-64CN20-3
CN1-25CN21-6
CN1-74
CN1-20 24 V OFF
CN6-1
CN2-A12
CN5-A7
DUPPCSW
DUPESW
DUPRSW
STKSW
DM LOCK
PCM LOCK
CN5-B3
CN5-B11
SET SIG
K . COUNTERSET SIG
FINISHERSET SIG
ST ALM
MC ALM
TLDS
TLS
SBESW
ESW
FSSW
PFM LOCK
RSW
FSW
DUPPCSWDUPESWDUPRSWSTKSW
DM LOCKPCM LOCK
SET SIG
K . COUNTERSET SIGFINISHERSET SIG
ST ALMMC ALM
CN1-41CN1-40CN1-39
S
CN1-51CN14-B2
CN14-B3
CN14-B4
CN14-B8
CN1-52CN1-53CN1-54
S
CN1-55CN15-10
CN15-9
CN14-A4
CN15-4
CN1-56CN1-57CN1-58
SS G
CN1-60
RA5
RA1
RA3
RA4
RA6
RA7
CN14-B5
CN9-12
CN9-2
CN15-3
CN1-61CN1-62CN1-59
S
CN1-38CN13-4
CN13-7
CN13-10
CN13-13
PFSW1
PFSW2
PFSW3
PFSW4
PFSW4 CN17-7
CN1-37CN1-36CN1-35
S
S
CN3-B8FTH
CN1-21 H.ALARM
FTH
CN1-1
CN1-8
CN2-B11TNS SIG TNS SIG
+
–
+
–
S
3
21
G
+
S
CN1-2CN2-B7
S GS G
CN1-18 ETTH
EHUMSENS
CN5-A1ETTH
S
S G
+
–
CN1-19CN5-A3EHUMSENS
S G
S
+
–
S G
S G
CN2-A9
CN2-B4
CN3-A2
CN3-A5
CN3-B10
CN3-B7
CN5-A4
CN5-A9
CN8-A11
CN8-B1
CN9-5
CN9-6
CN9-13
CN9-14
CN9-15
CN11-4
CN12-A6
CN12-B5
CN13-2
CN13-5
CN13-8
CN13-11
CN13-14
CN14-B9
CN14-A1
CN14-A2
CN15-1
CN15-2
CN15-7
CN15-8
F1
CN17-2
CN19-A1
CN19-A2
CN19-A3
CN19-A4
CN19-A5
CN19-A6
CN19-A7
CN19-A8
S
CN2-A11
CN2-B2
CN2-B5
CN3-A3
CN3-A6
CN3-B11
CN5-A2
CN5-A10
CN5-B9
CN8-A7
CN8-A9
CN8-B3
CN9-1
CN9-3
CN9-4
CN9-9
CN9-10
CN9-17
CN9-18
CN9-22
CN9-26
CN11-5
CN12-A5
CN12-B6
CN2-B1
CN5-A5
CN5-B14
CN8-A1
CN8-A6
CN12-B1
CN16-3
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
CN16-4
CN17-13
CN17-14
CN17-15
CN17-16
CN18-5
CN13-3
CN13-6
CN13-9
CN13-12
CN13-15
CN14-A3
CN14-A9
CN14-B7
CN14-B6
CN14-B1
CN15-5
CN15-6
CN15-11
CN15-12
CN16-7
CN16-9
CN16-11
CN17-1
CN17-3
CN17-5
CN18-4
CN18-10
CN18-12
CN19-B9
CN20-4
CN21-1
CN21-3
S
S G
S
S G
S
S G
S
S G
S
S G
S
S G
S
S G
S
S G
S
S GS G
+
–
+
–
S G
+
–
S
4
5
6
11
7
7
10
4,5 12,13
9,16
COM
IC3
IC13
IC21 IC14
IC7R47
R49
ZD1
IC7R48
C53
C24
C57
C52
C56
C4
C5
C7C52C63
R166
R140
R153
R11
R10 C15
NF31
NF37
IC1
IC12
IC7
C14
C48
C35
C30
C10
C44
C18
C16
R7
R119
R71
C51
C47
R123
NF29
NF20
NF77
NF72
NF46
NF9
NF18
NF52
NF53
NF65
NF43
NF33
NF8
NF5NF4
NF7
NF26
NF45
NF64
NF54
NF40
NF74
R104
NF21
NF28
NF80
NF19
NF39
NF73
R72
R33
C20
R59
C25C22
C31
C36
C29
C34
C28
R26
C19
C17
R28
C50
C46
R122
R120
14
7
8
4
8
4
8
4
8
4
8
4
14
7
14
7
14
7
14
7
C12
C8
R5
C13
C9
R6
14
7
14
7
14
7
IC1 IC2 IC19C47
C45
IC18 IC5 IC6 IC20
IC11
IC4IC9IC16IC17
1,8
×4
11G
+
–
+
–
CN6-2
S G
S G
(A)
(A)
S G
+
–
S G
+
–
P G
S
S
3
2
1
G
S G
S G
P G
P G
+
CN6-3
CN6-4
CN1-70
CN6-6
+
S
CN7-2
CN7-1CN6-5
24 V
12 V
G (24 V)
E 5.1 V
G (5 V)
LSU5 V ON/OFF
G (24 V)
R24 V
R
R
+
C
R99
R100
R173 R179
R178
R180
R176
R146
R157
R152
R136
R14
C58
R13
R20
R22
R44
R161
R198
R154
R148
R196
R32
R66
R151
R200
R201
R150 R149
R57
R23
R195
R147
R155
R199
R162
R46
R21
R16
R12
R15
RA8
NF3 NF1 NF2 NF23
NF22 NF10 NF11 NF24
NF16 NF12
NF25 NF17 NF15
NF14
RA2
R174
R175
R164
R170
R172
R171
R163
R127
R125
R117
R106
R105
5678
4321
7658
2341
5678
4321
5678
4321
7568
2431
7658
2341
R103
R110
R124
DT13 IC1
IC14
R84
R87R34
R4
C11
IC12
5
67
IC12
C37
C38
R90 R89
R54R75
R81
R79
R67
D1
D3
R9
R8
R3D2
C1
R85
R24
IC13
R112
R117
R181
R109
R111
R116
R194
R193
R192
R191
R102
R101
R94
TR6
TR8
TR12
R96
R95
C42
C41
C27
R61
R60
R93
R62
R63
R76
R78D16D13
B
E
C B
E
DD5
C51
IC23
C50
R165
IG
Engine PCB 1/2
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2A3/4
3-7-16
Engine PCB 2/2
CN1-107 CN12-A2 CN1-65 CN19-B8 CN1-101TC CN3-B2 TC
CN3-A8
CN1-23TC
CN1-78
CN1-106 CN12-A4
CN1-105 CN12-A8
CN1-104 CN12-A10
CN1-123 CN10-4
CN1-122 CN10-3
CN1-121 CN10-2
CN1-120 CN10-1
CN1-132 CN15-13
CN1-131 CN15-14
CN1-134 CN14-A7
CN1-139 CN20-2
FCL53IC16
IC16
IC16
IC16
IC17
IC17
IC17
IC17
IC9
IC9
IC9
IC9
R88
R133
R134
R135
R132
R77
NF6
R439 8
13 12
11 10
11 10
9 8
5 6
1 2
1R27
R121
NF42
NF41
DM REM
NF38
NF35
NF32
NF27
NF57
NF58
2
1 2
13 12
3 4
1 2
3 4
5 6
IC6
IC5
IC6
IC5
IC5
IC5
IC6
IC20
3 4IC20
5 6IC20
9 8IC20
11 10
13 12
IC20
DT8
NF56
NF55
DT7
IC20
IC18
IC6
IC6
IC6
IC5
IC5
R45
R50
R51
R52
R53
R56
R65
R25 NF13
NF62
NF63
R126
TR13
D21
DT15
NF44
NF36
NF34
NF30
R90
5
3
21
5
67
76
IC14
IC21
IC21
10
98
IC21
12
1314
IC21
26
714
1511
10
32
67
1415
1110
32
67
1110
1415
FCL1
FCL2
FCL3
SRM A
SRM B
SRM A_
SRM B_
PFCL-U
PFCL-L
BYPPFCL
KC COUNT
CN14-A8 BYPSOL
FCL5
FCL1
FCL2
FCL3
SRM A
SRM B
SRM A_
SRM B_
PFCL-U
PFCL-L
BYPPFCL
KC COUNT
BYPSOL CN1-133CB
E
CN1-13CN2-B9 TNS CONT
P G
+
–
S R
S G
CN1-14CN5-B4
+
–
S G
CN1-15CN5-B6
+
–
S G
CN1-16CN5-B8
+
–
S G
CN1-17
TNS CONT
SC CONT
TC CONT
DB CONT
GRID CONT
CN2-A1
CN5-B12
SC CONT
TC CONT
DB CONT
GRID CONT+
–
S G
CN2-A3
CN2-B12
CN2-B8
CN3-A7
CN3-A10
CN3-B5
CN3-B3
CN3-B1
CN5-A13
R
CN2-B10
CN2-B6
CN5-A11
CN5-A12
CN5-B2
CN11-6
CN11-7
CN12-B8
CN12-B7
CN16-6
CN17-18
CN18-2
CN5-A14
CN5-B1
CN8-A2
CN8-A4
CN8-B10
CN8-B8
CN8-B6
CN10-5
CN10-6
CN10-7
R
CN10-9
CN10-11
CN10-13
CN10-15
CN10-17
CN11-8
CN11-9
CN12-A1
CN12-A3
CN12-A7
R
CN12-A9
CN12-B10
CN12-B9
CN14-A5
CN14-A6
CN15-15
CN15-16
F2
CN16-1
CN20-1
R
P G
CN4-5
F3
CN16-5
CN17-17
CN18-1
CN19-A10
CN1-66 CN19-B7
CN1-135 CN19-B6
CN1-136 CN19-B5
CN1-67 CN19-B4
CN1-68 CN19-B3
CN1-137 CN19-B2
CN1-138 CN19-B1
CN1-140 CN19-B10
CN1-109 CN6-7
CN1-108 CN6-8
S
S
S
S
CN1-112 CN12-B2
CN1-113 CN12-B4
DM CLK
DM REM
CN1-83 CN5-B5
CN1-84 CN5-B7
CN1-85 CN5-B10
CN1-86 CN5-B13
CN1-110 CN5-A6
CN1-111 CN5-A8
PCM CLK
PCM REM
H1 REM
H2 REM
H1 REM
H2 REM
SC REM
TC REM
DB REM
MC REM
(A)
(A)
(A)
(A)
(A)
(A)
CN11-1 PFM CLK
CN1-88
S G
S
CN11-3 PFM REM
DM CLK
DM REM
PCM CLK
PCM REM
SC REM
TC REM
DB REM
MC REM
PFM CLK
PFM REM CN1-87
5 2C2E
1E1
1E1
4
2E4
3
1C 6
2C 3
1C 6
2B
2 1B
1 1B2 E
3
6
42B
1C
2C
1 1B
IC4
IC4
IC4
R2
R54
R55
TR5
TR4
R41R40
R39
TR3
R38
R42
D14
D15
R1
IC4
2 E
3
6
D24
TR15
TR16
42B
1C
2C
5 2B
2 1B
S G
P G
P G
S G
S G
S
S
R
CN3-A9
FSSOL1
FSSOL2CN1-79
FSSOL1
FSSOL2
CN1-77
P G
R
CN3-B4CN3-B6
CN3-A11
CN10-8CN1-128
P GS
R
CN10-14CN1-127
P G
R
1 1B
11 10
5 7
3 2
14 15
2 E
3
6
42B
1C
2C
1 1B
DT9R182
R183
R187TR20
TR19
TR17
TR18
R186
R184
D25
D26
D28
D27
R185
DT11
DT10
DT2
D Q
CLK
_PR
E_C
LR_Q
D Q
CLK
_PR
E_C
LR_Q
2
2 5
6
4
3
1
12
12 9 108
11
6
3
9
13
12
5
4
2
1
8
11
10
13
13
E
3
6
42B
1C
IC1
IC2
IC2
2C
1
E
B C
1B
7
1
5
8
_INH
23
9
64
2 E
3
6
42B
1C
2C
CN10-10CN1-126
P GS
R
CN10-12CN1-125
P G
R
CN10-18
CFM1 REMCFM2 REM
ESCL
DUPFWDSOL
DUPPTSOL
SBFSSOL1
SBFSSOL2
N.C.
CN2-A8
CN1-69
_INH
ENG5 V
_RES
CN2-A7CN2-A6CN2-A5
TRM+TRM–TFM+TFM–
CN1-75
CN1-124
CN1-73TFM/TRM CLK
P GS
CN10-16 N.C.
ESCL
DM REM
DUPFWDSOL
DUPPTSOL
SBFSSOL1
SBFSSOL2
CN1-129
P G
R
CN2-A4CN1-71
P GS
CN2-A2
CN1-72
IFFM REM
CL REM
P G
CN8-B7CN1-114PCFM REM
P G
P G
P G
CN1-116CN1-117
CCM FWDCCM REV
CN8-B5CN8-B4
IFFM REM
CL REM
PCFM REM
CCM FWDCCM REV
S
S
S
S
CN1-76
TFM REM
TRM REMR30
R19
R142TR14
TR2
TR1
R17
R18
IC18
IC8
DT1
IC22
R36
417147
I1I2I3I4
318138
O1O2O3O4
VddGNDOUT
123
5 15 10 20 6 16
2 19 1 11 12 9
P G
P G
P G
S G
C2
D6 D9 D7 D10
D8 D11 D12 D13
C23
S G
S G
S
S
S
S G
S
S
R
R+
S
S
S
S
S
P G
P G
S G
S G
C55
R137R138
C5
DT6
S G
+
+
CN1-119
_INH
417147
2 19 1 11 12 9
2 19 1 11 12 9
5 15 10 20 6 16
318138
CN1-12MAIN 5 V
_RES
R69
DT4
R113R107R108R115
R83
R91
R92
R114
IC15
R98
R97R82 C39
IC13
C32
C43
57
6R70
TR10TR11
CN1-82MSW OFF
CN1-118CN1-130CN1-115
CLM-UCLM-LFCL4RCL
CN8-A3
CN4-10 MSW OFF
CN8-A5CN8-B9CN8-B11
CLM-UCLM-LFCL4RCL
S G
S G
S
B C
C3
D18D18D23
D22 D17 D19 D20
E
G
P G
R
+
–
VCC
GND
VCC
IN1 OUT1IN2 OUT2
1 2INH MONI
I1I2I3I4
O1O2O3O4
INH
1IN
H2
N.C
.N
.C.
Vcc
2V
cc1
SE
N1
SE
N2
GN
DG
ND
SE
N3
SE
N4
SE
N1
SE
N2
GN
DG
ND
SE
N3
SE
N4
INH
1IN
H2
N.C
.N
.C.
Vcc
2V
cc1
IC3
IC10
IC11IC11
IC11
C26
R73 C33
1 7 6 2
3 5
R58R74
R35R29R31R37
IC3
IC3
IC3
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2A3/4Main PCB 1/9
3-7-17
OFSW
R481
2134
7865
RA86
12
4
4 2C
5 1C
2B
E
1B
3
2
1
3
RA66
12
43
RA69
TR16
3 2C 2B 5
6 1C 1B 2
2E
1E1
4TR18
3 2C 2B 5
6 1C 1B 2
2E
1E1
4TR19
3 2C 2B 5
6 1C 1B 2
2E
1E1
4TR20
6578
3 5 6
11 10
421
RA90IC52
9 8
13 12C28
2
C24
0
C23
8
C23
9
R39
1
C28
1
C28
3
C28
4
OSBSWSHPSWDFTSW
CN14–2
SCANNER START
T×D SCANNER
ENGHEAD–SCAN
SCANNER ACK
R×D SCANNER
RESET SCANNER
ENGACK–SCAN
R507
R503
R505
R508
R504
R506
R501
R502
R454
IC52
1 2
IC52
3
S G
TR2542E
2C
1C6
3
2
5
1B
1E1
1E1
2B
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S
XT5
R392
G S G
S G
S G
S G
E
B C
S
123
12341234
8765876 RA71
R390R389
R387
R388
RA70
5
D7D6D5D4D3D2D1D0
15141312111097
A
IC39 RA41
TR17
EL ON REMCN5–14
CN5–3 ODSW
CN14–3 OSSWCN14–6 DF SHORTCN14–8 DFSSW2CN14–9 DFSSW1CN14–10 OSLSW
CN13–A5 OFCL
CN5–1
CN13–A1
CN13–A2OSLED(GN)
OSLED(RED)
OSDROMCS_
R395
R394
L173
_WR
_RD
A9A10
D(7:0)
A(8:0)
RA83
RA77
L174
R386
R383
R384
R385
C23
5
C23
6
ROMCS_
MIPCS_SHDCS_B
C
G1_G2A_G2B
Y0Y1Y2
Y4Y5Y6
Y3
Y7
645
G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S
1
2
3
5
4
43
12
43
5678
432
LA9
R7
1
5678
432
LA8
1
5678
432
LA7
L195
1
8567
143 LA6
LA4
LA1
25678
4321
8765
1234
5786
421 LA2
LA3
LA5
38765
1234
7658
2341
121B
E
2B
1C
2C
TR22
1
2
3
5
4
1B
E
2B
1C
2C
TR21
1
2
3
5
4
R6
1B
E
2B
1C
2C
TR15
1
2
3
5
4
1B
E
2B
1C
2C
TR9
1
2
3
5
4
1B
E
2B
1C
2C
TR10
1
2
3
5
4
1B
E
2B
1C
2C
TR13
1
2
3
5
4
1B
E
2B
1C
2C
TR12
CN5–5
CN5–11
CN13–B1
CN13–B3
CN13–B4
CN13–A1
CN13–A2
CN13–A5
CN14–1OSBSWCN14–2OFSWCN14–3OSSWCN14–4RSVCN14–5RSVCN14–6DF SHORTCN14–7OSWSWCN14–8DFSSW2CN14–9DFSSW1CN14–10OSLSWCN14–11DFTSW
CN14–1CN14–2CN14–3
CN14–6CN14–7
CN14–8CN14–9CN14–10CN14–11
CN13–A6
CN13–A8
CN13–A11
CN13–A10CN13–A9
CN13–A3CN13–A4
CN13–B10
CN13–B11
CN5–13
CN5–1
RA85
RA84
CN5–2
CN5–4
CN5–10
CN5–14CN5–15
CN13–B2
CN13–B6
CN13–B8
CN5–3
CN5–1 OSDCN5–2 OSDCN5–3 ODSWCN5–4 SM VrefCN5–5 SM M1CN5–6 SM M2CN5–7 SM M3CN5–8 SM M4CN5–9 SM M5CN5–10 SM CLKCN5–11 SM CWBCN5–12 SM RETCN5–13 SM ENABLECN5–14 EL ON REMCN5–15 SHPSWCN5–16 G(5 V)
CN13–B1 OFM RETCN13–B2 OFM CLKCN13–B3 OFM CWBCN13–B4 OCM ENABLECN13–B5 OCM RETCN13–B6 OCM CLKCN13–B7 OCM CWBCN13–B8 OCM VrefCN13–B9 OCM M3CN13–B10 OCM M2CN13–B11 OCM M1
CN13–A1 OSLED(RED)CN13–A2 OSLED(GN)CN13–A3 SBPSOL2CN13–A4 SBPSOL1CN13–A5 DFCLCN13–A6 EFSSOLCN13–A7CN13–A8 SBFSSOLCN13–A9 OFSOL2CN13–A10 OFSOL1CN13–A11 OFM ENABLE
CN5–6
G
S G
S
TR14
B C
E
G
S G
S
+
G
TR2642E
2C
1C6
3
2
5
1B
2B
1E1
S G
TR27
2E2C2B5
1B 1C2
3
6
4
TR11
1B1
E2
1C 5
2B3 2C 4
1E1
S G
TR28
SC TIM
SCAN HEAD
CN13–B4OCM ENABLE
CN13–A3SBPSOL2
CN13–A4SBPSOL1
CN14–7
C241
A9A10
C51
C24
3
RS
V1
RS
V2
CN
5 –2
OS
D
CN
13–A
6O
VS
YN
CE
FS
SO
L
C24
2
R393 OSWSW
2E2C2B5
1B 1C2
3
6
4
4
CN14–1CN5–15CN14–11
OFSOL1CN13–A10
OFM RETCN13–B1
OFM ENABLECN13–A11
OFM CWBCN13–B3
OCM M2CN13–B10
OCM M1CN13–B11
SM ENABLECN5–13
SBFSSOLCN13–A8
SM CWBCN5–11
SM M2CN5–6
SM M1
TP10
CN5–5
SM CLKCN5–10
OCM CLKCN13–B6
OFM CLKCN13–B2
OFSOL2CN13–A9
12341234
1314151718192021
2224
A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10A11A12A13A14A15A16A17A18
767778798081828384858687888990919293949596979899100
50494847464544434241403938373635343332313029282726
VDDVSSP14
/CS2P12
/CS0P10D15D14D13D12D11D10
D9D8
P07P06P05P04P03P02P01P00
/WEH/WEL
75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51
P52
P51
P50
P43
P42
P41
P40
P37
P36
P35
P34
P33
P32
P31
P30
AV
SS
AV
DD
P23
P22
P21
P20
/WO
RD
/BU
SG
T/B
US
RQ
/RS
T
P53P60P61P62P63P64P65P66P67P70
IC53
P71P72P73P74P75P76P77SYSCLKVDD/XIXOVDD/OSCIOSCOVSS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
4 3 2 1 4 3 2R
A75
1 4 3 2R
A74
RA
73
1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
5 6 7R
A82
RA
79
RA
78
RA
81
RA
80
RA
76
RA
72
8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
A18
A17
A16
A15
A14
A13
A12
A11
A10 A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
A23
A22
A21
A20
A19
A18
A17
A16
A15
A14
A13
A12
A11
A10
A09
A08
A07
A06
A05
A04
A03
A02
A01
A00
/RE
A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9
A10A11A12A13A14A15A16A17A18
121110
98765
27262325
42829
32
13216
3031
D0D1D2D3D4D5D6D7
_CE_OE
VppVcc
GND
D0D1D2D3D4D5D6D7
87658765
4321
5
1 42
RSV1
R8
RA
88
RSV23
14
23
RA
92
RA
87
36
27
18
45
18
27
36
45
67
LA12
LA11
LA10
8
1432
856
RA91
7
4321
5678
4321
5678
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2A3/4Main PCB 2/9
3-7-18
CN12–7
CN12–6
CN12–5
CN11–5CN11–4CN11–11CN11–10CN11–9CN11–8CN11–7CN11–6
L117L118L111L112L113L114L115L116
FM2
FM1
3352
106
1011
412
TP1
RA23
R203R205
C16
C17
TP9
TP2
RA24
RA25
TP3
43
1
8172635
MIPIN0MIPIN1MIPIN2MIPIN3 4
RA26
R2 C142 C173
TP4
8172635
MIPIN4MIPIN5MIPIN6MIPIN7 4
2
CLKIN
SVSYNCIN
SHSYNCIN
RA6
8765
123
876
CXAL0CXAL1CXAL2
123
4
17915168
DO1+
DO1–DO2+
DO2–DO3+
DO3–DO4+
DO4–
EN
EN
DI1
DI2
DI3
DI4
VCC
GND
CN12–4
VO_O+
VO_O–
VO_E+
VO_E–
CN5–4SM Vref
CN13–BOCM Vref
R233
D3
D2
D4
D5
R234
R239
R225
R226
R21
5R
217
R22
7R
241
R24
3R
247
R214DA7
DA6
DA5
DA4
DA3
DA2
DA1
DA0
C17
6R
291
L119
C17
5
C13
C14
C15
IC28
R216
R218
R228
R229
R245
R246
R240
R242
R244
R248
R249
R235
R232 R220
12
3
+ 8
–4
12
3
+ 8
–4
R219
R236R222
R211 R210 C131
C132
C133
C134
R212
C14
5
C14
4
R213
C146
R23
0R
238
R23
7
A G
A G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S
B
G
S G
S G
S G S G
S G S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
A
A
G
S G
S G
A G
A G
S G
S G
A
A
G
A
A
G A G
A G
A
A
G
A G
S G
A G
A G
C149
A G
A GA G
R223
A G
S G
IC18
IC17
1+
–2
3IC27
7+
–6
5IC27
φSHIFT+φSHIFT–φCLK+φCLK–φRS+φRS–φCLP+φCLP–
CN11–3+5 V
CN12–3+12 V
CN12–2G(ANALOG)
CN12–1G(ANALOG)
CN11–2+5 V
CN11–1+5 V
3
2
1
3
2
1
MIPIN(7:0)
MREIN
RESET SCANNER
A(8:0)
SHDCS_
_WR
_RD
D(7:0)
133134135136137138139140141142143144145146147148149
152153154155156157
159160161162163164165166167168169170171172173174175176
158
150151
REFHE0REFHE1REFHE2REFHE3REFHE4VSSVDD3 VREFHE5REFHE6REFHE7SHIFTVDD5 VCCDCLK1CCDCLK2CCDCLK1CCDCLK2VSS_BCLAMP
OVSSCLAMP1CLAMP2OVDD5SPHOLD1SPHOLD2
VSSPCLKOVSSSVSYNC_SHSYNCVDD5 VSHDOUT0SHDOUT1SHDOUT2SHDOUT3VDD3 VVSSSHDOUT4SHDOUT5SHDOUT6SHDOUT7MRE
_PCLK
RS1RS2
132
131
130
129
128
127
126
125
124
123
122
121
120
119
118
117
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
105
104
103
102
101
100
99 98 97 96 9495 93 92 91 90 89
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5
RE
FH
O7
RE
FH
O6
RE
FH
O5
RE
FH
O4
RE
FH
O3
VS
SR
EF
HO
2R
EF
HO
1R
EF
HO
0R
EF
LE7
RE
FLE
6V
DD
3 V
RE
FLE
5R
EF
LE4
RE
FLE
3R
EF
LE2
VS
SR
EF
LE1
RE
FLE
0R
EF
LO7
RE
FLO
6V
DD
5 V
RE
FLO
5R
EF
LO4
RE
FLO
3R
EF
LO2
INC
LKV
SS
ST
OP
2S
TO
P1
AV
DD
2A
VS
S2
AV
DD
1A
VS
S1
RE
FLO
1R
EF
LO0
MP
XC
LP3
VS
SC
LP2
CLP
1S
HD
E2
SH
DE
1S
HP
O
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
VS
SA
5A
6A
7A
8_S
HD
CS
VD
D3
V_I
OW
R_I
OR
DD
0D
1V
SS
D2
D3
TP
DD
4D
5V
DD
5 V
D6
D7
XT
ST
_RE
SE
TV
SS
XT
CK
0X
TC
K1
XS
MM
ST
VD
D3
VM
MS
0M
MS
1S
MC
KT
ES
T0
TE
ST
1V
SS
TE
ST
2T
ES
T3
TE
ST
4T
ES
T5
TE
ST
6
C5C6
R20
9
C14
1
R20
1
L121
S G
C13
9
R19
4
L100
S G
C13
8
C13
0
C13
5
C7
C8
C13
7
C13
6
R19
3
L101
S G
S G
C14
0
R20
0
R19
5 R19
0
R18
8
R18
7
RA
7
RA
8
R19
2
L120
L99
L102
L103
R191
4 3
1 2
3.3 VOUT
NC GND
XT1
R19
9
DA
7
DA
5D
A6
DA
4
DA
3
DA
1D
A2
DA
0
R19
8
R19
7
R20
8
R20
7
R20
6
R19
6
8887868584838281807978777675747372717069686766656463626160595857565554535251504948474645
SHPESHD0
CXADT7CXADT6CXADT5
VSSVDD3 V
CXADT4CXADT3CXADT2CXADT1VDD5 V
CXADT0CXAL2CXAL1CXAL0
VSSCXARD
_CXAWREVEN7EVEN6EVEN5EVEN4EVEN3EVEN2EVEN1EVEN0
VSSADCCLK2ADCCLK1
ODDM7ODDM6VDD5 VODDM5ODDM4ODDM3ODDM2VDD3 V
VSSODDM1ODDM0
_PHSYNCPVSYNC
TEST7
IC29
L122
R20
4
R20
2
R28
6
R28
4
L124
R27
8
R28
5
L123
C18
C19 C
20
C172
C171
TP5
TP6
R283
R282
R280
R279
R27
4
C11
9 C11
8
C16
9 C16
8
R18
2 R27
7
OVSYNC
L125
12341234
109876543
2021242
12172319162214151811131
TR8
L129
L127
D7D6D5D4D3D2D1D0AVSSAVSSDVSSDVSS
CLK
R18
1
C11
6
C12
3
C12
2
R18
0
R18
3
C11
7
VRTVRBVIN
VRTSVRBSAVDDAVDDAVDDDVDDDVDD
_OE
87658765
RA33
RA29
TP7
L128
11311181514221619231712
22421203456789
10
21
432143
RA32
RA31
RA27
C23
C22
CXAL2CXAL1CXAL0
C24
2121
34
5678567834
DVSSDVSSAVSSAVSSD0D1D2D3D4D5D6D7
IC30
IC31
RA28
_OEDVDDDVDDAVDDAVDDAVDDVRBSVRTS
VINVRBVRTCLK
L104
12341234
87658765
4321
5678
RA
30
RA
34
4321
5678R
A11
C12
5
C12
4
C12
1
C10 C9
C12
0
C12
C11R18
5
R18
6
R18
5
RA
9
L105
+ +
4RA10
31224
2322212019181716151413
373839404142434445464748
121110987654321
252627282930313233343536
AIN
1
RD
WR
D7
D6
D5
C12
9C12
8
R18
9
L106
L21
L24
C12
6
C83
C2
C12
7
C1
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
L2
PG
ND
CLP
3C
LP2
SH
DO
SH
PO
MP
XS
HD
E2
SH
DE
1S
HP
EC
LP1
AV
CCI1
ODDOUT
AGNDMPXOUT
VRTVRB
CLPOC1CLPEC1
TDAAIN5AIN4AIN3
AIN2
ODDIN2
ODDIN1
IC20
T2T3EVENIN2EVENIN1DVCCCLPOC2CLPEC2DGNDL0L1
+
+
R23
1
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2A3/4Main PCB 3/9
3-7-19
RA62
IC43
41
12
43
2SOVSYNC
SVSYNCIN
R4
R3
RA61
RA60
C46
C49
C45
L153
C167
C44C166
R275
R276
L152
1234
8765
1234
8
765
R5
SMRE
SCNCLK
SID 0SID 1SID 2SID 3
SID 4SID 5SID 6SID 7
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
A(8:0)
D(7:0)
MIPCS__RD_WR
RESET SCANNER
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
C28
S G
C27
S G
C26
S GS G
S G
C25
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
L126
C17
0R281
C21
SVSYNCIN
SHSYNCINMREIN
MIPIN(7:0)CLKIN
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
VD
D5
V1
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
VS
S1
VD
D3
V1
MIP
CS
_IO
RD
_IO
WR
_V
SS
2R
ES
ET
_S
CM
TF
SE
L0V
DD
3 V
2V
SS
3T
FS
EL1
TF
SE
L2D
0D
1D
2V
DD
3 V
3V
SS
4D
3D
4D
5V
DD
3 V
4V
SS
5D
6D
7T
ES
T0
TE
ST
1T
ES
T2
SV
SY
NC
VD
D3
V5
L154
R337
R338
L149
RA5721
34
C199
C43
C200
RAMEN_
C48
C47
121122123124125126127128129130131132133134135136137138139140141142143144145146147148149150151152153154155156157158159160
807978777675747372717069686766656463626160595857565554
MIPIN7MIPIN6MIPIN5MIPIN4MIPIN3
MIPIN2MIPIN1MIPIN0
53525150494847464544434241
VSS14VSS13
SD10MR1_OE1_
SA113SA112VSS12SA111SA110SA19SA18SA17SA16
VDD3 V8VSS11
SA15SA14SA13SA12SA11SA10
VDD3 V7VSS10INCLKVSS9
MIPIN7MIPIN6MIPIN5MIPIN4MIPIN3
VSS8VDD3 V6
MIPIN2MIPIN1MIPIN0MREIN
SHSYNC_VSS7VSS6
VSS20VSS19
PORT0PORT1PORT2MRETHINMREOUTMREMIPVDD3 V12MIPCLKVSS21MIPOUT0MIPOUT1MIPOUT2VDD3 V13MIPOUT3MIPOUT4MIPOUT5VSS22VDD3 V14MIPOUT6MIPOUT7FVSYNCFHTHIN_FHSYNCVSS23VDD3 V15TESTD0TESTD1TESTD2TESTD3VSS24VDD3 V16TESTD4TESTD5TESTD6TESTD7MREDVSS25VSS26
120
119
118
117
116
115
114
113
112
111
SD
27S
D26
SD
25S
D24
SD
23S
D22
SD
21S
D20
110
109
108
107
106
105
104
103
102
SA
213
SA
212
C42
C40
C41 C39L148
R340 C20
5
SA
211
SA
210
SA
29S
A28
101
100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91
SA
27S
A26
SA
25S
A24
SA
23
SA
22S
A21
SA
2090 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82
SD
17S
D16
SD
15S
D14
SD
13S
D12
SD
1181
VD
D5
V3
SD
27S
D26
SD
25S
D24
SD
23S
D22
VS
S18
SD
21S
D20
WR
2_O
E2_
SA
213
VD
D3
V11
SA
212
SA
211
SA
210
SA
29S
A28
VS
S17
VD
D5
V2
SA
27S
A26
SA
25S
A24
SA
23V
SS
16S
A22
SA
21S
A20
SD
17S
D16
VD
D3
V10
VS
S15
SD
15S
D14
VS
13V
S12
VS
11V
DD
3 V
9
RA59
RA58
RA56
RA55
RA53
RA52
RA49
RA54
1
1
2
3
4
SA211
SA210
SA29
SA28
8
7
6
5
IS211
IS210
IS29
IS28
1
2
3
4
SA27
SA26
SA25
SA24
8
7
6
5
IS27
IS26
IS25
IS24
1
2
3
4
1SD17
SD16
SD15
SD14
SD13
SD12
SD11
SD10
IO17
IO16
IO15
IO14
IO13
IO12
IO11
IO10
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
SA23
SA22
SA21
SA20
8
7
6
5
IS23
IS22
IS21
IS20
2
SA213
SA212
IS213
IS212
4
3
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
SD27
SD26
SD25
SD24
SD23
SD22
SD21
SD20
IO27
IO26
IO25
IO24
IO23
IO22
IO21
IO20
IC42
IC40
222027109876543
252421
28
14
C20
3
1112131516171819
IO20
R339
C204
L151
IO21IO22IO23IO24IO25IO26IO27
232
26
IS20IS21IS22IS23IS24IS25IS26IS27IS28IS29IS210IS211IS212IS213
RAMEN_
1
_OE_CE_WEA0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10
Vcc
GND
I/O0I/O1I/O2I/O3I/O4I/O5I/O6I/O7
A11A12A13A14
L150
RA
50
RA
51
34 2 1 4 3 2 1
65 7 8 5 6 7 8
IO21
IO20
IO22
IO23
IO24
IO25
IO26
IO27
RA
48
L147
C20
6
RA
47
4 3 2 11 2 3 4
5 6 7 88 7 6 5
IO10
IO11
IO12
IO14
IO13
IO15
IO16
IO17
L146
C207
R341
28222027109876543
252421232
26
IS10IS11IS12IS13IS14IS15IS16IS17IS18IS19IS110IS111IS112IS113
1
_OE_CE_WEA0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10A11A12A13A14
14
1112131516171819
IO10IO11IO12IO13IO14IO15IO16IO17
Vcc
GND
I/O0I/O1I/O2I/O3I/O4I/O5I/O6I/O7
RA44
RA46
RA43
C38
C37
C36
RA42
8765
IS111IS110IS19IS18
1
12
43
RA4512
43
IS113IS112
234
8765
IS17IS16IS15IS14
1234
8765
IS13IS12IS11IS10
1234
IC41
E
E
2A3/4
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3-7-13
Main PCB 4/9
CN10-4
C21
7C
214
C31
C29
3
C21
1
C21
0
C18
2
C50
C29
4
C20
9
C20
8
C14
3
C4
C29
CN10-3
CN10-6
CN10-7
5.1 VL143
S
L144
S G
S G
A G
L141
L142
G(5 V)
+12 V
+
+
+
+
+
+
++
+ +
G(ANALOG)
SVIN
3
ADJ1
IC38
C35
C30
C21
6
C21
5
VOUT2.4
S
CN10-15.1 VL140 R490
C21
8
C21
9
C32
S G
AA
S GS G F G
A G
A GA G
R483
R407
R342
R124
R19
B
TR24
C29
5
R499
R49
8
D SG
TR6
R497
R28
8
C33
R489
D SG
R29
0R
289
R28
7
C17
4
3-7-20
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2A3/4Main PCB 5/9
3-7-21
ENGHEAD–SCAN
ENGACK–SCAN
SCANNER START
T×D SCAN
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
SS
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
SS
S
S
TR31
TR30
TR32
4
1
2E
42E1E
2C3
1C6
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S GS G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S GS G
S G
S GS G
S G
S G
S GS G
S G
S G
S G
2B 5
2C3 2B 5
1B 2
4
1
2E
1E
2C3
1C6
2B 5
1B 2
4
1
2E
1E
2C3
1C6
2B 5
1B 2
11E
1C6 1B
IC1021
43IC10
2
42E
2C3 2B 5
11E
1C6 1B 2
CN6–1L1CN6–4
CN6–10
MCP2ACK
MCP1ACK
CN1–88
CN8–8ENGERR–MMI
CN6–6L5
L4
L7
L2
R156
R153
R158
R267
R157
R154
R155
R265
R58
C60
C59C3
IC14
IC2
IC2
IC3IC22
R266
R17
2
SLP
_RESET
_RESET
1
241
23
R55 R54
R53
R52
WD
8765
1234 +
ADJ2_RST2VCCADJ1
WDTC
_RSTGND
C63
R147 L67
R45
C57
C58
R51
R113
R1
R114
R112
R115
R116
R110
R111
IC2
MMIACK
_RES MMI
C93
C94
1 2
IC2
R63
IC6
3
6 5
IC12
11 10
IC24
13 12
IC10
13
1C
TR34
2C
5
4
1B
E
2B
1
2
3
12
IC12
6 5
4
4 3
IC6
L3
TR29
TR1
ENGACK–MMI
CN6–7MMI ERROR
CN6–3MMI ACK
CN6–9RESET MMI
CN14–2024 V OFF
SC TIM
SCAN HEAD
SCANNER ACK
R×D SCANNER
RESET SCANNER
SCNAREA
SCNHEAD
SCNACK
R×SCAN
_RES SCAN
CN1–110CN1–112
PFM CLKPCM CLK
DM CLK
28 222027109876543252421232261
A0M
_RD M
_B RAM
_WR M
A1MA2MA3MA4MA5MA6MA7MA8MA9MA10MA11MA12MA13MA14M
R30R31R32R33R34
R32
6
R35R36R37R49R48R46R47R38R50R39
A0MA1MA2MA3MA4MA5MA6MA7MA8MA9M
A10MA11MA12MA13MA14MA15MA16MA17MA18M
12111098765
272623254
282932
1314151718192021
AD0MAD1MAD2MAD3MAD4MAD5MAD6M
_ROM M_RD M
AD7M
2224
13216
D0D1D2D3D4D5D6D7
_CE_OE
VppVcc
GND3031
A0A1A2A3A4A5A6
C196
L157
C195
R43R42R41R40R27R28R29
R44R325
A7A8A9A10A11A12A13A14A15A16A17A18
R323R324R326R327
_OE_CE_WE
A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9
A10A11A12A13A14
14
1112131516171819
AD0MAD1MAD2MAD3MAD4MAD5MAD6MAD7M
Vcc
GND
I/O0I/O1I/O2I/O3I/O4I/O5I/O6I/O7
A0MA1MA2MA3MA4MA5MA6MA7MA8MA9MA10MA11MA12MA13MA14M
10272022
9876543
252421
28
IC13
R56
_WR
M
_RA
M M
_RD
M
14
1112131516171819
AD0M
C62
R57
L66
C61
L35
C16
3 C16
2
R27
0
AD1MAD2MAD3MAD4MAD5MAD6MAD7M
Vcc
GND
I/O0I/O1I/O2I/O3I/O4I/O5I/O6I/O7
232
261
A0_WE_CE_OE
A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10A11A12A13A14
AD0MAD1MAD2MAD3MAD4MAD5MAD6MAD7M
A0MA1MA2MA3MA4MA5MA6MA7M
64636261605958575655545352515049
17181920
C161
R268
IC33 R256
R261
2122 1
2
3
XT3
R257
R258
R262
_RES SCC1
23242526272829303132 B C
1 2
CN10–2
IC24
SLEEP SIG
SLEEP_
SLEEP
M1SEL
SLP
_M1OE
M2SEL
_M2OE
E
D1D2D3D4D5D6D7VccA0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7
P12CNVss
_RESETP11P10Xin
XoutVssP07P06P05P04P03P02P01P00
1
D0
_WR
M_R
D M
_SC
C1
R26
4
R25
9
R26
3
INT
SC
C1
R×S
CA
N
T×MCP2
R×MCP2
T×MCP1
R×MCP1
T×S
CA
N
_W _R _S BM
INT
RR
×D3
T×D
3R
×D2
T×D
2R
×D1
T×D
1P
16P
15P
14P
13
PA
0P
A1
PA
2P
A3
PA
4P
A5
PA
6P
A7
PB
0P
B1
PB
2P
B3
PB
4P
B5
PB
6B
P7 R25
5
R26
9
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 162 3 4 65
48 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 3347 46 45 4344
10 11 4 3
8 9
IC24
6 5
L156
R336
R331
R330R329 R334
R335
R333
C201
_MA
IL S
_WR
S
_RD
S
_RD
M
_WR
M
_MA
IL M
C202
_WAIT M
1234567891011121314151617181920
A0MA1MA2MA3MA4MA5MA6MA7MAD0MAD1MAD2MAD3MAD4MAD5MAD6MAD7M
21
424140393837363534333231302928272625242322
A0SA1SA2SA3SA4SA5SA6SA7SAD7SAD6SAD5SAD4SAD3SAD2SAD1SAD0S
_CSA_WEA_NRA_OEAA0AA1AA2AA3AA4AA5AA6AA7AD0AD1AD2AD3AD4AD5AD6AD7AGND
Vcc_CSB_WEB
_OEB_NRB
A0BA1BA2BA3BA4BA5BA6BA7BD7BD6BD5BD4BD3BD2BD1BD0B
_WAIT S
[A0S–A7S]
[AD0S–AD7S]
54
_G2B
IC21
IC12
R173
IC22
IC22
IC32
15141312111097
_Y0_Y1_Y2_Y3_Y4_Y5_Y6
ABC
G1_G2A_G2B
123
645
A15MA16MA17M
A18M
R271
A19M
_Y7
_SCC1
_RAM M
_ROM M
_MAIL M
R174
R177
R17
8
R17
0
R16
9
R16
8
R175
R272
R171_B RAM
A20MA21MA22M
_G2A
6
321
G1
CBA
_Y6_Y5_Y4_Y3
_Y7
_Y2_Y1_Y0
9101112
7
131415 9
64
5
108
8
9
CN6–5L6
R120
R121
R122R123
R151
11
IC10
10
9
IC10
8
2
IC6
CN1–69
PRTACK
ENG5 V
1
3
IC12
4
L8CN6–2
807978
7675747372717069686766656463626160595857565554535251
77
A0A1A2
A4A5A6A7A8A9
A10A11A12A13A14A15A16A17A18A19
DCSD0D1D2D3D4D5D6D7
P110
A3
123
123412341234123
RA15
RA12
RA16
RA13
RA174
4
876
8765876587658765
5
A0MA1MA2M
A4MA5MA6MA7MA8MA9MA10MA11MA12MA13MA14MA15MA16MA17MA18MA19M
1234123
RA14
RA184
87658765
AD0MAD1MAD2MAD3MAD4MAD5MAD6MAD7M
A3M
_RE
S M
MI
_RE
S S
CA
N_R
ES
EN
G_R
ES
SC
C1
_RE
S M
2_R
ES
M1
_PR
TR
ST
CN1–12
CN1–82B C
E
R14
8
R14
9
R16
1
R16
3
L132
L133
L134
_WR
M
_RD
M
C110
R164
_RESETR160
R162
C109
C111
TR4
MSW OFF REM
XT2
123456789
101112131415161718192021
2322
24252627282930
P70
R159
L108
IC12IC10
5 6 1 2
C10
8
C10
7
R15
0
R15
2
100
99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
_HO
LD
BY
TE
CN
Vss
_RE
SE
TX
inX
out
_RD
Vss
Vcc
_HLD
AA
LE_B
HE
_WR
P11
7P
116
P11
5P
114
P11
3P
112
P111
P71
P72
P73
P74
P75
P76
P77 Vss
AV
ssV
ref
AV
ccV
ccP
80P
81R
×D0
T×D
0IN
T4
P85
R×D
1T×D
1
T×P
RT R×D MMIR×PRT
T×SCAN
T×D MMI
INT3P94A22A21A20P90P67P66P65INT2INT1
MACK MCP2EACK MAIN
WDMACK MCP1
_SET M1A22
_WRDY M1_RRDY M1_WRDY M2_RRDY M2
A21A20
_SET M2SCNAREASCNHEADINT SCC1SCNACKMMIACK
INT0TA4inP60P57P56P55
MACK ENG_P2
_MRDYMACK PRT
TA2outR165
R166
R167
P53TA1out
TA0outP51
P47P46P45
_P1_SETPRT
_PRINT
_WAIT M
P44P431_RDY
IC23
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2A3/4Main PCB 6/9
3-7-22
CN1–4TLSCN1–3TLDSCN1–32PFM LOCK
CN1–19EHUMSENS
CN1–18ETTH
CN1–8FTH
CN10–5R474
C273
S 13 12G
R475
IC61
A22S
INT SCC2
IPC SET
_BD
MACK ENG
C264
R460R459
R452R453
R455
R437
R435
R434
C255
_WR S
_WR S
R433
XT8
C256
L201
C265
IC64
C257
_RD S
LDDACLKDI
_RD S
_RES ENG
1234
8765
RA100
EXBV8V101J
_RES I/O
_WAIT S
_RES SCC2_RES VTCEACK MAIN
R451
23
1
456789
101112131415161718192021222324252627282930
P95P94
AN0
A22A21A20P90P67/TB2inP66/TB1inP65/TB0inINT2
IC66
INT1INT0P61/TA4inP60/TA4outP57/TA3inP56/TA3outP55/TA2inP54/TA2outRTPC3RTPC2RTPC1RTPC0P47P46P45P44
32 3331 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
BY
TE
CN
Vss
_HO
L D
_RE
SE
TX
inX
out
_RD
Vss
Vcc
_HL
DA
ALE
_BH
E_W
RP
117
P11
6P
115
P11
4P
113
P11
2
99 98100 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81
AN
3A
N4
AN
2A
N1
P75
P76
P77 Vss
AV
ssV
ref
AV
ccV
ccD
A0
CLK
0P
82T×D
0D
A1
P85
P86
P87
P431
7978
80
77
23 RA93
1
4
76
8
5
A1SA2S
A0S
A3S
23 RA94
1
4
76
8
5
A5SA6S
A4S
A7S
23 RA95
1
4
76
8
5
A9SA10S
A8S
A11S
23 RA96
R351
R469R470
R47
2
R43
9
R44
0
R43
8
IC73
IC62
1
4
76
8
5
A13SA14S
A12S
A15S
23 RA97
1
4
76
81
64
4
12
5
IC628
10
9
IC6211
13
12
IC65
TR23
41
1
2
3
1B
E
2B
1C
2C
5
42
R471
IC62
3
S G
S G
1
2
S
32
A
IC59
CB
3
12
C
AB
G1
_G2B_G2A
6
54
G1
_G2B_G2A
5
64
5
A17SA18S
A16SA15S
A17SA16S
A19SA18S
A19S
767574737271706968676665646362616059585756555453
87658765
AD0SAD1SAD2SAD3SAD4SAD5SAD6SAD7S
123RA98
RA99
41234
5251
A1A2
A0
A3A4A5A6A7A8A9
A10A11A12A13A14A15A16A17A18A19
DCS
15141312111097
_Y0_Y1_Y2_Y3_Y4_Y5_Y6_Y7
IC67
R441R442R443R444R445R446
R496
A22SA21SA20S
79101112131415
_Y7_Y6_Y5_Y4_Y3_Y2_Y1
_IPC_682
C271
C272
S G
L200
R465
_VTC_SCC2_ASIC2_ASIC1
_RES I/O
_MAIL S_Y0
D0D1D2D3D4D5D6D7
P110_RDY
S G
S G
S G
S G S G
S G
S G
S G
S GS G
S
3 1
2
R357
XT7
IC58
G
S G
P111
S G
A21SA20S
R47
3
R45
6
R43
6
R43
2
R43
1
R43
0
CN
1–13
8b7
CN
1–13
7b6
CN
1–68
b5C
N1 –
67b4
CN
1–13
6b3
CN
1–13
5b2
CN
1 –66
b1C
N1 –
65b0
L207
L206
L205
C26
3
A0S
A1S
_WR
S_R
D S
_RA
M S
_RE
S I/
O
C26
2
C26
1
C26
0
C26
7
C26
6
L202
CN1–16 CONT DB
PPST
_LDON
_LDEN
CN1–17 CONT G
R46
1
R45
8
R45
7
R45
0
R44
8R
449
DA
CLK
LD DI
ZERO CROSS SIG
CN1–73TONER CLKCN1–76TRM REMCN1–75TFM REM
CN1–74IMAGE UNIT SIGCN1–120DUP _BCN1–121SIDE _ACN1–122REGIST BCN1–123MOTOR ACN1–102FINISHER RESET
CN1–14SC CONT
CN1–15TC CONT
CN1–103
9
S
8
E
C B
TR2
11 10
IC61 IC61
R354
L178
C225
C224 R355
R350
AD0SAD1SAD2SAD3SAD4SAD5SAD6SAD7S
AD0SAD1SAD2SAD3SAD4SAD5SAD6SAD7S
AD0S
C233
C232
R377
L175
R479
AD1SAD2SAD3SAD4SAD5SAD6SAD7S
AD0SAD1SAD2S
A0SA1SA2S
AD3SAD4SAD5SAD6SAD7S
R361
L177
L197
C229
IC57
C228
R370
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
_ROM S
_RD S_WR S
CN1–42 DM LOCKCN1–41 PCM LOCKCN1–40 TC/AC ALARMCN1–39 MC ALARM
CN1–132 PFCL–U REMCN1–131 PFCL–L REMCN1–130 FCL 4 REMCN1–107 FCL 5 REMCN1–106 FCL 1 REMCN1–105 FCL 2 REMCN1–104 FCL 3 REMCN1–134 BYPPFCL REM
CN1–115 RCL REMCN1–114 PCFM REMCN1–78 FSSOL 1 REMCN1–79 FSSOL 2 REM
CN1–84 TC REM
CN1–80 PRY REM
CN1–81 SSW1SOURCE
CN1–83
H.ALM
L LIM
U LIMR463
R46
4
SC REM
CN1–86 MC REMCN1–85 DB REM
CN1–72 CL REMCN1–71 IFFM REMCN1–109 H1 REMCN1–108 H2 REM
CN1–38 PFSW1CN1–37 PFSW2CN1–36 PFSW3CN1–35 PFSW4CN1–34 FSWCN1–33 RSWCN1–10 SSW3CN1–9 SSW2
CN1–7 FSSWCN1–6 SBESWCN1–5 DUPPCSWCN1–31 DUPESWCN1–30 DUPRSWCN1–29 DUPRSWCN1–28 STKSWCN1–11 SSW1
CN1–127 DUPPTSOL REMCN1–128 DUPFWSOL REM
CN1–126 SBFSSOL1 REMCN1–125 SBFSSOL2 REMCN1–124 SRM REM
L LIM
_ASIC1
[A0S–A5S]
_RAM S
_ROM S
[A0S–A7S]
[AD0S–AD7S]
_RD S_WR S
U LIMC280
CN
1–58
LIC
SW
–LC
N1–
59LI
CS
W–U
CN
1 –57
BY
PP
S–W
CN
1–61
BY
PP
WS
WC
N1–
62B
YP
PLS
W
CN
1–60
BY
PE
DS
W
CN
1–56
PS
W–U
CN
1–55
PS
W–L
CN1–133 BYPSOL REMCN1–129 N.C
CN1–77 ESCL REMCN1–113 DM REM
CN1–116 CCM FWDCN1–117 CCM REV
F.C SW
CN1–111 PCM REMCN1–87 PFM REM
CN1–118 CLM–L
CN1–119 CLM–U
R480
_ASIC2
_RD S
A0SA1SA2SA3SA4SA5SA6SA7SA8SA9SA10SA11SA12SA13SA14SA15SA16SA17SA18SR369
R368R360R359R367R366R358R363R362R364R365R484R485R486R487R488
_RES I/O
_WR S
_682
_RESET
R352
R353
DESK RESET
CN1–94DESK SCLK
_RD SA0SA1S
CN1–95DESK SOUT
CN1–93DESK _OE
CN1–96DESK SIN
CN1–13TNS CONT
CN1–1TNS
CN1–2
242322212019181716151413
123456789
101112
Vcc_RDA0A1SCKSoutSin_OEINTXinXoutVcc
_RST_WR_CS
D0D1D2D3D4D5D6D7
GND
12111098765
27262325
1314151718192021
2224
A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10A11
D0D1D2D3D4D5D6D7
_CE_OE
4282932
3031
13216
A12A13A14A15A16A17A18
VppVcc
GND
IC55
R376
A0SA1SA2SA3SA4SA5SA6SA7SA8SA9SA10SA11SA12SA13SA14S
222027109876543
25
28
14
1112131516171819
_OE_CE_WEA0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8
Vcc
GND
I/O0I/O1I/O2I/O3I/O4I/O5I/O6I/O7
2421232
261
A9A10A11A12A13A14
R47
8
C27
9
C27
8
23
1
456789
101112131415161718192021222324
_RESETSELECT
MODE
AD0AD1AD2AD3AD4AD5AD6AD7
IC60GNDA0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7ALE_RD_WRCS
32
LEN
GT
HC
N1 –
46D
IG0
CN
1 –45
DIG
1C
N1 –
44D
IG2
CN
1–43
LEN
GT
HC
N1 –
50D
IG0
CN
1 –49
DIG
1C
N1 –
48D
IG2
CN
1–47
DIG
2C
N1–
51D
IG1
CN
1 –52
DIG
0C
N1 –
53LE
NG
TH
CN
1 –54
3331 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
GN
DV
dd
PB
1
29 3028
PB
3P
B2
PB
4
26 2725
PB
6P
B5
PB
7_C
S
PB
0P
A0
PA
1P
A2
PA
3P
A4
6362
64
616059585756555453525150494847464544434241
PD0_Y3
PD1
PE7PE6PE5PE4PE3PE2PE1PE0
GNDPC7PC6PC5PC4PC3
79 7880 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65
PF
6P
F5
PF
7
PF
4P
F3
PF
2P
F1
PF
0V
ddG
ND
PD
7P
D6
PD
5P
D4
PD
3P
D2
PC2PC1PC0
INITDPA7PA6PA5
AD0SAD1SAD2S
A0SA1SA2S
AD3SAD4SAD5SAD6SAD7S
23
1
456789
101112131415161718192021222324
_RESETSELECT
MODE
AD0AD1AD2AD3AD4AD5AD6AD7
IC63GNDA0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7ALE_RD_WRCS
32 3331 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
GN
DV
ddC
270
PB
1
29 3028
PB
3P
B2
PB
4
26 2725
PB
6P
B5
PB
7_C
S
PB
0P
A0
PA
1P
A2
PA
3P
A4
6362
64
616059585756555453525150494847464544434241
PD0_Y3
PD1
PE7PE6PE5PE4PE3PE2PE1PE0
GNDPC7PC6PC5PC4PC3
79 7880 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65
PF
6P
F5
PF
7
PF
4P
F3
PF
2P
F1
PF
0V
ddG
ND
PD
7P
D6
PD
5P
D4
PD
3P
D2
PC2PC1PC0
INITDPA7PA6PA5
8765
A01A02A03Vcc
LDCLK
DIGND
1234
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2A3/4Main PCB 7/9
3-7-23
IC70
RA104
RA103
L225
L226
L227
L228
L229
L230
L231
L232
CN15-3
CN15-18
CN15-4
CN15-19
CN15-5
CN15-20
CN15-6
CN15-21
A0_IPC
A1_IPC
A2_IPC
A3_IPC
A4_IPC
A5_IPC
A6_IPC
A7_IPC
S G
119
17
2
11
15
4
13
68
A7S
A0S
A4S
A6S
A1S
A5S
A2SA3S
2Y4
1Y1
2Y1
2Y3
1Y2
2Y2
1Y31Y4
3
18
9
5
16
7
1412
8
5
5
7
6
6
78
1
4
4
2
3
3
21
2A4
1A1
2A1
2A3
1A2
_DE1_DE2
2A2
1A31A4
2Y4
1Y1
2Y1
2Y3
1Y2
2Y2
1Y31Y4
2A4
1A1
2A1
2A3
1A2
2A2
1A31A4
IC71
RA106
RA105
L233
L234
L235
L236
L237
L238
L239
L240
CN15-7
CN15-22
CN15-8
CN15-23
CN15-9
CN15-24
CN15-10
CN15-25
D0_IPC
D1_IPC
D2_IPC
D3_IPC
D4_IPC
D5_IPC
D6_IPC
D7_IPC
191
9
2
6
8
3
7
45
AD7S
AD0S
AD4S
AD6S
AD1S
AD5S
AD2SAD3S
B7
B0
B4
B6
B1
B5
B2B3
11
18
14
12
17
13
1615
8
5
5
7
6
6
78
1
4
4
2
3
3
21
A7
A0
A4
A6
A1
_DET_R
A5
A2A3
IC72
RA107
L241
L242
L243
L244
CN15-12
CN15-13
CN15-27
CN15-28
_WR_IPC
_CS_IPC
_RD_IPC
_RESET_IPC
119
_IPC
_RES SCC2
17
2
11
15
4
13
68
3
18
9
5
16
7
1412
5678
4321
_DE1_DE2
2Y4
1Y1
2Y1
2Y3
1Y2
2Y2
1Y31Y4
2A4
R374
IC61
R468CN1-92FINISHER
R×D21
IC61
43
IC61
65
R373
R375
R378
R379
C234
XT6
1A1
2A1
2A3
1A2
2A2
1A31A4
S G
S G
S G
5764 60 5863 5962 61
VccD1
15
913
26
1014
37
1115
48
1216
D5
D7
D2
D6
D3
D4
AD
7S
AD
0S
AD
4S
AD
6S
AD
1S
AD
5S
AD
2SA
D3S
A7S
C23
0
R37
1
C23
1
L176
R37
2
A0S
A4S
A6S
A1S
A5S
A2S
A3S
56 52 50 4955 5154 53
2417 21 2318 2219 20 25 29 31 3226 3027 28
A0
A4
A6
A7
A1
A5
A2
A3
Vss
P12
R38
0
P10
Xou
t
CN
Vss
Xin
_RE
SE
TP
11
P07
P03
P01
P00
P06
P02
P05
P04
D0
BM
R×D3T×D3R×D2T×D2R×D1T×D1
_W
INTR
_R_S
P16
P14P13
P15
4844
4036
4743
3935
4642
3834
4541
3733
PA0
PA4
PA6PA7PB0PB1PB2PB3
PA1
PA5
PA2PA3
PB4
PB6PB7
R382
PB5
(AD0S _ AD7S)
_WR S
INT SCC2
_RD S
_SCC2
(A0S _ A7S)
S G
CN1-91FINISHERT×D
R467CN1-90MMD R×D
S G
CN1-89MMD T×D
R466CN1-27
COIN VENDERR×D
S G
CN1-26COIN VENDER
T×D
LCF R×D
LCF T×D
S G
S G
S
_RES SCC2
_RES SCC2
CN15-2 5 VCN15-14CN15-17CN15-29
CN15-1
CN15-11
CN15-30
CN15-26
GND
GND
CN15-15
CN15-16
L248
R495IPC SET
R494
L249
L252
L250
L251
G
S G
S G
R381
31
2
CN1-140 KCARD REMCN1-139 KCARD REMCN1-101 TC REMCN1-100 COIN COPYINGCN1-99 COIN EJECTCN1-98 COIN FEED
CN1-22 COIN ENABLECN1-63 KCARD ENABLECN1-64 KC SETCN1-23 TC SETCN1-24 MMB SETCN1-25 FINISHER SET
CN1-97H.ALM
_MSYNC
MMD COUNT
CN1-21 H.ALARM
S G
10
C28
8
C28
720
R491
L246
S G
10
C29
0
C29
820
R492
L245
S G
10
C29
2
C29
120
R493
L247
S G
7
C71
C72
14
R67
IC12
L65
S G
8
C11
2
C11
316
R176
IC21
L107
S G
8
C16
4
C16
516
R273
IC32
L131
S G
10
C19
3
C19
420
R322
IC46
L158
S G
10
C10
6
C10
520
R146
IC17
L70
S G
10
C25
1
C25
220
R428
IC69
L209
S G
10
C69
C70
20
R66
IC11
L64
S G
7
C81
C82
14
R97
IC6
L23
S G
7
C11
4
C11
514
R179
IC22
L130
S S S S
S S S S
S G
7
C95
C96
14
R117
IC2
L9
S G
7
C15
9
C16
014
R260
IC24
L136
S G
7
C73
C74
14
R82
IC10
L58
S G
3
C89
C88
5
R104
IC3
L15
S G
8
C25
8
C25
916
R447
IC67
L204
S G
8
C22
7
C22
616
R356
IC59
L179
S G
7
C27
4
C27
514
R476
IC61
L198
S G
10
C77
C78
20
R95
IC8
L56
S G
10
C25
3
C25
420
R429
IC68
L208
S G
10
C75
C76
20
R86
IC9
L57
S G
10
C79
C80
20
R96
IC7
L25
S G
8
C10
1
C10
216
R130
IC26
L110
S G
10
C15
3
C15
420
R252
IC35
L138
S G
8
C15
7
C15
816
R254
IC34
L137
S G
8
C22
0
C22
116
R344
IC50
L167
S G
8
C18
0
C18
116
R293
IC49
L166
S G
8
C22
2
C22
316
R345
IC51
L168
S G
8
C10
3
C10
416
R140
IC25
L109
S G
7
C27
7
C27
614
R477
IC62
L199
S G
S G
10
C55
C54
20
R26
IC16
L68
L69C56
S G
S G
10
C17
7
C17
820
R292
IC48
L164
L165C179
S G
4
C91
C92
8
R109
IC1
L14
S G
3
C26
9
C26
85
R462
IC65
L203
S G
3
C29
6
C29
75
R500
IC73
L254
S S S
S G
7
C28
6
C28
514
R482
IC52
L196
S G
8
C24
4
C24
516
R396
IC39
L145
S G
3
C19
8
C19
75
R332
IC43
L155
S G
7
C14
8
C14
76
R221
IC18
L97
S G
7
C15
1
C15
06
R224
25 V 25 V
IC19
L98
S G
4
C15
2
25 V
25 V
8
IC27
S
S
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2A3/4Main PCB 8/9
3-7-24
SELMCP2_SELMCP1_
PVSYNC_
119
2468
11131517
PHSYNC_
RA5
IC16
CN3–A11
CN3–A9CN3–A10CN3–A1
PVSYNC M2PHSYNC M2_MCPSEL M2
L78
_1G_2G
1A11A21A31A42A12A22A32A4
18R14R128
R16L80L96
L82
L222L223L224
L221
1614129753
1Y11Y21Y31Y42Y12Y22Y32Y4
191
23456789
IC46
S
_DET_R
A7A6A5A4A3A2A1A0
1817161514131211
AD7SAD6SAD5SAD4SAD3SAD2SAD1SAD0S
D7SD6SD5SD4SD3SD2SD1SD0S
R321
R310
R302
R30
3
L163
XT4VDD OUT
ST GND
C18
7
C18
8
R320R319R318R317R316R315R314
B7B6B5B4B3B2B1B0
12345678
VDD
A0A1A2A3VSSA4A5
7574737271706968
VDDVSS
_PVDBO_PVPAO
VSS_PHSYNC
VDDAMC
910111213141516
_VTCCS_IORD_IOWR
IC47VDDD0D1D2VSS
6766656463626160
_PVSYNCPVSYNC
VSS_SEL0_SEL1
VDD_SEL2_SEL317
18192021222324
SMCSINSOTVSSD3D4VSSSCK
5958575655545352
_SEL4_SEL5_SEL6
VSSP2P1P0
FLDON25
VDD
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
VS
S
D5
D6
D7
D5S
D6S
D7S
VS
SV
DD
PP
ST
_LD
ON
34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41
_LD
EN
N.C
XI
XO
VS
SC
LKV
SS
42 43 44_B
D
_MS
YN
C
45 46 47 48 49
MS
YN
CP
MC
LKV
DD
_BD
_FLD
EN
_AD
JUS
TV
SS
_LD
OU
TB
_LD
OU
TA
50V
SS
51VDD
100
99 98 97 96 95 94 93
VS
S
TE
ST
3T
ES
T2
TE
ST
1V
SS
TE
ST
0P
7V
DD
92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85
P6
P5
P4
P3
VS
S_R
ES
ET
VS
S_N
SC
LE84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77
_SC
LE_N
SC
DE
_SC
DE
VD
DN
.CLS
UO
UT
VS
SP
VC
LK76
VS
S
2423222116151413
IC36
VCC18
L139
C156 C155
R253GND
D0D1D2D3D4D5D6D7
19817
5206
12349 101112
RCKWCK
Q0Q1
_RE_WE
_RRES_WRES
Q2Q3Q4Q5Q6Q7
MCPCLK M2
CN3–A12L76
MCPMREW M2
CN3–A14L73
MCPIDA M2
CN3–A16L71
MCPIDB M2
CN2–A11L187
MCPCLK M1
CN2–A12L185
MCPMREW M1
CN2–A14L182
MCPIDA M1
CN2–A16L180
MCPIDB M1
5 6 7 8 4
4 3
1
1 4
4 3
1
1 42 3
2
2 3
2321
56784 3 2 1
8 7 6 5
1 2 3 4
RA65
RA4
RA37
RA38
RA36
119
2468
11131517
IC48
CN2–A9CN2–A10CN2–A1
PVSYNC M1PHSYNC M1_MCPSEL M1
_1G_2G
1A11A21A31A42A12A22A32A4
18R398R406
R40
L189L220
L192
L170L171L172
L169
1614129753
GS
GS
GS
GS
G
R306
R305
GS
GS
GS
4 3
1 2
GS
5 3
4
1
2B 2C
2 61B 1C
2E
1E
TR8
5 3
4
11 10
9
13 12
11
11 10 13 12
8
13 12
IC6
IC5
IC6
IC22
IC2 IC2
SLEEP
F.C SW
_MSYNC
_MSYNC
_BD
_BD
L34CN7–9
CN7–7
CN7–11
_ADJUST2
_EN
_ADJUST1L36
L29CN7–4
CN7–3
_VD1–
L30CN7–5 _VD1+
L12CN9–3
CN7–12L37
CN7–10L35
CN7–8L33
CN7–6L31
CN7–1
CN7–13
CN1–70
CN8–5
L26
L19
TR3
CN9–2L11
D1
R106R107R108
C90
IC1
C86C87
R101
R100
L20
IC4
CN9–4L13R
105
R99
R10
2R
103
G S
D
START
LSU5 V
READY
CN8–3L18
BD_+
CN8–2L17
BD_–
CN8–4CN8–1L16
_VD2+L28
CN7–2 _VD2–L27
L32
R98C84C85
L22
1
2B 2C
2 61B 1C
2E
1E
TR7
L10CN9–1 CLOCK
GS
GS
GS
GS
GS
35
6217
GS GS
GS
GS
S
S
S
G
RA39
RA64
_RES VTC_RES VTC
R304
R31
1
R312
C19
0
C18
3
C18
4
R29
4
C18
5 C18
6
R30
0
R30
7
R30
1
R30
8
R30
9
R29
8
R29
7
L161
R29
9
C18
9R
313
C19
1
C19
2
L159
A0SA1SA2SA3S
D0SD1SD2S
D3S
L162
[A0S–A5S]
PPST
_LDON
_LDEN
SLEEP_
_RES VTC
[AD0S–AD7S]
D4S
A4S
_VTC_RD S
_RD S_VTC
_WR S
A5S
RA63
RA35
4 3
1 2L160
R295PHSYNC_
PVSYNC_
SELMCP2_SELMCP1_
R296
R251
R250
S
GS
1 42 3
GS
GS
1Y11Y21Y31Y42Y12Y22Y32Y4
1234
8765
RA40
5 6 7 8
4 3 2 1
412
179
1516
8
ENENDI1DI2DI3DI4VCCGND
236510111413
DO1+DO1–DO2+DO2–DO3+DO3–DO4+DO4–
1234
VccRCDIGND
8765
RI_RIDO
_DO
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2A3/4Main PCB 9/9
3-7-25
SLEEP
SID 0SID 1
SID 3SID 2
SID 4SID 5
SID 7
SMRE
SCNCLK
SOVSYNC
RA101
RA21
RA19
SID 6
24
119
86
12
43
SID0MSID1M
SID3MSID2M
SID0MSID1M
_M2OEM2SEL
SID3MSID2M
PID0PID1
PID3PID2
87
56
1113
1715
1816
1214
97
35
1A11A2
_1G_2G
1A41A3
2A12A2
2A42A3
_1Y1_1Y2
_1Y4_1Y3
_2Y1_2Y2
_2Y4_2Y3
1816
1214
97
35
_1Y1_1Y2
_1Y4_1Y3
_2Y1_2Y2
_2Y4_2Y3
IC35
23
151
65
1110
1314
4
7
9
12
1A1B
_GS
2B2A
3A3B
4B4A
1Y
2Y
3Y
4Y
IC25R129
24
1
S GS G
S G
S G
S G
19
86
1113
1715
1A11A2
_1G_2G
1A41A3
2A12A2
2A42A3
CN4-1L53
L55
L48
R90
R89
R88
R87
R91
R92
R93
R94
R85
R84
R83
L47
L46
L45
L43
L41
L39
L38
CN4-4
CN4-13CN4-7
CN4-15
CN4-19CN4-17
CN4-26CN4-21
CN4-24
CN4-22
CN4-25
CN4-23
CN4-29
CN4-27
CN4-30
CN4-28
PID 2
PID 0
PID 3
PID 1
PID 6
PID 4
L84
L83
L81
L79
R18
R17
R15
R13
CN3-B10
CN3-B8
CN3-B11
CN3-B9
M2 DATA2
M2 DATA0
M2 DATA3
M2 DATA1
L86
L85
L87
L92
L95
R131
R134
R135
R21
R22
R132
R133
R136
R20
R23
R137
R138
R139
R24
R25
C98
C99
C100
C52
C53
CN3-A8
CN3-A7
CN3-A5
CN3-B1
CN3-A3
SEMCP MCP2
R×D MCP2
W RDY MCP2
R RDY MCP2
MCP2 ACK
SID4MSID5M
SID7MSID6M
PID4PID5
PID7PID6
23
151
65
1110
1314
4
7
9
12
1A1B
_GS
2B2A
3A3B
4B4A
1Y
2Y
3Y
4Y
IC26
L77
L75
L74
L72
R12
R11
R10
R9
CN3-B14
CN3-B12
CN3-B15
CN3-B13
M2 DATA6
M2 DATA4
M2 DATA7
M2 DATA5
SMRE MPMRE
POVSYNC_SOVSYNC_M
PRTCLKSCNCLK M
23
151
65
1110
1314
4
7
9
12
1A1B
_GS
2B2A
3A3B
4B4A
1Y
2Y
3Y
4Y
IC34
L88
L90
L91
R125
R126
R127CN3-B3
CN3-B5
CN3-B4
WCK M2
MRE M2
OVSYNC M2
PID 7
L50CN4-20PMRE
L54CN4-16PRTCLK
L52CN4-18_POVSYNC
PID 5
IC68
1816
1214
97
35
1Y11Y2
1Y41Y3
2Y12Y2
2Y42Y3
24
119
86
1113
1715
1A11A2
_1G_2G
1A41A3
2A12A2
2A42A3
IC8
RA20
12
43
SID4MSID5M
SID7MSID6M
87
56
RA22
12
43
PID0PID1
PID3PID2
87
56
12
43
PID4PID5
PID7PID6
87
56
RA1
RA2
1816
1214
97
35
1Y11Y2
1Y41Y3
2Y12Y2
2Y42Y3
24
119
86
1113
1715
1A11A2
_1G_2G
1A41A3
2A12A2
2A42A3
IC9
123
876
PMREPOVSYNC_
PRTCLK
RA3
123
SMRE MSOVSYNC MSCNCLK M
876
RA102
8 7 6 5
1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
1 2 3 4
8 7 6
1 2 3
S
SID0MSID1M
_M1OEM1SEL
SID3MSID2M
PID0PID1
PID3PID2
23
151
65
1110
1314
4
7
9
12
1A1B
_GS
2B2A
3A3B
4B4A
1Y
2Y
3Y
4Y
IC50R343
S G
L193
L191
L190
L188
R402
R400
R399
R397
CN2-B10
CN2-B8
CN2-B11
CN2-B9
M1 DATA2
M1 DATA0
M1 DATA 3
M1 DATA1
SID4MSID5M
SID7MSID6M
PID4PID5
PID7PID6
23
151
65
1110
1314
4
7
9
12
1A1B
_GS
2B2A
3A3B
4B4A
1Y
2Y
3Y
4Y
IC49
L186
L184
L183
L181
R349
R348
R347
R346
CN2-B14
CN2-B12
CN2-B15
CN2-B13
M1 DATA6
M1 DATA4
M1 DATA7
M1 DATA5
SMRE MPMRE
POVSYNC_SOVSYNC_M
PRTCLKSCNCLK M
23
151
65
1110
1314
4
7
9
12
1A1B
_GS
2B2A
3A3B
4B4A
1Y
2Y
3Y
4Y
IC51
L212
L214
L215
R403
R404
R405CN2-B3
CN2-B5
CN2-B4
WCK M1
MRE M1
OVSYNC M1
S
S
S G S G
S GMACK MCP2
_RES M2
SLEEP
T×MCP2
24
119
86
1113
1715
1816
1214
97
35
R145R141R142
R144R143
R×MCP2MCP2ACK_SET M2
_RRDY M2_WRDY M2
1A11A2
_1G_2G
1A41A3
2A12A2
2A42A3
1Y11Y2
1Y41Y3
2Y12Y2
2Y42Y3
IC17 L94
L87
L93
S
CN3-A4CN3-A13CN3-A15CN3-B6CN3-B7CN3-B16
CN3-A2
CN3-A6
CN3-B2 RESET MCP2
ENCACK MCP2
T×D MCP2
L210
L194
L213
L216
L219
R412
R415
R416
R408
R411
R413
R414
R417
R409
R410
R423
R424
R425
R421
R422
C248
C249
C250
C246
C247
CN2-A8
CN2-A7
CN2-A5
CN2-B1
CN2-A3
SEMCP MCP1
R×D MCP1
W RDY MCP1
R RDY MCP1
MCP1 ACK
S
S G S G
S GMACK MCP1
_RES M1
SLEEP
T×MCP1
_MRDY_P2
_PRTRST
T×PRTMACK PRT
24
119
86
1113
1715
1816
1214
97
35
R427R418R419
R426R420
R×MCP1MCP1ACK_SET M1
_RRDY M1_WRDY M1
1A11A2
_1G_2G
1A41A3
2A12A2
2A42A3
1Y11Y2
1Y41Y3
2Y12Y2
2Y42Y3
IC69
S G
24
119
86
1113
1715
1816
1214
97
35
1A11A2
_1G_2G
1A41A3
2A12A2
2A42A3
1Y11Y2
1Y41Y3
2Y12Y2
2Y42Y3
IC7
L218
L211
L217
S
L63
L62
L59
L60
L61
R77
R78
R79
R80
R81
R68
R69
R70
R71
R72
R60
R61
R62
R63
R64
C64
C65
C66
C67
C68
CN4-9
CN4-11
CN4-2
CN4-8
CN4-6
_PRINT
R×D PRT
_SETPRT
_P1
PRTACK
S
S G
S G
24
119
86
1113
1715
1816
1214
97
35
R76R75R74
R59R73
R×PRTPATACK_PRINT
_P1_SETPRT
1A11A2
_1G_2G
1A41A3
2A12A2
2A42A3
1Y11Y2
1Y41Y3
2Y12Y2
2Y42Y3
IC11
S
CN2-A4CN2-A13CN2-A15CN2-B6CN2-B7CN2-B16
CN2-A2
CN2-A6
CN2-B2 RESET MCP1
ENCACK MCP1
T×D MCP1
CN4-5
CN4-3
CN4-10 _MRDY
ENCACK PRT
CN4-12
CN4-14 _PRTRST
_P2
T×D PRT
L44
L42
L40
L49
L51
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2A3/4Memory copy PCB 1/12
3-7-26
_MCPSEL
_RVST
_PHSYNC
TXDMCP
ACKMCP
_R_READY
_W_READY
RCK
MREVD
_VD1
_VD2
_SETMCP
ACKENG
TXDENG
_RESET
WCK
_WVST
MREID
GND1
GND2
GND3
GND4
GND5
GND6
_ID0
_ID1
_ID2
_ID3
_ID4
_ID5
_ID6
_ID7
CN1
CN1
CN1
CN1
CN1
CN1
CN1
CN1
CN1
CN1
CN1
CN1
CN1
CN1
CN1
CN1
CN1
CN1
CN1
CN1
CN1
CN1
CN1
CN1
CN1
CN1
CN1
CN1
CN1
CN1
CN1
CN1
a1
a9
a10
a5
a3
a7
a8
a11
a12
a14
a16
b1
b2
b3
b4
b5
a4
a13
a15
b6
b7
b16
b8
b9
b10
b11
b12
b13
b14
b15
a6
a2
L25
L32
L33
L28
L27
L30
L31
L34
L35
L36
L37
L9
L29
L26
L10
L11
L12
L13
L6
L7
L8
L14
L15
L24
L16
L17
L18
L19
L20
L21
L22
L23
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
R7
R8
R22
R18
R5
R19
R20
R21
R10
R11
R12
R13
R9
VCC3
VPL5
VCC3
GPL5
ID0(7:0)
21
34
RA6
RA4
C11
GPL5
GPL5
GPL5
GPL5
GPL5
GPL5
GPL5
GPL5
U10
U8
U10
U8
U7
U9
U9
2468
1234
8765
18161412
9753
11131517
9753
11131517
2468
18161412
2468
0123
4567
8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5
0 7 1 6 2 5 3 4
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
18161412
2468
18161412
1234
8765
11131517
9753
A1A2A3A4
Y1Y2Y3Y4
Y1Y2Y3Y4
A1A2A3A4
Y1Y2Y3Y4
A1A2A3A4
A1A2A3A4
Y1Y2Y3Y4
A1A2A3A4
Y1Y2Y3Y4
A1A2A3A4
Y1Y2Y3Y4
1
19
19
1
1
1
19
_G
_G
_G
_G
_G
_G
A1A2A3A4
Y1Y2Y3Y4
_G
R41
R42
R49
R27
R26
RA
9
RA
10R36
R38
RA12
1234
8765
RA11
R31
47
51
59
71
69
68
49
43
44
iMCPSEL_
iPVST_
iPHSYNC_
iACKMCP
iRREADY_
iWREADY_
iMREVDOUT
iVD1
iVD234
21
RA19
21
34
RA5
21
34
RA1
21
34
RA2
21
34
RA3
C14
C13
C9
C10
VCC3
0123
0716
4567
2534
IDP(7:0)
GPL5
U7
11131517
9753
A1A2A3A4
Y1Y2Y3Y4
19_G
VCC3
R24
72
70
iSETMCP_
iACKENG
64
67
66
iWCK
iWVST_
iMREID
53625461
55605659
iID0_iID7_iID1_iID6_
iID2_iID5_iID3_iID4_
iTXDMCP
iRCK2
iTXDENGiRESET_
(003-15A)
(002-15I)
(011-13F)
(002-15I)
(011-14D)
MCP2AC(304:1)
PCN12A-32P-2.54DS
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2A3/4Memory copy PCB 2/12
3-7-27
(003-15A)
(011-13I)
(011-13C)
MCP 2AC (304:1)
CPUCLK
RST_
$002CPUD (15:0)
3 RW4 SIZE15 SIZE06 AS
302 DSACY R50
TP8 TP7 TP9
RA
23
RA
24
1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
RA
22
RA
261 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
VPL5 VPL5
VPL5
VPL5
VPL5
VPL5
VPL5
L61
L62
L64
L65
R59
C52
C44 C45 C59 C60
VPL5
R52
R53
R54GPL5
C46 C47 C48
14 K A
2
U12
LD1
GPL5
RA291234
8765
RA321234
8765
RA311234
8765
RA341234
28293031
24252627
23222120
19181716
8765
28293031
24252627
23222120
19181716
15141312
111098
7654
3210
15141312
111098
7654
3210
RA411234
8765
RA451234
8765
RA491234
8765
RA531234
8765
A (31:0)
A0 (31:0)
$001
iTXDENG(001-13F)
iTXDMCP(001-13C)
R69
FC3FC2FC1FC0
VCC7GND8
A23A22A21A20A19A18A17
VCC6GND7
A16A15A14
GND6A13A12A11
VCC5GND5
A10A9A8A7A6A5A4
VCC4GND4
A3A2A1
727170696867666564636261605958575655545352515049484746454443424140393837
23222120191817
161514
131211
10987654
321
CS
0_IR
O1_
IRO
2_IR
O3_
IRO
4_G
ND
1V
CC
1IR
O5_
IRO
6_IR
O7_
DO
NE
2_D
AC
K2_
DR
EO
2_D
ON
E1_
DA
CK
1_D
RE
O1_
X1
GN
D2
VC
C2
X2
SC
LKC
TS
B_
RT
SB
_T
XD
BR
XD
BT
XR
AY
A_
RA
RD
YA
_C
TS
A_
RT
SA
_G
ND
3V
CC
3T
XD
AR
XD
AT
IN2
TO
UT
2T
GA
TE
2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
RM
C_
W_R
SIZ
1S
IZ0
DS
_A
S_
BG
AC
K_
BG
_B
R_
BE
RR
_H
ALT
_R
ES
ET
_G
ND
11C
LKO
UT
VC
C11
XF
CV
CC
10E
XT
AL
VC
CS
YN
XT
AL
GN
D10
MO
DC
KV
CC
9IP
IPE
_IF
EIC
HB
KP
T_
FR
EE
ZE
TIN
1T
OU
T1
TG
AT
EL
TC
KT
MS
TD
IT
DO
VC
C8
GN
D9
108
107
106
105
104
103
102
101
100
99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73
GND12VCC12DSACK1_DSACK0_A0A31A30A29A28GND13VCC13A27A26A25A24D15D14D13GND14D12GND15VCC14D11D10D9D8D7D6D5D4GND16VCC15D3D2D1D0
031302928
27262524
151413
12
1110987654
3210
109110111112113114115116117118119120121122123124125126127128129130131132133134135136137138139140141142143144
VPL5
GPL5
GPL5 GPL5
CN3 1
CN3 2
CN3 3
CN3 4
VCCMON
TXDMON
RXDMON
GNDMON
B4B-PH-KL NONER61
R62
R63
X3C64 C65
1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
RA
59
RA
58
RA
27
1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
VPL5 VPL5 VPL5
1234
8765
RA54
R64
R65261 CS0
260 IRO1259 IRO2258 IRO3257 IRO4
256 IRO5
TP10
RA351234
8765
15141312
15141312
RA431234
8765
111098
111098
RA471234
8765
7654
7654
RA501234
8765
3210
3210
U17
$001 A (004-03B) (008-01G) (009-01G)$002 CPUD (004-03A) (008-01D) (009-01D)
(010-12B)
MD (15:0)
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2A3/4Memory copy PCB 3/12
3-7-28
GPL5
VDD17VDD16
DRAMD24DRAMD23DRAMD25DRAMD22
GND26VDD15
DRAMD26DRAMD21DRAMD27DRAMD20
GND25VDD14
DRAMD28DRAMD19DRAMD29DRAMD18
GND24GND23
DRAMD30DRAMD17DRAMD31DRAMD16
GND22DRAS5BDRAS4BDRAS3BDRAS2BDRAS1BDRAS6B
GND21DA4DA3DA5DA2
GND20GND19VDD13VDD12
DA6DA1DA7DA0DA8DA9
GND18DOEBDWEB
DCASHBDCASLB
GND17DRAMD8DRAMD7DRAMD9DRAMD6
GND16GND15
DRAMD10DRAMD5
DRAMD11DRAMD4
GND14VDD11
DRAMD12DRAMD3
DRAMD13DRAMD2
GND13VDD10
DRAMD14DRAMD1
DRAMD15DRAMD0
VDD9VDD8
1521511501491481471461451441431421411401391381371361351341331321311301291281271261251241231221211201191181171161151141131121111101091081071061051041031021011009998979695949392919089888786858483828180797877
150149148147
144143142141
138137136135
132131130129
127126125124123122
120119118117
112111110109108107
105104103102
100999897
94939291
88878685
82818079
VDD26VDD27SMLLDSMLDEBSMGHDEBSMGLDEBSMGDIPVDD28SRAS30BSRAS31BSRAS32BSRAS33BSCAS30BSCAS31BGND47RAMCSHBRAMCSLBRAMDEBGND48GND49CLKGND50RAMWEBRDMCSBRDEMCEBVDD29IRDALLBIRD5BIRD4BIRD3BIRD2BIRD1BCS0BGND51CPUD0CPUD1VDD30VDD31GND52GND53CPUD2CPUD3GND54CPUD4CPUD5VDD32GND55CPUD6CPUD7VDD33GND56CPUD8CPUD9GND57CPUD10CPUD11GND58GND59CPUD12CPUD13GND60CPUD14CPUD15GND61A24A25A26A27A28A29A30A31A0DSACKBVDD34VDD35
229230231232233234235236237238239240241242243244245246247248249250251252253254255256257258259260261262263264265266267268269270271272273274275276277278279280281282283284285286287288289290291292293294295296297298299300301302303304
233234235
249
251252253
256257258259260261
263264
269270
272273
276277
280281
283284
287288
290291
293294295296297298299300301302
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76
3 4 5 6 8 9 13 15 16 17 18 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 41 43 44 46 47 48 50 51 53 54 55 56 59 60 61 62 64 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 74
GN
D46
GN
D45
SW
EB
GN
D44
SR
AS
21B
SR
AS
11B
SR
AS
20B
SR
AS
10B
VD
D25
SC
AS
21B
SC
AS
11B
SC
AS
20B
SC
AS
10B
GN
D43
SR
AS
22B
SR
AS
12B
SR
AS
23B
SR
AS
13B
GN
D42
VD
D24
SA
9G
ND
41S
A8
GN
D40
SA
7G
ND
39V
DD
23S
A10
GN
D38
SA
6G
ND
37S
A5
GN
D36
SA
4G
ND
35S
A3
GN
D34
GN
D33
VD
D22
VD
D21
SA
2G
ND
32S
A1
GN
D31
SA
0G
ND
30V
DD
20Q
2CD
WR
BQ
2CD
RD
BQ
2CD
AC
KB
Q2C
DR
DQ
2PD
WR
BQ
2PD
RD
BQ
2DA
CK
BQ
2PD
RQ
Q2H
INT
RG
ND
29V
DD
19Q
2HW
RB
Q2H
RD
BQ
2HC
SB
VD
D18
Q1C
DW
RB
Q1C
DR
DB
Q1C
DA
CK
BQ
1CD
RQ
Q1P
DW
RB
Q1P
DR
DB
Q1P
DA
CK
BQ
1PO
RQ
Q1H
INT
RQ
1HW
RB
Q1W
RD
BQ
1MC
SB
GN
D28
GN
D27
228
227
226
225
224
223
222
221
220
219
218
217
216
215
214
213
212
211
210
209
208
207
206
205
204
203
202
201
200
199
198
197
196
195
194
193
192
191
190
189
188
187
186
185
184
183
182
181
180
179
178
177
176
175
174
173
172
171
170
169
168
167
166
165
164
163
162
161
160
159
158
157
156
155
154
153
226
224
223
222
221
219
218
217
216
214
213
212
211
208
206
204
201
199
197
195
193
188
186
184
181
180
179
178
177
176
175
174
173
170
169
168
166
165
164
163
162
161
160
159
158
157
156
155
GN
D1
GN
D2
RD
BW
RS
IZE
1S
IZE
0A
SB
VD
D1
A1
A2
SM
CA
MC
SIN
A3
SO
UT
A4
A5
A6
A7
VD
D2
GN
D3
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
A20
A21
A22
A23
VD
D3
VD
D4
GN
D4
GN
D5
RC
KG
ND
6V
D1
VD
2V
DD
5R
CK
EN
BM
CP
SE
LBM
RE
VD
INM
RE
VD
OU
TP
WS
YN
CB
RV
SIB
GN
D7
ID0
ID1
ID2
ID3
VD
D6
GN
D8
ID4
ID5
ID6
ID7
GN
D9
WC
KG
ND
10M
RE
10W
VS
1BW
RE
AD
YB
RR
EA
DY
BA
CK
EN
GA
CK
MC
PS
ET
MC
PB
VD
D7
RE
SE
TB
GN
D11
GN
D12
C62
C61
C43
C41
C63
C51
C42
C50
C49R58
VCC3
L59
L69
L68
L60
$001 MCP2AC (001-13B) (002-02A) (004-03B)(005-03B) (006-03B) (007-01B)(008-01B) (009-01B) (010-02H)(011-04F) (011-13I) (011-13F)
MCP2AC (304:1)$004
U16
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2A3/4Memory copy PCB 4/12
3-7-29
VPL5
L38
C7
C12R17
123456789
1011121314
151387654321
8910
2827262524232221201918171615
149
1012
11
1514131211
U4
VPL5
L47
C30
C33R43
123456789
1011121314
151387654321
012
2827262524232221201918171615
149
1012
11
76543
U11
VPL5
L39
C6
C8R15
123456789
1011121314151617181920
15141312111098
76543210
VCCA17A16A15A14A13A12A11A10A9
GND2A8A7A6A5A4A3A2A1A0
VPPCE0D15D14D13D12D11D10D9D8GND1D7D6D5D4D3D2D1D0OE0
4039383736353433323130292827262524232221
181716151413121110
987654321
U1
VCCWE_A13A8A9
A11OE_A10CE_IO8IO7IO6IO5IO4
A14A12A7A6A5A4A3A2A1A0IO1IO2IO3GND
VCCWE_A13A8A9
A11OE_A10CE_IO8IO7IO6IO5IO4
A14A12A7A6A5A4A3A2A1A0IO1IO2IO3GND
RA171234
8765
0123
30189131516171821222324252627282930313233343536293294295296297298299300
263264269270
272273276277
280281283284
287288290291
A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10A11A12A13A14A15A16A17A18A19A20A21A22A23A24A25A26A27A28A29A30A31
CPUD0CPUD1CPUD2CPUD3
CPUD4CPUD5CPUD6CPUD7
CPUD8CPUD9CPUD10CPUD11
CPUD12CPUD13CPUD14CPUD15
0123
0123456789
10111213141516171819202122232425262728293031
RA181234
8765
4567
4567
RA71234
8765
891011
89
10.11
RA81234
8765
12131415
12131415
0123
4567
89
1011
12131415
244245246251
RAMCSH_RAMCSL_RAMOE_RAMWF_
252253
ROMCSROMOF
RA521234
8765
RA4612
43
$001CPUD (15:0)
A (31:0)
MCP2AC (304:1)
(002-15F)
(003-15A)
SD (15:0)
$001 CPUD (002-02H) (008-01D) (009-01D)(010-12B)
TP4 TP5 TP3 TP1
TP2 TP6
GPL5GPL5
GPL5
GPL5
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2A3/4Memory copy PCB 5/12
3-7-30
RA631234
8765
RA621234
8765
RA611234
8765
208206204
SA9SA8SA7
987
201199197195
SA10SA6SA5SA4
10654
193188186184
SA3SA2SA1SA0
3210
RA641234
8765
223221213211
SRAS11_SRAS10_SRAS12_SRAS13_
1023
RA7112
34
216218
226
SCAS10_SCAS11_
SWE_
01
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
0
1
2
3
0
1
SM1A0
SM1A1
SM1A2
SM1A3
SM1A4
SM1A5
SM1A6
SM1A7
SM1A8
SM1A9
SM1A10
SM1RAS0_
SM1RAS1_
SM1RAS2_
SM1RAS3_
SM1CAS0_
SM1CAS0_
SM1CAS1_
SM1CAS1_
SM1WE_
SM1VCC
SM1VCC
SM1VCC
SM1D8
SM1D24
SM1D9
SM1D25
SM1D10
SM1D26
SM1D11
SM1D27
SM1D12
SM1D28
SM1D29
SM1D13
SM1D30
SM1D14
SM1D31
SM1D15
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
1
39
72
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
28
31
32
19
44
45
34
33
40
43
41
42
47
10
30
59
SM1GND
SM1GND
SM1GND
R80
C85
C86
C88
C87
CE
11
CE
10
CE
9
+++
VPL5
L5
F3
8
24
9
25
10
26
11
27
12
28
29
13
30
14
31
15
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
60
61
62
63
64
65
SM1D0
SM1D16
SM1D1
SM1D17
SM1D2
SM1D18
SM1D3
SM1D19
SM1D4
SM1D20
SM1D5
SM1D21
SM1D6
SM1D22
SM1D7
SM1D23
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
9
16
1
17
2
18
3
19
4
20
5
21
6
22
7
23
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
(003-15A) MCP2AC (304:1)
$001SIMMD (31:0)
SIMM SLOT1
$001 SIMMD (006-14H) (008-16B) (010-02B)
LSA1 (10:0)
SRAS1 (3:0)
SCAS1 (1:0)
R66
GPL5
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2A3/4Memory copy PCB 6/12
3-7-31
RA851234
8765
RA841234
8765
RA831234
8765
208205204
SA9SA8SA7
987
201199197195
SA10SA6SA5SA4
10654
193188186184
SA3SA2SA1SA0
3210
RA651234
8765
224222214212
SRAS21_SRAS20_SRAS22_SRAS23_
1023
RA7012
43
217219
SCAS20_SCAS21_
SWE_
01
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
0
1
2
3
0
1
SM2A0
SM2A1
SM2A2
SM2A3
SM2A4
SM2A5
SM2A6
SM2A7
SM2A8
SM2A9
SM2A10
SM2RAS0_
SM2RAS1_
SM2RAS2_
SM2RAS3_
SM2CAS0_
SM2CAS0_
SM2CAS1_
SM2CAS1_
SM2WE_
SM2VCC
SM2VCC
SM2VCC
SM2D8
SM2D24
SM2D9
SM2D25
SM2D10
SM2D26
SM2D11
SM2D27
SM2D12
SM2D28
SM2D29
SM2D13
SM2D30
SM2D14
SM2D31
SM2D15
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
1
39
72
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
28
31
32
19
44
45
34
33
40
43
41
42
47
10
30
59
SM2GND
SM2GND
SM2GND
R79
C79
C80
C82
C81
CE
8
CE
7
CE
6
+++
VPL5
L4
F2
8
24
9
25
10
26
11
27
12
28
29
13
30
14
31
15
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
60
61
62
63
64
65
SM2D0
SM2D16
SM2D1
SM2D17
SM2D2
SM2D18
SM2D3
SM2D19
SM2D4
SM2D20
SM2D5
SM2D21
SM2D6
SM2D22
SM2D7
SM2D23
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
0
16
1
17
2
18
3
19
4
20
5
21
6
22
7
23
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
(003-15A) MCP2AC (304:1)
$001SIMMD (31:0)
SIMM SLOT2
$001 SIMMD (005-14H) (008-16B) (010-02B)
R67
SRAS2 (3:0)
LSA2 (10:0)
SCAS2 (1:0)
GPL5
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2A3/4Memory copy PCB 7/12
3-7-32
D1D2D3D4D5D6D7D8D9D10D11D12D13D14D15D16LCAS0UCAS0RAS0OE0W0
2345789
1033343536383940413130142913
16171819202122232425262728293031
VSS1VCC1VSS2VCC2VSS3VCC3
A9A8A7A6A5A4A3A2A1A0
NC1NC2NC3NC4NC5
4213762221282726252423201918171112151632
9876543210
R57 C55
C58
L67
D1D2D3D4D5D6D7D8D9D10D11D12D13D14D15D16LCAS0UCAS0RAS0OE0W0
2345789
1033343536383940413130142913
0123456789101112131415
VSS1VCC1VSS2VCC2VSS3VCC3
A9A8A7A6A5A4A3A2A1A0
NC1NC2NC3NC4NC5
4213762221282726252423201918171112151632
9876543210
R47 C35
C38
L58
5
4
U20
U15
D1D2D3D4D5D6D7D8D9D10D11D12D13D14D15D16LCAS0UCAS0RAS0OE0W0
2345789
1033343536383940413130142913
16171819202122232425262728293031
VSS1VCC1VSS2VCC2VSS3VCC3
A9A8A7A6A5A4A3A2A1A0
NC1NC2NC3NC4NC5
4213762221282726252423201918171112151632
9876543210
R56 C54
C57
L66
D1D2D3D4D5D6D7D8D9D10D11D12D13D14D15D16LCAS0UCAS0RAS0OE0W0
2345789
1033343536383940413130142913
0123456789101112131415
VSS1VCC1VSS2VCC2VSS3VCC3
A9A8A7A6A5A4A3A2A1A0
NC1NC2NC3NC4NC5
4213762221282726252423201918171112151632
9876543210
R48 C36
C39
L57
3
2
U19
U14
D1D2D3D4D5D6D7D8D9D10D11D12D13D14D15D16LCAS0UCAS0RAS0OE0W0
2345789
1033343536383940413130142913
16171819202122232425262728293031
VSS1VCC1VSS2VCC2VSS3VCC3
A9A8A7A6A5A4A3A2A1A0
NC1NC2NC3NC4NC5
4213762221282726252423201918171112151632
9876543210
R55 C53
C56
L63
D1D2D3D4D5D6D7D8D9D10D11D12D13D14D15D16LCAS0UCAS0RAS0OE0W0
2345789
1033343536383940413130142913
0123456789101112131415
VSS1VCC1VSS2VCC2VSS3VCC3
A9A8A7A6A5A4A3A2A1A0
NC1NC2NC3NC4NC5
4213762221282726252423201918171112151632
9876543210
R46 C34
C37
L56
1
0
U18
U13
RA728765
1234
31302928
31302928
RA738765
1234
27262524
27262524
RA748765
1234
23222120
23222120
RA758765
1234
19181716
19181716
RA768765
1234
15141312
15141312
RA778765
1234
111098
111098
RA788765
1234
7654
7654
RA798765
1234
3210
3210
RA
371 2 3 4
31 30 29 28
8 7 6 5
VPL5
RA
381 2 3 4
27 26 25 24
8 7 6 5
VPL5
RA
391 2 3 4
23 22 21 20
8 7 6 5
VPL5
RA
401 2 3 4
19 18 17 16
8 7 6 5
VPL5
RA
131 2 3 4
15 14 13 12
8 7 6 5
VPL5
RA
141 2 3 4
11 10 9 8
8 7 6 5
VPL5
RA
151 2 3 4
7 6 5 4
8 7 6 5
VPL5
RA
161 2 3 4
3 2 1 0
8 7 6 5
VPL5
RA601234
8765
150149148147
DRAMD24DRAMD23DRAMD25DRAMD22
24232522
RA571234
8765
144143142141
DRAMD26DRAMD21DRAMD27DRAMD20
26212720
RA551234
8765
138137136135
DRAMD28DRAMD19DRAMD29DRAMD18
28192918
RA511234
8765
132131130129
DRAMD30DRAMD17DRAMD31DRAMD16
30173116
RA281234
8765
100999897
DRAMD8DRAMD7DRAMD9DRAMD6
8796
RA251234
8765
94939291
DRAMD10DRAMD5DRAMD11DRAMD4
105
114
RA211234
8765
88878685
DRAMD12DRAMD3DRAMD13DRAMD2
123
132
RA201234
8765
RA441234
8765
RA301234
8765
RA33
RA36
1234
8765
RA421234
8765
RA48
12
43
12
43
82818079
DRAMD14DRAMD1DRAMD15DRAMD0
127126
DRAS5DRAS4
125124123122
DRAS3DRAS2DRAS1DRAS0
105104103102
DOE_DWE_DCASH_DCASL_
110109108107
DRAMA7DRAMA0DRAMA8DRAMA9
112111
DRAMA6DRAMA1
120119118117
DRAMA4DRAMA3DRAMA5DRAMA2
141
150
54
3210
7089
61
4352
VPL5
+ ++
GPL5
L3
F1
CE
3
CE
5
CE
4DRAS_ (5:0)
DD (31:0)MCP2AC (304:1) QDD (31:0)
GPL5
GPL5
GPL5
GPL5
GPL5
GPL5
LDA (9:0)
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2A3/4Memory copy PCB 8/12
3-7-33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
GN
D1
PD
0P
D1
PD
2P
D3
PD
4V
DD
1G
ND
2P
D5
PD
6P
D7
PD
8P
D9
VD
D2
GN
D3
PD
10P
D11
PD
12P
D13
PD
14V
DD
3G
ND
4P
D15
PD
16P
D17
PD
18P
D19
VD
D4
GN
D5
PD
20P
D21
PD
22P
D23
PD
24V
DD
5G
ND
6
727170696867666564636261605958575655545352515049484746454443424140393837
7654
3210
313029
28272625
169161160
159
Q1PDWR_Q1PDRD_
Q1PDACK_
Q1PDRD
VDD11CD7CD6CD5CD4
GND11VDD10
CD3CD2CD1CD0
GND10VDD9
RXCKDRVIDSVID
PXCKPTIM
PRDYGND9VDD8
PDWRPDRDPDAKPDRQGND8VDD7PD31PD30PD29GND7VDD6PD28PD27PD26PD25
108
107
106
105
104
103
102
101
100
99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CD
RQ
GN
D17
VD
D16
CD
31C
D30
CD
29C
D28
GN
D16
VD
D15
CD
27C
D26
CD
25C
D24
CD
23G
ND
15V
DD
14C
D22
CD
21C
D20
CD
19C
D18
GN
D14
VD
D13
CD
17C
D16
CD
15C
D14
CD
13G
ND
13V
DD
12C
D12
CD
11C
D10
CD
9C
D8
GN
D12
109110111112113114115116117118119120121122123124125126127128129130131132133134135136137138139140141142143144
01234
567
157156155
Q1HWR_Q1HRD_Q1HCS_ 1
234
CDAKCDRDCDWRINTRVDD17GND18HD0HD1HD2HD3HD4VDD18GND19HD5HD6HD7TEST0TEST1VDD19GND20MCLKVDD20GND21RESETHRDHWRHCSVDD21GND22HA0HA1HA2HA3TOUT1TOUT2VDD22
RA1058765
1234
31302928
31302928
RA1038765
1234
27262524
27262524
RA1018765
1234
23222120
23222120
RA988765
1234
19181716
19181716
RA1048765
1234
15141312
15141312
RA1028765
1234
111098
111098
RA1008765
1234
7654
7654
RA998765
1234
3210
3210
SIMMD (31:0)
VPL5
R76
R74
R69
R68
RA808765
1234
C71
L75
C77
L76
C78
L77
C66
L70
C76
R75
VPL5
L80
L82
R82
GPL5
C91
C90
1
2
DE
GND
4
3
VCC
OUT
(007-16B) (009:01H)
(002-15F)
QDD (31:0)
A (31:0)
(001-13C)RST_
$001
(003-15A)
CPUD (15:0)
MCP2AC (304:1)
GPL5
VPL5
$002
QSD (31:0)(009-15B)
QMCLK(009-01J)
X 4
RA681234
8765
RA691234
8765
166165164
158
Q1CDWR_Q1CDRD_Q1CDACK_
Q1HINTR
163 Q1CDRQ R78
R77
$001 CPUD (002-02H) (004-03A) (009-01D)(010-12B)
$002 SIMMD (005-14H) (006-14H) (010-02B)
U25
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2A3/4Memory copy PCB 9/12
3-7-34
U26
727170696867666564636261605958575655545352515049484746454443424140393837
109110111112113114115116117118119120121122123124125126127128129130131132133134135136137138139140141142143144
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
108
107
106
105
104
103
102
101
100
99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
7654
3210
313029
28272625
VDD11CD7CD6CD5CD4
GND11VDD10
CD3CD2CD1CD0
GND10VDD9
PXCKDRVIDSVID
PXCKPTIM
PRDYGND9VDD8
PDWRPDRDPDAKPDRQGND8VDD7PD31PD30PD29GND7VDD6PD28PD27PD26PD25
CDAKCDRDCDWRINTRVDD17GND18HD0HD1HD2HD3HD4VDD18GND19HD5HD6HD7TEST0TEST1VDD19GND20MCLKVDD20GND21RESETHRDHWRHCSVDD21GND22HA0HA1HA2HA3TOUT1TOUT2VDD22
GND
1PD
OPD
1PD
2PD
3PD
4VD
D1G
ND2
PD5
PD6
PD7
PD8
PD9
VDD2
GND
3PD
10PD
11PD
12PD
13PD
14VD
D3G
ND4
PD15
PD16
PD17
PD18
PD19
VDD4
GND
5PD
20PD
21PD
22PD
23PD
24VD
D5GN
D6
CDRQ
GND
17VD
D16
CD31
CD30
CD29
CD28
GND
16VD
D15
CD27
CD26
CD25
CD24
CD23
GND
15VD
D14
CD22
CD21
CD20
CD19
CD18
GND
14VD
D13
CD17
CD16
CD15
CD14
CD13
GND
13VD
D12
CD12
CD11
CD10
CD9
CD8
GND1
2
(003-15A)MCP 2AC (304:1)
178 Q2CDRQR88
173 Q2HINTRR86
170 Q2HWR_169 Q2HRD_168 Q2HCS_
181 Q2CDWR_180 Q2CDRD_179 Q2CDACK_
1234
8765
RA82
1234
8765
RA81
01234
567
1234
$001
$001 CPUD (002-02H) (004-03A) (008-01D) (010-12B)
CPUD (15:0)
A (31:0)
QDD (31:0)
QMCLK
(011-13C)
(002-15F)
(008-15J)
RST_
1234
1234
1234
31302928
27262524
23222120
19181716
15141312
111098
7654
3210
3210
7654
111098
15141312
19181716
23222120
31302928
27262524
1234
8765
8765
8765
1234
8765
1234
8765
1234
8765
1234
8765
1234
8765
1234
8765
8765
RA66
RA67
Q2HINTRQ2PDRDQ2CDRD
173174178
Q2PDWR_Q2PDRD_
Q2PDACK_
177176175
174
VPL5
VPL5
VPL5
VPL5
R87
R85
R83
R81
GPL5
C83
L78
L83
L81
L79
C93
C92
C84
R84
C89
(008-09A)SIMMD (31:0)
Q2PDRD
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2A3/4Memory copy PCB 10/12
3-7-35
$001SIMMD (31:0)
MCP 2AC (304:1)(003-15A)
31302928
27262524
23222120
19181716
15141312
111098
7654
3210
3210
7654
111098
15141312
19181716
23222120
27262524
31302928
1234
8765
1234
8765
1234
8765
1234
8765
1234
8765
1234
8765
1234
8765
1234
8765
8765
1234
RA97
RA95
RA92
RA90
RA96
RA94
RA93
RA91
RA56235 SMGDIR234 SMGLOE_233 SMGHOE_
C70
C68
C69
C67
L74
L71
L73
L72
C75
C72
C74
C73
R73
R70
R72
R71
3130292827262524
2322212019181716
1817161514131211
1817161514131211
1817161514131211
1817161514131211
15141312111098
15141312111098
15141312111098
76543210
76543210
76543210
23456789
10
23456789
10
23456789
10
23456789
10
U24
U21
U23
U22
A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7
GND
A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7
GND
A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7
GND
A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7
GND
B0B1B2B3B4B5B6B7
B0B1B2B3B4B5B6B7
B0B1B2B3B4B5B6B7
B0B1B2B3B4B5B6B7
20
20
20
20
_OET_R
_OET_R
_OET_R
_OET_R
191
191
191
191
BCD (15:0)BSD (31:0)
VPL5
$002CPUD (15:0)
Vcc
Vcc
Vcc
Vcc
GPL5
15141312
111098
7654
3210
3210
7654
111098
15141312
1234
8765
1234
8765
8765
1234
8765
1234
RA86
RA89
RA87
RA88
$001 SIMMD (005-14H) (006-14H) (008-16B)$002 CPUD (002-02H) (004-03A) (008-01D) (009-01D)
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2A3/4Memory copy PCB 11/12
3-7-36
+
GPL5
GPL5
GPL5
GPL5
GPL5
2
3
1
S1R25
R29
R40
R39
L53
L46
L48
L50
L52
R45
R51
RCK
R44
R30
L49
L51
L55
L54C27
C28
C31
C29
C32
R28
R6
R14
R23R16
VPL5
VPL5
VCC3
VCC3
VCC3VPL5
VPL5
VPL5
VCC3
2 5
6
4
4
1
1
2
3
U5
D
CLK
Q
_Q
_PRE
_CLR
CT3U3
1234
8765
reset at 2.07V
CTVSCOUTCGND
RES_VS
VSB-RI_VCC
RST_
RST_
74 (003-15A)MCP 2AC (304:1)
(001-13F)iRESET_
(003-15A)MCP 2AC (304:1)
46 RCKEN 1
2
1
2
4
3
4
3
X2
X1
DE
GND
DE
GND
VCC
OUT
VCC
OUT
41 (003-15A)
(003-15A)
(002-02C)
(001-13D)
MCP 2AC (304:1)
MCP 2AC (304:1)
iRCK2
CPUCLKD
CLK
Q
_Q
_PRE
_CLR
U6
12 9
8
10
13
11
U6
TP11CLK 249
$001 RST_ (002-02C) (008-01F) (009-01F)
$001
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2A3/4Memory copy PCB 12/12
3-7-37
+ + + +
VPL5
GPL5
L42
C19
R33
C23
14
7
VCC
GND
U6
VPL5
GPL5
L41
C17
R32
C21
20
10
VCC
GND
U8
VCC3
GPL5
L43
C20
R37
C24
20
10
VCC
GND
U7
VCC3
GPL5
L44
C22
R34
C25
20
10
VCC
GND
U9
VCC3
GPL5GPL5
GPL5 GPL5
L45
L40
C18
C16
R35
C26
20
10
VCC
GND
U10
VPL5
GPL5
C40
5
3
VCC
GND
U12
VPL5
VPL5
GPL5
C15
5
3
VCC
GND
U5
B2P-VH
E 5.1 V
G (5 V)
1
2
CN2
CN2
L2
L1
CE1 CT1 CT2 CE2C2
C4
C5
C94
C1
R2
C3
R4
1
3 2
U2
VIN VOUTGND
VCC3 VPL5
R89
R90
R1
R3
FG1 FG3
FG4
GPL5 GMI5
FG2GPL5 GMI5
GPL5
GPL5
GMI5
GMI5
GND1
GPL5
GND2
GPL5
GND3
GPL5
GND4
GPL5
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2A3/4Scanner motor PCB
3-7-38
+
L6
C17 C18
R7 C12
C16
C20
C23
TP1
C15
IC1
R6R5R4
C11
C22
C10JP2JP1R3R2
R10
R1
R8
D1
DT1
R9
B C
E
89
101112131415161718
JP5JP4
C9C8
C7
C21 C19
L5CN6-6
CN6-5
+
C24 C27 C25
C26
JP7
JP6
JP8
JP9
C28
CN6-4
CN6-3
+
C29 C32 C30
L24V
C31 C34
JP10
JP3
JP13
JP11
JP12
JP14 JP15P G(L)
CN6-2
CN6-1
CN3-4CN3-3
CN3-5CN3-6
CN2-5CN2-2
CN7-2CN4-1
CN5-3CN7-5
CN7-4CN7-1
CN5-1CN1-1
CN4-3
CN1-12CN1-13SM Vref
SM M1SM M2SM M3SM M4SM M5SM CLKSM CWB
SM ASM _ASM BSM _B
SM COMSM COM
SM RET
SM ENABLE
CN1-10CN1-9
CN1-11
CN1-7 CN1-8
CN1-5
CN1-4
CN1-6
+
CN2-6CN2-4
CN2-1CN2-3
+
6521
192021
22
7
34
NO MOUNT
5V5V5V5V
GGGGG
24 V24 V24 V
GG
G (24 V)G (24 V)
5.1 V
G (5 V)
24 V
VrefM1M2M3M4M5CLKCWB_RESRETEN
A_AB
_B
MOIMO1MO2
PGPG
SG
VDD
L2
C4
CN4-2 CN1-2SHPSW SHPSW
L4
C14
CN5-2 CN1-14ODSW ODSW
L1
C6
C36 C33
C35
CN7-3 CN1-16OSD1 OSD1
L3
C13
CN7-6 CN1-15OSD2 OSD2
L7DT2
CN1-3 CN3-2CN3-1
EL ON REMEL ONEL ONB C
E
C2 C3
C1
C5
S
S
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G S G
S G S G
S GS G
S
S
S
F G(1) F G(2) F G(2)
P G(M)
P G(M)
P G(L)
P G(L)
P G(M)P G(M)
P G(L)
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
E
E
2A3/4
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3-7-14
CCD PCB
A GA G
F5
F8
F7
F9
F10
F11
F12
F13
F14
F15
F16
F17
F18
R20
R18
R22
R23
R24
R19R21R11R10
R3
R29
R33
R34
R35
F19
R37
R36
R31
R25
R27
R2R
32R
28
F6
R30
C22
C21
R26
C20 C11
C13
C12
R4
C19
IC5
IC4
IC2
C9
C23
R9
C1
C10
C6
C8
TR1
TR2
IC5
IC4
RA1
R1
C3
C4
C15
C16
C14
C1R
8
R14
C7
C5
F4 R17
F1
F3
F2
IC1 IC2 IC3
141311121619
1510
41235
1113168
6
2
837
21671091415
181020926327228112
781314152122
12
34
8
5
12
34
8
5
6
7
6 4,5
7
A G
A G
A G
A G
A G
A G
A G
+
+
S
S
S
C17
C18
CN1-1 ΦCLK +
ΦCLK –
ΦRS –
ΦCLP –
ΦSHIFT –
5 V
5 V
5 V
ΦRS +
ΦCLP +
ΦSHIFT +
CN1-2
CN1-3
CN1-4
CN1-5
CN1-6
CN1-7
CN1-8
CN1-9
CN1-10
CN1-11
CN2-1 VO_O+
VO_E+
+12V
G(Analog)
G(Analog)
VO_O–
VO_E–
CN2-2
CN2-3
CN2-4
CN2-5
CN2-6
CN2-7
A G
A G
A G
A G
A G
+
+
A G A G
VDDVDDVDDVDD
VGG
VOUT_EVEN
VOUT_ODD
GNDGNDGND
CP1_EVENCP1_ODD
CP2_EVENCP2_ODD
CP_LH_EVENCP_LH_ODD
CP_RS_EVENCP_RS_ODD
CP_CLP_EVENCP_CLP_ODD
CP_ROC
NCNCNCNCNCNCNC
CK_out_CK_outCK_out_CK_out2B_out_2B_outRS_outCP_outSH_out
CK_in
2B_in
RS_inCP_inSH_in
ENENDO1DO2DO3DO4VCCGND
DI1+DI1–DI2+DI2–DI3+DI3–DI4+DI4–
FBPVINVREFFBN
FBPVINVREFFBN
A G
R13
R16
R15
R5
R7
R6
R12
3-7-39
E
E
2A3/4
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3-7-15
S
S
S GS G
S
S
S G
CN6-B2
CN6-B5
CN3-15
4
1C
2C
1B
E
2B
1
3
2
CN3-2
S
S
S GS G
S
S
S G
CN6-A5
CN6-A14
CN3-35
4
1C
2C
1B
E
2B
1
3
2
CN3-4
OSSW
OFSW
OSBSW
DFTSW
S
S
S
5
4
1C
2C
1B
E
2B
1
3
2
S S
S GS G
CN6-A11 CN3-5 OSLSW
CN3-9 CN6-B9
CN3-10 CN6-B7
CN6-A8
OSSW
OFSW
OSBSW
OFTSW
OSLSW
OSLEDPCB (GN)
OSLEDPCB (RED)
OSWSW CN3-8
OSLEDPCB (GN)
OSLEDPCB (RED)
OSWSW
CN1-1CN1-2
24 V24 V
CN4-2 24 V(VEN)
**
* *
*
**
C
E
B
CN1-4CN1-3
PGPG
CN1-6CN1-5
N.C.N.C.
N.C.N.C.
P G
+
CN1-7CN1-8
5 V 5 V
CN1-10CN1-9
SGSG
+
+
S
VIN VOUT
ADJ
G
S G
CN6-A9 5 VCN6-A12 5 VCN6-A15 5 VCN6-B1 5 VCN6-B4 5 VCN6-A6 5 V
CN5-A1 24 VCN4-124 (VEN)CN5-A4 24 VCN5-A6 24 VCN5-B7 24 VCN5-B9 24 VCN5-B11 24 V
CN6-B10 5 VCN6-B13 5 V
CN6-B8 SGCN6-A7 SGCN6-A10 SGCN6-A13 SG
CN6-A1 N.C.
CN3-11CN6-A2 N.C.CN6-A3 N.C.CN3-14 N.C.
CN6-B3 SGCN6-B6 SGCN6-A4 SGCN6-B12 SGCN6-B15 SGS G
S G
CN2-17
*
*
*
*
*
*
CN5-B8
CN2-19 CN5-A7
CN2-20 CN5-A5
CN2-21CN5-A2
S
S5
4
1C
2C
1B
E
2B
1
3
2 P G
CN2-22CN5-A3
P G
CN2-15CN5-B12
P GS G
CN2-16CN5-B13
SBFSSOL
EFSSOL
OFCL
SBPSOL1
SBPSOL2
OFSOL1
OFSOL2
P GS G
R
S
S G
S
S
CN4-3
CN4-4
SBFSSOL
EFSSOL
OFCL
SBPSOL1
SBPSOL2
OFSOL 1
OFSOL2
DFSSW2
DFSSW1
CN3-75
4
1C
2C
1B
E
2B
1
3
2
CN3-6
DFSSW2
DFSSW1
P G
P G
S
CN2-6
CN2-7
CN2-9
CN2-10
CN2-1CN2-2CN2-3
CN5-A10CN5-A12CN5-A11CN5-A13
CN5-A9CN5-A8
CN2-4CN2-5
N.C.N.C.
CN2-8
Vref VDD
SG22
7
CWB
M1M2M3
A_AB
_BM4M5CLK
MO2
MO1MO1
EN
_RESRET
PGPG
652
192021
34
1
8
15
91011121314
18
1617S
S G
S G
+
S
S G
S G
S G
S G
C
E
B
P G
S
CN2-14
CN2-12CN2-13CN2-11
OCM Vref
OCM CWB
OCM RET
OCM ENABLE
OCM M1OCM M2OCM M3
OCM CLK
OFM ENABLE
DF SHORT
OFM CLKOFM RET
OFM CWB CN5-B3CN5-B5CN5-B4CN5-B6
CN5-B1CN5-B2
OCM AOCM AOCM BOCM B
OCM BCOM 24 V (VEN)OCM ACOM 24 V (VEN)
OFM AOFM AOFM BOFM B
OFM ACOM 24 V (VEN)OFM BCOM 24 V (VEN)
VDD10
CLKMODECWB A
ABB
BB
RST B
Vref GNDSP
543
111
2
9 8 7 6
12S G
+
SS
S G
S G
S G
C
E
BP G
++
S G
P G
S
S
COM
S G
14
7
S
S G
8
4
S G
P G
F G F G F G F G
R
R
R
R
* * * * * * * *
* Not installed
S G
S G
S G S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
DF driver PCB
3-7-40
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2A3/4
CN6-5L9
IC15
IC13 IC13
D2L8 R5 R7
C2
C3
11 10
6 5
5 6
R6
R8
IC15
IC13 IC13
D3
TR2
R9 R11
R150R148R149
R155R156
R158R159
R161
R165
R121
R163
R164
X1
C53 C52
L51
L34
L2
L1
D1
IC1
C1
C5
C6
L7
L32
R4
R153
R81R82
R80R36
R79R35
R43R42
R86R44
R88R87
R85 IC1815 4
R84 IC1814 5
R83 IC1813 6
R1 IC1812 7
R37 IC1817 2
R38 IC1818 1
R39
R2
R3
R19
R18
R16
0
L42
R16
7
R12
4
R12
2C
40
C41
L41
L25
R64
R16
2
R16
6
46
5
R17
IC18
IC15
16 3
IC10
172
L31 IC10
127
L30 IC10
136
L29 IC10
145
L3 IC10
154
L4 IC10
163
L5 IC10
181
L6 IC10
118
10 11
R41R40
R151R152
RA7
RA6
RA5
RA4
RA3
RA1
RA2
IC19
R154
TR1
1 2
2 1
9 8
R10
R12
L12
L10
L33
CN6-9
CN6-4
S GS G
S
CN6-6
CN6-1
MMI ERROR
MMI ACK
ENG ERROR MMI
ENG ACK MMI
N.C
CN2-15
CN3-1
CN2-7
CN2-6
CN2-5
CN3-4
CN3-3
CN3-2
CFL REM
AN1
AN1
AN0
EX
EY
AN0EYEX
A21A20
MPUCLKMPUCLK
_RDY
MPUCLK
_RD
_RD
_E
_WR
_WR
VCCHRESET
DIGKEY_R1
DIGKEY_L3
DIGKEY_L2
DIGKEY_L1
DIGKEY_R4
DIGKEY_R3
DIGKEY_R2
S G
S G
S G
S
S
S
S G
S G
S
S G
S GS G
S G
S
CN6-10
S G
S
S G
SCN4-4
CN6-7
CN6-8
RXD MMI
TXD MMI
G (5 V)
CN6-2 G (5 V)
CN6-11 G (5 V)
S
S G
S
VCC
G
S
S G
E
BC
CN2-10
CN3-5
CN2-9
CN2-8
CN3-8
CN3-7
CN3-13
CN2-16
CN2-17
CN3-14
5 V
5 V
5 V
CN2-18
CN3-6
SCAN_L3
SCAN_R1
SCAN_L2
SCAN_L1
SCAN_R4
SCAN_R3
SCAN_R2
CN2-14
S
S
CN6-3
BUZZER
N.C
RESET MMI
S G S GS G
S G
S S
E
B C
S
S G
S
VddGNDOUT
123 G
S
S
S
CN2-13
CN2-12
CN2-11
CN3-12
CN3-11
CN3-10
CN3-9
DIGLED_L4
DIGLED_L3
DIGLED_L2
DIGLED_L1
DIGLED_R4
DIGLED_R3
DIGLED_R2
DIGLED_R1
LED L4
LED L3
LED L2
LED L1
LED R4
LED R3
LED R2
LED R1
S G
S G
CN4-2
S G
S
S GE
E
B CB C
S G
S
S G
SCN4-1
S G
S G
CN4-3
X2 (IN)
X1 (OUT)
Y2 (IN)
Y1 (OUT)
S G
S
S GE
E
B CB C
S
S
S
S G
S
S
S G
S
S
S G
S G
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S G
123456789
101112131415161718192021222324252627282930
AN0P95/_INT3P94A22A21A20P90P67/TB2inP66/TB1inP65/TB0inP64/_INT2P63/_INT1P62/_INT0P61/TA4inP60/TA4outP57/TA3inP56/TA3outP55/TA2inP54/TA2outP53/TA1inP52/TA1outP51/TA0inP50/TA0outP47P46P45P44P43I_RDY
_HOLD
807978777675747372717069686766656463626160595857565554535251
A15A16A17A18
123
645
A0A1A2
E3_E1_E2
_O0_O1_O2_O3_O4_O5_O6_O7
15141312111097
A20A21
_ROM2_ROM3
A19
R73
R76
R77
R26
R28
R29
R20R32
R22
R62R67
R68
R70
R72 R71
R66R65
R61
6
5
4
A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10A11A12A13A14A15A16A17A18A19 D0D1D2D3D4D5D6D7
A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9
A10A11A12A13A14A15A16A17A18A19A23D0D1D2D3D4D5D6D7
P110
P111
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
LED
L4
LED
L3
LED
L2
LED
L1
LED
R4
LED
R3
LED
R2
LED
R1
100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81
AN
1P
72P
73P
74P
75P
76P
77 Vss
AV
ssV
ref
AV
ccV
ccP
80/C
TS
0P
81P
82/R
×D0
P83
/T×D
0P
84/_
INT
4P
85R
×D1
T×D
1
BY
TE
CN
Vss
_RE
SE
TX
inX
out
_RD
Vss
Vcc
_HLD
AA
LE_B
HE
_WR
P11
7P
116
P11
5P
114
P11
3P
112
_ROM1
_RD
A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10A11A12A13A14A15A16A17A18
R56R57R58R94R95R96R97R98R91R90R52R89R99R92R93R100R114R101R102
D0D1D2D3D4D5D6D7
A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10A11A12A13A14A15A16A17A18
D0D1D2D3D4D5D6D7
_CE_OE
VppVcc
GND
1314151718192021
2224
13216
12111098765
272623254
282932
3031
_ROM2
_RD
A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10A11A12A13A14A15A16A17A18
D0D1D2D3D4D5D6D7
A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10A11A12A13A14A15A16A17A18
D0D1D2D3D4D5D6D7
_CE_OE
VppVcc
GND
1314151718192021
2224
13216
12111098765
272623254
282932
3031
_ROM3
_RD
A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10A11A12A13A14A15A16A17A18
D0D1D2D3D4D5D6D7
R55R54R53R46R47R48R49R50
A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10A11A12A13A14A15A16A17A18
D0D1D2D3D4D5D6D7
_CE_OE
VppVcc
GND
1314151718192021
2224
13216
12111098765
272623254
282932
3031
_OE_CE_WEA0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10A11A12A13A14
Vcc
GND
I/O0I/O1I/O2I/O3I/O4I/O5I/O6I/O7
A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10A11A12A13A14
222027109876543
252421232
261
28
14
1112131516171819
D0D1D2D3D4D5D6D7
_WR_RAM
_RD
A_BUS
D_BUS
_RAM
_ROM1
_LCD
_VRAM
_E_E D Q
_Q
_PRE
_CLR
CLK
D Q
_Q
_PR
E_C
LR
CLK
_RDY
_READY
LCD CLK
R12
0
R11
9R
118
R11
7
R15
7 C51
C50
L40
R144
R142
R111
TR8 TR6
TR3
D8
D5
C47
C46 R14
3R
140
L47
L50
R146
R14 R13
IC13 IC13
IC15
R147
TR7 TR4
TR5
D6
D4
R11
0C
31
C30
D7
C49
C4
4 3
9 8
12 13
C48 R14
5
R15
R16
R14
1
L49
L48
L13
L11
L14
L35
R45
R11
2C
33
C32
L36
R45
IC12 IC14
R11
6C
39
C38
L39
R59
IC16
R63
R16
8
R12
3
R34
C18
L24
C17
IC9
IC4
IC6
IC19
10
9
8IC2
10
9
8
12
11
9
8
13
12
13
11
IC4
2
1
3IC3
R3310
9
8IC3
R272
1
3IC2
R255
4
6IC2
R31
10
12
1311
IC3
R24
5
4
6IC3
IC6 IC6
IC4IC7
IC7
Operation unit main PCB 1/2
3-7-41
E
E
2A3/4
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3-7-16
S
S G
S G
+
+
+
CN5-35.1 V
9
8
7
1
2
3
4
CN5-2G (5 V)
CN1-2
S10
9
10
9S G
CN1-95 V
NC
VA0VA1VA2VA3VA4VA5VA6VA7VA8VA9VA10VA11VA12VA13VA14
VA4VA5VA6VA7VA8VA9VA10VA11VA12VA13VA14
515253545556575859606162636465666768697071727374757677787980
VA4VA5VA6VA7VA8VA9VA10VA11VA12VA13VA14VA15_VCS4_VCS3_VCS2_VCS1_VCS0VD0VD1VD2VD3VD4VD5VD6VD7VD8VD9VD10VddVss
302928272625242322212019181716151413121110987654321
DB0AB15AB14AB13AB12AB11AB10AB9AB8AB7AB6AB5AB4AB3AB2AB1AB0
_BHEMPUSEL
RESETMPUCLK
READY_MEMRD_MEMWR_MEMCS
_IORD_IOWR_IOCS
VddVss
HRESET MPUCLK_READY
D0A15A14A13A12A11A10A9A8A7A6A5A4A3A2A1A0
81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100
VD
11V
D12
VD
13V
D14
VD
15LC
DE
NB
XS
CL
LP WF
YD
UD
0U
D1
UD
2U
D3
LD0
LD1
LD2
LD3
OS
C1
OS
C2
50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
VA
3V
A2
VA
1V
A0
__V
ME
DB
15D
B14
DB
13D
B12
DB
11D
B10
DB
9D
B8
DB
7D
B6
DB
5D
B4
DB
3D
B2
DB
1
VA
3V
A2
VA
1V
A0
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
22202710
9876543
25242123
226
1
28
14
1112131516171819
O0O1O2O3O4O5O6O7
O0O1O2O3O4O5O6O7
S
S G
S G_OE_CE_WE
A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9
A10A11A12A13A14
Vcc
GND
I/O0I/O1I/O2I/O3I/O4I/O5I/O6I/O7
S
S
Vdd
G
P G
+
+
CN1-14LCD. REM
CN1-10XSCL
CN1-11LP
CN1-12DIN
CN1-6XD0
CN1-5XD1
CN1-4XD2
CN1-3XD3
CN1-8G (5 V)
CN2-1
CN2-2 –23 V
CN1-13
S G
2
13
SS
S
CN5-424 V
S S
S G
SSS
S
S G
S
S G
CN5-1G (24 V)
D_BUS
A_BUS
P G
S
S
CN1-1
CN1-7
VEE(–23 V)
VLCD
–23 V
S G
Vdd
_LCD _WR _RD _VRAM
LCD
CLK
Vin+
_Control
Vin–
Filter
Vout
Vset
GND
CN2-4 CNT. VR
CN2-3
24 V
G (24 V)
Vcc
14
7
LS07
GND
Vcc
14
7
HC14
GND
Vcc
14
7
F74
GND
Vcc
14
7
F32
GND
Vcc
14
7
F32
GND
Vcc
14
7
F32
GND
Vcc
14
7
F32
GND
Vcc
14
7
F138
GND
Vcc
14
7
F08
GND
Vcc
14
7
F02
GND
R16
9
RA
8
R12
5
C55
C54
RA
10
RA9
RA11
RA12
RA13L43
L45
R134R128
R10
9
R137R131
R136R130
R135R129
R139R133
R138R132
R174R172
R173
L46
R171
IC17
13
1211
IC17
10
98
IC17
5
46
IC17
13
1211
IC17
10
98
IC17
5
46
IC17
2
13
IC17
C42
R12
6
C43 C29
L52
R103R104
L19
L18 FUSE1
L20
L17
C11
C14
L22
C25R78C26
IC8
IC11
L21
R105
R10
8
R10
7
R10
6
C28
C27
L27
C22
C21
R74
L23
C16
C15
R60
L26
C19
C20
R69
L16
C10
C13
C12
C9
R30
L15
C8
C7
R23
L44
C45
C44
R12
7L5
3
C57
C56
R17
0L2
8
C24
C23
R75
L37
C35
C34
R11
3L3
8
C37
C36
R11
5
Operation unit main PCB 2/2
3-7-42
E
E
2A3/4
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3-7-17
TB
CNB-1
CNB-2
CNB-3
CNB-4
CNB-5
CNB-6
CNB-7
CNB-8
CNB-13
CNB-14
R17
R7R8
TR4
R18
R19
R20
CNB-10
CNB-9
CNB-12
CNB-11
N.C.
DIG KEY_R1
KEY8
KEY9
KEY10
KEY11
D4 D5 D6 D7
KEY12
KEY13
KEY14
KEY15
KEY16
KEY17
KEY18
KEY19
KEY20
KEY21
KEY22
KEY23
DIG KEY_R2
DIG KEY_R3
DIG KEY_R4
SCAN_R1
SCAN_R2
SCAN_R3
SCAN_R4
BUZZER
BZ1
5 V
DIG LED_R2
DIG LED_R1
LED
17
LED
18
LED
19
LED
20
DIG LED_R4
DIG LED_R3
Operation unit right PCB
3-7-43
E
E
2A3/4
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3-7-18
Operation unit left PCB
CNA-5CNA-6CNA-7
CNA-8
TA
CNA-9
CNA-16CNA-18
CNA-11CNA-12CNA-13CNA-14
CNA-15
CNA-1
CNA-3
CNA-17
CNA-4CNA-2
CNC-1
CNC-4
CNT. VR–23 V
CNA-10
DIG KEY_L1DIG KEY_L2DIG KEY_L3
SCAN_L1SCAN_L2
5 VN.C
DIG LED_L1DIG LED_L2DIG LED_L3DIG LED_L4
CFL REM
24 V
G (24 V)
5 V
B2
R25
TH
1
R21
R29
R28
R13
R15
R22
R23
R30
R24
C2
C1
T1
12
7
4
3
2
1
5
R9
R1
TR1
R2R3
TR2
LED
1
LED
2
LED
3
LED
4
LED
5
LED
6
LED
7
LED
8
LED
9
LED
10
LED
11
LED
12
LED
13
LED
14
LED
15
LED
16
R4R5
TR3
R6
R10R11R12
R14
R26
R27
TR6
TR7
TR8
TR5
VR1
B1
L1
SCAN_L3
KEY1
KEY2
KEY4
KEY5
KEY6
KEY7
KEY3
D1 D2 D3
3-7-44
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2A3/4Deck main PCB
3-7-45
CN1-7 DLSW1
CN1-8 UPSW1
CN1-9 DLSW2
CN1-10 UPSW2
CN4-7 5 V
CN4-8 SG
CN1-11 PPSENS3
CN1-5 PESENS
CN1-6 PPSENS2
CN4-9 PPSENS1
CN4-10 N.C
CN1-1 LED CLK
CN2-1 +5 VCN2-2 SGCN2-3 PLDSENS1CN2-4 +5 VCN2-5 SGCN2-6 PLDSENS2
CN9-1 DECK TXDCN9-2 G (5 V)CN9-3 DECK RXDCN9-4 G (5 V)CN9-5 PFSW4*
CN1-4 DOSSW
CN4-11 SCSW
CN3-1 +5 VCN3-2 SGCN3-3 +24 VCN3-4 PG
CN12-1+24 VCN12-2PGCN12-3CM PWMCN12-4+5 VCN12-5CM CLK
CN4-12N.CCN4-1+24 VCN4-2+24 VCN4-6CCL
CN4-5PFCL2
CN4-4PFCL1
CN1-2N.C
CN4-3N.C
CN7-1PDM1CN7-2+24 VCN7-3+24 VCN7-4PDM2CN7-5+5 VCN7-6SGCN7-7PDMSENS1CN7-8+5 VCN7-9SGCN7-10PDMSENS2
+5 V
1
2R63
1
2R62
1
2R61
1
2R60
1 2R11
1 2R36
1 2R37
1 2R33
13 12IC6.6
A Y
A Y
A Y
A Y
9 8IC6.4
11 10IC6.5
5 6IC6.3
UPSW1
UPSW2
GROUND
1 2R42
1 2R41
1 2R40
1
2
R441
2
R461
2
R47
GROUND
A Y9 8IC9.4
A Y3 4IC9.2
A Y11 10IC9.5
A Y1 2IC9.1
A Y13 12IC9.6
1 2R39
1 2R38
1
2R48
1
2
R4513 12
IC5.6
11 10IC5.5
A Y
A Y
1
2
R531
2
R541
2
R591
2
R58
+5 V
GROUND
GROUND GROUND
1
2R15
C
EB
2
3
1Q14
1 2R50
1 2R51
1 2R43
IC5.3Y A6 5
GROUND
GROUND
1 2R31
1 2R32
+5 V
GROUND
3
21
DA2
3
21
DA1
1
2
1
2
R28
R29C
E
B
2
3
1
GROUND
Q7
1 2R30IC5.4
8 9Y A
1
2
R6+5 V
1
2
R7+5 V
1
2
C3
GROUND1
2
R8+5 V
1 2IC5.1
A Y 3 4IC5.2
A Y
1 2R52
1
2
R9+5 V
C
E
B
2
3
1Q9
GROUND
2 1K A
ZD2
1
2
+C15
+5 V
1
2
K
AZD1
1 2FUSE1
+24 V
1
2
+C14
GROUND AGROUND
1
2
K
AD5SIG
+5 V
1
2
+C17 1
2C2
1
2
C1
GROUND
GROUND
1
2C7
+5 V1
2R2
+5 V
1 2R23
3
8
1
6
5
4
7
2
CK
RES
CT
VREF
Vcc
GND
IC1
RES
VS
2R1
+5 V1 GROUND
1 3
2
OSO1
2R4
+5 V1
2
R5
+5 V1
12
1311A
BY
IC8.4
10
98A
BY
IC8.3
4
56A
BY
IC8.2
1
23A
BY
IC8.1
C
E
B
2
3
1Q5
GROUND
AGROUND
C
E
B
2
3
1 Q6
GROUND
AGROUND
2R24
+5 V1
2R27
+5 V1
C
E
2
1
04B3
C
E
2
1B3
Q2 1
2
K
AD3SIG
1 2K A
D2
2R26
1
+24 V
+24 V
C
E
2
1B3
Q3 1
2
K
AD1SIG
1 2K A
D4
2R25
1
+24 V
+5 V
GROUND
2
1
C8
IC22
1
C9
IC32
1
C10
IC52
1
C13
IC82
1
C12
IC72
1
C11
IC62
1
C19
IC92
1
C5
GROUND
2R49
1
2R55
1
+5 V
2R22
1+5 V
1 2R21
2C6
1
GROUND
+24 V
IN1IN2IN3IN4
01020304
36
1114
271015
COM1 COM2
IC4
9 16
2C4
1
GROUND
2R16
1+5V
1 2R20
+5 V +24 V
1
2
+C18
1
2
+C16
AGROUNDGROUND
C
E
B
2
3
1
GROUND
Q13A Y5 6IC9.3
2R17
1+5 V
2R65
1
2
1R64
+5 V
1 2R35
1 2R34IC6.1
2 1Y A
IC6.2
4 3Y A
GROUND
+5 V
2R31
+5 V
1D2D3D4D5D6D7D8D
3478
13141718
256912151619
1Q2Q3Q4Q5Q6Q7Q8Q
0CG
111
IC3
GROUND
A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10A11A12A13A14
2022109876543
252421232
2627
1112131516171819
O0O1O2O3O4O5O6O7
IC2
2R10
+5 V1
P75/ANI5P76/ANI6P77/ANI7AVddAVref1AVssANO0ANO1AVref2AVref3P20/NMIP21/INTP0P22/INTP1P23/INTP2/CIP24/INTP3P25/INTP4/ASCKP26/INTP5P27/SIP30/RxDP31/TxD
6162636465666768697071727374757677787980
P43/AD3P44/AD4P45/AD5P46/AD6P47/AD7
P50/A8P51/A9
P52/A10P53/A11P54/A12P55/A13P56/A14P57/A15P60/A16P61/A17P62/A18P63/A19P64/RDP65/WR
P66/WAIT
4039383736353433323130292827262524232221
P32
/SC
KP
33/S
O/S
B0
P34
/TO
0P
35/T
O1
P36
/TO
2P
37/T
O3
RE
SE
TX
2
X1
PO
0P
O1
PO
2P
O3
PO
4P
O5
PO
6P
O7
P67
/RE
FR
O
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
60 59 58 57 56 54 53 52 50 49 48 47 46 44 43 42 4151
P74
/AN
I4P
73/A
NI3
P72
/AN
I2P
71/A
NI1
P70
/AN
I0P
17P
16P
15P
14P
13P
12P
11/P
WM
1P
10/P
WM
0M
OD
EA
ST
BP
40/A
D0
P41
/AD
1P
42/A
D2
IC7
PFSW*
COUNT
LED
PDMSENS1
PDMSENS2
DS
W0
DS
W1
PE
SE
NS
WD
T
PFSW*
WDTUPSW2
PDMSENS1
PDMSENS2
N.C
N.C
N.C
12345
12126
5
4
2
3
123456789
10
7
8
9
10
7
8
11
5
6
9
10
1
123456
12345
4
11
1234
C
E
2
1B3
Q1
UPSW1
CEOE
* Switch on the copier
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2A3/4Interface PCB
3-7-46
CN3-1
CN3-2
CN3-3
CN3-4
CN3-5
CN3-6
CN3-7
CN3-8
CN3-9
CN3-10
CN3-11
CN3-12
+5 V
SG
DLSW1
+5 V
SG
UPSW1
+5 V
SG
DLSW2
+5 V
SG
UPSW2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
CN4-1
CN4-2
CN4-3
CN4-4
CN4-5
CN4-6
CN4-7
CN4-8
CN4-9
+5 V
PPSENS3
LED CLK
+5 V
PESENS
LED CLK
+5 V
PPSENS2
LED CLK
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
CN5-1
CN5-2
CN5-3
CN5-4
CN5-5
CN5-6
CN5-7
CN5-8
+24 V
CCL
+24 V
PFCL2
+24 V
PFCL1
N.C
N.C
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
CN6-1
CN6-2
CN6-3
CN6-4
CN6-5
+5 V
SG
SCSW
DOSSW
+24 V
1
2
3
4
5
CN8-1
CN8-2
CN8-3
N.C
N.C
N.C
1
2
3
CN7-1
CN7-2
CN7-3
CN7-4
+5 V
PPSENS1
LED CLK
N.C
1
2
3
4
CN1-1
CN1-2
CN1-3
CN1-4
CN1-5
CN1-6
CN1-7
CN1-8
CN1-9
CN1-10
CN1-11
+24 V
+24 V
N.C
PFCL1
PFCL2
CCL
+5 V
SG
PPSENS1
N.C
SCSW
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
CN2-1
CN2-2
CN2-3
CN2-4
CN2-5
CN2-6
CN2-7
CN2-8
CN2-9
CN2-10
CN2-11
CN2-12
CN2-13
LED CLK
N.C
N.C
DOSSW
PESENS
PPSENS2
DLSW1
UPSW1
DLSW2
UPSW2
PPSENS3
N.C
N.C
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
R1
R2
R3
R4
1
2
R5
+5 V
+24 V+5 V
1 2R6
1 2R7
1 2R8
1 2R9
GROUND
1 2R10
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2A3/4SRDF wiring diagram
3-7-50
DFTSW
OCM
OFSOL
OFM
C10
M1
C3(CN3)C1
(CN1)
C4(CN4)
C2(CN2)C6
(CN6)
C5(CN5)
DFDPCB
P1 DFSSW1
C7C8
C10 C9
OSLSWOriginal table
OSWSW
Mi2 (12P) RED
C7-1 GN
C7-2 GN
C7-4
C7-5
C7-6
C7-7
C7-8
C7-9
C7-10
C7-11
C19-3 GY
C19-2 GY
C19-1 GY
C10-6 GY
C10-5 GY
C10-4 GY
C10-3 GY
C10-2 GY
C10-1 GY
C20-3 GY
C20-2 GY
C20-1 RD
C15-3 GY
C15-2 GY
C15-1 GY
C13-2 GY
C13-1 GY
C26-2 GY
C26-1 GY
C17-6 GY
C17-5 GY
C17-4 GY
C17-3 GY
C17-2 GY
C17-1 RD
C22-1 GY
C22-2 GY
C-22-3 GY
C28-1 GY
C28-2 GY
C11-1 GY
C11-2 GY
C11-3 GY
C11-4 GY
C11-5 GY
C11-6 RD
C32-1 GY
C32-2 GY
C32-3 GY
C30-1 GY
C30-2 GY
C30-3 GY
C24-1 GY
C24-2 GY
C24-3 RD
A-1
A-2
A-3
A-4
A-5
A-6
A-7
A-8
A-9
A-10
A-11
A-12
A-13
A-14
A-15
B-15
B-14
B-13
B-12
B-11
B-10
B-9
B-8
B-7
B-6
B-5
B-4
B-3
B-2
B-1
A-1
A-2
A-3
A-4
A-5
A-6
A-7
A-8
A-9
A-10
A-11
A-12
A-13
B-13
B-12
B-11
B-10
B-9
B-8
B-7
B-6
B-5
B-4
B-3
B-2
B-1
1
2
3
24 V
24 V (VEN)
DFSSW1
1
2
3
5 V
OSLSW
SG
1
2
3
5 V
OSWSW
SG
C9-6 OE
C9-5 GY
C9-4 BE
C9-3 OE
C9-2 YW
C9-1 BE
C6-A12 GY
C6-A11 GY
C6-A10 GY
C6-A9 GY
C6-A8 GY
C6-A7 GY
C7-1 OE
C7-2 GY
C7-3 BE
C8-1 OE
C8-2 YW
C8-3 BE
1
2
3
4
5
6
5 V
OSLSW
SG
5 V
OSWSW
SG
6
5
4
3
2
1 OE
YW
BE
P2-2 RD
C4-1 RD
C4-4 RD
24 V
SBPSOL (A)
SBPSOL (R)
24 V
OFCL
24 V
EFSSOL
OCM ACOM 24 V (VEN)
OCM BCOM 24 V (VEN)
OCM A
OCM B
OCM A
OCM B
OFSOL (R)
OFSOL (A)
24 V
24 V
SBSFSOL
24 V
OFM B
OFM A
OFM B
OFM A
OFM BCOM 24 V (VEM)
OFM ACOM 24 V (VEN)
SG
DSBSW
5 V
SG
OSWSW
5 V
SG
OSLSW
5 V
SG
DFTSW
5 V
SG
5 V
SG
5 V
OSLED (GN)
SG
OSLED (RED)
SG
OFSW
5 V
SG
OSSW
5 V
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
SG
SG
5 V
5 V
PG
PG
24 V
24 V
P1-3 RD
P2-3 RD
P2-1 RD
P1-2 RD
4
3
2
1
DFSSW1
DFSSW2
24 V
24 V (VEN)
C9 Mi2 (11P) RED C8 Mi2 (12P) WHITE C7 Mi2 (11P) WHITE
SBPSOL
OFCL
BE
LB OE
C19
C21
C20
C17
C18
C15
C16
C13
C14
C11
C12
OS
BS
W
C6-
A6
GY
C6-
A5
GY
C6-
A4
GY
5 V
OS
BS
W
SG
1 2 3
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3
6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6
6 5 4 3 2 13 2 1
1 2
2 1
BK
WE
RD
BE
YW
OE
_ _ _ _
C5-
A8
RD
C5-
A9
GY
C5-
A10
GY
C5-
A11
GY
C5-
A12
GY
C5-
A13
RD
OC
M A
CO
M 2
4 V
(V
EN
)
OC
M B
CO
M 2
4 V
(V
EN
)
OC
M A
OC
M B
OC
M A
OC
M B
BK
WE
RD
BE
YW
OE
C5-
B1
RD
C5-
B2
GY
C5-
B3
GY
C5-
B4
GY
C5-
B5
GY
C5-
B6
GY
B-2
3
B-2
2
B-2
1
B-2
0
B-1
9
B-1
8
B-1
7
B-1
6
B-1
5
B-1
4
B-1
3
B-1
2
B-1
1
B-1
0
B-9
B-8
B-7
B-6
B-5
B-4
B-3
B-2
B-1
A-2
3
A-2
2
A-2
1
A-2
0
A-1
9
A-1
8
A-1
7
A-1
6
A-1
5
A-1
4
A-1
3
A-1
2
A-1
1
A-1
0
A-9
A-8
A-7
A-6
A-5
A-4
A-3
A-2
A-1
C3-
10
C3-
9
C2-
22
C2-
21
C2-
20
C2-
19
C2-
18
C2-
17
C2-
16
C2-
15
C2-
14
C2-
13
C2-
12
C2-
11
C2-
10
C2-
9
C2-
8
C2-
7
C2-
6
C2-
3
C2-
2
C2-
1
C3-
3
C3-
2
C3-
1
C3-
13
C3-
12
C3-
11
C3-
8
C3-
7
C3-
6
C3-
5
C3-
4
M1
GN
M1
GN
C1-
10
C1-
9
C1-
8
C1-
7
C1-
4
C1-
3
C1-
2
C1-
1
C8-
4
C8-
3
C8-
2
C8-
12
C8-
11
C8-
10
C8-
9
C8-
8
C10
-3
C10
-2
C8-
7
C8-
6
C8-
5
C9-
11
C9-
10
C9-
9
C9-
8
C9-
7
C9-
6
C9-
5
C9-
4
C9-
3
C9-
2
C9-
1
C10
-12
C10
-11
C10
-10
C10
-9
C10
-8
C10
-7
C10
-6
C10
-5
C10
-4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
OS
SW
OF
SW
OS
BS
W
DF
TS
W
OS
LSW
DF
SS
W1
DF
SS
W2
OS
WS
W
OS
LED
(G
N)
OS
LED
(RE
D)
OC
M M
1
OC
M M
2
OC
M M
3
OC
M V
ref
OC
M C
WB
OC
M C
LK
OC
M R
ET
OC
M E
NA
BLE
OF
M C
WB
OF
M C
LK
OF
M R
ET
OF
M E
NA
BLE
OF
SO
L (A
)
OF
SO
L (R
)
SB
SF
SO
L
EF
SS
OL
OF
CL
SB
PS
OL
(A)
SB
PS
OL
(R)
OS
LED
(R
ED
)
OS
LED
(G
N)
SB
PS
OL2
SB
PS
OL1
OF
CL
EF
SS
OL
SB
SF
SO
L
OF
SO
L2
OF
SO
L1
OF
M E
NA
BLE
OF
M R
ET
OF
M C
LK
OF
M C
WB
OC
M E
NA
BLE
OC
M R
ET
OC
M C
LK
OC
M C
WB
OC
M V
ref
OC
M M
3
OC
M M
2
OC
M M
1
OS
BS
W
OF
SW
OS
SW
DF
SH
OR
T
OS
WS
W
DF
SS
W2
DF
SS
W1
OS
LSW
DF
TS
W
FG
FG
G (
5 V
)
G (
5 V
)
E 5
V
E 5
V
G (
24 V
)
G (
24 V
)
24 V
24 V
OF
M A
CO
M 2
4 V
(V
EN
)
OF
M B
CO
M 2
4 V
(V
EN
)
OF
M A
OF
M B
OF
M A
OF
M B
RD
BN
GN
RD
BN
GN
C5-B11 GY
C5-B12 GY
C5-B13 GY
24 V
OFSOL1
OFSOL2
1
2
3
3
2
1
OFSW
OSLEDPCB
OE
YW
BE
C6-B4 GY
C6-B5 GY
C6-B6 GY
C6-B9 GY
C6-B8 GY
C6-B7 GY
5 V
OFSW
SG
OSLED (GN)
SG
OSLED (RED)
1
2
3
1
2
3
DFSSW2C4-2 RD
P1-1 RD
C4-3 RD
24 V
24 V (VEN)
DFSSW2
1
2
3
3
2
1
OSSWOE
LB
BE
C6-B1 RD
C6-B2 GY
C6-B3 GY
5 V
OSSW
SG
1
2
3
3
2
1
EFSSOL C27 C26
C25 C24
C31 C30
C23 C22
P2
C32
C29 C28
BE
BE
C5-A6 GY
C5-A7 GY24 V
EFSSOL
1
2
2
1
SBSFSOLBE
BE
C5-B7 GY
C5-B8 GY24 V
SBSFSOL
1
2
2
1
C5-
A1
GY
C5-
A2
GY
C5-
A3
GY
24 V
SB
PS
OL1
SB
PS
OL2
BK
BK
C5-
A4
GY
C5-
A5
GY
24 V
OF
CL
3 2 1
1 2 3
C6-
A13
GY
C6-
A14
GY
C6-
A15
RD
SG
DF
TS
W
5 V
Wire color Mark
BlackBrownYellowGreenBlueWhitePinkRedOrangeLight bluePurpleGrayGreen/yellow
BKBNYWGNBEWEPKRDOELBPEGY
GN/YW
_
_
_
_
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2A3/4Large paper deck wiring diagram
3-7-51
CN-1
CN-2
CN-3
CN-4
CN-5
CN-6
CN-7
CN-8
CN-9
CN-10
CN-11
CN-12
CN-13
CN-14
CN-15
CN-16
G (5 V)
G (24 V)
5 V
24 V
DECK RXD
G (5 V)
DECK TXD
G (5 V)
ACIN-L
ACIN-N
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
PFSW4*
RD
BE
OE
GN
LB
GY
PK
BN
PL
CN-2
CN-1
WE
WE
RD
RD
WE
WE
WE
RD
RD
RD
CN7-1
CN7-2
CN7-3
CN7-4
CN7-5
CN7-6
CN7-7
CN7-8
CN7-9
CN7-10
PDM1
+24 V
+24 V
PDM2
+5 V
SGND
PDMSENS1
+5 V
SGND
PDMSENS2
CN12-1
CN12-2
CN12-3
CN12-4
CN12-5
+24 V
PGND
CM PWM
+5 V
CM CLK
OE
OE
OE
OE
OE
PDM1
+24 V
CN-1
CN-2
DH2
AC-L
AC-N
CN-2
CN-1
+24 V
PDM2
CN-3
CN-2
CN-1
+5 V
SGND
PDMSENS1
CN-3
CN-2
CN-1
+5 V
SGND
PDMSENS2
CN-5
CN-4
CN-3
CN-2
CN-1
+24 V
PGND
CM PWM
+5 V
CM CLK
CN3-1
CN3-2
CN3-3
CN3-4
CN9-1
CN9-2
CN9-3
CN9-4
CN9-5
LED CLK
N.C
N.C
DOSSW
PESENS
PPSENS2
DLSW1
UPSW1
DLSW2
UPSW2
PPSENS3
LED CLK
N.C
N.C
DOSSW
PESENS
PPSENS2
DLSW1
UPSW1
DLSW2
UPSW2
PPSENS3
LED CLK
N.C
N.C
DOSSW
PESENS
PPSENS2
DLSW1
UPSW1
DLSW2
UPSW2
PPSENS3
N.C
N.C
LB
LB
LB
LB
LB
LB
LB
LB
LB
LB
LB
WE
WE
WE
WE
WE
WE
WE
WE
WE
WE
WE
YW
YW
YW
YW
YW
YW
YW
YW
YW
YW
YW
YW
CN1-1
CN1-2
CN1-3
CN1-4
CN1-5
CN1-6
CN1-7
CN1-8
CN1-9
CN1-10
CN1-11
DCNJ-11
DCNJ-10
DCNJ-9
DCNJ-8
DCNJ-7
DCNJ-6
DCNJ-5
DCNJ-4
DCNJ-3
DCNJ-2
DCNJ-1
DCNP-11
DCNP-10
DCNP-9
DCNP-8
DCNP-7
DCNP-6
DCNP-5
DCNP-4
DCNP-3
DCNP-2
DCNP-1
CN2-1
CN2-2
CN2-3
CN2-4
CN2-5
CN2-6
CN2-7
CN2-8
CN2-9
CN2-10
CN2-11
CN2-12
CN2-13
+24 V
+24 V
N.C
PFCL1
PFCL2
CCL
+5 V
SGND
PPSENS1
N.C
SCSW
N.C
+24 V
+24 V
N.C
PFCL1
PFCL2
CCL
+5 V
SGND
PPSENS1
N.C
SCSW
+24 V
+24 V
N.C
PFCL1
PFCL2
CCL
+5 V
SGND
PPSENS1
N.C
SCSW
WE
WE
WE
WE
WE
WE
WE
WE
WE
WE
WE
WE
WE
WE
LB
LB
LB
LB
LB
LB
LB
LB
LB
LB
LB
LB
LB
LB
CN4-1
CN4-2
CN4-3
CN4-4
CN4-5
CN4-6
CN4-7
CN4-8
CN4-9
CN4-10
CN4-11
CN4-12
+5 V
SGND
PLDSENS1
+5 V
SGND
PLDSENS2
CN2-1
CN2-2
CN2-3
CN2-4
CN2-5
CN2-6
DCNJ-22
DCNJ-21
DCNJ-20
DCNJ-19
DCNJ-18
DCNJ-17
DCNJ-16
DCNJ-15
DCNJ-14
DCNJ-13
DCNJ-12
DCNP-22
DCNP-21
DCNP-20
DCNP-19
DCNP-18
DCNP-17
DCNP-16
DCNP-15
DCNP-14
DCNP-13
DCNP-12
CN1-1
CN1-2
CN1-3
CN1-4
CN1-5
CN1-6
CN1-7
CN1-8
CN1-9
CN1-10
CN1-11
+5 V
DLSW1
SGND
+5 V
UPSW1
SGND
+5 V
DLSW2
SGND
+5 V
UPSW2
SGND
CN3-1
CN3-3
CN3-2
CN3-4
CN3-6
CN3-5
CN3-7
CN3-9
CN3-8
CN3-10
CN3-12
CN3-11
LB
LB
LB
LB
LB
LB
LB
LB
LB
+5 V
PPSENS3
LED CLK
+5 V
PESENS
LED CLK
+5 V
PPSENS2
LED CLK
CN4-1
CN4-2
CN4-3
CN4-4
CN4-5
CN4-6
CN4-7
CN4-8
CN4-9
WE
WE
WE
+5 V
PPSENS1
LED CLK
N.C
CN7-1
CN7-2
CN7-3
CN7-4
OE
OE
OE
OE
OE
OE
BE
BE
BE
BE
BE
BE
+24 V
CCL
+24 V
PFCL2
+24 V
PFCL1
N. C
N. C
CN5-1
CN5-2
CN5-3
CN5-4
CN5-5
CN5-6
CN5-7
CN5-8
RD
RD
RD
RD
RD
+5 V
SGND
SCSW
DOSSW
+24 V
CN6-1
CN6-2
CN6-3
CN6-4
CN6-5
N. C
N. C
N. C
CN8-1
CN8-2
CN8-3
5 V
G (5 V)
24 V
G (24 V)
DECK TXD
G (5 V)
DECK RXD
G (5 V)
PFSW4*
PDM1
PDMSENS1
PDM2
CM
PDMSENS2
+5 V
DLSW1
SGND
CN-1
CN-3
CN-2 DLSW1
+5 V
UPSW1
SGND
CN-1
CN-3
CN-2 UPSW1
+5 V
DLSW2
SGND
CN-1
CN-3
CN-2 DLSW2
+5 V
UPSW2
SGND
CN-1
CN-3
CN-2 UPSW2
+5 V
PPSENS3
LED CLK
CN-3
CN-2
CN-1 PPSENS3
+5 V
PESENS
LED CLK
CN-3
CN-2
CN-1 PESENS
+5 V
PPSENS2
LED CLK
CN-3
CN-2
CN-1
+24 V
CCL
CN-1
CN-2
PPSENS2
+5 V
PPSENS1
LED CLK
CN-3
CN-2
CN-1 PPSENS1
+5 V
SGND
SCSW
CN-3
CN-2
CN-1 SCSW
DOSSW
+24 V
CN-1
CN-2DOSSW
+5 V
SGND
PLDSENS1
CN-3
CN-2
CN-1 PLDSENS1
+5 V
SGND
PLDSENS2
CN-3
CN-2
CN-1 PLDSENS2
CCL
+24 V
PFCL2
CN-1
CN-2PFCL2
+24 V
PFCL1
CN-1
CN-2PFCL1
+24 V
CCL
+24 V
PFCL2
+24 V
PFCL1
I/FPCBPDMPCB
INTERFACE
RD
RD
BK
WE
RD
RD
RD
RD
RD
RD
RD
RD
CN-1
CN-2
AC-N
AC-L
DH1
CN-1
CN-2
AC-N
AC-L
* Switch on the copier
(Service part)
(Service part)
Mark
BK
BN
YW
GN
BE
WE
PK
RD
OE
LB
PL
Wire color
BLACK
BROWN
YELLOW
GREEN
BLUE
WHITE
PINK
RED
ORANGE
LIGHT BLUE
PURPLE